Draft
Do Not Quote or Cite
                                External Review Draft No. 2
                                            January 1981
             Air Quality  Criteria
           for  Participate Matter
              and  Sulfur  Oxides

                      Volume II
                          NOTICE

This document is a preliminary draft. It has not been formally released by EPA and should not at this stage be
construed to represent Agency policy. It is being circulated for comment on its technical accuracy and
policy implications.
           Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office
          Office of Health and Environmental Assessment
              Office of Research and Development
              U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711

-------
                              NOTE TO READER

     The  Environmental  Protection Agency is  revising  the existing criteria
documents for particulate matter and sulfur oxides (PM/SOx) under Sections 108
and 109  of  the  Clean Air Act,  42  U.S.C.  §§ 7408, 7409.   The first external
review draft of a revised combined PM/SO  criteria document was made available
for public comment in April 1980.
     The  Environmental  Criteria and  Assessment  Office  (ECAO)  filled more  than
4,000 public  requests  for  copies of  the  first external review draft.   Because
all those who received copies of the first draft from ECAO will be sent copies
of the  second external  review  draft, there is  no need to resubmit a request.
     To  facilitate public  review,  the second external review draft  will  be
released  in five volumes on a staggered schedule as the volumes are completed.
Volume I  (containing Chapter 1), Volume II (containing Chapters 2, 3, 4, and 5),
Volume III (containing Chapters  6, 7, and 8), Volume IV (containing Chapters 9
and 10),  and Volume V (containing Chapters 11,  12, 13, and 14) will be released
during January-February, 1981.   As noted earlier, they will  be released as
volumes  are completed, not in numerical order by volume.
     The  first external  review  draft was  announced in  the Federal  Register  of
April 11, 1980 (45 FR 24913).   ECAO  received and reviewed 89 comments from the
public,  many of which were quite extensive.   The Clean Air Scientific Advisory
Committee (CASAC)  of  the  Science Advisory Board also provided advice and
comments  on the first external  review draft at  a public meeting of August 20-22,
1980 (45  FR 51644, August 4, 1980).
     As  with the first external  review draft, the second external review draft
will be  submitted to CASAC for  its advice and comments.  ECAO is also soliciting
written  comments  from  the  public on the second  external  review draft and
requests  that an  original  and  three copies  of  all comments be  submitted  to:
Project  Officer for PM/SO  , Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office, MD-52,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research  Triangle Park, N. C. 27711.  To
facilitate  ECAO's  consideration of comments  on  this  lengthy and complex docu-
ment, commentators with extensive comments should index the major points which
they intend  ECAO  to  address, by providing  a  list of the major points and a
cross-reference to the pages in the document.   Comments  should be submitted
during  the  forthcoming comment  period, which  will be  announced  in  the  Federal
Register  once  all  volumes  of the second external review draft  are available.
SOX9A/C                                                                    12-23-80

-------
Draft
Do Not Quote or Cite
                                External Review Draft No. 2
                                            January 1981
             Air Quality  Criteria
           for  Participate Matter
              and  Sulfur  Oxides


                      Volume II
                          NOTICE

This document is a preliminary draft. It has not been formally released by EPA and should not at this stage be
construed to represent Agency policy. It is being circulated for comment on its technical accuracy and
policy implications.
          Environmental Criteria and Assessment Office
         Office of Health and Environmental Assessment
              Office of Research and Development
             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
              Research Triangle Park, N.C. 27711

-------
                                PREFACE






     This  document  is  a  revision of  External  Review Draft  No.   1,  Air



Quality  Criteria  for  Particulate Matter  and  Sulfur  Oxides,  released in



April  1980.   Comments received  during  a public  comment period from April



15,  1980  through  July 31,  1980, and recommendations made  by the Clean Air



Scientific Advisory Committee in August have been addressed here.



     Volume  II  contains  Chapters 2, 3,  4, and  5 which  cover analytical



techniques,  sources,  emissions, environmental  concentrations  and  exposure



of sulfur  oxides  and particulate matter.   A Table of  Contents  for Volumes



I, II, III, IV,  and V follows.
                                      11

-------
                                  CONTENTS

                        VOLUMES I, II, III, IV, AND V

                                                                      Page

Volume I.
     Chapter 1.     Executive Summary	      1-1

Volume II.
     Chapter 2.     Physical and Chemical Properties of Sulfur
                    Oxides and Particulate Matter	      2-1
     Chapter 3.     Techniques for the Collection and Analysis of
                    Sulfur Oxides, Particulate Matter, and Acidic
                    Precipitation	      3-1
     Chapter 4.     Sources and Emissions	      4-1
     Chapter 5.     Environmental Concentrations and Exposure....      5-1

Volume III.
     Chapter 6.     Atmospheric Transport, Transformation and
                    Deposition	      6-1
     Chapter 7.     Acidic Deposition	      7-1
     Chapter 8.     Effects on Vegetation	      8-1

Volume IV.
     Chapter 9.     Effects on Visibility and Climate	      9-1
     Chapter 10.    Effects on Materials	     10-1

Volume V.
     Chapter 11.    Respiratory Deposition and Biological Fate
                    of Inhaled Aerosols and SO-	     11-1
     Chapter 12.    Toxicological Studies	     12-1
     Chapter 13.    Controlled Human Studies	     13-1
     Chapter 14.    Epidemiological Studies of the Effects of
                    Atmospheric Concentrations of Sulfur Dioxide
                    and Particulate Matter on Human Health	     14-1

-------
                                CONTENTS
2.
PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES AND PARTICULATE MATTER. . . .
2. 1 INTRODUCTION 	
2.2 ATMOSPHERIC DOMAIN AND PROCESSES 	
2.3 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES 	
2.3.1 Physical Properties of Sulfur Oxides in the Gas
Phase 	
2.3.2 Solution Physical Properties 	
2.3.2.1 S0? 	
2.3.2.2 SOg'and HpSO. 	
2.3.3 Gas-Phase Chemical Reactions of Sulfur Dioxide 	
2.3.3.1 Elementary Reactions 	
2.3.3.2 Tropospheric Chemistry of SO^ Oxidation 	
2.3.4 Solution-Phase Chemical Reactions 	
2.3.4.1 S(IV))-0? - H?0 System 	
2.3.4.2 S(IV) - Catalyst - 09 - H?0 System 	
2.3.4.3 S(IV) - Carbon Black - O/- H?0 	
2.3.4.4 S(IV) - Dissolved OxidanCs - R?0 	
2.3.4.5 The Influence of NH, 	 7 	
2.3.5 Surface Chemical Reactions 	
2.3.6 Estimates of SO, Oxidation 	
2. 4 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF PARTICULATE MATTER 	
2.4. 1 Definitions 	
2.4.2 Physical Properties of Gases and Particles 	
2.4.2.1 Physical Properties of Gases 	
2.4.2.2 Physical Properties of Particles 	
2.4.2.2.1 Physical configuration 	
2.4.2.2.2 Bulk material properties 	
2.4.2.2.3 Surface properties 	
2.4.3 Dynamics of Single Particles 	
2.4.4 Formation and Growth of Particles 	
2.4.5 Characterization of Atmospheric Aerosol 	
2.4.5.1 Distribution 	
2.4.5.2 Composition of Particle 	
2.4.5.2.1 Elemental Carbon (Soot) and
Organics 	
2.4. 5. 2. 2 Nitrates 	
2.4. 5. 2. 3 Summary 	
2.4.6 Modeling of General Aerosol Systems 	
2.5 REFERENCES 	
TECHNIQUES FOR THE COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF SULFUR OXIDES,
PARTICULATE MATTER, AND ACID PRECIPITATION 	
3. 1 INTRODUCTION 	
3. 2 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE 	
3.2.1 Introduction 	
3.2.2 Manual Methods 	
3.2.2.1 Sample Collection 	
3.2.2.2 Calibration 	
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-5

2-7
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-21
2-22
2-25
2-30
2-30
2-32
2-33
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-45
2-45
2-47
2-47
2-50

2-51
2-53
2-53
2-53
2-55

3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-2
3-3
SOXERR/N                               iv                               1-22-81

-------
                3.2. 2.3  Measurement Methods	        3-4
                         3.2.2.3.1 Colorimetric method:
                                    pararosaniline	        3-4
                         3.2.2.3.2  Titrimetric method:
                                    hydrogen peroxide	        3-7
                         3.2.2.3.3  lodimetric methods	        3-8
                         3.2.2.3.4  Impregnated filter paper methods        3-9
                         3.2.2.3.5  Chemiluminescence method	       3-10
                         3.2.2.3.6  Ion exchange chromatographic
                                    method	       3-10
                         3.2.2.3.7  Sulfation methods	       3-10
                         3.2.2.3.8  Other manual methods	       3-11
         3.2.3  Automated Methods	       3-12
                3.2.3.1  Sample Collection	       3-12
                3.2.3.2  Calibration	       3-12
                3.2.3.3  Measurement Methods	       3-12
                         3.2.3.3.1  Conductometric analyzers	       3-12
                         3.2.3.3.2  Colorimetric analyzers	       3-13
                         3.2.3.3.3  Coulometric and amperometric
                                    analyzers	       3-14
                         3.2.3.3.4  Flame photometric analyzers	       3-14
                         3.2.3.3.5  Second-derivative spectrometric
                                    analyzers	       3-15
                         3.2.3.3.6  Fluorescence analyzers	       3-16
                         3.2.3.3.7  Other automated methods	       3-16
                3.2.3.4  EPA Designated Equivalent Methods	       3-17
         3.2.4  Summary	       3-21
    3.3  PARTICULATE MATTER (PM)	       3-24
         3. 3.1  Introduction	       3-24
         3.3.2  Direct PM Mass Measurements	       3-29
                3.3.2.1  Filtration Samplers	       3-31
                         3.3.2.1.1  TSP high-volume sampler	       3-35
                         3.3.2.1.2  Dichotomous sampler	       3-39
                         3.3.2.1.3  Cyclone samplers	       3-41
                         3.3.2.1.4  High-volume sampler with size
                                    selective inlet	       3-43
                         3.3.2.1.5  Elutriator samplers	       3-43
                3.3.2.2  Impactor Samplers  	       3-43
                3.3.2.3  Dustfall Sampling	       3-50
         3.3.3  Indirect Mass Measurements	       3-50
                3.3.3.1  Filtration and Impaction Samplers	       3-53
                         3.3.3.1.1  British Smoke Shade sampler	       3-53
                         3.3.3.1.2  Tape sampler	       3-54
                         3.3.3.1.3  Beta-ray attenuation	       3-55
                         3.3.3.1.4  Piezoelectric microbalance	       3-55
                3.3.3.2  In Situ Samplers	       3-57
                         3.3.3.2.1  Integrating nephelometer	       3-57
                         3.3.3.2.2  Condensation nuclei counter	       3-57
                         3.3.3.2.3  Electrical aerosol analyzer (EAA)     3-60
                         3.3.3.2.4  Diffusion battery	     3-60
                         3.3.3.2.5  Optical particle counters	     3-60
                         3.3.3.2.6  Long path optical measurement....     3-60
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

-------
         3.3.4  Particle Composition	      3-60
                3.3.4.1  Analysis of Sulfates	      3-61
                         3.3.4.1.1  Total water soluble sulfates	      3-61
                                    3.3.4.1.1.1  BaS04 Turbidimetry..      3-62
                                    3.3.4.1.1.2  Methylthymol Blue
                                                 (MTB)	      3-62
                                    3.3.4.1.1.3  Thorin	      3-63
                                    3.3.4.1.1.4  Ion exchange
                                                 chromatography	      3-64
                         3.3.4.1.2  Total aerosol sulfur	      3-64
                         3.3.4.1.3  Sulfuric Acid Determination	      3-65
                         3.3.4.1.4  Filter sampling problems
                                    related to sulfate analysis	      3-67
                3.3.4.2  Ammonium and Gaseous Ammonia Determination..      3-68
                3.3.4.3  Analysis of Nitrates	      3-70
                         3.3.4.3.1  Measurement techniques for
                                    nitrates	      3-70
                         3.3.4.3.2  Filter sampling problems related
                                    to nitrate analysis	      3-71
                3.3.4.4  Analysis of Trace Elements	      3-72
                         3.3.4.4.1  Atomic absorption spectrometry...      3-73
                         3.3.4.4.2  Optical emission spectrometry	      3-74
                         3.3.4.4.3  Spark source mass spectrometry...      3-74
                         3.3.4.4.4  Neutron activation analysis	      3-75
                         3.3.4.4.5  X-ray fluorescence spectrometry..      3-75
                         3.3.4.4.6  Electrochemical methods	      3-76
                         3.3.4.4.7  Chemical methods	      3-76
                3.3.4.5  Analysis of orgam'cs	      3-76
         3.3.5  Particle Morphology Measurements	      3-78
         3.3.6  Intercomparison of Particulate Matter Measurements...      3-78
         3.3.7  Summary - Measurement Techniques for Particulate
                Matter	      3-80
    3.4  MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR ACIDIC DEPOSITION	      3-82
         3.4.1  Introduction	      3-82
         3.4.2  U.S. Precipitation Studies	      3-83
         3.4.3  Analytical Techniques	      3-86
                3.4.3.1  Introduction	      3-86
                3.4.3.2  Analysis of Acid Deposition Samples	      3-86
                         3.4.3.2.1  Sample Preparation	      3-86
                         3.4.3.2.2  Volume	      3-88
                         3.4.3.2.3  pH	      3-88
                         3.4.3.2.4  Conductivity	      3-88
                         3.4.3.2.5  Acidity	      3-88
                                    3.4.3.2.5.1  pH	      3-89
                                    3.4.3.2.5.2  Titrimetric	      3-89
                                    3.4.3.2.5.3  Ion Balance	      3-90
                         3.4.3.2.6  Sulfate	      3-90
                         3.4.3.2.7  Ammonium	      3-90
                         3.4.3.2.8  Nitrate	      3-90
                         3.4.3.2.9  Chloride	      3-90
                         3.4.3.2.10 Fluoride	      3-91
                         3.4.3.2.11 Trace Metals	      3-91
         3.4.4  Inter!aboratory Comparisons	      3-91
    3.5  REFERENCES	      3-94

APPENDIX 3-A
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

                                     VI

-------
4.   SOURCES AND EMISSIONS 	        	     4-1
    4.1  INTRODUCTION	     4-1
    4. 2  SUMMARY	     4-2
    4. 3  DATA SOURCES AND ACCURACY	     4-2
    4.4  NATURAL SOURCES AND EMISSIONS	     4-4
         4.4.1  Terrestrial Dust	     4-4
         4.4.2  Sea Spray	     4-6
         4.4.3  Biogenic Emanations	     4-8
         4.4.4  Volcanic Emissions	     4-9
         4.4.5  Wi 1 df i res	    4-11
    4.5  MANMADE SOURCES AND EMISSIONS	    4-11
         4.5.1  Historical Emission Trends	    4-11
         4.5.2  Stationary Point Source Emissions	    4-13
                4.5.2.1  Fuel Combustion	    4-25
                4.5.2.2  Industrial Processes	    4-28
         4.5.3  Industrial Process Fugitive Particulate Emissions	    4-31
         4.5.4  Non-Industrial Fugitive Particulate Emissions	    4-34
         4.5.5  Transportation Source Emissions	    4-37
    4.6  REFERENCES	    4-39

5.  ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE	     5-1
    5.1  INTRODUCTION	     5-1
    5.2  AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE	     5-2
         5.2.1  Monitoring Factors	     5-4
         5.2.2  Sulfur Dioxide Concentrations	     5-5
         5.2.3  Sulfur Dioxide Concentration  by Site and Region	     5-5
                5.2.3.1  Analyses by Various  Site Classifications	     5-5
                5.2.3.2  Regional Comparisons	     5-7
         5.2.4  Peak Localized SO- Concentrations	    5-12
                5.2.4.1  1978 Hignest Annual  Average Concentrations...    5-12
                5.2.4.2  1978 Highest Daily Average Concentrations	    5-12
                5.2.4.3  Highest 1-Hour S0? Concentrations 1978 NADB
                         Data	    5-12
         5.2.5  Temporal Patterns in S0? Concentrations	    5-13
                5.2.5.1  Diurnal Patterns	    5-13
                5.2.5.2  Seasonal Patterns	    5-16
                5.2.5.3  Yearly Trends	    5-16
    5. 3  AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MASS	    5-22
         5.3.1  Monitoring Factors	    5-24
                5.3.1.1  Sampling Frequency	    5-24
                5.3.1.2  Monitor Location	    5-28
         5.3.2  Ambient Air TSP Values	    5-28
         5.3.3  TSP Concentrations by Site and Region	    5-32
                5.3.3.1  TSP by Site Classification	    5-32
                5.3.3.2  Intracity Comparisons	    5-34
                5.3.3.3  Regional Differences in Background
                         Concentrations	    5-34
                5.3.3.4  Peak TSP Concentrations	    5-36
         5.3.4  Temporal Patterns in TSP Concentrations	    5-36
                5.3.4.1  Diurnal Patterns	    5-36
                5.3.4.2  Weekly Patterns	    5-38
                5.4.4.3  Seasonal Patterns	    5-38
                5.3.4.4  Yearly Trends	    5-38
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

                                        vi i

-------
    5.4  SIZE OF ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES	     5-48
         5.4.1  Introduction	     5-48
         5.4.2  Size Distribution of Particle Mass	     5-49
    5.5  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF FINE PARTICLES	     5-57
         5.5.1  Sulfates	     5-59
         5. 5.2  Nitrates	     5-74
         5.5.3  Carbon and Organics	     5-78
                5.5.3.1  Physical Properties of Particulate Organics..     5-78
                5.5.3.2  Carbon and Total Organic Mass	     5-79
                5.5.3.3  Chemical Composition of Particle Organics	     5-85
         5.5.4  Metallic Components of Fine Particles	     5-87
                5.5.4.1  Lead	     5-89
                5.5.4.2  Vanadium and Nickel	     5-95
         5.5.5  Acidity of Atmospheric Aerosols	     5-95
    5.6  COARSE PARTICLES IN AIR	    5-100
         5.6.1  Introduction	    5-100
         5.6.2  Elemental Analysis of Coarse Particles	    5-101
         5.6.3  Evidence from Microscopical Evaluation of Coarse
                Particles	    5-104
         5.6.4  Fugitive Dust	    5-107
         5.6.5  Summary	    5-109
    5.7  SOURCE-APPORTIONMENT OR SOURCE-RECEPTOR MODELS	    5-109
    5.8  FACTORS INFLUENCING EXPOSURE	    5-115
         5.8.1  Introduction	    5-115
         5.8.2  Indoor Concentrations of S02	    5-115
         5.8.3  Particle Exposures Indoors.	    5-121
                5.8.3.1  Introduction	     5-121
                5.8.3.2  Coarse Particle Concentrations Indoors	     5-121
                5.8.3.3  Fine Particles Indoors	     5-126
         5.8.4  Monitoring and Estimation of Personal Exposures	     5-131
    5.9  SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE	    5-136
    5.10 REFERENCES	    5-139
SOXERR/N                               viii                            1-22-81

-------
                               LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE

 2-1  The global sulfur cycle, showing the major reservoirs, pathways
      and forms of occurrence of sulfur	      2-4
 2-2  Interrelations of pathways, process, and properties of sulfur
      oxides and particulate matter and effects	?	      2-8
 2-3  The distribution of species for the SO?rH90-HSO.,~-SO,   system
      as a function of pH	r	7	     2-11
 2-4  Schematic of the polluted atmospheric photooxidation cycle	     2-17
 2-5  The theoretical rate of reaction (percent per hour) of various
      free-radical species on SOj	     2-19
 2-6  Percentage conversion at mTd-day of sulfur dioxide to sulfate
      by HO and by HO, H0?) and CH.,0,, radicals as function of °N
      latitude in summer and winter.	     2-20
 2-7  Frequency plots of number, surface, and volume distributions for
      1969 Pasadena smog aerosol	     2-49
 3-1  Respiratory deposition modesl used as patterns for sampler
      cutpoints	      3-25
 3-2  Plots illustrating the relationship of particle number,
      surface area, and volume distribution as a function of
      particle size	     3-27
 3-3  Typical ambient mass distribution data for particles up to
      200 urn	      3-28
 3-4  Sampling effectiveness of a Hi-Vol sampler as a function of
      wi nd speed	     3-30
 3-5  Sampling effectiveness of the dichotomous sampler inlet as a
      function of wind speed	      3-32
 3-6  Sampling effectiveness of the Wedding IP inlet	      3-33
 3-7  Sampling effectiveness of UM-LBL IP inlet	      3-34
 3-8  Effect of sampler flow rate on the performance of a Hi-Vol
      for 29 urn particles at a wind speed of 2 km/hr	      3-37
 3-9  Separation efficiency and wall losses of the dichotomous
      sampler at 2.5 urn	      3-40
3-10  Sampling effectiveness for the 3.5 urn cutpoint CHESS
      cyclone sampler	      3-42
3-11  Fraction of methylene blue particle deposited in a cyclone
      as a function of the aerodynamic particle diameter	      3-44
3-12  Sampling effectiveness for the size selective inlet Hi-Vol
      sampler for 2 km/hr	      3-45
3-13  Effect of wind speed upon cutpoint size of the size selective
      inlet	      3-46
3-14  Effect of sampler flow rate on the sampling effectiveness of
      the size selective inlet Hi-Vol for a particle size of
      14.1 urn and wind, speed of 2 km/hr	      3-47
3-15  An example of a mass size distribution obtained using a
      cascade impactor	      3-49
3-16  Fractional particle collection of the CHAMP fractionator
      inlet at a sampler flow rate of 1133 liters/min	      3-51
3-17  Efficiency of the single impaction stage of the CHAMP Hi-Vol
      sampler	      3-52
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

                                       ix

-------
3-18  Sampling effectiveness of the inlet alone and through the
      entire flow system of the British Smoke Shade sampler	      3-55
3-19  Response of a Piezoelectric Microbalance to relative humidity
      for various particle types	      3-58
3-20  Light scattering expressed as extinction per unit volume of
      aerosol as a function of particle size integrated over all
      wavelengths for a refractive index of 1.5	      3-59

APPENDIX 3A FIGURES

 3A-1 Early inlet for the dichotomous sampler	      3A-2
 3A-2 Wedding IPM inlet, section view, not to scale	      3A-3
 3A-3 TSP Hi-Vol	      3A-4
 3A-4 Dichotomous sampler separator	      3A-5
 3A-5 Chess cyclone sampler and shelter assembly	      3A-6
 3A~6 Assembly for sampling with a total filter and cyclone in
      paral lei	      3A-7
 3A-7 Size-Selective Inler (SSI) hi-vol	      3A-8
 3A-8 The horizontal elutriator designed to match the BMRC
      deposition curve	      3A-9
 3A-9 Schematic diagram of a cascade impactor	     3A-10
3A-10 Cross section schematic of the CHAMP aerosol sampler	     3A-11
3A-11 British smoke shade sampler	     3A-12
3A-12 AISI tape sampler	     3A-13
3A-13 Relationship between particle size, diameter and number of
      atoms for the light and electron microscope range	     3A-14

 4-1  Map of EPA Regions	     4-16

 5-1  Relative locations for sites measuring concentrations represent
      several spatial scales of measurement in an urban complex,  with
      respect to annual averaging times	        5-3
 5-2  Histogram shows annual average sulfur dioxide concentrations
      for valid continuous sites, 1978	        5-6
 5-3  Characterization of 1974-76 national SO, status is shown by
      second highest 24-hr average concentration	       5-10
 5-4  Composite diurnal pattern of hourly sulfur dioxide concentra-
      tions are shown for Watertown, MA, for December, 1978	       5-14
 5-5  Monthly means of hourly suflur dioxide concentrations are shown
      for Kingston (TVA site 44-1714-003, "Laddie Village") for
      January 1975 and 1978	       5-15
 5-6  Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown
      for St. Louis (city site no 26-4280-007.  "Broadway & Hurck")
      for February 1977 and 1978	       5-17
 5-7  Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are
      shown for Steubenville, OH (NOVAA site 36-6420-012) for
      June 1976 and July 1977	       5-18
 5-8  Seasonal variations in sulfur dioxide levels are shown for
      Steubenville, St. Louis, and Watertown	       5-19
 5-9  Average sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for 32 urban
      NASN stations	       5-20
5-10  Nationwide trends in annual average sulfur dioxide concentra-
      tions from 1972 to 1977 are shown for 1233 sampling sites	       5-22
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

-------
5-11  Distribution shows the number of observations per valid site in
      1978; total of 2882 sites	      5-26
5-12  The 95 percent confident^ intervals about an annual mean TSP
      concentration of 75 ug/m  is shown for various sampling
      frequencies	      5-27
5-13  Distribution of mean and 90th percentile TSP concentrations is
      shown for valid 1978 sites	      5-29
5-14  Histogram of number of sites against concentration shows that
      over one-third of the sites had annual mean concentrations
      betv/een 40 and 60 ug/m 	      5-31
5-15  Histogram of mean TSP levels by neighborhood shows lowest levels
      in residential areas, higher levels in commercial areas and
      highest levels in industrial areas	      5-33
5-16  Average estimated contributions to nonurban levels in the East,
      Midwest, and West are most variable for transported secondary
      and continental sources	      5-35
5-17  Severity of TSP peak exposures is shown on the basis of the
      90th percentile concentration	      5-37
5-18  Seasonal variations in urban, suburban, and rural areas are
      shown for four size ranges of particles	      5-39
5-19  Monthly mean TSP concentrations are shown for the Northern Ohio
      Valley Air Monitoring Headquarters, Steubenville, OH	      5-40
5-20  Annual geometric mean TSP trends are shown for selected NASN
      sites	      5-43
5-21  (Top) Nationwide trends in annual mean total suspended particu-
      late concentrations from 1972 to 1977 are shown for 2702
      sampling sites. (Bottom) Convention for box plots	      5-44
5-22  Regional trends of annual mean total suspended particulate
      concentrations, 1972-1977, Eastern states	      5-45
5-23  Regional trends of annual mean total suspended particulate
      concentrations, 1972-1977, Western states	      5-46
5-24  Li near-log plot of the volume distribution for the four
      background distributions	      5-50
5-25  Li near-log plot of the volume distributions for two urban
      aerosols and a typical distribution measured in the Labadie
      coal-fired power plant plume near St. Louis	      5-50
5-26  Incursion of aged smog from Los Angeles at the Gold Stone
      tracking station in the Mojave Desert in California	      5-51
5-27  Sudden growth of the coarse particle mode due to local dust
      sources, measured at the Hunter-Liggett Military Reservation
      in California	      5-52
5-28  Inhalable Particulate Network sites established as of
      March 19, 1980	      5-56
5-29  Contour maps of sulfate concentrations for 1974 are shown for:
      (a) annual average; (b) winter average; (c) summer average	      5-61
5-30  Intensive sulfate study area in Eastern Canada shows the
      geometric mean of the concentration of particulate soluble
      sulfate during the study period	      5-62
5-31  Map of SURE regions shows location of ground measurement
      stations	      5-64
5-32  Cumulative plots show the frequency of sulfate concentrations
      in the SURE region on the basis of the 1974-75 historical data..      5-65
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

                                     xi

-------
5-33  Map shows the spatial distribution of number of days per inonth
      that the sulfate cocentration equaled or exceeded 10 ng/m 	      5-66
5-34  1977 seasonal patterns of SCL emissions and 24-hr average SCL
      and SO. ambient levels in the New York area are normalized to
      the  annual average values	      5-67
5-35  Monthly variation in monthly mean of 24-hr average sulfate
      concentration at downtown Los Angeles is compared with monthly
      mean 1973 Los Angeles County power plant S02 emissions	      5-68
5-36  Map shows annual mean 24-hr average sulfate levels in micrograms
      per cubic meter in the New York area, based on 1972 data from
      Lynn et al. (1975)	      5-71
5-37  Distribution of annual average sulfate concentration in
      micrograms per cubic meter in the greater Los Angeles area
      based on 1972-1974 data	      5-72
5-38  Map shows U.S. mean annual ambient nitrate levels in micrograms
      per cubic meter	      5-75
5-39  Mean nitrate concentrations in micrograms per cubic meter were
      measured at nonurban sites by the U.S.  Environmental Protection
      Agency (unpublished data)	      5-76
5-40  Calculated distribution of aerosol constituents for two aerosol
      samples taken in the Los Angeles Basin	      5-82
5-41  Benzo(a)pyrene seasonality and trends (1966 to 1975) in the
      50th and 90th percentiles for 34 NASN urban sites	      5-84
5-42  Seasonal patterns and trends in quarterly average urban lead
      concentrations	      5-94
5-43  Regional trends in the 90th percentile of the annual averages
      for vanadium	      5-96
5-44  Seasonal variation in quarterly averages for nickel and
      vanadium at urban sites in the northeast	      5-97
5-45  Trends in the 50th percentile of annual averages for metals
      associated metal industry sources at urban sites	      5-98
5-46  Elemental composition of some coarse particle components	     5-103
5-47  Diurnal variation of particulate concentrations and Plymouth
      Avenue traffic volume at Falls River, Mass., during March
      through June (weekdays only), shows contribution from
      reentrained particles	     5-108
5-48  Types of Receptor-Source Apportionment Models	     5-110
5-49  Source contributions at RAPS sites estimated by chemical element
      balance	     5-112
5-50  Monthly averages of size fractionated Denver aerosol mass and
      composition for January and May, 1979	     5-113
5-51  Aerosol source in Downtown Portland, annual stratified
      arithmetic average	     5-114
5-52  Smoking impairs long-term dust clearance from the lungs	     5-116
5-53  Annual sulfur dioxide concentrations averaged across each
      community's indoor and outdoor network (May 1977-April 1978)	     5-118
5-54  Monthly mean S0? concentrations averaged across Watertown's
      indoor and outdoor network (November 1976-April 1978)	     5-119
5-55  Monthly mean S02 concentrations averaged across Steubenvilie's
      indoor and outdoor network (November 1976-April 1978)	     5-120
5-56  Annual respirable particulate concentrations averaged across
      each community's indoor and outdoor network (May 1977-
      April 1978)	     5-129
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

                                       xi i

-------
5-57  Monthly outdoor and indoor (by smoking) respirable participate
      concentrations averaged across six-city network (November 1976-
      April 1978)	     5-130
5-58  Persona] exposure to respirable particles	     5-132
5-59  Norma}ized-distribution of personal (12-hr) exposure samples
      (|jg/m ) for non-smoke exposed and smoke exposed samples	^	     5-134
5-60  Daily mean indoor/outdoor and personal concentrations (|jg/m )
      of respirable particles	     5-135
 SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81
                                     xiii

-------
                                LIST OF TABLES

Number                                                                      Page

 2-1   Annual fluxes, (tg/year) of environmental sulfur	       2-6
 2-2   Characteristic times and lengths for observation of effects	       2-7
 2-3   Dilute sulfur dioxide-water system	      2-10
 2-4   Rate constants for hydroxyl, peroxy, and methoxy radicals	      2-14
 2-5   Investigations of SOp - Op aqueous systems	      2-23
 2-6   Investigations of SOp - manganese - Op aqueous system	      2-26
 2-7   Rate expression for the manganese-catalyzed oxidation	      2-26
 2-8   Investigations of SOp - iron - 0? aqueous system	      2-28
 2-9   Rate expression for the iron-catalyzed oxidation	      2-28
2-10   Investigations of SO, - Copper - Op aqueous systems	      2-29
2-11   Estimates of SOp oxiaation rates in well-mixed troposphere	      2-35
2-12   Estimate of tropospheric particulate matter production rates	      2-38
2-13   Particle shapes and source types	      2-41
2-14   Conditions for the single-particle regime	      2-46
2-15   Classification of major chemical species associated with
       atmospheric particles	      2-50

 3-1   Temperature effect on collected SOp-TCM samples	       3-6
 3-2   Performance specifications for EPA equivalent methods for SOp...      3-18
 3-3   List of EPA designated equivalent methods for SOp	      3-19
 3-4   Interferent test concentrations used in the testing of EPA
       equivalent methods for SOp	      3-20
 3-5   Comparison of EPA designated equivalent methods for SOp	      3-22
 3-6   Recommended physical/chemical parameters for analysis	      3-86
 3-7   Results of WMO intercomparisons on synthetic precipitation
       samples	      3-92
 3-8   Coefficients of variation of WMO intercomparisons on
       synthetic precipitation samples	      3-93

 4-1   Two EPA estimatesfiof 1977 emissions of particulates and
       sulfur oxides (10  metric tons per year)	       4-3
 4-2   Summary of natural source particulate and sulfur emissions	       4-5
 4-3   Aerosol enrichment factors relative to Al	       4-7
 4-4   Summary of estimated annual manmade emissions	,	      4-11
 4-5   (a) National estimates of particulate emissions (10  metric
       tons per year)	6	      4-12
       (b) National estimates of sulfur oxide emissions (10  metric
       tons per year	      4-12
 4-6   1978 Estimates of particulate and sulfur oxide emissions
       from stationary point sources	      4-14
 4-7   State-by-state listing of total estimated particulate and
       sulfur oxide emissions from stationary point sources (1977),
       population, and density factors	      4-17
 4-8   Examples of uncontrolled particulate emission characteristics...      4-22
 4-9   Size specific particulate emissions from coal-fired boilers	      4-26
4-10   Trace element air emissions vs. solid waste:  percent from
       conventional stationary fuel combustion sources, and total
       (metric tons per year)	      4-27
SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81
                                       xiv

-------
4-11   Uncontrolled industrial process fugitive particulate emissions...    4-32
4-12   Toxic components of fugitive (and stack) particulate
       emissions in the primary and secondary metals industries	    4-35
4-13   Estimated annual particulate emissions from non-industrial
         fugitive sources	      4-36
4-14   Estimated particle size distributions for several
         non-industrial fugitive source categories in California's
         south coast air basin	      4-37

5-1    Crosstabulation of annual mean S02 concentration by method
       (bubbler or continuous) for population-oriented and for
       source-oriented center city sites	       5-8
5-2    Continuous SCK monitor results by region	       5-9
5-3    Eleven SOp monitoring sites with the highest annual mean
       concentrations in 1978 (valid continuous sites only)	      5-11
5-4    Comparison of frequency distribution of SO, concentration (PPM)
       during 1962-67 and during 1977	      5-21
5-5    Range of annual geometric mean concentrations in areas with
       high TSP concentrations in 1977	      5-34
5-6    Regional summaries of TSP values from valid monitors	      5-42
5-7    Fine and coarse aerosol concentrations from some urban
       measurements compared to clean areas	      5-54
5-8    Fine fraction and coarse fraction dichotomous sampling by
       Environmental Science Research Lab, USEPA in 4 locations	      5-55
5-9    Recent dichotomous sampler and TSP data from selected sites--
       arithmetic averages	      5-58
5-10   Some characteristics of pollution in the New York and
       Los Angeles areas	      5-70
5-11   Primary ranking of variables for correlating airborne sulfate
       in two cities based on a stepwise linear regression of
       15 variables from CHAMP and related monitoring stations	      5-73
5-12   Typical values of aerosol concentration for different
       geographic areas (annual averages)	      5-81
5-13   Annual averages of organic fractions in total suspended
       particulate matter, New York City, dispersion normalized	      5-85
5-14   Composition of the organic fraction of airbonre particulate
       matter col lected in Detroit	      5-86
5-15   Comparison of urban and nonurban annual average concentrations
       for selected metals, 1970-1974	      5-88
5-16   Ratios of urban (U) to suburban (S) concentrations in air,
       Cleveland, Ohio, area	      5-90
5-17   Correlations of chemical content with particle size	      5-91
5-18   Particulate analyses from selected urban locations	      5-92
5-19   Trends in urban metal concentrations and their possible causes..      5-93
5-20   Coarse particle silicon, aluminum, calcium, and iron	     5-102
5-21   Relative amounts of fine, coarse, and super-coarse particles at
       selected sites	     5-105
5-22   14-city study - microscopical identification of corase
       particles	     5-106
5-23   Summary of indoor/outdoor particulate monitoring studies by
       method	     5-122
5-24   Measurements in principal room of study	     5-127
5-25   Measurements in various closed rooms	     5-127
5-26   Respirable particulate concentrations outdoors and indoors by
       amount of smoking	     5-128

SOXERR/N                                                               1-22-81

                                       xv

-------
             2.   PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SULFUR OXIDES AND PARTICULATE MATTER

2.1  INTRODUCTION
     The purpose of this chapter is to present the state of our knowledge of the chemistry and
physics of  sulfur  oxides and particulate matter  that  is  pertinent to tropospheric phenomena,
effects and  sampling  methodology.   The 1970 Sulfur Oxides  and  Particulate Matter Air Quality
Criteria Documents  at the time  of  their publication  provided an  adequate  description  of our
knowledge of  the  ambient chemistry and physics of sulfur oxides and particulate matter.  How-
ever, significant  progress  has  been made since that time in our understanding of tropospheric
properties and  processes.   While this chapter focuses mainly on  the advances of the past de-
cade, earlier work is mentioned for the sake of completeness.
     This chapter is organized into three principal parts with the following scope:
     A.   Atmospheric Domain and Processes
          —global sulfur cycle
          —atmospheric  sulfur cycle
          —pathways and processes
     B.   Physics and Chemistry of Sulfur Oxides
          --gaseous physical properties
          —solution physical properties
          —gas-phase chemical reactions (elementary rate constants for S0? oxidation;
            influence of volatile organics and nitrogen oxides)
          —solution-phase chemical reactions (reaction kinetics for oxidation by 0,,
            HpOp, and catalysts; limitations of reported studies)
          —surface chemical reactions (metal oxides and carbon)
     C.   Physics and Chemistry of Particulate Matter
          —definitions  of aerosol science terms
          —physical  properties  of  gases and  particles  (size,   shape,  density,  morphology,
            charging, optical, adhesion, vapor pressure)
          —dynamics of  single particles (sedimentation, impaction, diffusion, electro-
            dynamics)
          --formation and growth of particles (nucleation, coagulation, condensation,
            gas-particle chemical reaction)
          --characterization of atmospheric aerosol (size, area, volume, mass
            distributions; atmospheric particle distributions; composition of fine
            and coarse particle mass fractions)
          --modeling of  general aerosol systems (theoretical formulations, results of
            model predictions)
     The evidence cited  (and in some cases the lack of available evidence) is presented in this
chapter in  order  to  reach the following  conclusions  in  regard  to S0? and particulate matter:
SOX2D/B                                      2-1                                1-21-81

-------
     A.    The physics and chemistry of S0?
          1.   The  thermodynamic properties,  molecular  structure  and bonding,  and electro-
magnetic  absorption  spectra  in  air and  dissolved  in water are well  established,  except for
hygroscopic/deliquescent properties of internally mixed salts.
          2.   Of  the homogeneous  gas-phase  S02  oxidation reactions,  only three  have been
identified as being potentially significant in the troposphere:
               a.   OH radical attack on S02
               b.   H02 radical attack on SOp
               c.   CH3°2 radical attack on S02
          3.   The auto-oxidation  (uncatalyzed)  reaction  of S02 dissolved  in  liquid water is
too slow to be an important reaction in the troposphere.
          4.   The Mn(II)-  and Fe(III)-  catalyzed oxidation of S02  dissolved  in liquid water
may  be  an  important  reaction  in the  troposphere.   However, there is  serious  doubt regarding
the rate expression for the Mn(II)-catalyzed oxidation.
          5.   The effectiveness  of Cu(II),  V(V),  V(IV),  Ni(II), Zn(II),  and  Pb(II) as cata-
lysts for the oxidation of S0? dissolved in liquid water are unknown.
          6.   The  lack of  knowledge  of the effectiveness of dissolved organics and of bicar-
bonate  ion  (HCO- )  as inhibitors prevents the use  with confidence of aqueous-phase SO,, cata-
lyzed oxidation  rate expressions for tropospheric model prediction.
          7.   Elemental carbon  (soot)  particles coated with an aqueous  film  are potentially
important catalysts for S0? oxidation in the troposphere.
          8.   The reaction  rate expressions  of dissolved 0, and dissolved N0» with dissolved
S02 species  are  known,  but these reactions appear  to be  ineffective for sulfate formation in
the troposphere.
          9.   The rate expression  for  dissolved H?0? and  dissolved  S0?  species is known and
appears  to  be a potentially  highly effective reaction for sulfate formation  in  the tropo-
sphere.
          10.  S0« reactions with solid-particle surfaces  are not effective for sustained sul-
fate formation in the troposphere.
     B.    The physics and chemistry of particulate matter
          I.   The physical  properties  of gases that  affect aerosol  behavior  are well-known.
          2.   The physical characteristics of tropospheric particles are highly variable, but
the physics through which they influence aerosol behavior  is well-known.
          3.   For  tropospheric  aerosols over land,  the  particle mass distribution function
(AM/A log  Diam.  v.  log Diam.)  is  often  multi-modal.   The  fine particles  (diameter less than
2.5 urn) may have  two (or  more) modes,   usually at about  0.02  urn and at  about 0.2 ym.  The
coarse  particles (greater  than  2.5 urn)  generally have one  mode  in  the range  5  to to 50 urn.
          4.   The  mass  composition of  the  coarse particles  is dominated  by minerals whose
direct  source types are well-known.
SOX2D/B                                      2-2                                1-21-81

-------
*
          5.   The mass composition of the fine particles is dominated by sulfate  ions, organ-
ics, elemental carbon (soot), nitrate ions, and ammonium ions whose direct and  indirect source
types are well-known.
          6.   The chemical  pathways  for forming the sulfate ions, organics, and  nitrate ions
found in the fine particles are not established.
          7.   Strong acids  are  often found in the  fine  mass  fraction,  while  bases are found
in the coarse mass fraction.
          8.   The molecular composition of the organic compounds (generally found in the fine
mass fraction) is not well-characterized.
          9.   Water  is  the major constituent of the particle mass, but the deliquescence and
hygroscopic properties of mixed salts cannot be predicted reliably.
          10.  The dynamics  of  motion with a particle of diameter less than 10 pro can best be
described  in  terms  of the physical characteristics of the particle, the force  fields present,
and  the  motion  of  the suspending  gas.   However, our  ability  does  not  adequately  extend to
larger  particles,  especially in  the presence  of non-steady force fields and  motions  of the
suspending  gas.   This  limitation  restricts  our ability to  properly  sample  ambient particles
with diameters greater than 10 |jm.
          11.  Fundamental  problems  remain  in our knowledge of the aerosol  process of nuclea-
tion,  condensation,  and coagulation,  but these processes are  sufficiently  understood  to ex-
plain and predict the behavior of aerosols in the troposphere.
          12.  Theoretical  predictions  confirm  atmospheric  observations that condensation,
gas-particle  reactions,  and coagulation  are  important  processes only for the  growth  of fine
particles as opposed to coarse particles.
          13.  Qualitatively, a fairly reliable picture has been developed of the various rate
processes  that alter  the  composition and concentration of  tropospheric  particles over land.
The rate of change of particle composition or concentration
          =    rate  of  change  due  to  air  motions  (advection,  convection, and  dispersion)
          +    rate of change due to particle coagulation
          +    rate of change due to condensation and accretion
          +    rate of change due to input of sources
          +    rate of change due to dry removal at the earth's surface (sedimentation, impac-
               tion, diffusion)
          +    rate of change due to wet removal
2.2  ATMOSPHERIC DOMAIN AND PROCESSES
     The  rationale  for  scientific  interest in  various  physical properties  and chemistry of
sulfur oxides and particulate matter must be explained.   Sulfur has an important natural cycle
(see Figure  2-1) in the environment  in  which  it goes through various oxidation and reduction
reactions  and translocations  among the  atmosphere,  biosphere, hydrosphere,  pedosphere,  and

SOX2D/B                                      2-3                                 1-21-81

-------
Figure 2-1.  The global sulfur cycle, showing the major reservoirs, pathways, and forms of occurrence of
sulfur. Figures enclosed in circles (e.g. 1) refer to the individual fluxes and correspond to figures in column
Liable 2-1.

Source: Moss (1978).
                                                  2-4

-------
lithosphere.  Human  activity  (especially fossil-fuel combustion)  has  added  a major perturba-
tion to  the natural  cycle (and  perhaps modified natural rates  and  reservoirs).   The global
sulfur cycle  (Moss,   1978)  is shown  in  Figure 2-1,  with the  major  reservoirs,  pathways, and
forms  of  sulfur indicated.   The  fluxes  of sulfur translocation  between  reservoirs have been
estimated for the  paths that are numbered  in  Figure 2-1.  The estimates of annual fluxes are
presented in Table 2-1.  The agreement among the reported values is not good; for example, the
estimates of annual  anthropogenic sulfur fluxes to the atmosphere range from 11 to 45 percent
of  the total  sulfur involved in the atmospheric balance.   The global  cycles  of carbon and
nitrogen and their mutual  interactions with the sulfur cycle are important, but too complex to
present here.
     While  the  global sulfur cycle (Figure 2-1)  and the  annual fluxes of sulfur between com-
partments (Table 2-1) provide a broad view of the processes that may lead to adverse impacts
upon mankind  and  ecological  systems, the  global  scale  is  clearly  beyond  the  scope  of this
document.   Also,  the  sulfur  and particulate  matter emissions are  not uniformly distributed
over the  land  mass of  the  United States,  nor  is the time scale of one year adequately sensi-
tive to relate  emissions to effects.
     Cause-effect  relationships are described  in terms of certain length and time scales.  Con-
sequently,  our  understanding of  the physics  and chemistry of  sulfur oxides and particulate
matter must correspond to  those  length  and time scales.   The  characteristic  time and length
scales for typical   effects  are  shown  in Table  2-2;  also  the  parameters  that  control  the
functions  relating the effects  to  pollutants  are  given.  The  relationships  of emissions to
effects  as  shown  in  Table  2-2 require that we understand the physics and chemistry of sulfur
oxides and  particulate  matter on time scales of one hour to decades and length scales of 10 to
100  km.  With these  constraints, our  attention is focused on that portion of the global sulfur
cycle  that  consists  of the perturbed atmosphere  over land  surfaces.   Most of the natural and
anthropogenic emissions of  sulfur oxides and particulate matter are contained within the tropo-
sphere, which is the  layer  of air contained in the zone from ground level to a height of 12 ± 5
km.  This zone  contains most of the pollutants emitted into the atmosphere.
     Thus,  in  order  to understand the relationships between sources and effects, we must have
detailed  knowledge of  the  pathways,  properties,  and processes that are  shown  in Figure 2-2.
     Chapter 2  presents a discussion on the state  of knowledge of physical  properties, chem-
istry, and  gas-to-aerosol  transformations.   The dry and wet removal  pathways are discussed in
Chapter 6,  which also addresses modeling of atmospheric dispersion, transport, transformation,
and  removal.
2.3  PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY  OF SULFUR  OXIDES
     Knowledge  of  the physics and chemistry of sulfur oxides is necessary for the designing of
satisfactory  samplers  and  monitors, understanding  the  relationships  between  sources  and
effects, and  understanding important processes in the  troposphere such as chemical transfor-
mations and deposition.
SOX2D/B                                      2-5                                 1-21-81

-------
                              TABLE 2-1.  ANNUAL FLUXES (TG/YEAR) OF ENVIRONMENTAL SULFUR0

Source of Sulfur i
Biological decay (land)
Biological decay (ocean)
Volcanic activity
Sea spray (total)
To ocean
To land
Anthropogenic
Precipitation (land)
Dry deposition
Absorption (vegetation)
Precipitation and dry
deposition (ocean)
Absorption (ocean)
Total sulfur involved in
atmospheric balance
Atmospheric balance
Land -> sea
Sea •» land
Fertilizer
Rock weathering
Pedosphere •» river runoff
Total river runoff
Flux
Number
n Figure 2-1
1
2
3
4
4i
42
5
6
7
8

9
10





11
12
13
14
Eriksson
(I960, 1963)
110
170
—
45
(40)
(5)
40
65
100
75

100
100

365

-10
5
10
15
55
80
Robinson
and Robbins
(1968, 1970)
68
30
—
44
—
--
70
70
20
26

71
25

212

+26
4
11
14
48
73
Kellogg
et al., (1972)
QO
"U
1.5
47
(43)
(4)
50
86
10
15

72
--

183

+5
4
—
--
--

Friend
(1973)
58
48
2
44
(40)
(40)
65
86
20
15

71
25

217

+8
4
26
42
89
136
Granat
et al. (1976)
5
27
3
44
(40)
(40)
65
43
9ft
C-O

70
/ 3

144

+18
17
—
--
--
122

Sources:   as  cited in each column and, in part, Friend (1973, Table 4).

-------
                     TABLE 2-2.   CHARACTERISTIC TIMES AND LENGTHS FOR
                                  OBSERVATION OF EFFECTS
     Types of Effects
  Function
Time
     Climate modification
      (see Chapter 9)
     Damage to human lungs
      due to S02 and
      particulate inhalation/
      deposition (see
      Chapters II & 12)
Length
Damage to ecosystems and
materials due to SO,, and
particulate mass deposition
(see Chapters 7, 8, and 10)
Loss of visual quality
(see Chapter 9)


Acid flux
(= acid and S02
mass concentration x
deposition velocity)
Mass concentration,
particle size
distribution, and
composition
hours
to
years

Hours
to
days

10- 103 km


10-103 km



Atmospheric burden       decades     global
  of particle mass,
  particle size, and
  composition
Mass concentration,       hour        <1 cm
 particle size            to
 distribution,           years
 composition
     In  Section  2.3, the physical properties  and  reaction  chemistry of sulfur oxides  in  the
gas and solution phases are reviewed.  The status of our knowledge in these important areas in
presented at the end of each of the subsections.
2.3.1  Physical Properties of Sulfur Oxides in the Gas Phase
     The  four  known monomeric  sulfur  oxides  are sulfur monoxide (SO), sulfur  dioxide  (SOp),
sulfur trioxide (SO,), and disulfur monoxide ($20).   Of these, only S02 is  present at signifi-
cant concentrations  in the  gas phase of  the  troposphere.   S03 is emitted directly  into  the
atmosphere by  combustion  and manufacturing sources and is  formed  in the  atmosphere by oxida-
tion of  S02;  however,  because of its  high  affinity for water (H20),  it reacts within  milli-
seconds to form  sulfuric  acid (H2S04).  Polymeric  sulfur oxides  are known to exist, but they
are not stable in the presence of H?0 vapor and are not found in the atmosphere.
     Since the standard enthalpy of formation of S02 is -70.9 kcal/mole (25°C),  S02 is thermo-
dynamically stable  (Glasstone,  1947).   S02 is capable of being oxidized to S03,  which yields
H?SO. in  the  atmosphere  (the important tropospheric reactions are discussed in Sections 2.3.3
to  2.3.5).   S0? is  also  capable of  being reduced  by reaction with H2S  to  form elemental  S
(known as the Clauss Reaction); this reaction is important commercially, but is not thought to
be  important  in the  troposphere.   The  physical  properties  of  S02,   including its  molecular
SOX2D/B                                      2-7                                1-21-81

-------
                                        SOURCES
                                                 DISPERSION
                                                    AND
                                              TRANSPORTATION
      SO2
      - PHYSICAL
       PROPERTIES
      -CHEMISTRY
     DRY
REMOVAL
       ECO-SYSTEMS
                   TRANSFORMATIONS
WET
REMOVAL
                       EFFECTS
     PARTICULATE MATTER
     -PHYSICAL
      PROPERTIES
     - DYNAMICS
     -CHEMISTRY
     DRY
REMOVAL
WET
REMOVAL
       ECO-SYSTEMS
  Figure 2-2. Inter-relations of pathways, processes, and properties of sulfur oxides and particulate mat-
  ter and effects.
                                           2-8

-------
structure and  bonding,  vapor pressure of liquid and solid phases, electro-magnetic absorption
(ultra-violet,  visible,  and  infrared)  spectra,  and thermodynamic  constants are  well  estab-
lished.   Extensive  descriptions and  references  to  original  work can be  found  in Schenk and
Steudel (1968) and in Schroeter (1966).
     The physical properties of gaseous SOp are well-known.
2.3.2  Solution Physical Properties
     Knowledge  of the physical  properties  of dissolved SCL  solution  species  and  sulfates is
required  for  sampler design, interpretation of  laboratory measurements  of S02 oxidation, and
modeling SCk oxidation in particles, fog, and rain.
2.3.2.1   S0_2--S02 dissolves  in  H20 to  form  these  species:   S02'H20, HS03~,  and  SOj2'.   Al-
though the  formation of sulfurous acid, HLSOo, is often postulated instead of SO^hLO, it has
not been observed (Lyon and  Nickless, 1968).  The electronic absorption spectra (Hayon et al.,
1972), redox potentials (Valensi et al., 1966), and  structure and bonding (Lyons and Nickless,
                       y-
1968)  of  HS03  and SO,   are  known.   The  formation of these species  in  water occurs through
the  equilibrium reactions  given in Table 2-3.  Eigen et al.  (1961) measured the forward (k+-^)
and  reverse (k_-,) rate constants at 20°C for reaction
                      H+ + HS03"
 and  found  that
                k+1 =  3.4 x lo
                k_A =  2 x loW1.
 These  measurements are  important  because they demonstrate that the  S02-H20  -  HS03  reaction
 will  achieve equilibrium within 1 us  of  a perturbation.   The rate constants k+2  and k_2 for
 the  reaction
           HS03"  5  H+ + S032"
 are  unknown.  It is  reasonable that  the  value of the protonation rate constant (k_2) is less
 than  the theoretical  diffusion limit  (~5  x  10   M  s  ), but greater than k ,.  The expected
                                          3-1                      2-
 range  of k ? is therefore (0.008-2)  x 10  s   , which means that S03   will achieve equilibrium
 concentration  within  0.5-125 ms of a  perturbation.  Thus, the equilibrium distribution of the
                        p_
 SOp-HpO,  HSO,  ,  and SO,   is expected to achieve chemical  equilibrium with a relaxation time
 of  0.5 to  125 ms.   This  time  is too short to  impact sulfate  formation rates in particles,
 mists,  and rain; that is, equilibrium conditions can be  assumed to be continuously  satisfied
 in  these liquid systems.  However, the relaxation times  need to be considered in interpreting
 the  kinetics of  rapid  oxidation,  such  as measured  in flash  photolysis  and flash radiolysis
 experiments.
SOX2D/B                                       2-9                                1-21-81

-------
                         TABLE 2-3.  DILUTE SULFUR DIOXIDE-WATER SYSTEM
              Reaction                                        Constant (25°C)

           S02(g)  ?  S02-H20                                  H = 0.0332

          S02-H20  2  H+ + HS03"                             KA1 = 1.39 x 10"2
                                                            pKA1 = 1.86
             HS03"  J  H+ + S032"                            KA2 = 4 x 10"8
       	pKA2 = 7.40	

       Notes:
       1.  H = Henry's law constant (dimensionless)
             =(S02/ v molar concentration)/(S02'H20 molar concentration)
           Source of value:   Hales and Sutter (1973)

       2.  K.-, = dissociation constant, mole/liter
           Source of value:   Huss and Eckert (1977)

       3.  KAp = dissociation constant, mole/liter
           Source of value:   Salomaa et al.  (1969)

                                                  -       2-                               +
     An  important  feature of  the S02«H20 -  HS03  -  S03   system is the  influence  of H  in
governing the distribution of these species,  which is shown in Eigure 2-3.   Ihe oxidation rate
of  this  system  is often  pH dependent,  indicating different oxidation  rates for  the three
species.   Ihe oxidation reactions are discussed in Section 2.3.4.
     Sulfite  ion  forms stable  complexes  with many  metal ions,  especially those in Periodic
Group VIII  (Lyons  and Nickless, 1968).  Ihe  formation  of the stable complex dichlorosulfito-
mercurate  ion is  the basis  of  the  West-Gaeke  method  for  determining S0?  in  the  air (see
Chapter 3).
     Ihe  physical  properties  of dissolved  S02  and  its  water-association products  are well
known.
2.3.2.2  S03_and_H2SO/|--Knowledge  of the properties  of  S03  and  H2S04  are important for the
design of  samplers and  monitors, and  for  understanding  the  behavior of  ambient particles,
fogs, and rain.
     S03  has a high affinity for water and is not present at significant concentrations  in the
atmosphere.   Eree  S03 molecules have  a  high affinity for water  molecules  and water droplets
and quickly react to form H9SO, water solution droplets.  Ihe vapor pressure of SO, over H,SOy,
                           c.  H                                                   o       £   ff
SOX2D/B                                      2-10                               1-21-81

-------
o
u
DC
        01    2345678
                                                      9    10   11    12
Figure 2-3.  The distribution of species for the SC
a function of pH.
                                                            -SOg system as
                                       2-11

-------
water solutions  is  extremely low; the vapor  pressure  of H?0 over H?SO, water  solution is an
important parameter governing nucleation of particles and the size and pH of water droplets in
the atmosphere.  (See the discussion in Section 2.4.4.)
     H S04 is the only important strong sulfur oxy acid in the troposphere.  Its solution pro-
perties are well known.  H^SCL is a strong dibasic acid that reacts with water:
          H2S04  -»•  H+ + HS04"

          HS04~  -*  H+ + S042"
For water  systems  likely to be present in the troposphere, the first dissociation can be con-
sidered to be complete.  The pKfl of the second dissociation is ~2 (Robinson and Stokes, 1970).
                               "                                                  +        2-
Thus, for  pH  >3, the H2S04 - HLO system can adequately be described in terms of H  and SO^   ;
for lower pH's,  it  is often necessary to consider the presence of HSO.
     Sulfuric  acid  is not  considered to  be  a strong oxidizer  (Cotton  and Wilkerson, 1967).
Dilute H?SO.  solution is an important medium for organic reactions; however, the significance
of this role  in  the troposphere has not been reported.
     Most  sulfate  salts  are soluble; the  only important exceptions  in the troposphere are
CaSO,  and  PbSO..   The  properties  of  tropospheric  aerosols  are  influenced  by  NH.HSO. and
(NH4)2S04  (see  Section 2.4.4).
2.3.3  Gas-Phase Chemical Reactions of Sulfur Dioxide
     The  chemical  transformation  of sulfur dioxide  in the atmosphere  has  been studied exten-
sively over the  past  20 years.  Recent reviews, Calvert et al. (1978), Middleton et al. (1980)
and Mb'ller  (1980),  which consider analysis of laboratory and field data as well  as theoretical
studies,  indicated  that SO, oxidation may proceed through both gas and liquid phase reactions.
The  oxidation of S0? in the atmosphere is of considerable importance, in that it represents  a
major  pathway for  particle  production  through the  formation of  sulfates.   The  S02 oxidation
process,  though not  completely  understood mechanistically,   has  been  demonstrated to proceed
via  four  pathways:   homogeneous gas phase  reactions;  heterogeneous  gas-solid  interface reac-
tions; and catalyzed and uncatalyzed liquid phase reactions.  Homogeneous gas phase reactions
are by far  the  most extensively studied and best understood quantatively.
     The  homogeneous gas-phase chemistry  of oxidation  in  the clean  and  the  polluted tropo-
sphere  is reviewed in this  section.  The status of  our knowledge is presented for the elemen-
tary oxidation reactions of SO-  and the importance  of volatile organic and nitrogen oxides as
generators  of free radical  oxidizers.  This  review  will show that the photochemical oxidation
of  S0? is  potentially a significant pathway for tropospheric  sulfate  formation.   The three
most  important oxidizers of S02  are:   (1)  hydroxyl  radical  HO;  (2)  peroxy radical,  H02, and
(3)  methoxy  radical,  CH^O     At this  time,  only the  reaction  rate  constant  for HO is well
established.   The pathways  of  formation of  the  oxidizer radicals  for  the unpolluted tropo-
sphere  can be explained in  terms of the photochemistry of  the  NO-CH4~CO-03 system.   In pol-
luted atmospheres,  volatile organics and oxides of nitrogen act together to produce additional
SOX2D/B                                       2-12                               1-21-81

-------
radicals and  accelerate  overall  radical production.  There is also evidence that a dark  reac-
tion among 03, alkenes, and S02 is effective in oxidizing S02.
2.3.3.1  Elementary Reactions—The  elementary  chemical  reactions of  S0?  in air have been the
subject  of intense  investigation.   Studies prior  to 1965  have been  critically  reviewed by
Altshuller  and  Bufalini   (1971),  and more  recently by Calvert  et al.  (1978).   The review of
Calvert  et  al.  (1978) systematically examined the  rate constants and significance of SO,, ele-
mentary  reactions known to occur in the troposphere;  identified  as generally unimportant reac-
tions were:   photodissociation, photoexcitation, reaction with singlet  delta oxygen [02('A )],
reaction with oxygen  atom  [0( P)], reaction  with  ozone (0,),  reaction  with nitrogen oxides
(N02> NO,, N20j-), reaction with tert-butylperoxy radical [(CH3),CO?], and reaction with acetyl-
peroxy  radical  (RCOCK).   The  only S0«  reactions   in the troposphere  that  were identified as
important were  those  due to hydroxyl radical  (HO), peroxy  radical  (H0?), and methoxy radical
(CHJDp).   The rate constants  recommended  by Calvert et al.  (1978)  for these three reactions
are  given  in  Table 2-4.   More recent work is  in conflict with  the rate constants for HOp and
CH302 that  have been  recommended by Calvert et  al.  (1978).  Graham et al.  (1979) and Burrows
et  al.  (1979) have reported rate constants  for the H0? reaction that are much lower than that
recommended by Calvert et al.  (1978); these  more recent results  are shown in Table 2-4.  Also,
Sander  and Watson  (1981)  have reported a rate  constant for the CHJ^ reaction that is much
lower that  that recommended by Calvert et al.  (1978);  that value is given in Table 2-4.  The
reasons  for the discrepancies for these two rate constants are  unknown, and there is no basis
to  recommend  preferred values.
     Although the  dark reaction of S0? +  0- is  too  slow to  be  important in the troposphere,
the  addition  of alkenes greatly enhances the oxidation rate.  The experimental work of Cox and
Penkett  (1971a,b; 1972) and McNeil's et al. (1975) has been reviewed and reevaluated by Calvert
et  al.  (1978).   The  reaction  system is too  complex to discuss here, but Calvert et al. (1978)
report  results  of  their calculations for  total alkenes = 0.10 ppm, [0-.] = 0.15 ppm, and [S00]
                                                                                  -1
= 0.05  ppm; they estimated that the disappearance  rate of S02 is 0.23  and 0.12% h   at 50 and
100% relative humidity (25°C).  The reaction mechanism for the 03 + alkene + S02 system is not
known,  but studies by Niki  et  al.  (1977)  and  Su  et  al.  (1980) indicate  that the reactive
species  may be the biradical,  formed by the  decomposition of the original molozonide.
     Summary:   The  status of our knowledge  of the  gas-phase tropospheric oxidation reactions
is:
     1.    Three reactions have been identified as being potentially important.
          a.   HO radical.  The rate constant appears to be well-established.
          b.   H0? radical.  The rate constant is not well-established.
          c.   CH-0?  radical.  The rate constant is not well-established.
     2.    The S09 + 0, + alkenes reaction  may be an important dark reaction.
SOX2D/B                                      2-13                               1-21-81

-------
             TABLE 2-4.  RATE CONSTANTS FOR HYDROXYL, PEROXY, AND METHOXY  RADICALS
                                            Second order rate
                                                      3    -1 -1
     Reaction                             constant, cm mole  s               Source

     HO + S02 -> HOS02                     (1.1 ± 0.3) x 10"12                Calvert  et  al.
                  -»•  H2S04                                                     (1978)
    H02 + S02 -» HO + S03                  >(8.7 ± 1.3) x lo"16               Calvert  et  al.
                      •*  H2S04                                                 (1978)
                                          <1 x 10"18                         Graham et al.
                                          <2 x 10                            Burrows et al.
 (1979)
Jurrows
 (1979)
                CH30 + S03                (5.3 ± 2.5) x 10"15                Calvert et al.
                         -» H2S04                                              (1978)
                                          5 x 10                             Sander and
                                                                              Watson (1981)
2.3.3.2   Tropospheric  Chemistry of S00  Oxidation--The  chemistry of  the  clean troposphere and
its mathematical simulation have been studied extensively by Levy (1971), Wofsy et al.  (1972),
Crutzen  (1974),  Fishman  and Crutzen (1977), Chameides  and  Walker  (1973, 1976) and Stewart et
al. (1977).
     The photochemistry of the  unpolluted troposphere develops around a chain reaction  sequence
involving NO, CH^, CO and 0.,.   The photochemical reaction chain sequence in the troposphere is
initiated by  hydroxyl  radicals (HO) formed from the interaction of 0( D), the product  of pho-
tolysis of ozone in the short end portion of the solar spectrum, with water.
               03 + hv(A < 310  nm) -> 0(1D) + 02                       (2-1)
                       0(1D) +  H20 -> 2HO                              (2-2)
     The HO produced reacts with CH4 and CO present in the clean troposphere, resulting in the
generation of peroxy radical species, H0», CH.,0?.
                           HO + CH4  -> CH3 + H20                      (2-3)
                             HO + CO -> H + C02                        (2-4)
                        CH3 + 02 + M -> CH302 + M                      (2-5)
                          H + 02 + M -» H02 + M                        (2-6)
SOX2D/B                                      2-14                                1-21-81

-------
X
     The  peroxy radicals  in  turn  participate  in a  chain propagating sequence  which  convert
nitric  oxide  (NO) to  nitrogen  dioxide (NOp and  in  the process produces  additional  hydroxyl
anrl nevnvu ir'arliral cnac-iac
and peroxy radical species.
                           H0
                                  NO -»  CH30  +  N02                       (2-7)
                              2 +  NO -»•  HO  +  N02                         (2-8)
                          CH30 +  02 -*  H02 + H2CO                       (2-9)
              H2CO +  hv(\ <  370 nni) -»  H + HCO                         (2-10)
                           HCO +  0£ -»  H02 + CO                         (2-11)

     The major chain  terminating  steps include:
                        HO +  N02 + M -»  HON02 + M        •                (12-12)
                          H02 + H02 ->  H202  +  02                        (12-13)
                          H202 +  HO -»  H20 + H02                        (12-14)
     The  reaction sequence  for 0, production involves converting NO  to  N0?  at a  rate  suffi-
ciently  high  to maintain a N02/N0 ratio  to sustain the  observed background  levels of  0,.
                          H02 + NO -» N02  +  HO                         (2-8)
                          N02 + hv -> NO + 0                           (2-15)
                         0+02+M+03+M                           (2-16)
                           NO + 03 -> N02  +  02                         (2-17)
                           HO + CO -> H +  C0£                           (2-4)
     In  general, reactions   (15)  through  (17) govern  the  ozone  concentration  levels present in
the  sunlight irradiated well-mixed atmosphere at  any instant and  to a first  approximation  the
steady state relationship, Leighton (1961),
                               (N02)
                               (NO)  k1?
                                          =  (0,)
provides  an accurate estimate of  ozone  given  the  ratio  of  (NO,,)/(NO)  and  k^/k,-,.   The photo-
lytic  rate  constant  k,r  is  directly  related  to the integrated  actinic  solar  flux  over  the  wave-
length range  290  - 430  nm.
     The  paths  for ozone destruction in  the  troposphere  include  the  reaction sequence
                          H02  +  03 -» HO  +  202                          (2-18)
                            HO  +  03 -> H02 + 02                          (2-19)
     Hydroxyl  radical abundances  predicted  by  the tropospheric photochemical models,  10  to
  (•             _O
10   molec  -  cm  ,  are  in qualitative  agreement with  recent  measurements  by  Davis  et al.
(1976), Perner  et al. (1976), and Campbell  et al.  (1979) and  inferred HO  levels  based on  mea-
sured trace gas abundances  in  the  troposphere  by Singh  (1977).
SOX2D/B                                      2-15                                1-21-81

-------
     In  the  case  of the  chemistry  of  polluted  atmospheres,  extensive  discussions  on the
mechanism of photochemical  smog  and its computer  simulation  have  been presented by Demerjian
et al.  (1974),  Calvert  and McQuigg (1975), Niki et al.  (1972),  Hecht et al.  (1974) and Carter
et al. (1979).
     Perturbations introduced by  man's  emissions on the photochemical  oxidation  cycle within
the atmosphere are predominately due to two classes of compounds,  volatile organics and nitro-
gen oxides.  The  reaction  chain  sequence discussed earlier  for the clean troposphere has now
been  immensely  complicated  by  the addition of scores  of volatile  organic compounds which par-
ticipate  in  the  chain  propagating  cycle.   Figure 2-4  depicts  a  schematic of  the  polluted
atmospheric photooxidation  cycle.   The  addition of volatile organic compounds  in  the atmos-
phere introduces a variety of new peroxy radical species.
      In  its   simplest  form the  photochemical  oxidation  cycle  in  polluted atmospheres  is
governed by the following basic features.  Free radical  attack on  atmospheric VOCs is initial-
ized  by  a  select  group  of  compounds  which  are for the most part  activated by sunlight.  For-
maldehyde and nitrous acid, in particular, show high potential as  free radical initiators dur-
ing the  early  morning sunrise period.  After  initial free  radical  attack, the VOCs decompose
through paths resulting in  the production of peroxy radical  species (HCL, R0?, R'Op, etc.) and
partially  oxidized  products  which  in  themselves  may  be  photoactive  radical-producing  com-
pounds.  The  peroxy  radicals  react with NO, converting it  to NOp, and in the process produce
hydroxy/alkoxy  radical  species  (OH,  RO,  R'O, etc.).  Alkoxy radicals can be  further oxidized,
forming  additional  peroxy  radicals  and  partially  oxidized  products,  thereby completing the
inner cyclical  loop  reaction  chain process  illustrated in Figure  2-4;  or they may attack, as
would be the major path for hydroxyl radical, the VOC  pool  present in the polluted atmosphere,
thereby completing the outer loop reaction chain process.   The resultant effect in either case
is  the conversion  of NO  to  NOp with  a commensurate oxidation  of reactive  organic  carbon.
     The  complex  mixture  of  organic compounds  present  in the polluted atmosphere  react at
different  rates dependent  upon  their molecular  structure,  the result  being  varying yields of
free  radical  species, ozone, N0?, PAN and other partially  oxidized organic products as a func-
tion  of VOC composition and VOC-NO  levels.
      Hydroxyl radical (HO)  reactions  seem to be the dominant mechanism by which hydrocarbons,
nitrogen  dioxide   and sulfur  dioxide are  consumed in  the  atmosphere  (Niki  et  al.,  1972;
Demerjian  et  al., 1974;  Calvert et  al.,  1978).   Interestingly enough,  this highly reactive
transient  species,  quite  contrary  to its  organic free radical  counterparts, does  not show
appreciable change  in concentration with atmospheric  VOC and NO   variation, a result readily
                                                                -X
explainable upon  review of the free  radical production and  consumption sources.   In the case
of  hydroxyl  radicals,  ambient  concentration conditions  which enhance  its production tend to
also consume the radical at an equivalent rate.  The result is a faster cycling in the VOC-NO
oxidation  chain (that  is,  increased  chain  lengths)  but  very little  perturbation  in the HO
steady  state  concentration.  In  contrast,  organic free radicals,  mainly  peroxy  species, are
SOX2D/B                                      2-16                               1-21-81

-------
FREE RADICAL INITIATORS

       Og + ttV
       HONO+hv
       RCHO + hp>
       PAN + hi>/AT
       O3 + C=C
         NO
                              r
                                         voc
                                  RO
                                          NO
                       
-------
consumed by alternate pathways which are less competitive and result in increased steady state
concentration.
     Applying this  basic  knowledge  of the photochemistry of  the lower atmosphere, Calvert et
al.   (1978)  determined theoretical rates of  S02 oxidation via attack  of  various free radical
species whose concentrations were estimated from computer simulations of the chemical reaction
mechanisms for clean and polluted atmospheres.
     Based  on  limited rate  constant  data  for the S02-free radical  reactions,  Calvert deter-
mined  that  the  hydroxyl  radical dominated the rate of S02 oxidation in the clean troposphere,
while  in  polluted atmospheres the rate of S0?  oxidation showed equivalent contributions from
hydroxyl, hydroperoxy  (HO-)  and methylperoxy (CH,02) radicals.   Figure  2-5 depicts the esti-
mated  time  dependent rates of  S02 oxidation  by free radical  species  in  a  polluted air mass.
Recent laboratory measurements  suggest that the rate of reaction of S02 with H02 and CH302 may
not  be as  great as estimated  by Calvert  et al.  (1978) (see  discussion  in Section 2.3.3.1).
Typical  rates  of S02 oxidation were of the order of 1.5 percent/h and 4.0 percent/h for clean
and  polluted  atmospheres,  respectively,   during  July  at  mid-northern  latitudes,  the  major
difference  in rates  being a result  of  higher concentration  levels  of  free  radicals  in the
hydrocarbon  rich polluted atmospheres.   In a similar manner,  Altshuller  (1979) predicted the
rates  of homogeneous  oxidation of  sulfur dioxide  to sulfate in  the  clean troposphere using
concentration  predictions  of the pertinent free radicals from a two dimensional global model
by  Fishman and  Crutzen (1978).   A  sample  result from this study  showing  the  latitudinal  and
seasonal  dependence of the rate of SO,, oxidation  is presented  in Figure 2-6; the variability
in  rate being predominantly  due to  availability  of u.v.  solar intensity which  derives the
free-radical  production  process.  The  solar radiation dependence of  S02  conversion rate has
also been observed in field  measurements within power plants plumes, Husar et al. (1978), but
should be viewed cautiously  in  light of the complicating factors introduced by the dispersion
and  local chemistry of the primary source emissions.
     The  most important  impact on  S0? homogeneous  gas phase reactions  has  come from recent
experimental  determinations  of the reaction  rate constants  of S0? with H0_ by Graham et al.
(1979) and by Burrows  et al.  (1979)  and S02  with  CH302  by Sander and  Watson (1981).   As  a
result of these  recent determinations, H0?  and  CH-,0?  must  be considered as questionable con-
tributing  sources  to the  oxidation  of S0? in the atmosphere.   Therefore,  in  the theoretical
estimates of S02 oxidation rates, by Calvert et al.  (1978), and  by Altshuller (1979), only the
hydroxyl  radical portion  of  the contribution is now accepted as established, in view of these
recent experimental rate  constant  determinations.   This results  in  maximum  established S0?
oxidation  rates  of  the order of 1.5  percent/h  for both clean  and polluted atmosphere during
July at mid-northern latitudes, a factor  of  2.5  less  than previous theoretical estimates for
polluted  atmospheres.   The  revised  rate   is  equivalent to a  diurnally averaged  rate of the
order  0.4 percent/hr.   Field measurements on the rates of S02 oxidation, discussed  in Chapter
6,  indicate that maximum S02 oxidation rates of the order of  10 percent/h  are  typical of many
SOX2D/B                                      2-18                                1-21-81

-------
        I     I    I    I    I     I
                 30           60            90

                     IRRADIATION TIME, min
120
Figure 2-5.  The  theoretical rate of reaction (percent per hour) of
various free-radical species on SOo is shown for a simulated sunlight-
irradiated (solar zenith angle of 40") polluted atmosphere. The initial
concentrations (in ppm) were as follows: SC>2,0.05; NO, 0.15; NO2,
0.05; CO, 10; CH4,1.5; CH2O, 0; CH3CHO, 0. The relative humidity
was 50 percent, and the temperature was 25° C.

Note:  The rate constants for HO2 and CH3C>2 radical reactions with
SOo are not well established. See Table 2-4 and its discussion.

Source: Calvert et al. (1978).
                           2-19

-------
                                          JULY,HO.HO2.CH302

                                       •  JULY, HO
                                       D  JANUARY, HO, HOj
                                       •  JANUARY. HO
                             30       40        50

                                  LATITUDE, °N
Figure 2-6.  Percentage conversion at mid-day of sulfur dioxide to sulfate by
HO and by HO, HO2, and CHgO2 radicals as function of °N latitude in sum-
mer and winter.
                                     2-20

-------
atmospheric pollution scenarios.  Our present knowledge of homogeneous S02 gas-phase reactions
does not  sufficiently account for the rates observed.  Smog chamber studies have demonstrated
that some  species  other than HO  radical  oxidizes  S02 (Kuhlman et al.,  1978;  McNelis  et al.,
1975).   Alternate  homogeneous  gas  reaction oxidation pathways are being  studied  (Su  et al.,
1980), but certainly the role  of heterogeneous and  liquid phase S02 oxidation pathways should
not be overlooked  in  attempts to  resolve this discrepancy.
     Summary.  The status of our  knowledge  of S0? oxidation in the troposphere is:
     1.    HO  radical  dominates  the  gas-phase oxidation  of  S07 in the  clean  troposphere.   A
                                     _n                        <-
typical rate  is on the  order of 1.5%h   at  noon during July at mid-northern latitudes.
     2.    HO  radical  accounts  for about  1.2%h    of the  S0? oxidation  in  the  polluted tropo-
sphere.   The  combined contribution of H00 and CH000  radical reactions may be as great as about
     _^                                 f-       j £
2.8%h  ,  but  their rate constants are not well-established.
2.3.4  Solution-Phase Chemical  Reactions
                                                                           2-
     The  knowledge of  the  reactions of the aqueous  S02'H20-HS03  -andSO.,    system is impor-
tant to understanding the processes  of H?SO, formation in tropospheric particles, mists, fogs,
and rain.   This section reviews the  oxidation reaction of dissolved S02 species, including the
auto-oxidation, metal-ion  catalyzed oxidation,  carbon catalyzed oxidation, and reactions with
the dissolved oxidants  N00) 0~, and  H000.
                         £   O       Z Z                                       _         n_
     The  state of knowledge of aqueous oxidation  rates  of dissolved S0?, HSO, , and SO,   is
inadequate for simple systems and is extremely poor  (or non-existent) for complex systems that
include dissolved  nitrogen and carbon compounds.   Unfortunately,  most  of the studies are not
definitive because the   investigators:  (1)  did  not  provide  sufficient descriptions of experi-
mental procedure (especially the  purification of the water and reagents), (2) did not select a
proper  reactor design,  and  (3) worked at  concentration  levels that  were  orders  of magnitude
greater than  possible for ambient atmospheric aqueous systems.  Trace quantities (at the part-
per-billion level) of catalytic metal ions  are capable of enhancing the reaction velocities by
orders of magnitude   over the auto-oxidation  rate,  while  similar trace quantities of organics
inhibit the rate.   The  characteristics of  the  chemical  reactor govern the range of the half-
life  that  can be  investigated and  may influence  the observed  rate  of oxidation.   Two-phase
air-water reactors (e.g.,  bubblers  and supported droplets)  may  have  reaction characteristics
that  are   dependent upon:  (1)  the  mass transfer rate of the  reactants  through the air-water
interface, and (2) the  mixing  rates within the gas  and water phases (Carberry, 1976; Freiberg
and  Schwartz, 1981).   Unless  an adequate  characterization of the two-phase  reactor was per-
formed, it is not  recommended that the  implied elementary rate constant be accepted.  Support-
ed  droplets may  suffer  from an additional  problem:   radical chains are efficiently terminated
at  liquid-solid  interfaces,  thereby reducing the observed rate.  Therefore, supported droplet
measurements  are not  defensible unless  it is established  that the oxidation is not a free-rad-
ical mechanism.   Several notable reviews of  the  oxidation  of dissolved S02 and its hydration
products   in  simple  systems  have been  published recently  (Schroeter,  1963;  Hegg  and Hobbs,
1978).
SOX2D/B                                      2-21                               1-21-81

-------
     This review will show that:
     1.   The auto-oxidation (uncatalyzed) reaction is very slow compared to the other reactions
     2.   Mn(II)  and Fe(III) are  significant catalysts for the oxidation.   The kinetic rate
expression  is  in doubt  for  the Mn(II)  reaction,  but that for Fe(III)  is  in agreement among
several independent  investigators.
     3.   The catalytic  effectiveness  of these ions is unknown:  Cu(II), V(V), V(IV), Ni(II),
Zn(II), and Pb(II).
     4.   Elemental   carbon  (soot)  with  a  water  film is  a potentially  effective oxidation
catalyst.
     5.   Dissolved  HNO? and 0, oxidation  rates  are  known and appear  to  be  too  low  to  be
effective.
     6.   The kinetics  of  the  dissolved HJK oxidation of dissolved S02 species are known and
appear to be effective for forming sulfate in particles, mists, fogs and rain.
2.3.4.1   S(IV)-02 -  H20 System—The simple S(IV)  -  02 auto-oxidation has been the subject of
numerous  investigations, most  of which are listed  in  Table 2-5.   The mechanism for the auto-
oxidation is not firmly  established.  However, the behavior of the system is best explained as
a  modification  to the scheme of Backstrom  (1934),  taking into account  the  recent results  of
Schmidkunz  (1963) and Hayon et al.  (1972):
Chain  initiation
                         S032~ + M+ -> -S03~ + M                        (2-20)
     (M  =  trace concentration of metal ion or reactive wall)
Chain  propagation
                       •S03" + 02  -» -S05"                            (2-21)
Oxidation

Termination
•S05"  +  S032" ->  -S04~ +  S042"                     (2-22)

•S04"  +  S032" ->  S042" +  -S03"                     (2-23)
                  -S04  + inhibitor -»   _                              (2-24)
                  radical + radical ->•                                  (2-25)
     Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974b) propose an alternative scheme that does not include the
so4



radical-ion; in their scheme,
?-
•so5 + so3 -
so/' + so32- -
equation (2-22)
9-
> -so3 + so52
> 2 SO/'.
is replaced by:



                                                                      (2-26)
                                                                      (2-27)
and equation (2-24) is absent.
     Hegg and  Hobbs  (1978)  have discussed most of the investigations identified in Table 2-5,
and  they summarized  the rate  expressions,  rate constants,  and  important features  of the
studies.   The observations can be classified into three types of rate expressions:

SOX2D/B                                      2-22                               1-21-81

-------
                    TABLE 2-5.   INVESTIGATIONS OF S02 - 02 AQUEOUS SYSTEMS
Investigators
Bigelow (1898)
Titoff (1903)
Lumiere and Seyewetz (1905)
Milbaur and Pazourek (1921)
Reinders and Vies (1925)
Haber and Wansbrough-Jones (1932)
Vol'fkovick and Belopol'skii (1932)
Backstrom (1934)
Fuller and Crist (1941)
Riccoboni et al. (1949)
Abel (1951)
Winkelmann (1955)
van den Heuvel and Mason (1962)
Schroeter (1963)
Schwab and Strohmeyer (1965)
Rand and Gale (1967)
Scott and Hobbs (1967)
McKay (1971)
Miller and de Pena (1972)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a)
Bielke et al. (1975)
Horike (1976)
Larson (1976)
Huss et al. (1978)
Larson et al. (1978)
Type of system
Bubbler
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
2-phase bulk
Bulk
Bulk
Theoretical
Bubbler
Bulk
Theoretical
Bulk
Supported droplet
Bubbler
Bulk
Bulk
Theoretical
Theoretical
Supported droplets
Bubbler
Supported droplet
Bubbler
Bubbler
Bulk
Bubbler
Comment*
1,2,3
2,3
2,3
2,3
1,2,3
2,3
2,3

1
2,3

2
1,3
1
2
2,3


1
1
1,3
1,3
1
1,3
1
         *1.  Incompletely characterized 2-phase system; results cannot be considered to
              be reliable.
          2.  Purity of water is uncertain; results cannot be considered to be reliable.
          3.  Rate expression not reported.
SOX2D/B                                      2-23                               1-21-81

-------
*
     1.   The type first reported by Fuller and Crist (1941),

     2.  The type first reported by Winkelmann (1955),
                      dt

     3.  The type observed by Beilke et al. (1975).

                   iKJ   ,  ki [HV0.U ^2-J

It is  presently  unresolved as to which  type  of rate expression is correct.  Doubt is cast on
"type  3"  found  by Beilke et al.  (1975) because of the use of a plastic vessel that could have
introduced  trace organic  inhibitors  into the  system.   All  of  the other  studies (yielding
"types  1  and 2")  were  performed with two-phase systems whose mass  transfer properties were
insufficiently reported.
     The  auto-oxidation  is  inhibited by trace concentrations of organic species.  The classes
of  organic  species  capable of  serving as  inhibitors  include alcohols,  glycols,  aldehydes,
ketones,  phenols,  amines,  and acids.   Backstrom (1934) first demonstrated that the inhibition
of sulfide oxidation can be expressed  as:
                                            l3
where
     k,  = the  uninhibited rate constant
     A,B = constants  that are functions of the inhibitor
     m   = molar  concentration of the  inhibitor
The  influence of inhibitors on the rate  has been extensively studied by Schroeter  (1963), and
more  recently by Altwicker (1979).   According to Schroeter (1963), A and B are  usually  on the
order  of 10    molar, which means  that  inhibitor concentrations  greater  than 10   molar are
effective.   The form  of  the rate equation (Equation 2-31) suggests that the mechanism  involves
a  bimolecular reaction between an inhibitor molecule and a radical in the chain.
     In  summary,  our  status of knowledge  of the auto-oxidation  reaction is:
     1.   The reaction is very slow.
     2.   The rate  is extremely sensitive to the presence of catalysts and  inhibitors.
     3.   The rate  is first order in sulfite.
     4.   No  reaction mechanism has been  satisfactorily demonstrated to account  completely  for
the  observations of  the more reliable  studies  (e.g., the dependence  of  the rate on  [H ]  '
found by Fuller and Crist, 1941 and by Larson et al.,  1978).
SOX2D/B                                      2-24                                1-21-81

-------
*
2-3.4.2   S(IV) - catalyst - Op - H^O System--It  is  well-established that  some metal cations
catalyze the oxidation of HS03" and SOj2".  Of particular interest to the issue of atmospheric
sulfate  formation  in particles,  mist,  fog,  and  rain  is possible  catalytic  activity  of:
Mn(II),  Fe(III),  Cu(II),  Ni(II),  and  V(IV).   General  features of  the  catalyzed  reaction
include:   (a)   inhibition by  oxidizable  organic  molecules,  (b)   inhibition  by metal  ion-
complexing molecules  (inorganic  and  organic), (c) exhibition  of  an  induction time of several
seconds to several minutes, (d) detection of metal ion - S(IV) complexes, (e) no dependence of
rate on  dissolved 0» concentration,  (f)  dependence of  the  rate on the inverse of the initial
H   concentration  (i.e.,  the  rate is  independent of  pH change  after  the reaction  has  been
initiated).   While the  catalytic  reaction mechanisms  are  unknown,  they are thought to  be a
modification  of the  initiation  step of  the  auto-oxidation  free  radical  mechanism (Equations
                                  +                                   -9
2-20  through  2-25);  instead  of M   being a  trace  concentration  (<10   M) of  metal  ion  or a
reactive  wall,  it  is  a  reagent  present at concentrations >10   M.  The  rate expressions  for
the  various  catalysts have different forms,  suggesting  different  types  of initiation mechan-
isms  (e.g.,   simple redox  reactions or  the formation  of  stable,   reactive  complexes).   The
agreement  between  independent  investigators  is generally poor,  indicating the likelihood of
mass  transfer limitations  of  the rate or the presence of contaminants.   A  large percentage of
the  investigations were  conducted with two-phase reactors for which the ma?s transfer charac-
teristics  were  not adequately reported; therefore,  those  results  must  be considered to  be
unreliable for  estimating the elementary  rate constant and for determining the reaction order.
Also,  the results  for investigations  using  supported  droplets may be biased  due to radical
chain  termination  at  the liquid-solid interface.
     The  Mn(II)  catalyzed  reaction  kinetics have  been investigated for  over 75 years;  the
studies  pertinent to the formation of  sulfate  in  the troposphere are presented in Table 2-6.
One  of the  first critics of  Mn(II) catalysis  studies was Titoff (1903),  who  remarked:   "In
Bigelow's  (1898)  work the reaction occurred  between  two phases,  and the retardation could be
determined by a change in the boundary layer or by a decrease in the solution rate of oxygen."
Unfortunately,  that comment  applies  to  all  but  three  of the Mn studies  in  Table 2-6,  which
are:   Hoather  and  Goodeve  (1934),  Neytzell-de  Wilde and Taverner (1958),  and  Coughanowr and
Krause  (1965).   It is odd that  each of these investigators did  not present rate expressions
and  rate constants  derived  from their data, and  instead  left to the reader the  task of ex-
tracting  that  information.   Estimates  of their rate expressions are presented in Table  2-7.
There  is agreement that  the Mn (II) catalyzed rate is independent of dissolved Q9, SQ9, HSO,  ,
       9-
and  SO,   concentrations.
     Clearly, Hoather and  Goodeve (1934) and Coughanowr and Krause  (1965) are in good agree-
ment.   However, Neytzell-de  Wilde  and Taverner  (1958)  observed a  first-order dependence on
[Mn(II)].  There  appears to be no basis  to discount  any of the  three  investigations,  yet it
appears  that  serious errors may have been  made.  There  is a slight preference for the expres-
sion  for  the  results of Neytzell-de Wilde  and Taverner  (1958) because:   (1) they measured the
rate  of disappearance of  S(IV) by  direct  chemical  means,  and (2)  the  period of observation
SOX2D/B                                      2-25                               1-21-81

-------
     TABLE 2-6.  INVESTIGATIONS OF S0£ - MANGANESE - 02 AQUEOUS SYSTEM
                   Investigators
                                                Type of system
                 Comment
              Titoff (1903)
              Johnstone (1931)
              Hoather and Goodeve (1934)
              Bassett and Parker (1951)
              Johnstone and Coughanowr (1958)
              Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958)
              Johnstone and Moll (1960)
              Coughanowr and Krause (1965)
              Bracewell and Gall (1967)
              Matteson et al. (1969)

              Cheng et al. (1971)
                                                     Bulk                 2
                                                     Bubbler             1,2
                                                     Bulk                 2
                                                     Bulk                 2
                                                     Supported droplet   1,2
                                                     Bulk                 2
                                                     Free droplets        2
                                                     Bulk and flow        2
                                                     Bubbler              1
                                                     Free and supported   3
                                                      droplets
                                                     Supported droplets   1
         1.  Incompletely characterized 2-phase system; results cannot be considered to
             be reliable.
         2.  Rate expression not reported.
         3.  Results are biased due to continued reaction (supported) droplets on filter
             of sampler; rate expression cannot be considered to be reliable.
           TABLE 2-7.  RATE EXPRESSION FOR THE MANGANESE-CATALYZED OXIDATION
 Expression3'  >c
                                                     pH
       Investigators
      d[SO
d[S042"]
- - -
   dt

d[S02']
                              , ?        Q
                s  44 [HnCII)]1-' [S(IV)]U [H
                           -5                 0   +  -1
                   1.7 x 10 D [Mn(II)] [S(IV)]U [H ]
                   8 [Mn(II)r [S(IV)]U
                                                            Adapted from Hoather
                                                     3-4     Goodeve (1934)
-2.2   Adapted from Neytzell-de
        Wilde and Taverner (1958)
                                                     -3-4   Adapted from Coughanowr
                                                             and Krause (1965);
                                                             dependence on pH not
                                                             reported
  The units are:  liter, mole, second.

  Concentrations shown with zero power (e.g., [S(IV)] ) indicate that the investigators
  found the rate to be independent of those species.  Note that any concentration to the
  zero power is equal to unity.
 r           + -1
  The term £H ]   indicates that the rate is+dependent only on the inverse of the
  initial H  ion concentration; changes in H  concentration after the reaction is
  in progress do not affect the rate.
SOX2D/B
                                       2-26
                     1-21-81

-------
(10-100 minutes)  of the experimental  runs  were sufficiently long that  it  is reasonable that
the rate of  oxidation was measured after the establishment of the radial chains, and not dur-
ing the induction period.
     The Fe(III)  catalyzed  reaction studies that are pertinent to the formation of sulfate in
the troposphere  are  identified  in Table 2-8.   The only studies  not  using two-phase systems
(subject to  mass transport  limitations)  are those of Neytzell-de Wilde  and Taverner (1958),
Karraker (1963),  Brimblecombe  and Spedding  (1974a), and  Fuzzi  (1978).   Hegg and Hobbs (1978)
have  pointed out that  Karraker  (1963) did not investigate the  catalyzed  oxidation  in which
dissolved  0^  is the  oxidant,   but  instead  the   redox  system  associated  with the  couple
Fe(III) + e   •» Fe(II)  in  an  oxygen-free   system.    Thus, Karraker1s  work  is  not  considered
applicable.   Neytzell-de Wilde  and  Taverner (1958) reported that the  sulfate  formation rate
was  second order for [S(IV)],  but  Karraker (1963) has re-analyzed their  data  and  has shown
instead  that  the order  is  unity.   As noted  for the Mn(II)  system,  Neytzell-de Wilde  and
Taverner (1958)  did not present  a rate expression and constant for the Fe(III) system; an es-
timate  derived from their paper  is presented in Table 2-9.   Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a)
have  reported a  rate expression and  constant  measured  at a constant  pH = 4;  unfortunately,
they  used  a  plastic  reaction  vessel,  which could have  released  organic  inhibitors  into  the
system,  causing  the  rate  to  be diminished.    (At  pH = 4,  their rate  is 0.25  of  that  of
Neytzell-de  Wilde and Taverner,   1958, and  0.1  of  that of Fuzzi, 1978.)  Fuzzi (1978) did not
note  the  similarity  of  his  observations  and those of Neytzell-de Wilde  and Taverner (1958),
especially  the dependence of  the rate on  the  initial inverse H   concentration  for  pH < 4.0.
Fuzzi's (1978) rate expression has been modified by incorporating the dependence on [H ]   and
is  presented  in Table  2-9.   Note that Fuzzi's  (1978)  modified  rate  constant is 2.5  times
greater than that of Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner  (1958),  which is good agreement  for this
type  of measurement;  these two  studies appear  to  be  the most definitive for the Fe(III) sys-
tem,  and there is no basis to prefer one over  the other.   Fuzzi (1978) has clearly demonstra-
ted the change in the  reaction  order of [S(IV)] from 1 to 2 as  pH increases from 4 to 5.   The
change  in  kinetics  is due to the formation  of  colloidal Fe(OH)., for pH > 4, which provides an
explanation  for  the disagreement  among earlier  investigators.   Because of the formation of the
Fe(OH),, colloid,  it is  unlikely  that a meaningful Fe(III) catalyzed rate expression for use in
tropospheric  sulfate  formation can be stated for conditions in which pH > 4.
     The Cu catalyzed reaction kinetics have been described in the early work of Titoff (1903).
The pertinent investigations  are identified in Table  2-10.  As with the  Mn  and  Fe  studies,
most  of the  Cu  studies were  performed with incompletely characterized  systems.   Fuller  and
Crist  (1941) point out that the prior work is unreliable  because of the  likely  presence of
contaminants.  However,  the investigations  of  Fuller  and Crist (1941) were carried  out  in a
two-phase reactor whose mass transfer characteristics are not completely described;  no one has
since  conducted  a study that  is more definitive of this system.  The  reagent concentrations
used by Barron and O'Hern (1966)  are orders  of  magnitude too large, and the pH range (>8) used
by Mishra  and Srivastava (1976)  is  not applicable.   For that reason, no  rate  expression  can
SOX2D/B                                      2-27                               1-21-81

-------
                 TABLE 2-8.   INVESTIGATIONS OF S09 -  IRON -  0, AQUEOUS SYSTEM
Investigators Type of system Comment
Reinders and Vies (1925)
Bassett and Parker (1951)
Higgins and Marshall (1957)
Johnstone and Coughanawr (1958)
Junge and Ryan (1958)
Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958)
Johnstone and Moll (1960)
Danilczuk and Swinarski (1961)
Karraker (1963)
Bracewell and Gall (1967)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974a)
Brimblecombe and Spedding (1974b)
Freiberg (1974)
Lunak and Veprek-Siska (1975)
Barrie and Georgii (1976)
Fuzzi (1978)
Bulk 2
Bulk 2
Bulk 2
Support droplet 1
Bubbler 1,2
Bulk 2
Free droplets 2
Bulk 2
Bulk 3
Bubbler 1
Bubbler 1
Not reported 4
Theoretical
Flow 5
Supported droplet 1
Bulk

1. Incompletely characterized 2-phase system;
to be reliable.
2. Rate expression not reported.
3. Op-free system; results not applicable to
4. Insufficient details reported to determine
considered to be reliable.
5. Photochemical initiation.
results cannot be considered


tropospheric S02 oxidation.
if the results should be


                  TABLE 2-9.  RATE EXPRESSION FOR THE IRON-CATALYZED OXIDATION
     r-       .  a.b
     Expression
                                      PH
                                                       Investigators
          d[S042']

             dt

          d[S042"]

             dt

          d[S042"]

             dt
=  0.04 [Fe(III)] [S(IV)]
=  100 [Fe(III)] [S(IV)]
-  0.1 [Fe(III)] [S(IV)]
                                      "2    Adapted from Neytzell-de
                                             Wilde and Taverner (1958)
                                       4    Brimblecombe and
                                             Spedding (1974a)
                                      <4    Adapted from Fuzzi  (1978)
      The units are:   liter, mole, second.

      The term [H ]    indicates that the rate is dependent on the inverse of the initial

      H  ion concentration; changes in H  concentration after the reaction is in progress
      do not affect the rate.

SOX2D/B
                         2-28
                                                            1-21-81

-------
                 TABLE 2-10.   INVESTIGATIONS OF S02 - COPPER - 0£ AQUEOUS SYSTEMS
                   Investigators
Type of system
Comment
Titoff (1903)
Reinders and Vies (1925)
Alyea and Backstrb'm (1929)
Johnstone (1931)
Albu and Grof von Schweinitz (1932)
Fuller and Crist (1941)
Riccoboni et al. (1949)
Bassett and Parker (1951)
Higgins and Marshall (1957)
Johnstone and Coughanowr (1958)
Junge and Ryan (1958)
Barron and O'Hern (1966)
Bracewell and Gall (1967)
Cheng et al. (1971)
Veprek-Siska and Lunak (1974)
Barrie and Georgii (1976)
Huss et al. (1978)
Mishra and Srivastava (1976)
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
Bubbler
Bulk
Bubbler
Bulk
Bulk
Bulk
Supported droplet
Bubbler
Flow
Bubbler
Supported droplet
Flow
Supported droplet
Bulk
Flow
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
1

1
1
2
1
2


          1.  Incompletely characterized 2-phase system; results cannot be considered
              to be reliable.
          2.  Rate expression not reported.
be recommended  as  reliable for use in calculating sulfate formation rates due to Cu catalysis
in the troposphere.
     Vanadium catalysis  has been  reported in  only  one study  (Bracewell  and Gall,  1967);  a
bubble  reactor  was used,  and  its  mass  transfer characteristics  were  inadequately reported.
Therefore,  no  rate expression  can be  recommended  as  reliable.   However,  Bracewell  and Gall
(1967) did  observe qualitatively that V(V) was orders of magnitude less effective than Mn and
Fe.   Most  likely,  V(V)  catalysis  is  unimportant for  sulfate  formation in  the troposphere.
Likewise,  there are  no  definitive studies  for Cr(III), Ni(II),  Zn(II),  and Pb(II),  but it
appears  from the  qualitative  work of  Bracewell  and Gall that  these catalytic  reactions are
unimportant.
     Barrie and Georgii (1976) have demonstrated qualitatively that Mn(II) and Fe(III) exhibit
a synergistic rate for the catalysis of S(IV) oxidation.  Their rate expression cannot be con-
sidered to be reliable since they used a supported droplet.
     In  summary,  our status of  knowledge  of the homogeneous metal  ion  catalysis systems is:
     1.   S(IV) oxidation  rates  are significantly increased by  Mn(II)  and  Fe(III).  There is
serious  doubt  regarding the rate  expression for Mn(II), but the  agreement among  independent
studies is much better for Fe(III).
     2.   These  systems  are  presently  inadequately  characterized:    Cu(II),   V(V),  V(IV),
Ni(II), Zn(II),  and Pb(II).
     3.   There are no quantitative studies of metal  ion-metal ion synergism.
SOX2D/B                                      2-29                                1-21-81

-------
     4.    The ability  of atmospheric  organic compounds to inhibit  the  catalysis is unknown.
     5.    All studies  have been  performed in  the  absence of  HCCL ;  however,  the reactions
              •S04" + HC03"  -»  HC03 + S042"
              •OH   + HC03~  ->  HC03 + OH"
may be important.  It is possible that such reactions may occur, and if so, they would prevent
the oxidation  radical  chain from establishing  since HC03 is not  a  powerful  oxidizer (Hoigne
and Bader, 1978).
     6.    In general, the  rate expressions for catalytic  oxidation  to form sulfuric acid are
not well-established.
2.3.4.3   S(IV) - Carbon Black -0,, - HpO—The catalysis  of the oxidation  of  dissolved S02 by
carbon particles suspended in the water has been studied by Chang et al.  (1979) and by Eatough
et al.  (1979).   It was found  by  Chang et al. (1979) that the oxidation rate of dissolved S02
species was:
              d[S(IV)]              n  ,q       n
         -  	^	 =   k[C] [02]U-by[S(IV)]U exp(-Eg/RT)          (2-32)
with  an  activation energy of  E  = 11.7 kcal/mol over the pH range of 1.45 to 7.5 for the car-
                               3
bon  studied, which  was  Nuchar-190.    (The  investigators  demonstrated  that Nuchar-190 behaved
similarly  to soot  from acetylene and  natural gas flames.)  An average value of k = 1.17 x 10
mol '   x liter   /g-sec was  reported.  The  kinetics  have been  interpreted  in  terms  of the
rate-limiting  step being  the  formation of an activated  complex  between  molecular oxygen and
the carbon  surface (Chang et al., 1979; Eatough et al., 1979).
      Chang  et  al.  (1979) have estimated that for 10 ug of their fine carbon soot suspended in
0.05  g  of liquid water and dispersed  in 1 m  of air, the atmospheric sulfate production would
be  about 1 ug/hr.    Heavy  hydrocarbons are adsorbed on the surfaces of  atmospheric soots and
may inhibit  the  carbon-surface catalyzed oxidation of dissolved SO,,.  At this time, it remains
to  be demonstrated that the laboratory soots used  by Chang et al. (1979) correspond to those
                                                                                         3
present  in the  atmosphere  or that  the suspension  of  soot at ambient  levels  (<10 |jg/m ) in
aerosols, cloud  droplets, or rain is similar  to the  laboratory system.
2.3.4.4   S(IV) - Dissolved Oxidants  -  H,,0—Hydrogen  peroxide,  ozone,  and  nitrogen  dioxide may
be  important in  the oxidation of S0?  in  aqueous  aerosols and fogs.  Although these compounds
do  not  demonstrate high reactivity toward S0? in air, their reactivity is enhanced in the li-
quid  phase.   Again,  caution  is advised in  accepting the results of studies of two-phase sys-
tems  in  which  the  investigators have  not completely accounted for the possibility  of the mass
transport  limitation of the oxidation rate.   Therefore, only the  recent results  for single-
phase systems are discussed here.
     Martin et al.  (1981) have used a  stopped-flow reactor to investigate  the kinetics of oxi-
dation of  aqueous  SO-  species by aqueous  NO, N02,  and NO,.  Over the pH  range of  0.6 to 3.2,

SOX2D/B                                       2-30                               1-21-81

-------
they found for NO and N0~ that the disappearance of S(IV) species  is:
          - d^[V)J = k  [NO or N0~]  [S(IV)]                           (2-33)

                   k i 0.01 mole  l~1s~1.
                                                                                             2~
However, for  the same conditions, the  reaction  with  N0?  is rapid and the formation  of  SO.
can be expressed as:

                    ]
                       =  k-JH r^ [HN02 + N02]  [S02-H20 + HSO~]       (2-34)

                    kj =  142 (liter/mole)1' 5s"1

The N0? is reduced quantitatively in  this reaction to N90.  Martin et  al.  (1981) also  observed
                                                               2+
that  this  reaction is not catalyzed  by Fe(III), Mn(II), or VO  .  It is  unlikely that tropo-
spheric nitrous  acid  (HNO?) concentrations are  high  enough  for this  reaction to be important
for HpSO. formation.
      The oxidation of dissolved  S02  by ozone  has been  investigated with stopped-flow  systems.
Penkett (1972)  and Penkett et al. (1979) have interpreted their work  in terms of a decomposi-
tion  of ozone to initiate a free-radical chain reaction  involving OH,  HSO.., and HSOj, radicals,
after Backstrom  (1934).   Penkett  et al . (1979) suggested that the  rate expression is
                    2-
               d[so4   ]        _         + _-.                        r?-3

where k = 71  sec   .   Erickson et  al.  (1977) reported the fractional contributions of the  oxida-
tion  of the three  sulfur  oxide species  by ozone  at various pH values;  their rate expressions are

              d[SO  2~]
d[S02~]
                                HgO]  [03]                              (2-36)

                       = k2[HS03 ]  [03]                                (2-37)

              d[SO  2~]          2.
              — df-  = ¥S°3  1  t03]                                (2-38)
                                             5                                  9
where  k,  = 590  liter/mol -sec,  k2  =  3.1 x  10  liter/mol -sec,  and  k3 = 2.2 x  10  liter/mol -sec.
     Penkett  et al.  (1979) used a stopped-flow  reactor  to  determine  the kinetics  of  oxidation
of dissolved  S0? species  by hydrogen peroxide.   It was  found  that the rate of  sulfate formation
is given  by
                   dtsof]               .     +
                     dt4   =  k[H202]  [HS03]  [H ]  + ka[H202]  [HS03]  [HA]    (2-39)
                   7       7     2
where  k = 2.6 x 10   liter/mol -sec, with  k  and k   being  the third-order  rate constants  for
the  catalysis by free  protons  and proton-donating  buffers  (HA),  respectively.  At pH <  4,  it
SOX2D/B                                      2-31                               1-21-81

-------
is found  that k/k   >  3200.   Therefore,  the second  term  is probably not  important  for acid
                  a  ""*
aerosols and  fogs.   It  is of great significance that the reaction rate increases as the solu-
tion becomes  more acidic, which  is  in  contrast to  aqueous  oxidation by  metal  ions  and by
ozone.   The activation  energy  and the effect of ionic strength on the reaction have been mea-
sured by  Penkett et al.  (1979).   Dasgupta  (1980)  has criticized the  presentation  of Penkett
et al.  (1979); use of the rate expression (equation 2-39) takes into account Dasgapta's (1980)
points.   Martin and Damschen (1981) have found that

                                  2] [S02-H20]/{0.1 + [H ]}          (2-40)
                     dt

where k =  7.2 x 10 s  ; their  expression  is  applicable over the  range  0  but it is  expected to  be usually unimportant.
     4.    The oxidation  rate for  H?0? is known and  appears  to be potentially a highly effec-
tive reaction for formation  of H2$04 in the troposphere.  This rate could possibly be enhanced
by metal ions, but no studies have been reported.
     5.    Organic oxidizers  may be important, but no studies have been reported.
2.3.4.5  The  Influence of NH, — It  has  been  recognized for several decades that NH, may influ-
ence the  formation  rate of  H2S04  in  aqueous  particles,  mist, fog, and  rain.   Hegg and Hobbs
(1978)  have  reviewed  the studies of the  NH,  influence.   They have called attention to a mis-
understanding in the  literature:    NH,  is  commonly reported  incorrectly  to  be  a "positive
catalyst"  for  the  oxidation  of  dissolved  SO,,.   In  the strict  sense  of the  definition of
"catalyst," the  term cannot  be  applied to the role of NH,.  The observed enhancement by NH, of
the  oxidation rates of the  auto-oxidation, metal-ion oxidation, and the 0, oxidation is due to
                                                                         O
its  action to raise and maintain  a  high  pH.   The following process occurs to raise and main-
tain a  higher pH through the conversion of NH, to NH.:
     1.    Ambient gaseous NH.,.,  , dissolves in the water,
           NH,,  , -» NH,,  ,
            3(g) <-   3(aq)
     2.    The dissolved NH3,  , reacts with H+, which raises the pH

           NH3(aq) * H+ I <

     Therefore,  the ambient pathways of auto-oxidation, Mn(II)- and Fe(III)-  catalyzed oxida-
tion, and 03  oxidation would have their rates enhanced by  absorption of NH,.   However, the  am-
bient pathways  of H202 and  HN02 would  have  their rates retarded by NH, absorption.   The  rate
for  soot would not be influenced.
SOX2D/B                                      2-32                               1-21-81

-------
     NH3 can play other important roles.  Reinders and Vies (1925) observed qualitatively that
Cu(II) was  complexed  by NH3 and rendered  non-catalytic.   At high pH's (>9) such that NH3(aq)
is the dominant  form, NH3 may be  oxidized by 0, and free-radicals  (Hoigne  and Bader, 1978).
     In summary, the  role of NH3 is explained in terms of its influence on the pH of the water
system; NH3 is not a  catalyst.
2.3.5  Surface Chemical Reactions
     Industrial  emissions  of solid  particles (e.g.,  fly ash) and  fugitive  dust (e.g.,  wind-
blown soil and minerals) provide a solid-surface that may chemisorb SCL and yield sulfate ions.
The work reviewed in  this section will  include investigations of the SO- oxidation on the sur-
faces  of:   metal oxides,  fly ash,  charcoal, and soot.  Although  reaction  kinetics  have not
been  identified, two  general types  of processes have  been:  a  capacity-limited reaction for
S02  removal  and  a catalytic S02 oxidation process.  The initial contact of SC^ with the solid
produces a  rapid loss of SO- from  the gas phase; the reaction rate decreases with time.   For
the capacity-limited  reaction, the rate slowly approaches zero; for the catalytic process, the
rate levels off  for a time and then approaches zero.  The latter phenomenon is attributed to a
pH decrease caused by sulfuric acid formation.
     Urone  et  al.  (1968) and Smith  et al.  (1969) found a number of solids to be effective in
removing Sf^.   In Urone1s studies, SCL was  admitted  to a flask containing  a  powder  that was
allowed to  react with no mixing, and  the product and remaining SCL were determined.  Only the
average reaction rates can be calculated  from  these  experiments;  more importantly, with this
experimental  procedure the  rates  may be diffusion-limited.  The  highest  rate determined was
for  SCL with ferric  oxide; the value  was >75 percent per minute.  Other materials found to be
slightly  less  reactive  than  ferric oxide  were  magnetite,   lead oxide,  lead dioxide,  calcium
oxide, and  aluminum oxide.   The rate  for  the ferric  oxide experiment was for 20 mg of ferric
                                                                          7     3
oxide  in  a  2-liter flask; the ferric  oxide concentration would thus be 10  ug/m .   Assuming a
direct  proportionality between rate  and  particle concentration, the  S0«  removal  rate in the
                                                                       3
atmosphere  would be calculated to be 0.04 percent per hour for 100 (jg/m  of particles with the
same  reactivity  as  ferric  oxide.    However,  since the  mass  transfer characteristics of the
reactor were  not reported,  these results  cannot  be  considered  reliable for estimating rates.
     Smith  et  al. (1969) did  not focus on  sulfate formation kinetics;  instead, they illustrated
through a  novel  experiment  the ability of  solid particles to adsorb SO- and to  release S02
during passage through a tube with a  wall that adsorbes SO-.  They measured the number of SO-
monolayers  absorbed  on  suspended  Fe30« as function of  SO-  partial  pressure.   (The monolayer
coverage data  reported in their Table I  are  in error by a  factor of 100 to  large; e.g., the
number of monolayers  at 1.13 ppm should be 0.38 x 10  .)
     Chun and  Quon  (1973) measured the reactivity of ferric oxide to  S02, using a flow system
involving a filter containing suspended particles.  They determined a  removal  rate constant of
9.4  x  10"^ ppm    min   (-din 0/dt),  where  8 is the fraction of  surface  sites available for
reaction.    Extrapolating this to  an  atmospheric particle concentration of  100 pg/m   with an
SOX2D/B                                       2-33                                1-21-81

-------
equivalent  reactivity  and an  SOp concentration  of  0.1 ppm, the  data  project an atmospheric
removal rate of 0.1 percent per hour.
     Stevens  et.  al.  (1978) report  total  iron concentrations in  six U.S.  cities ranging be-
tween  0.5  and  1.3 ug/m .   Other species such as manganese, copper, or vanadium had total con-
centrations  usually below 0.1  pg/m3.  Thus actual ambient air  concentrations are a factor of
approximately  50  times  less  than that assumed by the authors in the above papers.  A reactive
                                  o
particle  concentration  of 2 ug/m  would yield  a predicted $02 removal  rate  of  no  more than
0.002  percent  per hour.   Therefore, surface  reactions  are probably not important  except in
sources prior  to or immediately after emission.
     The most  comprehensive  study to date on  S0? removal  by pure solids was made by Judeikis
(1974)  and  Judeikis  et al. (1978),  who  used  a tubular flow reactor in which solids were sup-
ported  on  an  axial  cylinder to  measure reactivities of MgO, Fe203, A1203,  Mn02,  PbO, NaCl,
charcoal,  and  fly ash.   They  found  that  the rates  of  S0?  removal  diminished  with exposure
until  the  solids  completely  lost ability to react with S02-  The relative humidity was impor-
tant  in determining  the total  capacity  for S02  removal,  but not the initial  rate  of uptake;
total  capacity increased  as relative  humidity increased.   The  capacity  for  S02  could  be ex-
tended  by exposure to NhL.  This type of behavior is consistent with the formation of H2SO» on
the surfaces.
     Because  of  the  ubiquitous nature of carbonaceous matter in ambient air particulate sam-
ples,  various workers  have studied the  S0? removal  rate by  carbon.   A comparison  of the
results  is  rather difficult because  of  the  varieties of carbon available  for  study,  such as
activated  charcoal,  graphite,  acetylene flame products, and combustion products of diesel oil
and heating  oil.   We cite here a  few investigations  that deal  with the gas-solid reaction of
S02 with carbon.
     Novakov et al. (1974) performed  laboratory experiments that showed that graphite and soot
                                                                                       o_
particles  oxidize S02  in  air.   The  soot  exposed to  humidified air produced  more  SO,    than
that  exposed only to dry  air.   They also  observed for downtown Los Angeles a strong correla-
                                                           p_
tion  between the  concentrations  of  ambient carbon and  SO-  , which supports their hypothesis
                                                                 o-
that  carbon  (soot)  oxidation of S02 is the major pathway for SO,   formation. (See discussion
in Section 2.3.4.3).
     Tartarelli et al.  (1978)  studied the interaction of S02 with carbonaceous particles col-
lected  from  the  flue  ducts of oil-burning power  stations.   They concluded that the amount of
adsorption is  increased by the presence of oxygen and water in the gas stream.  Reaction rates
were not determined in this study.
     Liberti et al.  (1978) studied the  adsorption and  oxidation of S02 on various particles,
including  soot  from  an   oil  furnace  and  various   atmospheric  particulate  samples.   They
concluded that the main interaction between the S02 and particulate matter is adsorption, with
most catalytic reactions   occurring  at high  temperatures,  near  the  combustion source.   Their

SOX2D/B                                      2-34                               1-21-81

-------
experiments with  atmospheric participate samples  led  them  to the conclusion that any  hetero-
geneous  nonphotochemical   sulfate  formation  is  strongly dependent  on the  reactivity  of  the
particle surface, and hence  the history  (aged, freshly emitted), of the aerosol.
     In summary, the status  of our knowledge  of surface reactions is:
     1.  The reactions are capacity-limited.  Those that involve catalysis in liquid films  can
be extended by the absorption of NH3-
     2.  The initial rates may be large, but  quickly approach zero.
     3.   Except  for the carbon  (soot)  reaction,  solid surface reactions do  not  appear to be
effective pathways for H2S(K formation in the troposphere.
2.3.6  Estimates of SO,, Oxidation
     It  is  of  interest at this point to compare the rates of S02 oxidation by the more impor-
tant reactions  identified in the previous  sections of Chapter 2.  The important reactions  for
gas-phase and aqueous-phase  oxidation are listed in Table 2-11, and rates of SO,, oxidation  for
an  assumed  set  of  conditions  are  present.   These  calculations ignore  the non-homogeneous
nature  of the troposphere and assume  that  all  of  the reactants are well-mixed.   (The more
general  case is treated in Chapter 6.)
                   TABLE 2-11.  ESTIMATES OF  S02 OXIDATION RATES IN WELL-MIXED
                                          TROPOSPHERE

Reaction
I. Gas phase
HO radical
H0? radical
CHp2 radical
II. Aqueous phase, pH:
Mn(II) catalysis
Fe(III) catalysis
C (soot) catalysis
0, (40 ppb)
0^ (120 ppb)
Hp? (1 ppb)
H^ (10 ppb)
Rate, % h"1




1
1E-1
5E-5
3E+1
2E-8
6E-8
2E-2
2E-1

0.3 - 1.3
0.4 - 2.0
0.3 - 1.5
3
1E+1
5E-1
3E+1
2E-6
6E-6
3E-2
2E-1




5
1E+3
5E+3
3E+1
2E-4
6E-4
3E-2
3E-1
Discussion
Section

2.
2.
2.

2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.

3.
3.
3.

3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.
3.

3.
3.
3.

4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.
4.

2
2
2

2
2
3
4
4
4
4
Comments

1
1
1

2
3
6
3
3
3
3


,2
,2

,3,4
,5

,7
,7
,8
,8

         NOTE:   "E"  denotes  "exponential to 10th power;" e.g., 3E-1 = 3 X 10"1
         1.   Typical  range  for daytime at northern midlatitudes during the summer.
         2.   This reaction  rate  is not well established; see discussion section.
                                                                   -12 3  3
         3.   Assumed  that liquid water volume of aerosol = 50 x 10   m /m ,
              [S091  = 10 ppb  (or 27 ug/m3).
                   9                                         3
         4.   Assumed  that Mn(II) mass concentration = 20 ng/m ; also, the Mn(II)  is
              assumed  to be  uniformly dissolved in the liquid water of the aerosol
              ([Mn(II)J = 8.9  x 10  M).  Rate calculation used the expression of
              Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958); see Table 2-7.
SOX2D/B                                      2-35                                1-21-81

-------
         5.   Assumed that Fe(III) mass concentration = 2 yg/m3; also, the Fe(III) is
              assumed to be uniformly dissolved in the liquid water of the aerosol
              ([Fe(III)] = 0.9 M).  Rate calculation used the expression of
              Neytzell-de Wilde and Taverner (1958); see Table 2-9.
                                                         O
         6.   Assumed that C mass concentration = 10 ug/m  and behaves as the soots
              studied by Chang et al.  (1979), whose expression was used for this
              calculation (Equation 2-32).
         7.   Rate calculation was based on Equation 2-35.
         8.   Rate calculation was based on Equation 2-39.
     For this comparison,  it  has been assumed that the S00 concentration is 10 ppb for all of
                                                                          -12  3  3
the reactions, and that the liquid water content of the aerosol is 50 x 10    m /m .
     The gas-phase  rates have been calculated based on the  discussion  material  presented in
Section 2.3.3.2.  The  aqueous-phase  rates  have been calculated  based on the discussion mate-
rial presented  in Sections  2.3.4.2-4.   Several of the assumptions made do not have any basis,
namely:
     1.   The ambient mass concentration of 20 ng/m  for Mn is reasonable, but:  (a) it is not
known  if the  predominate form is Mn(II),  and  (b)  it is unlikely that Mn is uniformly distri-
buted and dissolved.
                                                       3
     2.   Likewise,  the ambient concentration of 2 ug/m  for Fe is reasonable, but:  (a) it is
not known if Fe(III) is the predominate form, and (b) it is unlikely that Fe is uniformly dis-
tributed and dissolved.
     3.   There is no basis to assume that the rate equation observed for laboratory-generated
carbon (soot) applies to atmospheric carbon.
     4.   The rates  for the H02 and CH^O^  reactions  recommended by Calvert et al. (1978) are
not well established.
     It is very likely that the rates estimated for Mn(II) catalysis, Fe(III) catalysis, and C
(soot)  catalysis  are  gross over-estimates.   Also,  the  H02  and CH30? rates  may  be  too high.
     Uncritically accepting all  of the rates, at  a  pH  = 3,  and [H,00] = 10 ppb, the S09 con-
                                 -1
version  rate  would  exceed  40% h  .    However,  if only the well-established  rates are consi-
dered, the S0? conversion rate becomes ~1.1^ h
     In summary, our status of knowledge of S0? oxidation pathways is:
     I.   The gas-phase reaction rate of  HO  and  the aqueous-phase  reaction  of H,0, are well
                                                                _1                £ *-
established,  but  are expected to account  for  only about 1.1% h   (under the conditions given
in Table 2-11).
     2.   The Mn(II), Fe(III), and C (soot) catalyzed reactions have sufficient rates to domi-
nate SOp oxidation in the troposphere, but we do not have confidence that the assumptions dis-
cussed above are reasonable.
2.4  PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF PARTICULATE MATTER
     Knowledge of the  physics and chemistry of particulate  matter is necessary for design  of
satisfactory samplers and monitors, understanding the relationships between sources and
SOX2D/B                                      2-36                               1-21-81

-------
*
effects, and understanding important processes in the troposphere that involve chemical trans-
formations and removal.
     In Section  2.2,  the global cycle  and  annual  budget for sulfur were  presented  to aid in
establishing  the goals  and  limitations of this document's  treatment  of sulfur  oxides.   That
discussion  is  insufficient in  that  particulate  matter is related to  cycles  of  numerous ele-
ments and their  interactions.   Among the more important cycles of elements are:  sulfur, nitro-
gen, carbon, hydrogen, boron, oxygen, sodium, aluminum, silicon, phosphorous, chlorine, potas-
sium, calcium,  vanadium, manganese,  iron, mercury, and lead.  Since it  is beyond the scope of
this document  to deal with the details of these cycles, a  perspective  of the problem can be
obtained  from a budget  estimate of  the particulate mass injected into  the troposphere.   The
estimate  by  Hidy and Brock (1971) of the daily particulate mass emitted or formed in the tro-
posphere  is  presented  in  Table 2-12.   On a global basis,  the  anthropogenic contribution is
about  6  percent;  however,  the  non-homogeneous  distribution and the  type of emissions  pose
serious problems.   (See Chapter 4 for  a  discussion of sources in the United States.)  Figure
2-2 showed the general  inter-relations  of pathways, processes, and properties of sulfur oxides
and particulate  matter and effects.  Section 2-3 treated the SCL physical properties and chem-
istry  (including transformation  chemistry),  which are indicated in Figure  2-2.   Section 2.4
will discuss the physics and chemistry  of particulate matter that are related to particle pro-
perties,  single  particle dynamics of motion, formation and growth, and aerosol system dynamics.
     The  budget  in Table 2-12  indicates  that  secondary  particulate  matter formation dominate
the  rates.   The importance of  this  type  of source will  be made evident in the discussions in
Section 2.4.
2.4.1   Definitions
     The  field  of aerosol  science spans chemistry, physics, engineering, meteorology, and the
biological sciences.  Unfortunately, the lack of communication between workers in these diverse
disciplines  has  impeded  the unification of their ideas.  One of the results has been a lack of
universally  accepted  definitions of the terms "aerosol" and "particle"  and the terms for class-
ification of aerosol  systems.   For the purpose  of this  document, the definitions are made to
be consistent with  the general  usage by atmospheric scientists.
     Particle — any  object having definite physical boundaries in all  directions, without any
limit with respect  to size (Cadle, 1975).   In practice, the particle size range of interest is
used to define "particle."  In  atmospheric  sciences, "particle" usually means a solid or liquid
subdivision  of matter that has  dimensions greated than molecular radii  (-vlO nm);  there is also
not a firm upper limit,  but in  practice it  rarely exceeds 1 mm.
     Aerosol —  a disperse system with  a gas-phase  medium and a solid or liquid disperse phase
(Fuchs, 1964).   Often, however,  individual workers  modify the definition of "aerosol" by arbi-
trarily requiring  limits on individual particle motion  or  surface-to-volume ratio (e.g., see
Hidy and  Brock,  1970).   Aerosols are formed by (a)  the suspension of particles due to grinding
or atomization,  or  (b) condensation of  supersaturated vapors (Fuchs, 1964).
SOX2D/B                                      2-37                               1-21-81

-------
X
     For the purpose of this document, an aerosol is not the halocarbon vapor used as the pro-
pellent  in  pressured  cans (commonly referred to  as  "aerosol  cans" and "aerosol bombs").  The
improper use  of  the term "aerosol" by marketers  of  foams, gels, sprays, etc., has caused the
lay public  to associate incorrectly environmental issues of suspended particulate matter with
the issue of  halocarbon impact on the stratospheric ozone  layer.  In the context of this docu-
ment,  the  usage  of the term "aerosol" is  not related to the impact of halocarbons on strato-
spheric ozone  layer.
                    TABLE 2-12.  ESTIMATE OF TROPOSPHERIC PARTICULATE MATTER
                                        DDnmirTTflN PATPC3
                                        PRODUCTION RATES
              Source                                       % by weight of total
A.
1.




2.




Natural sources
Primary
Wind-blown dust
Sea Spray
Volcanoes
Forest fires
Secondary
Vegetation
Sulfur cycle
Nitrogen cycle
Volcanoes (gases)


9.3
28
0.09
3.8

28
9.3
14.8
0.009
                   SUBTOTALS                                        94
            B.   Manmade sources
            1.   Primary
                Combustion and industrial                            2.8
                Dust from cultivation                                0.009
            2.   Secondary
                Hydrocarbon vapors                                   0.065
                Sulfates                                             2.8
                Nitrates                                             0.56
                Ammonia                                              0.028
                   SUBTOTALS
                   TOTAL                                           100
         ^Source:  Hidy and Brock (1970)
          Production rate = 10.7 x 10  m
metric tons/day
     Traditionally, workers  in  various  scientific fields have classified  the  aerosol  systems
to  reflect  their origin, physical state, and  range  of particle size.  The  meanings  of these
classifications  are not  universally  accepted;  however, the following  definitions  are  consis-
tent with general usage by atmospheric scientists.
SOX2D/B                                      2'38

-------
     Particulate Mass — a generic classification in which no distinction is made on the basis
of origin, physical state, and range of particle size (Dennis, 1976).  (The term "participate"
is an adjective, but it is commonly used incorrectly as a noun.)
     Dust -- dispersion aerosols  with solid particles formed by comminution or disintegration
without  regard  to particle size  (Fuchs,  1964;  Dennis,  1976; Hidy  and  Brock,  1970).   Typical
examples  include  (a)  natural  minerals suspected by the action of wind and (b) solid particles
suspended during industrial grinding, crushing, or blasting.
     Smokes  --  dispersion aerosols containing both  liquid and  solid particles formed by con-
densation from supersaturated vapors (Fuchs, 1964; Hidy and Brock, 1970).  Generally,  the par-
ticle size  is  in the range of  0.1 |jm to 10 urn.  A typical example is the formation of parti-
cles due to  incomplete combustion of fuels.
     Fumes  — dispersion  aerosols containing liquid or solid particles formed by condensation
of  vapors produced by  chemical  reaction of gases or sublimation  (Dennis,  1976).   Generally,
the particle size is in the range 0.01 (jm to 1 urn.  Distinction between the terms "smokes" and
"fumes"  is  often difficult to apply.
     Mists  --  suspension of  liquid droplets formed by condensation of  vapor  or atomization;
the  droplet diameters  exceed 10  (jm  and  in general  the particulate  concentration  is  not high
enough to obscure visibility (Hidy and Brock, 1970).
     Fogs  — same  as  "mists,"   but  the particulate  concentration is  sufficiently  high  to
obscure  visibility (Hidy and Brock, 1970).   [Dennis (1976) proposes alternate definitions that
distinguish  "mists" and fogs" on  the basis of particle size.]
     Haze -- an aerosol that impedes vision  (Dennis, 1976) and may consist of a combination of
water droplets, pollutants, and dust (Hidy and Brock, 1970).
     Smog — a combination of "smoke" and "fog."  Originally this term referred to episodes in
Great  Britain  that  were attributed  to  coal  burning  during  persistent  foggy  conditions
(Chambers,  1968).  In the United  States "smog" has become associated with urban aerosol forma-
tion during periods of high oxidant concentrations.
     Smaze  -- a combination of "smoke" and "haze" (Corn, 1968).
     Cloud  — a free aerodisperse system of any type having a definite size and form and with-
out regard  to particle size (Fuchs, 1964).
     Primary Particles (or Primary Aerosols) — dispersion aerosols formed from particles that
are emitted  directly  into the air and that  do  not  change form in the atmosphere (NAS, 1977).
Examples include windblown dust and ocean salt spray.
     Secondary Particles (or Secondary Aerosols) -- dispersion aerosols that form in the atmos-
phere as a  result of chemical reactions,  often involving gases (NAS, 1977).   A typical  example
is sulfate  ions produced by photochemical oxidation of SO-.
     In  addition to  classifying aerosol  systems by  their  properties (origin,  physical state,
size),  systems  are  classified  according  to  the performance  characteristics  of the sampler or
analyzer.  Some of the more common classifications used are the following:
SOX2D/B                                      2-39                               1-21-81

-------
     Aitken nuclei  --  those particles  and ions measured  by means of an  instrument in which
water vapor  is  made to condense on particles by supersaturating the vapor (White and Kassner,
1971).  In order to eliminate condensation of light ions, the supersaturation should not exceed
270% (White and Kassner, 1971).  The term "condensation nuclei" is often used synonymously with
the term "Aitken nuclei."
     Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) Mass —  the particulate mass that  is  collected  by the
Hi-Volume Sampler.   (The  system is classified  in  terms  of the operational characteristics of
the sampler.   See the discussion in Chapter 3.)
     Coarse  and Fine Particles --  these two fractions  are usually defined  in  terms  of the
separation diameter of a sampler.   For the dichotomous sampler (see Chapter 3), the separation
diameter is  usually set to be  2.5  urn.   Thus, for the dichotomous sampler, the "coarse parti-
cles" are those with diameters greater than 2.5 urn and that are collected by the sampler; the
"fine particles" are those with diameters less than 2.5 urn and that are collected by the samp-
ler.  (NOTE:   seperation diameters other than 2.5 urn have been used.)
     Additional definitions that  relate to particulate size, particle size distributions, and
particle motion will be  provided in  the  context  of the material  discussed  in the following
Sections.
2.4.2  Physical Properties of Gases and Particles
     It  is necessary to know the physical properties of the gases and particles of an aerosol
system in order to  understand the behavior of the system.  Such knowledge  is necessary for the
design  of particle samplers,  understanding  the  effects  of  aerosols  (e.g.,  loss  of  visual
quality),  understanding  aerosol   processes   (such  as coagulation,  growth,  deposition),  and
modeling the effects and dynamics of aerosols.
2.4.2.1   Physical  Properties  of Gases--An  aerosol  consists  of  two principal  components:   the
gas-phase medium  and the solid or liquid disperse phase.  The behavior of aerosol systems can
be  described in terms of the behavior  and interaction of these two components.
      For tropospheric aerosols, the gas of interest is "air."  The molecular and  fluid proper-
ties  of  air  are well established and will not be reviewed here (see Hirschfelder et al., 1954;
Bird  et al., 1960).  The  fluid motion of air,  especially  laminar flow,  is adequately under-
stood.   Presently,  turbulent flow  is formulated in statistical descriptions, and  often the flow
fields  in  complex geometry cannot be  satisfactorily predicted.  This limitation  in theory has
seriously affected  our  ability  to describe the  tropospheric  microscale motion of  particles with
diameters greater than 10 urn;  specific  problems  include the performance  of particle samplers
and the  formulation of  particle dry deposition.
      In  summary,  the status of  knowledge of the properties of air  is:
      1.   The physical  properties are  adequately known.
      2.   Laminar flow  of air  is adequately understood.
      3.   Turbulent flow must  be  described  in terms of a random fluctuating  component;  this
limitation seriously affects our ability to describe particle motion, especially  for particles
with  diameters  greater  than 10  urn.
SOX2D/B                                       2-40                               1-21-81

-------
2.4.2.2  Physical Properties of Particles—The physical properties of particles that influence
behavior have  been recognized  to be  divided  into three types  (Billings  and Gussman, 1976):
physical configuration,  bulk  material  properties, and surface properties.   The specific pro-
perties within  these  three types that are important for characterizing tropospheric particles
are discussed in detail.
2.4.2.2.1  Physical configuration.   The  shape,  structure,  and density are physical configura-
tion properties  that  are very important parameters  in  the  equations of motion for particles.
     The shape  of  particles is highly variable.  Tropospheric particles have been reported to
have the following types of shapes:   spherical,  irregular,  cubical,  flake,  fibrous, and con-
densation  floes.   The shape of particles has been  observed to be related to  source type,  as
shown in Table 2-13.
     The physical dimensions of particles are usually expressed in terms of an equivalent sta-
tistical diameter; for  such a measure to be meaningful for non-spherical particles, it must be
applied as an  average to a statistically significant  number of  particles (Cadle, 1975).   For
sizing  collected  particles,  the most widely  used  "diameters"  for irregular  particles  are:
                         TABLE 2-13.  PARTICLE SHAPES AND SOURCE TYPES3

                   Shape                                   Examples

         Spherical                                    Smoke, pollen, fly ash
         Irregular                                    Mineral
         Cubical                                      Cinder
         Flakes                                       Mineral, epidermis
         Fibrous                                      Lint,  plant fiber
         Condensation floes                           Carbon, smoke, fume

         aWhitby et al., 1957.
     1.   Martin's diameter —  the  distance between opposite  sides  of  the particle, measured
crosswise  of the  particle  and on  a line bisecting  the  projected area.   (For examples,  see
Cadle, 1975; McCrone and Delly, 1973.)
     2.   Feret's  diameter  —  the distance  between two tangents on opposite sides of the par-
ticle.  (For examples,  see  Cadle, 1975; McCrone and Delly,  1973.)
     3.   The  maximum horizontal intercept ~  the  longest  diameter from edge  to edge of the
particle, parallel to the reference  line (McCrone and Delly, 1973).
     4.   The projected area diameter (British Standard method) -- found by comparing the pro-
jected area of the particle with the areas of reference circles on an ocular graticule (McCrone
and Delly,  1973).
     Historically, these four "diameters" are of  interest in powder technology; they possess a
deficiency in  their  usefulness for  applications  relating to particle dynamics.  They describe

SOX2D/B                                      2-41                               1-21-81

-------
the shape  in  terms  of one or two  dimensions  (i.e.,  projected surface area).   The dynamics of
particle motion  are  formulated  in terms of the  diameters  of spheres (which is a three-dimen-
sional shape).   The  relation between the "diameters" measured  for  projected  surface areas of
irregular  particles  and the  "diameter"  meaningful  for  particle  motion is not  obvious.   For
regular-shaped particles (e.g.,  cubes,  cylinders,  oblates), Fuchs  (1964)  has  derived dynamic
shape factors that permit their representation as equivalent spheres.
     The density (mass per  unit  volume) of  particles  is an important  parameter that affects
motion and behavior.   The density of particles that are spheres, cubes, and other regular geo-
metries is the  same  as the  density  of  the  bulk material.   However, many particles are agglo-
merates of smaller particles of various composition.  Such  agglomerates  have  a large percen-
tage  of  their volume  as voids  or pores that are  filled with  air.   Such  a structure has the
appearance of a cluster of grapes.  The sum of the volume of the small solid/  liquid particles
plus  the void volume is defined  as  the  "apparent" volume  of the agglomerate.   The "apparent
density" of agglomerates  is  defined as the ratio  of solid/liquid mass to the apparent volume
(Fuchs, 1964), and  it is often factors of 2-10  times  lower than the density  of mass that ex-
cludes the pore volume (Hesketh, 1977).
     Because of  the  large  number of tropospheric particles that are irregular or agglomerates
and have unknown density,  it has become common practice to represent the shape,  structure and
density of particles  in  terms of dynamically equivalent spheres  of unit density.  Hence, the
following definition:
                                                                               3
     Aerodynamic diameter —  the  diameter  of a sphere of  unit  density (1 g/cm ) that attains
the same terminal  velocity  at low Reynolds number in  still  air as  the  actual  particle under
consideration.
2.4.2.2.2  Bulk  material properties.  The  bulk  material  properties  that affect aerosol behav-
ior include chemical  composition,  vapor pressure, hygroscopicity and deliquescence, and index
of  refraction.   These properties  are of interest  because  they  control (a) the physical state
and growth, and  (b) the scattering and absorption of light  by tropospheric particles.
     The chemical  composition of  tropospheric particles will be  discussed briefly in Section
2.4.5  and  in  more detail in Chapter 5.   It is sufficient to point out here that the particles
                                                                       2-          +         +
with  diameters  less  than approximately 2.5 urn contain most  of  the  S04  , NO,  ,  H ,  and NH.
and interact with H^O vapor much more strongly than larger  particles (Meszaros, 1971; Charlson
et  al. , 1978).
     The most important systems  are those  of H2S04, NH4HSO.,  (NH.KSO..   These systems have
been characterized recently by Charlson et al. (1978),  Tang et al. (1976), Tang and Munkelwitz
(1977), and Tang (1980a).  Charlson et al.  (1978) used an apparatus  in their studies that meas-
ured  the light  scattering  coefficient of the aerosol  as a function of the relative humidity.
They obtained good agreement between theory and experiment  in observing the hygroscopic behav-
ior of H2S04.   However, they did not observe the predicted  deliquescence points of NHJ4SCK and
             .   They speculated  that these  transitions  were  not  observed because  the salt
SOX2D/B                                      2-42                               1-21-81

-------
particles may have  exhibited hysteresis and  formed  supercooled  solutions (Orr et al., 1958).
Tang (1980a) used  a system in which the salt aerosol was first dried, and then passed through
a controlled humidity  chamber;  the particles were sized with a single-particle optical analy-
ser.  His data  on  deliquescence points and hygroscopic growth agreed well with theory, and he
concluded that  for the  NH.HSO.-H-O  systems that the equilibrium  size  of mixed-salt droplets
may be adequately predicted from bulk solution properties.  (The Kelvin effect, which may limit
growth,  is  discussed  in Section 2.4.4.)  Tang (1980a) has described the equilibrium deliques-
cence  points  and hygroscopic  behavior for the complete  hLCHNH.^SO.-^SO.  system.   He also
demonstrated the hysteresis phenomenon for (NH.)?SO. particles; as the particles were subjected
to decreasing relative humidity, solid crystals did not form at the deliquescence point (79.5%
RH),  but formed at about 30%  RH  (in agreement  with the observations of Orr  et al., 1958).
     The influence  of NO,  is an important consideration.  Tang (1980b) has performed detailed
qualitative calculations  of  the partial pressures of NH, and HN03 over the NHg-HNO^-H^SO.-H^O
system at 24°C.  He studied the effects of relative humidity and pH on these partial  pressures
and deduced that:   (1) the HNO~ partial pressure depends strongly on both the relative humid-
ity and  droplet pH, and (2) the NH.,  partial  pressure varies only slightly with  humidity but
                +                   J
inversely with  H  concentration.  Tang (1980b) remarked that the strong dependence of the HMO,
partial  pressure  on relative  humidity may affect  the nitrate content of  particles  that are
sampled, leading to biases in the determination of ambient N03 .
     Charlson et  al.  (1978)  have reviewed  the potential  use  of the difference in the indices
of  refraction for differentiating ambient particles of H?SO. and (NH.)pSO,.   The ratio of back-
ward hemispheric scattering to the total scattering was measured near St.  Louis in 1973 during
periods  that  were  classified  as  H^SO. or (NH.^SO.  dominated events.  However,  the absolute
value  of the  backward/total  scatter did  not  agree  with the predicted, which  led Charlson  et
al. (1978)  to deduce that the refractive index is too variable to be used as an analytical tool
                                   2-
in  differentiating  the types of SO,   systems.
     In general, the status of our knowledge  regarding the bulk material properties is:
     1.   Bulk  material  properties  are adequate for describing the state of tropospheric par-
ticles.
     2.   However,  there  is  a paucity of thermodynamic data to permit prediction of deliques-
cence  and  hygroscopic  behavior and vapor pressures of multi-component systems, especially for
relative humidities below about 90 percent.
2.4.2.2.3   Surface  properties.  The  surface properties of particles provide a means of detec-
tion and measurement,  collection,  and may increase persistence of droplets in the atmosphere.
Some of  the more  important surface properties are:   electrostatic charging, adhesion, and the
influence of surface films.
     A  number   of  identifiable mechanisms  can lead  to  electrostatic charging  of particles.
These  include contact  charging,  photionization,  field emission charging,  and gaseous ion cap-
ture.    For the practical applications  in the  troposphere gaseous  ion  capture  is  the most
SOX2D/B                                       2-43                               1-21-81

-------
important  of  these  mechanisms.   Contact  charging also  produces charging  as  in  the  tribo-
electric charging of dust as a result of dust rise by wind on the earth surface  and by produc-
tion of charged sea spray aerosols over the ocean.
     Reviews of experiment and theory for gaseous ion capture by aerosol  particles may be found
in  Bricard  (1977) and  Whitby and Liu  (1966).   Two  recognized  capture  mechanisms  are field
charging and diffusion  charging.   Field charging denotes the process  in which  an ion is cap-
tured by a  particle  in  the presence of an external electrical  field.   Diffusion charging is a
process in  the  absence  of an external  electrical  field.   Field  charging of aerosol particles
is  utilized in particle  control  technology in the operation of  electrostatic  precipitators.
Diffusion charging is employed  in classification or  sizing  of  aerosol particles according to
their electrical mobility.
     The rate  of gaseous  ion capture by an aerosol  particle  depends upon a number of para-
meters including  the  particle size  and shape,  the dielectric coefficient of the particle,  the
number of charges  already on the particle,  and the mean free path and mobility  of the gaseous
ion, plus,  for field charging, the external  electrical field strength.
     The charging of an  aerosol  has  been shown  to be a stochastic process by Biosdron and Brock
(1970).   Inherent difficulties  in the use of particle charging as an aerosol  detection method
has  been  shown by Marlow (1978a and  1978b)  and  by  Porstendorfer and  Mercer  (1978).   These
studies indicate  that the  polydispersity  of the  aerosol,  the dielectric  coefficient  of  the
particles,  and humidity  in the presence of trace gases lead to uncertainties in  aerosol  parti-
cle charges.
     Particles are removed from the  troposphere by diffusion to or impaction against surfaces;
particles also  collide  with each other and stick  together.   The forces  of adhesion that hold
particles to surfaces and to each other include electrostatic forces, capillary forces in the
presence of a  liquid, and  London van  der  Walls forces.   In general,  for  uniform conditions,
the  efficiency  of particle removal  from surfaces  by  air flow decreases as the particle size
decreases  for  dry, solid  particles  (Corn,  1976).  While  the  types of  forces  are known,  the
magnitude of these forces usually cannot be predicted precisely.
     The influence  of surface  films  on aqueous  droplets  has been recognized  for many years
(Bradley, 1955; Eisner et al., 1960).   Chang and Hill  (1980) have reviewed some  of the studies
on  droplet  stabilization  by surface  films.- They  have  also  demonstrated that the products of
the  reaction  between 0.,  and 1-decene  in humid  air produces a species  that  adsorbs on water
droplets and retards  the  evaporation  rate.   Chang  and  Hill  (1980) suggest that photochemical
reactions may  produce similar products that would retard the evaporation  of urban fogs,  and
perhaps extend  their  duration by hours.  However, they report no kinetic data.   Eisner et al.
(1960)  investigated  the kinetics of  evaporation  of droplets with fatty alcohols  on the sur-
face.  They were  able to increase the lifetime of an evaporating 10-um droplet only by a fac-
tor of about 250, which  corresponds  to about 2.5 minutes.  (Another likely cause of  stable fogs
is  the  formation of  supercooled droplets.)  At  this time, the  influence of photochemically
produced organic condensates on the  kinetics of droplet evaporation is not known.
SOX2D/B                                      2-44                               1-21-81

-------
2.4.3  Dynamics of Single Particles
     The behavior of atmospheric aerosols depends upon the physical properties of the suspend-
ing  gas,  the  particles,  gas-particle  interactions,  particle-particle  interactions,  and the
fluid motion of  the gas.   Knowledge of  these  properties and interactions is essential to our
understanding  of  atmospheric  phenomena,  our ability to  formulate  predictive models of pollu-
tant particle  concentrations and effects, and our ability to sample and measure particles.  In
this section,  the conditions  will be presented  for which aerosol  systems can be described in
terms of the dynamics of single particles.
     According to Hidy and Brock (1970), particles may be considered to be independent of each
other and  the  dynamics of single particles may be applied if the conditions in Table 2-14 are
satisfied.  If coagulation or deposition is an important process, and the system satisfies all
but  the  last  condition,  they  refer  to the  system as  being  in the  "quasi-single particle
regime."   As  is  seen  in  Table  2-14,   the  conditions  for  the  "single particle  regime" are
generally satisfied  for the troposphere.
     The dynamics of single particles include sedimentation, impaction, diffusion, coagulation,
electrodynamics,  and filtration  (Fuchs,  1964;  Hidy and  Brock,  1970;  Friedlander,  1977).  In
general, the dynamics  can  be described adequately for particles with diameters less than  10 urn.
However,  the  motion of particles with  diameters  greater than 10 urn in a turbulent air stream
cannot  be  predicted accurately.  This deficiency in theory  has adversely impacted our efforts
to design adequate  samplers for particles with diameters greater than 10 urn.
2.4.4   Formation  and Growth of  Particles
     Particles are  formed by two processes:   (1) the grinding  or  atomization  of matter, and
(2)  the nucleation  of  supersaturated vapors.  The particles  formed in the first process may be
emitted directly into  the atmosphere.   However,  the  particles formed  in  the  second process
usually result from reactions  of gases  in the atmosphere  to yield  compounds  with low  vapor
pressures,  when  such  species   reach sufficiently high  supersaturation,  they nucleate to form
particles.   The  dynamics  of  nucleation have  been extensively reviewed  by Hidy  and  Brock
(1970), who discuss  two  types:
     I.   Homogeneous nucleation,  which  is  the formation of  particles by the molecular agglom-
eration of  supersaturated vapors in  the  absence  of  foreign particles and ions.    Important
examples  include the formation of particles by:  (a)  H,,S04  molecules produced by the reaction
of  HO  radical  with S02,  and (b)  carboxylic  acids  formed by the  reaction  of 03 and olefins.
     2.   Heterogeneous nucleation, which -is the  condensation of molecules of a supersaturated
vapor  onto foreign  particles  or ions.   Important  examples  include:   (a)  the condensation of
hydrocarbon vapors  onto Pb halide and  carbon  particles during cooling  of automobile exhaust,
and  (b) the  condensation  of H2$04  molecules  onto fly  ash  during  the  cooling  of plumes from
power plants burning fossil fuels.
     Particle  growth in  the atmosphere  occurs  through  gas-particle  interactions,  and  particle-
particle  interactions  (coagulation).
SOX2D/B                                     2-45                              1-21-81

-------
                           TABLE 2-14.   CONDITIONS FOR THE SINGLE-PARTICLE  REGIME3
          Conditions                                                 Range in troposphere
1. n-/nr <
I U
2. \Gn.1/3 <
3. Rinj1/3 <
4. n-1/3L . <
1 VI
5. Q. Q.K/kT <
J
:< I
:< 1
:< 1
:< 1

:< 1
for
for
for
for

for
all i
all i
all i,j
all i

all i.j
~ 10
~ 10
~ 10
~ 0

~ 10
-13
-3
-1


-2
to
to
to


to
10
10
10


10
-19
-5
-7


-6

       a From Hidy and Brock (1970).
         n.   = number concentration of particles of type i
                                                          -19   -3
         nr   = number concentration of air molecules (~ 10    cm  )
                                                    -5
         AG   = mean free path of air molecules (~ 10   cm)
         R.   = radius of particle,  cm
         L •  =  characteristic distance (cm) associated with  change  in number concen-
                tration, temperature, and velocities
         Q.   = electrostatic charge
         K   = Debye reciprocal length
         k   = Boltzmann' constant
         T   = temperature, °K

     Gas-particle  interactions  include  the  absorption and the adsorption of  pollutant gases,
such as S02, NOp,  hydrocarbons,  0,  and  FUOp,  followed by their chemical reactions  to yield
products  such  as SO.   , NO.,  ,  and  organics.   Also included is the condensation  of low-vapor
pressure  molecules  formed  in  gas  phase reactions,  such  as HpSO,,  HN03,  and organics.   An
important  limitation on the  accumulation of chemical species on submicrometric  particles  is
the Kelvin-Gibbs  effect.   The vapor pressures of  the  solvent  and solute (or surface-absorbed
species)  are increased  as  surface curvature  is  increased.   For a  condensing species being
formed  by gas-phase  reactions, there  will  be a minimum particle-size  for which  condensation
will not occur; this value is determined in part by the supersaturation reached by the species
(Friedlander, 1977).
     Nair and Vohra (1975) have used bulk vapor pressure data and the Kelvin-Gibbs equation to
predict the  growth  behavior of H9SO. droplets as a function of the  degree of H00 supersatura-
                                     -17
tion.   For example, a droplet with 10   g I^SO, has a diameter of 0.02 |jm at r.h.  =0 percent.
At r.h.  = 10ft percent, its diameter increases by a factor of 3; droplets with greater dry mass
SOX2D/B                                      2-46                               1-21-81

-------
of H2S04  will  grow without bound.   However,  this 10   g HpSO, droplet  and  those smaller are
prevented  by the  Kelvin-Gibbs  effect from  reaching the  critical  size  needed  for unbounded
growth (a  r.h.  > 102 percent is required for this mass).  This effect is important because it
prevents the dilution  of H2SO- acidity  in  particles below the critical growth diameter; such
particles when inhaled could remain  highly acidic.
     Our status  of knowledge of the  formation and growth of particles is:
     1.   Fundamental  problems remain  regarding  nucleation,  condensation,  diffusion,  coagula-
tion, and transport.  However, our understanding  is  adequate to explain and predict the tropo-
spheric behavior of particles with diameter less  than 10 urn.
     2.   The dynamics  of motion of  particles  with  diameters greater than 10 pm are difficult
to predict, especially in turbulent  flow fields.
2.4.5  Characterization  of Atmospheric Aerosol
     Significant advances have been  made in the past decade in regard to elucidating the nature
of  the  tropospheric  particle  size,  area,  volume,  and mass  distribution functions  and  the
chemical  composition.   This  section will  discuss general  aspects  of distribution functions,
the  observed  behavior  of  tropospheric  particle  distributions,  and  chemical  composition.
Evidence will be presented for the existence of multi-modal mass distributions and the differ-
ence in composition of particles above and below  2.5 pm.
2.4.5.1   Distribution—The  multimodal  nature (to be discussed below) of tropospheric particle
surface and mass distribution  functions remained  unrecognized until the early 1970s.  The fac-
tors that caused it to  remain dormant were the methods of presenting number size distribution
data and  mass distribution data.
     Tropospheric  particles are polydisperse.  For reason of convenience, particle size, area,
and  volume (or  mass) data are usually expressed  in  terms of a mathematical distribution func-
tion.   Such functions are  ordinarily characterized  by two parameters.   The  fraction of the
total  number of  particles having diameters which  lie between D and dD is
                dN  = f(D)dD                                            (2-41)
with the  normalization condition

               J^  f(D)dD = 1.                                         (2-42)

the  curve representing the function f(D) is called  the "number frequency distribution" or the
"number  differential" curve.   Similarly,  the area and  volume  frequency  distributions  are
                dA  - f(D2)dD                                           (2-43)
and
               dV  = f(D3)dD                                           (2-44)

where  the  proper normalization is taken  into account.


SOX2D/B                                      2-47                              1-21-81

-------
     Prior  to  the 1970s,  atmospheric scientists employed two predominate  types  of frequency
distributions  [i.e.,  functional  forms of  f(D),  f(D2),  and f(D3)]:   they were  (a)  Junge's
(1955) power law distribution for particle size, and (b) the log-normal distribution for mass.
     Investigators  that  employed  instrumentation  that  measured  the  particle  size  spectra
usually reported their data in terms of Junge's (1955) power law, which is
              H = AD"k                                              (2-45)

where A and k are constants.   Clark and Whitby (1967) found that this power law was a reason-
able fit  to the number distribution, but it was an inadequate model  of the surface and volume
distribution.
     Also,  investigators  that used  cascade  impactors  that  determined the mass  distribution
spectra usually  reported  their  data in terms of the log-normal  distribution (see Fuchs, 1964;
Cadle,  1975).   While  multi-modal  log-normal  distributions can  be  recognized  from  standard
plots of  data  on log-normal graph paper,  three effects combined to mask the multi-modal char-
acter of  urban particle  mass distribution:    (1)  the cascade impactors  had  serious  (and un-
known)  inlet biases  against particles larger  than  about  5 urn,  (2) the cascade impactors did
not have  operational  characteristics that permitted mass fraction below about 0.2 urn,  and (3)
particle  bounce  distorts  the mass  distribution in  cascade impactors.   The  warning  of Fuchs
(1964) that the log-normal distribution is an adequate model only if the particles are sampled
perfectly and the sampler provides adequate fractionation points went unnoticed.
     Whitby  et  al.  (1972)  were  responsible for  a major advance  in  recognizing  that  Junge's
(1955) power law and the  log-normal  distribution  function were inadequate models  of  experi-
mental  data for urban aerosols.   Instead of seeking other functional  forms to express the num-
ber, area, and volume distribution,  they plotted dN/d log D, dA/d log D, and dV/d log D versus
log D.  The result  is seen in Figure  2-7.   This type of plot  has a convenient feature:   the
area under  the  curve  is proportional to the quantity (N,  A, or V) between two diameters.   The
particle volume between the diameters D,  and D? is:

                       log D?
          V(D,, D-) = /     * (dV/d log D) d log D                   (2-46)
                       log Dx

For small  values of A log D, Equation 2-43 becomes
               V(D1, D2) = (AV/A log D) x A log D                    (2-47)
where (AV/A log D) is the average value in the interval between log D, and log D?.
     The peaks  in  the three types of distribution  plots  are called "modes". As is evident in
Figure 2-7, there  is  usually one "number mode",  one  or two "surface modes",  and two "volume
modes" for urban aerosols; sometimes an additional mode is observed in the range from 0.005 to

SOX2D/B                                      2-48                               1-21-81

-------
o


X
D
o>
_o
CD

5
D
     	    1.2
— _ 0.8
    a
  . D

   _o

— 5 0.6
— < 0.4
   u.
   CC

   co

—   0.2
              	     5
  -  _  4
     a

  -  ft
    _o

  _  <  _

    >


    UJ

	  §2
               ,___     •*
              I	    0
                        TT
                            TT
                                TTT
TT
                                                  ——• NUMBER

                                            ,N    — —— SURFACE

                                           /  \   _._ VOLUME
                            0.01
                            0.1             1



                         PARTICLE DIAMETER,/
                                                                             —
                                                                 10
      Figure 2-7.  Frequency plots of number, surface, and volume distributions for 1969

      Pasadena smog aerosol.


      Source:  Airborne Particles (NAS, 1977).
                                         2-49

-------
0.05  urn.   Because  of  the differences  in  chemical composition  for particles  with diameters
greater and  less  than  2.5 urn, samplers  have  been  devised to collect particles into these two
fractions (called fine and coarse).
     The fine volume fraction consists mainly of secondary particles that have been recognized
as forming  two  modes:   (1) the Aitken  (or  nuclei) mode,  which  is from 0.005 to 0.05 un™ dia-
meter, and (2) the accumulation mode, which is from 0.05 to 2 urn.
     The multi-modal distributions  are  generally observed for urban aerosols,  but may not be
detected in other cases, such as marine environments or areas under the domination of a strong
source.
     In  summary,  the status of our  knowledge of the size distribution  of  continental  tropo-
spheric particles is:
     1.  The  particle  volume (or mass)  frequency  function  (AV/A  log D versus log D) is often
multi-modal.  The  fine  volume fraction may have two  or more modes at ~0.02 and ~0.2 urn.  The
coarse fraction generally has one mode within the range ~5 - 50 urn.
     2.  The types of sources of particles that contribute to the fine and to the coarse frac-
tions are well known.
     3.  The relative behavior of the particle volume frequency functions for the fine and for
the coarse fractions often behave independently.
2.4.5.2  Composition of Particle—Upon the elucidation of the multi-modal behavior of particle
distributions through  the use  of the  forms  AN/A log  D, AS/A  log D,  and AV/A  log D,  it was
recognized that:   (1)  the chemical composition of the particles above a diameter of about 2.5
|jm  is  different from  that below.   Evidence  will  be  presented  in this  section  to show that
                                   O-     -     +   +
secondary particles  containing  SO.   ,  N03 , NHL , H  and organics are found in the fine frac-
tion, while primary particles consisting of minerals are usually found in the coarse fraction.
                 TABLE 2-15.   CLASSIFICATION OF MAJOR CHEMICAL SPECIES
                         ASSOCIATED WITH ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES

Fine
fraction
Coarse
fraction
Both fine
and coarse fractions
Variable
   S04  , C (soot),        Fe, Ca, Ti, Mg         N03", Cl"           Zn, Cu, Ni, Mn
   organic (con-          K, PO ~  Si, Al                            Sn, Cd, V, Sb
   densed vapors),        organic (pollen,
   Pb,  NH. , As,          spores, plant parts)
   Se,  H+

   From:  Lee and Goranson (1976); Patterson and Wagman (1977); Durham et al.  (1975);
          Rahn et al. (1971); Akselsson et al. (1975); Hardy et al. (1976); Gladney  et  al.
          (1974); Lundgren and Paul us (1975); Lee et al. (1968); Lee et al. (1972).
SOX2D/B                                      2-50                               1-21-81

-------
     Investigations  of  the chemical  composition of  the  fine and  coarse  particles for urban
aerosols  indicate  that chemical  species may  be distributed primarily  in  the  fine or coarse
fraction, or  both,  as is shown  in  Table 2-15.   The major components  of the fine fraction of
                       2-     +
urban particles are SO^   , NH4 , N03  , Pb compounds, elemental C (soot), and condensed organic
matter.
2.4.5.2.1  Elemental  Carbon (Soot)  and Organics.  The  carbon in fine particles consists of an
elemental component (such as  graphite  or  soot) and an organic component  of  low volatility.
There  are significant differences  in the optical properties of elemental  and  organic carbon
components.    Elemental carbon  is formed during  the  combustion  of  fossil fuels and is emitted
as primary particles (M).l urn), which strongly  absorb  light.   The organic component consists
of  primary  hydrocarbons  emitted in  combustion  exhaust and  of  secondary  organics  formed by
photochemical  reactions.    These  primary hydrocarbons  and  secondary  organic  vapors  either
nucleate  or  condense on  existing aerosols.  They do not strongly absorb light,  but do contri-
bute to  light scattering  in urban hazes.
     There are only  limited data on the  mass ratio of elemental/(primary + secondary organics)
for a  few cities.  Appel et al.  (1978, 1979) found for a four-day period in July 1975 in Pasa-
dena,  Pomona,  and  Riverside that elemental carbon was the most abundant carbon species; also,
the secondary organic carbon was usually twice that of primary hydrocarbons.  Of the secondary
organics, hexanedioic and pentanedioic acids were among the most abundant products; most likely
they were oxidation products  of cyclohexene and cyclopentene  emitted by motor vehicles.   The
composition of the organic component  retained on filters varied with the length of the sampling
period.   The  retention  of less  polar organics (e.g., hydrocarbons) was favored by longer sam-
pling  time,  apparently because  of absorption  of such organics on  previously  collected mate-
rial.   From  total   carbon,  benzene soluble organics, and hydrogen  analyses  of  fine particles
collected in Denver  in Nov. 1971, it was estimated that the elemental carbon was 2.3-3.6 \ig/m
for  the episode days observed;  from  measured  Pb concentration as  a  tracer,  it was suggested
that in Nov.  1973  in Denver the elemental  carbon in fine particles was 1.7-4.4 M9/m  (Durham
et al.,  1979).   Also, for Denver  in  Nov.  1973,  Pierson and Russell (1979) estimated from Hi-
Vol samples the total elemental  carbon to be 2.9-27.6 (jg/rn .
     Although  atmospheric measurements  of carbon-containing particles  are  less complete  than
those  of sulfates,  available  results suggest that  carbon-containing  particles  in many loca-
tions,  both  urban  and nonurban, are the second  most abundant fine-particle species after sul-
fates.   At some western urban  locations  where SO  emissions have been small, carbon-containing
                                                 X
aerosols  have  made the largest  contribution to  fine-particle mass.  The concentration of pri-
mary carbonaceous  particles is  likely  to  have  been even  higher   in  the past  in the Eastern
United  States  when coal  was more widely used as a fuel.  With the  possible growing use of in-
dustrial  coal  and  wood combustors  for home  heating,  carbonaceous  particle concentrations are
likely to increase.
     The  National Academy of Sciences (Grosjean, 1977) has extensively reviewed the methods of
primary  and  secondary organic  particle  identification, and  the  physical and chemical aspects
SOX2D/B                                      2-51                               1-21-81

-------
of their formation.  Primary organics emitted into the atmosphere by industrial sources, motor
vehicles,  agriculture  activities, and  natural  sources include:  linear  and  branched alkanes
and alkenes, substituted benzenes and styrenes, quinones,  acridines, quinolines, phenols, cre-
sols,  pthlalates,   fatty  acids,  carbonyl compounds,  polyaromatic hydrocarbons,  terpenes  and
pesticides.  Secondary  organic  particles are formed by the oxidation reactions of the primary
organics,  ozone, and nitrogen oxides.   Typical products that  have  been identified are:  ali-
phatic organic  nitrates,  dicarboxylic  acids, benzoic and phenylacetic acids,  and terpene pro-
ducts  such  as  pinonic  acid (Grosjean and Friedlander, 1975; Miller et al., 1972; Schuetzle et
al., 1975).  By using computer-controlled high-resolution mass spectrometry and thermal analy-
sis Schuetzle et al. (1975) and Cronn et al. (1977) obtained diurnal variations of primary and
secondary organics  from two-hour size-resolved samples.
     In  an attempt to  understand  the  atmospheric oxidation  pathways that  yield secondary
organic particles,  simple  mixtures  have been  investigated  in  laboratory  chamber studies.   As
discussed  in  more   detail  in  the National  Academy of  Sciences report (Grosjean,  1977),  the
following trends have  been observed by chamber researchers:  (a) Most paraffins do not gener-
ate aerosols  during irradiation, (b) acetylenes  do not form aerosols, (c) all other unsatu-
rated  compounds  with six or more carbon atoms can form organic  aerosols,  (d) cyclic olefins
and diolefins form more aerosol than their  1-alkene analogs, (e) conflicting results have been
reported on the  aerosol-forming ability of  aromatics,  (f)  carbonyl  compounds  do not generate
aerosol,  and (g) mechanical stirring inhibits particle formation.  Cyclic olefins are the most
efficient class of organic particle precursors, due mainly to their high gas-phase reactivity
and their ability to form non-volatile dicarboxylic acids.
     The  chemical   composition  of organic  particles  generated in  smog chambers is  not well
established for  suspected  important  aerosol precursors.    Functional  group analyses  for  the
products of olefins, benzene and benzene substituted compounds, and terpenes that have reacted
with  ozone show that  the  bulk  consists of highly oxygenated compounds, which include car-
bonyls,  carboxylic acids,  and  nitrate  esters.   Only a few  studies  of species  identification
have  been  reported.  Detailed aerosol  product identification has been reported for the ozone-
1-butene  reaction  (Lipeles et al.,  1973);  the  NO  -toluene,  NO -cyclohexene,  and NO -orpinene
                                                 r\            X                    X
photo-reactions (Schwartz,  1974), and the NO -cyclopentene, NO -cyclohexene, and 1-7-octadiene
                                             X                 X
photo-reactions  (Grosjean,  1977).   Good  agreement  was  indicated by  Grosjean  (1977)  with
Schwartz  (1974)  for the NO -cyclohexene photo-reaction,  except  that Grosjean observed hex-
anedioic acid to be the  major product (not  reported by Schwartz).  It is significant that most
of  the  polyfunctional  compounds  identified  (see  the cited  papers  and the  NAS  report for
details) have also been  identified as important constituents in ambient aerosols.
      The secondary particles formed from alkenes having seven or more carbons  (cyclic olefins,
diolefins,  and terpenes)  grow  into the  light-scattering  range  and produce appreciable visi-
bility reduction.   For example, particles formed from cyclic olefins and diolefins  have parti-
cle  sizes between  0.1  and 0.3  urn.   For such  systems,  the gas-to-particle conversion  process
SOX2D/B                                      2-52                                1-21-81

-------
consists of  the  formation of supersaturation  in  the gas phase and subsequent condensation on
preexisting particles.
     The rates of  conversion of precursor  organic  vapors  to organic particles in Los Angeles
have been  estimated  to average 1  to  2 percent per  hour.  This moderate rate of conversion is
consistent with  the observation that organics account for an  important  fraction  of the fine
particles  under  conditions of intense photochemical  activity,  while  only a small part of the
precursor organic vapors  are converted to particulate matter.
2.4.5.2.2  Nitrates.   Nitrogen oxide  gases  are oxidized  in the atmosphere to yield HN03, which
accumulates  as  nitrate in both fine  and  coarse  particles.   Because the topics related to the
transport  of nitrogen oxides and  their transformation to gaseous and particulate nitrates are
discussed  in the Air Quality Criteria  for Oxides of Nitrogen (to be  published,  1981), they
will  not  be repeated  here.   (These  topics  include visibility,  environmental  transport and
transformation,  and  acidic  precipitation.)   Atmospheric  nitrates most  likely  result  from
photochemical  reactions  involving the oxidation  of NO  and N02 to yield  HNO,  and  organic ni-
trates  (Demerjian et  ah, 1974).   The measurement of  ambient nitrate particles has been recog-
nized to be  subject to significant sampling errors, which are discussed in Chapter 3.
2.4.5.2.3   Summary.    In  summary,  the status  of our  knowledge  of the  chemical  composition of
the  fine and coarse mass  fractions is:
     1.  The composition  of  the coarse fraction of  continental tropospheric particles is domi-
nated by primary minerals.
     2.  The composition of the fine fraction of continental  tropospheric particles is domi-
                                                         2-     -     +   +
nated by  secondary particles that consist  mainly of  SO,   , NO., , NH. , H , and organics, plus
primary elemental soot.
     3.  The fine fraction is acidic,  and the  coarse  fraction is basic.
     4.   The chemical  pathways  for  forming organics and NO,   particles  are  not fully under-
stood.
2.4.6   Modeling  of General  Aerosol Systems
     Qualitatively, the processes  that affect  the composition and concentration of tropospheric
aerosols are understood.   For the urban atmosphere,  Middleton and Brock (1977) have presented
this relationship which applies at some arbitrary point  in the  urban atmosphere:

                   U  = -A +  B + C  + D + E + F  + G                         (2-48)
where
           U  = rate  of change in  composition  or  concentration  of some size fraction of urban
               aerosol;
           A  = rate of change due to advection;
           B  = rate of change due to convection and  dispersion
           C  = rate of change due to coagulation;
           D  = rate of change due to accretion  and condensation;
SOX2D/B                                     2-53                               1-21-81

-------
*
          E = rate of change due to homogeneous nucleation;
          F = rate of change due to input of primary sources;
          G = rate of change due to gravitational sedimentation.

with  processes  occurring at  surfaces,  such as deposition, appearing  as  boundary conditions.
Analogous relationships  also  describe the alteration of other characteristics  of the various
size fractions making up the urban aerosol.  Equations,  such as Equation 2-48, for the aerosol
are  coupled to  relate  relationships for  the  various chemical  species participating  in the
aerosol growth processes.
     This approach has been applied to the calculation of dust concentrations in Phoenix  (Suck
et  al.,  1978);  however,  the  lack  of knowledge of the significant  chemical  pathways for the
formation of SO.2", NO ~  and  organics hinder  its general application to urban areas.
 SOX2D/B                                      2-54                               1-21-81

-------
2.5  REFERENCES


Abel, E.  Theory of the oxidation  of  sulfite  to  sulfate  by  oxygen.   Monatsh.  Chem.  82:815-834,
     1951.                                                                          ~

Akselsson, R., J. W. Nelson,  and J. W. Winchester.   Proton  scattering  for analysis  of atmo-
     spheric  participate matter.   Proceedings, Conference on  Nuclear Cross Sections and
     Technology, NBS Special  Publication  425.  Bull.  Am. Phys.  Soc.  2:484, 1975.

Albu, H. W.,  and H. D. von  Schweinitz.  Autoxidations.   V.  Formation  of  dithionate by the
     oxidation of aqueous sulfite  solutions.   Reports of the  German  Chemical  Society
     65:729-737, 1932.

Altshuller, A. P.  Model predictions  of the  rates  of homogeneous  oxidation of sulfur dioxide
     to sulfate in the troposphere.   Atmos.  Environ.  13:1653-1662, 1979.

Altshuller, A. P., and J. J.  Bufalini.  Photochemical aspects of  air pollution:   A  review.
     Environ. Sci. Techno 1.  5:39-64,  1971.

Altwicker, E. R.  Oxidation of  sulfite ion  in aqueous solution.   In:   Control  of  Emissions
     from Stationary Combustion Sources:  Pollutant  Detection and Behavior in the Atmosphere.
     AICHE Symposium Series,  No. 188, Vol.  75.   (American Institute  of Chemical Engineers,  New
     York City, 10017).  pp.  145-150, 1979.

Alyea,  H. N., and H. L. J.  Backstrom.  The  inhibitive action  of alcohols  on the oxidation of
     sodium sulfite.  J. Amer.  Chem.  Soc. 51:90-109,  1929.

Appel,  B. R., E. M. Hoffer, E.  L.  Kothny, S.  M.  Wall, M. Haik,  and R.  L.  Knights.   Diurnal  and
     spatial  variations of  organic aerosol  constituents  in  the Los Angeles Basin.   In:   Pro-
     ceedings:  Carbonaceous  Particles in the Atmosphere, March 20-22, 1978.   T.  Novokov, ed. ,
     Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of California,  LBL-9037, 1979.   pp. 84-90.

Appel,  B. R.,, E. M. Hoffer,  E. L.  Kothny,  S.  M. Wall, M. Haik, and  R.  L.  Knight.   Analysis of
     carbonaceous material  in southern California  atmospheric aerosols.   II.   Environ.  Sci.
     Technol. 13:98-104, 1979.

Backstrom, H. L. J.  The chain  mechanism  in  the  auto-oxidation of sodium  sulfite  solutions.
     Z. Phys. Chem. 625:99-121, 1934.

Barrie, L. A., and H. W. Georgii.   An experimental  investigation  of  the absorption  of sulphur
     dioxide  by water drops containing heavy  metal  ions.  Atoms.  Environ.  10:743-749, 1976.

Barren, C. H. , and H. A. O'Hern.   Reaction  kinetics  of sodium sulfite  oxidation by  the rapid-
     mining method.  Them.  Engn. Sci. 21:397-404,  1966.

Bassett, H.,  and W. G. Parker.  The oxidation of sulphurous acid.  J.  Chem.  Soc.  1951:1540-1560.
     1951.

Beilke, S., D. Lamb, and J.  Muller.   On the  uncatalyzed  oxidation of atmospheric  S0? by oxygen
     in aqueous systems.  Atmos. Environ. 9:1083-1090, 1975.

Bigelow, S. L.  Katalytische  Wirkungen anf  die Geschwindigkeit der Oxydation des
     Natriumsulfits durch den Saverstoff  der  Luft.   Z. Phys.  Chem. 27:383-, 1898.

Billings, C.  E. , and R. A.  Gussman.   Dynamic  behavior of aerosols.   Iji: Handbook  on Aerosols.
     R. Dennis, ed.,  U. S.  Energy and Development Administration, Report No.  ERDA  TID-26608,
     National Technical Information Service,  Springfield, VA, 1976.  pp.  40-65.


SOX2B/B                                       2-55                                       1-21-81

-------
Bird, R. B., W. E. Steward, and E. N. Lightfoot.  Transport Phenomena.  John Wiley  and Sons,
     New York, NY, 1960.

Boisdron, Y., and J. R. Brock.  On the stochastic nature of the acquisition of  electrical
     charge  and radioactivity by aerosol particles.  Atmos. Environ. 4:35-50, 1970.

Bracewell, J. M., and  D. Gall.  The catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide in solution at  con-
     centrations occurring in fog droplets.  j_n:  Proceedings of the Symposium  on the  Physico-
     chemical Transformation of Sulphur Compounds in the Atmosphere and the Formation  of Acid
     Smogs,  Mainz, Germany, 1967.  pp. 17-26.

Bradley, R.  S.  The rate of evaporation of microdrops in the presence of  insoluble  monolayers.
     J. Colloid Sci. 10:571-575, 1955.

Bricard, J.  Physique  des aerosols.  Qeme Partie.  Nucleation, Condensation, Ions,  Electri-
     sation, Proprietes Optiques.  Institut de  Protection et de Surete Nucleair Department de
     Protection.  Centre d'Etudes Nucleaires de Fontenay-aux-Roses.  Rapport CEA-R-4831(2),
     Gif-sur-Yvette, France, 1977, 367 pp.

Brimblecombe, P., and  D. J. Spedding.  The catalytic oxidation of micromolar aqueous sulphur
     dioxide.  I.   Atmos. Environ. 8:937-945, 1974a.

Brimblecombe, P., and  D. J. Spedding.  The reaction order of the metal ion catalyzed oxidation
     of sulphur dioxide in aqueous solution.  Chemosphere 3:29-32, 1974b.

Burrows, J.  P., D. I.   Cliff, G. W. Harris, B. A. Thrush, and J. P. T. Wilkenson.  Atmospheric
     reactions of the  H09 radical studies by laser magnetic resonance spectroscopy.  Proc. R.
     Soc.  London.   A368:463-481, 1979.

Cadle, R.  D.  The Measurement of Airborne Particles.  John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, NY,
     1975.    342 pp.

Calvert, J.  G., and R. D. McQuigg.  The computer simulation of the rates  and mechanisms of
     photochemical smog formation.  Int. J. Chem. Kinet. Symp. 1:113-154, 1975.

Calvert, J.  G., F. Su, J. W. Bottenheim, and 0. P. Strausz.  Mechanism of the homogeneous
     oxidation of sulfur dioxide in the troposphere.  Atmos. Environ. 12:197-226, 1978.

Campbell, W. J., J. C. Sheppard, and B. F. Au.  Measurement of hydroxyl concentration  in
     boundary layer air by monitoring carbon monoxide oxidation.  Geosphys. Res. Letters
     6:175-178, 1979.

Carberry, J. J.  Chemical and Catalytic Reaction Engineering.  McGraw-Hill, New York,  NY,  1976.
     pp. 194-305.

Carter, W.  P. L., A. C. Lloyd, J. L. Sprung, and J. N. Pitts, Jr.  Computer modeling of smog
     chamber data:  progress in validation of a detailed mechanism for the photooxidation  of
     propene and n-butane in photochemical smog.  Int. J. Chem. Kinet. 11:45-111, 1979.

Chambers, L. A.  Classification and Extent of Air Pollution Problems.  Chapter  1.   In:  Air
     Pollution.  Vol.   I.  A. C. Stern, ed., Academic Press, New York, NY, 1968.  pp7~l-22.

Chameides, W. L. , and  J. C. Walker.  A time-dependent photochemical model for ozone near the
     ground.  J. Geophys. Res. 81:413-420, 1976.

Chameides, W. L., and  J. C. Walker.  Photochemical theory of tropospheric ozone.  J Geoohvs
     Res. 78:8751-8760, 1973.


SOX2B/B                                      2-56                                       1-21-81

-------
Chang, D. P. Y. , and R. E. Hill.   Retardation  of  aqueous  droplet evaporation by air pollutants.
     Atmos. Environ. 14:803-807,  1980.

Chang, S. G., R. Brodzinsky,  R. Toossi,  S.  Markowitz,  and T.  Novakov.   Catalytic oxidation of
     S02 on carbon  in  aqueous  solutions.   In:   Proceedings of Carbonaceous Particles in the
     Atmosphere, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,  Berkeley,  CA,  1979.   pp.  122-130.

Charlson, R. J., A. H. Vanderpol,  D.  S.  Covert, A.  P.  Waggoner,  and N.  C.  Ahlquist.
     H?SO/./(NH.)?SOd background aerosol:   optical  detection in the  St.  Louis region.   Atmos.
     Environ. .8:1257-1267, 1974.

Charlson, R. J., D. S. Covert, T.  V.  Larson, and  A.  P.  Waggoner.  Chemical properties of trop-
     ospheric sulfur aerosols.  Atmos.  Environ. 12:39-53, 1978.

Cheng, R. T., M. Corn, and J.  0.  Frohliger.  Contribution to  the reaction  kinetics of water
     soluble aerosols  and S02  in  air  at ppm concentrations.   Atmos.  Environ.  5:987-1008, 1971.

Chun, K. C., and J. E. Quon.   Capacity  of ferric  oxide particles to oxidize sulfur dioxide in
     air.   Environ. Sci. Technol.  7:532-538, 1973.

Clark, W. E., and  K. T. Whitby.   Concentration and size distribution measurement of atmos-
     pheric aerosols and a test of the  theory  of  self-preserving size distributions.   J. Atmos.
     Sci. 24:677-687,  1967.

Corn, M.  Noviable  Particles  in the Air.   Chapter 3.   In:   Air Pollution.   Vol.  I.   Air Pol-
      lution and Its Effects.   A.  C. Stern,  ed., Academic  Press,  New York,  NY,  1976.   pp. 47-94.

Cotton,  F.  A.,  and  G.  W. Wilkerson.   Advanced  Inorganic Chemistry.   A Comprehensive Text.   2nd
     Revised and Augmented Edition.   John Wiley and Sons, New York, NY,  1966.   pp.  519-558.

Coughanowr, D.  R.,  and F. E.  Krause.  The reaction of  S09 and 0« in aqueous solution of MnSO,.
      Ind.  Eng.  Fund. 4:61-66,  1965.                     ^

Cox, R.  A., and S.  A.  Penkett.  Oxidation of atmospheric  S0?  by-products of the ozone-olefin
     reaction.  Nature 230:321-322, 1971a.

Cox, R.  A., and S.  A.  Penkett.   Photooxidation of atmospheric S02-   Nature 229:  486-488, 1971b.

Cronn D. R. , R. J.  Charlson,  R.  L.  Knights, A.  L.  Crittenden, and B.  R.  Appel.   A survey of
     the molecular  nature of  primary  and secondary components of particles in urban air by
     high-resolution mass spectrometry.   Atmos.  Environ.  11:929-937, 1977.

Crutzen, P. J.  Photochemical  reactions initiated  by and influencing ozone  in unpolluted tropo-
     spheric air.   Tell us 26:47-57, 1974.
                                                                    ^— On
Danilczuk,  E.,  and  A.  Swinarski.   The complex  ion [Fe  (111) (SO,) ]    .  Roczniki Chem.
     35:1563-1572,  1961.

Dasgupta,  P. K.  The  importance  of atmospheric ozone and  hydrogen peroxide in oxidizing sulphur
     dioxide in cloud  and rainwater—Further discussion (Penkett et al., 1979).   Atmos.
     Environ.  14:620-621, 1980.   -

Davis, D. D., W. Heaps, and T. McGee.   Direct  measurements of natural tropospheric levels of
     hydroxyl via  an aircraft-borne tunable dye laser.  Geophys. Res. Letters 3:331-333, 1976.

Demerjian K., J. A. Kerr, and J.  Calvert.   Mechanism of Photochemical Smog Formation.   I_n:
     Advances  in Environmental Science  and Technology, Vol. 4.  J.  N. Pitts and R. J. Metcalf,
     eds.,  John Wiley, New York,  NY,  1974.

SOX2B/B                                      2-57                                       1-21-81

-------
Dennis, R. , ed.  Handbook on Aerosols.  U.S. Energy Research and Development Adr!n"'\st.1^10!11'
     Report No. ERDA TID-26608 (National Technical Information Service,  Springfield,  VA),  19/b,
     142 pp.

Durham, J. L., R. K. Patterson, and R. G. Draftz.  Carbon in Denver's  urban plume.   In:
     Proceedings:  Carbonaceous Particles in the Atmosphere, March 20-22,  1978.   T.  Novakov,
     ed.,  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, University of California, LBL-9037, 1979.   pp.  102-106.

Durham, J. L. , W. E. Wilson, T. G. Ellestad, K. Willeke, and K. T. Whitby.  Comparison  of
     volume and mass distributions for Denver aerosols.  Atmos. Environ. 9:717-722,  1975.

Eatough, D. J., W. P. Green, and  L. D. Hansen.  Oxidation of sulfite by  activated charcoal.
     .In:   Proceedings of Carbonaceous Particles in the Atmosphere, Lawrence Berkeley Labo-
     ratory,  Berkeley, California, 1979.  pp. 131-132.

Eigen, M., K.  Kustin, and G. Maass.  Die Geschwindigkeit der Hydration von S02  in Wassriger
     Losung.   Z. Phys. Chem. 30:130-136, 1961.

Eisner, H. S., B. W. Quince, and  C. H. Clark.  The stabilization of water  mists by insoluble
     monolayers.  Discuss. Faraday Soc. 30:86-95, 1960.

Erickson,   R.  E. , L. M. Yates, R.  L. Clark,  and C. M. McEwen.  The reaction of sulfur dioxide
     with ozone in water and its  possible atmospheric significance.  Atmos. Environ.
     11:813-817, 1977.

Eriksson,  E.  The yearly circulation of chloride and sulfur in nature; meteorological,  geo-
     chemical, and pedological implications.  Tellus 11:375403, 1960.

Eriksson,  E.  The yearly circulation of sulfur in nature.  J.  Geophys.  Res. 68:4001-4008,
     1963.

Fishman, J.,  and P. J. Crutzen.   A numerical study of tropospheric photochemistry using a  one-
     dimensional model.   J. Geophys. Res. 82:5897-906, 1977.

Fishman, J.,  and P. J. Crutzen.   The distribution of the hydroxyl radical  in the troposphere.
     Colorado  State University, 1978.  Atmos. Science Paper No. 284.

Freiberg,  J.   Effects of relative humidity  and temperature on iron-catalyzed oxidation  of  S0?
     in atmospheric aerosols.  Environ. Sci. Techno!. 8:731-734, 1974.

Freiberg,  J.  E., and S. E. Schwartz.  Oxidation of S02 in aqueous droplets:  Mass-transport
     limitation in laboratory studies and the ambient atmosphere.  Atmos.  Environ.   (Accepted
     for publication, 1981).

Friedlander,  S. K.  Smoke, Dust and Haze.   Fundamentals of Aerosol Behavior.  John Wiley and
     Sons, New York, NY, 1977.  317 pp.

Friend, J. P.  The Global Sulfur  Cycle.  In:  Chemistry of the Lower Atmosphere.   S.  I.  Rasool,
     ed.,  Plenum Press, New York, NY, 1973.  pp. 177-201.

Fuchs,  N.  A.   The Mechanics of Aerosols.  Pergamon Press, New York, NY,  1964.   408 pp.

Fuller, E. C., and R. H. Crist.   The rate of oxidation of sulfite ions by  oxyqen.   J  Amer
     Chem. Soc. 63:1644-1650, 1941.

Fuzzi,  S.  Study of iron (111) catalyzed sulphur dioxide oxidation in  aqueous solution over a
     wide  range of pH.  Atmos. Environ. 12:1439-1442, 1978.
SOX2B/B                                      2-58
                                                                                        1-21-81

-------
Gladney, E. S., W. H. Zoller, A. G. Jones,  and G.  E.  Gordon.   Composition and size distri-
     butions of atmospheric participate  matter in  Boston area.   Environ.  Sci.  Technol.
     8:551-557, 1974.

Glasstone, L.  Thermodynamics for  Chemists.   Van Nostrand,  Princeton,  NJ, 1947.   pp.  72-73.

Graham, R. A., A. M. Winer, R.  Atkinson,  J.  N.  Pitts, Jr.   Rate constants for the reaction of
     H0? with H02, SO,,  SO  N,0, trans-2-Butene, and  2,3,Dimethyl-2-Butene at 300 K.   J.  Phys.
     Chem. 83:1563-1567,  1979f

Granat, L., R. 0. Hallberg, and H.  Rodhe.   The global sulfur  cycle.   J.n:   Nitrogen,  Phosphorus
     and Sulfur-Global Cycles.  B.  H.  Svensson and R. Soderlund,  eds.,  SCOPE Report  7,  Ecol.
     Bull. (Stockholm),  22:39-134,  1976.

Grosjean,  D.  Chapters,  Aerosols.   In:   Ozone and  Other Photochemical  Oxidants.   National
     Academy  of Sciences, Washington,  DC,  1977.  pp.  45-125.

Grosjean,  D., and S. K.  Friedlander.   Gas-particle distribution factors for organic  and other
     pollutants in the Los Angeles  atmosphere.  J.  Air Pollut.  Control  Assoc.  25:1038:1044,
     1975.

Haber,  F., and 0. H. Wansbrough-Jones.   Autoxidation  (VI) action  of  light on sulfite solutions
     in absence and  presence  of oxygen.   2.  Physik. Chem.  618:103-123,  1932.

Hales,  J.  M., and S. L.  Sutter.  Solubility of sulfur dioxide in  low concentrations.   Atmos.
     Environ. 7:997-1001, 1973.

Hardy,  K.  A., R.  Akselsson, J.  W.  Nelson,  and J. W. Winchester.   Elemental constituents of
     Miami aerosol as a  function of particle size.  Environ.  Sci.  Technol. 10:176-182,  1976.

Hayon,  E., A. Treinin, and J. Wilf.   Electronic spectra, photochemistry,  and autoxidation  mech-
     anism of the sulfite-bisulfite-pyrosulfite systems.  The SO,,, SO,., SO., and SOr radicals.
     J. Amer. Chem.  Soc.  94:47-57,  1972.                         *    J    *

Hecht,  T.  A., J.  H.  Seinfeld, and  M.  C.  Dodge.   Further development  of generalized mechanisms
     for photochemical smog.  Environ.  Sci.  Technol.  8:327-339, 1974.

Hegg,  D. A.,  and  P.  V. Hobbs.   Oxidation of sulfur dioxide in aqueous  systems with particular
     reference to the atmosphere.   Atmos.  Environ.  12:241-253,  1978.

Hesketh, H.  E.  Understanding and  Controlling Air  Pollution.   Ann Arbor Science Publishers,
     Michigan, 1977.

Hidy,  G. M. ,  and  J.  R. Brock.   An  assessment of the global  sources of  tropospheric aerosols.
     Proceedings  of  the   Int. Clean Air Congr.  2nd, 1970, pp.  1088-1097.

Hidy,  G. M.,  and  J.  R. Brock.   The Dynamics of Aerocolloidal  Systems.   Pergamon Press,  New York,
     NY, 1970.

Higgins, W. C. E., and J. W.  Marshall.   Equivalence changes in oxidation-reduction reactions
     in solution:  Some  aspects of the oxidation of sulphurous acid.   J.  Chem.  Soc.  1957:
     447-458, 1957.

Hoather, R. C., and  C. F. Goodeve.  The oxidation  of  sulphurous acid.   III.   Catalysis of
     manganous sulphate.  Trans. Faraday Soc.  30:1149-1156, 1934.

Hoigne, J. , and H. Bader.  Ozonation  of water:   kinetics of oxidation  of ammonia by ozone  and
     hydroxyl radicals.   Environ.  Sci.  Technol.  12:79-84, 1978.

SOX2B/B                                       2-59                                       1-21-81

-------
Horike, N. R.  The Rate of Oxidation of Aqueous Solutions of Sodium  Sulfite:   Influence of
     Temperature, Oxygen Partial Pressure, and pH.  MS thesis, University  of  Washington,
     Seattle, WA, 1976.

Husar, R. B. , D. E. Patterson, J. D. Husar, N. V. Gillani, and W.  E. Wilson.   Sulfur budget of
     a power plant plume.  Atmos. Environ. 12:549-568, 1978.

Huss, A., Jr., P. K.  Lim, and C. A. Eckert.  On the uncatalyzed  oxidation  of  sulfur (IV) in
     aqueous solutions.  J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 100:6252-6253, 1978.

Huss, Jr., A., and C. A. Eckert.  Equilibria and  ion activities  in aqueous sulfur dioxide
     solutions.  J. Phys. Chem. 81:2268-2270, 1977.

Johnstone, H. F.  Metallic ions as  catalysts for  the removal of  sulfur  dioxide from boiler
     furnace gases.   Ind. Eng. Chem. 23:559-561,  1931.

Johnstone, H. F. , and A. J. Moll. Formation of sulfuric acid in  fogs.   Ind.  Eng.  Chem.  52:
     861-863, 1960.

Johnstone, H. F. , and D. R. Coughanowr.  Absorption of sulfur dioxide from the air.   Ind.  Eng.
     Chem. 50:1169-1172, 1958.

Judeikis, H. S.  The  Role of Solid-Gas Interactions in Air Pollution.   EPA-650/3-74-007, U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, August 1974.

Judeikis, H. S., T. B. Steward, and A. G. Wren.   Laboratory studies  of  heterogeneous reactions
     of S02.  Atmos.  Environ. 12:1633-1642, 1978.

Junge, C. E.  The size distribution and aging of  natural aerosols  as determined from electric
     and optical data on the atmosphere.  Am. Meteor. Soc. J. 12:13-25,  1955.

Junge, C., and T. G.  Ryan.  Study of the S02 oxidation in solution and  its role in atmospheric
     chemistry.  0. J. R. Met. Soc. 84:46-55, 1958.

Karraker, D. G.  The  kinetics of the reaction between sulphurous acid and  ferric ion.   J.  Phys.
     Chem. 67:871-874, 1963.

Kellogg, W. W.,  R. D. Cadle, E. R.  Allen, A. L. Lazrus, and E. A.  Martell.  The sulfur cycle.
     Science 175:587-596, 1972.

Kuhlman,  M.  R.,  D. L. Fox, and H. E. Jeffries.  The effect of CO on  sulfate aerosol formation.
     Atmos.  Environ.  12:2415-2423,  1978.

Larson, T. V.  The kinetics of sulfur dioxide oxidation by oxygen  and ozone in atmospheric
     hydrometers.  Ph.D. Thesis, University of Washington, Seattle,  WA,  1976.   138 pp.

Larson, T. V., N. R.  Horike, and H. Harrison.  Oxidation of sulfur dioxide by oxygen and ozone
     in aqueous  solution:  A kinetic study with significance to  atmospheric rate processes.
     Atmos.  Environ.  12:1597-1611,  1978.

Lee, R. E.  , Jr., S.  S. Goranson, R. E. Enrione,  and G. B. Morgan.   National  Air Surveillance
     Cascade Impactor Network.  II.  Size distribution measurements  of  trace metal components.
     Environ.  Sci. Technol. 6:1025-1030, 1972.

Lee, R. E.,  Jr., and  S. Goranson.   A National Air Surveillance Cascade  Impactor Network.  III.
     Variations  in size of airborne particulate matter over three-year  period   Environ  Sci
     Technol.  10:1022, 1976.


SOX2B/B                                      2-60                                      1-21-81

-------
Lee, R.  E. , Jr., R. K. Patterson, and J. Wagman.   Particle-size  distribution  of metal  compo-
     nents in urban air.  Environ. Sci. Technol.  2:288-290,  1968.

Leighton, P.  A.  Photochemistry of Air  Pollution.   Academic  Press,  New York,  NY,  1961.

Levy, H. , II.  Normal atmosphere:  Large radical  and  formaldehyde  concentrations  predicted.
     Science 173:141-143, 1971.

Liberti, A., D. Brocco, and M. Possanzini.  Adsorption  and oxidation  of sulfur dioxide on
     particles.  Atmos. Environ.  12:255-261,  1978.

Lipeles M. , C. S.  Burton, H.  H. Wang, E. P. Parry,  and  G. M.  Hidy.  Mechanisms of Formation
     and Composition  of Photochemical Aerosols.   EPA-650/73-036.   Thousand  Oaks,  CA,  Rockwell
     International Science Center, 1973.   98  pp.

Lumiere, A. L., and A. Seyewetz.  Sur 1'antioxydation des solutions de sulfite de sodium et
     sur les antioxydants.  Bull. Soc.  Chim.  France 33:444-454,  1905.

Lunak,  S. , and J.  Veprek-Siska.   Photochemical  autooxidation of  sulphite catalyzed by  iron
     (III) ions.   Collection  Czechoslov. Chem.  Commun.  41:3495-3503,  1975.

Lundgren, D. A., and  J. J. Paulus.   The mass  distribution of large  atmospheric particles.  J.
     Air Poll. Control Assoc.  25:1227-1231, 1975.

Lyons,  D., and G.  Nickless.   Chapter 14, the  lower oxy-acids of  sulphur.   Jji:   Inorganic
     Sulphur Chemistry.  G. Nickless, ed.,  Elsevier Publishing Co., New York,  NY, 1968.   pp.
     509-533.

Marlow, W. H.  Unipolar aerosol diffusion  charging.   Part I.  Particle dielectric constant and
     ion mobility  distribution effects.  J. Colloid Inter. Sci.  64:543-548, 1978.

Marlow, W. H.  Unipolar aerosol diffusion  charging.   Part II.  Ion  and aerosol polydis-
     persities:  the  "diffusion charging mobility analysis"  hypothesis.   J. Colloid Inter. Sci.
     64:549-554, 1978.

Martin, R. L., and D.  E. Damschen.   Aqueous oxidation of sulfur  dioxide by  hydrogen peroxide
     at low pH.  Atmos. Environ., 1981.   (in  press)

Martin, L. R., D.  E.  Damschen, and H. S. Judeikis.  The reactions  of  nitrogen oxides  with SO^
     in aqueous aerosols.  Atmos. Environ., 1981.   (in  press)

Matteson, M. J. , W. Stb'ber, and H. Luther.  Kinetics  of the  oxidation of sulfur dioxide by
     aerosols  of manganese sulfate.  I&EC  Fundamentals  8:677-687,  1969.

McCrone, W. C., and J. G. Delly.  The Particle  Atlas.   Edition Two.  Vol.  I.   Principles and
     Techniques.   Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, MI, 1973.  pp. 264-266.

McKay,  H. A. C.  The  atmospheric  oxidation of sulphur dioxide in water droplets in the pre-
     sence of  ammonia.  Atmos. Environ. 5_:7-14, 1971.

McNelis, D. N. , L. A.  Ripperton,  W.  E.  Wilson,  P.  L.  Hanst,  and  B.  W.  Gay.  Gas Phase
     Reactions of  Ozone and Olfin in the  Presence of  Sulfur  Dioxide.   Iji:   Removal of Trace
     Contaminants  from Air.   B. R. Dietz,  ed.,  A.C.S. Symposium  Series 17:187-200, 1975.

Meszaros, E.   The  size distribution  of  water  soluble  particles  in  the atmosphere.  Idojaras
     (Budapest) 75:308-314, 1971.

Middleton, P.  B.,  and J. R. Brock.   Modeling  the urban  aerosol.  J. Air Pollut. Contr. Assoc.
     27:772-775, 1977.

-------
Middleton, P., C. S. Kiang, and V. A. Mohnen.  Theoretical estimates of  the  relative
     tance of various urban sulfate aerosol production mechanisms.  Atmos. Environ.  14:
     1980.

Milbaur, J., and J. Pazourek.  Oxidation of sulfites in concentrated solutions.   Chem.  Listy
     15:34-38, 1921.

Miller, J. M. , and R. G. de Pena.  Contribution of scavenged sulfur dioxide  to  the sulfate
     content of rain water.  J. Geophys. Res. 77:5905-5916, 1972.

Miller, M. S. , S. K. Friedlander, and G. M. Hidy.  A chemical element  balance for the Pasadena
     aerosol.  J. Colloid  Interface Sci. 39:165-176, 1972.

Mishra, G. C., and R. D. Srivastava.  Homogeneous kinetics of potassium  sulfite oxidation.
     Chem. Engn. Sci. 31:969-971, 1976.

Moller, D.  Kinetic model  of atmospheric SO,., oxidation based on published  data.   Atmos.
     Environ. 14:1067-1076, 1980.          ^

Moss, M. R.  Sources of sulfur in the environment; the global sulfur cycle.  I_n:   Sulfur in
     the Environment.  Part I.  The Atmospheric Cycle.  J. 0. Nriagu,  ed. , John Wiley and Sons,
     New York, NY, 1978.   pp. 23-50.

Nair, P. V. N.  and K. G. Vohra.  Growth of aqueous sulphuric acid droplets as a function of
     relative humidity.  J. Aerosol Sci. 6:265-271, 1975.

National Academy of Sciences.  Airborne Particles, 1977.

Neytzell-de Wilde, F. G.,  and L. Taverner.  Experiments relating to the  possible production  of
     an oxidizing acid leach liquor by auto-oxidation for the extraction of  uranium.   J_n:
     Proceedings of the Second U.N. Conference Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy,  vol.  3,  1958.
     pp. 303-317.

Niki, H., E.  E.  Doby, and  B. Weinstock.  Mechanisms of smog reactions.   Advan.  Chem.  Ser.  113:
     16-57, 1972.

Niki, H. , P.  D.  Maker, C.  M. Savage, and L. P. Breitenbach.  Fourier transform  IR spectroscopic
     observations of propylene ozonide in the gas phase reaction of ozone-cis-butene-
     formaldehyde.  Chem.  Phys. Letters 46:327-330, 1977.

Novakov, T., S.  G. Change, and A. B. Marker.  Sulfate as pollution particulates:   Catalytic
     formation on carbon (soot) particles.  Science 196: 259-261, 1974.

Orr, C., F. K. Hurd, and W. J. Corbert.  Aerosol size and relative humidity.  J.  Colloid Inter-
          face Sci. 13:472-482, 1958.

Patterson, R. K., and J. Wagman.  Mass and composition of an urban aerosol as a function of
          particle size for several visibility levels.  J. Aerosol Sci.  8:269-279, 1977.

Penkett, S. A.  Oxidation  of S0? and other atmospheric gases by ozone  in aqueous solution.
          Nature Phys. Sci. 240:105-106, 1972.

Penkett, S. A., B, M. R. Jones, K. A. Brice, and A. E. J. Eggleton.  The importance of atmos-
          pheric ozone and hydrogen peroxide in oxidizing sulphur dioxide  in cloud and rain-
          water.  Atmos. Environ. 13:123-137, 1979.

Perner, D. D., D. H. Ehhalt, H. W. Paetz, U. Platt, E. P. Roeth, and A.  Voltz.   Hydroxyl
          radicals in the  lower troposphere.  Geophys. Res.  Letters 3: 466-468, 1976.

SOX2B/B                                      2-62                                       1-21-81

-------
Pierson, W.  R., and P. A. Russell.  Aerosol carbon  in the Denver  area  in  November 1973.   Atmos.
          Environ. 13:1623-1628, 1979.

Porstendorfer, J., and T. T. Mercer.   Influence  of  nuclei concentration and  humidity upon the
          attachment rate of atoms  in  the atmosphere.  Atmos.  Environ. 12:2223-2228, 1978.

Rahn, K. A., R. Dams, J. A. Robbins, and J. W. Winchester.   Diurnal  variations  of aerosol
     trace element concentrations as determined  by  nondestructive neutron activation analysis.
     Atmo. Environ. 5:413-422, 1971.

Rand, M. C. , and  S. B. Gale.  Kinetics of the  oxidation  of  sulfites  by dissolved  oxygen.   Jn:
     Principles and Applications of Water Chemistry.  S. D.  Faust and  J.  V.  Hunter,  eds.,
     Wiley, New York, NY, 1967.  pp. 380-404.

Reinders, W., and S. I.  Vies.  Reaction velocity of oxygen  with solutions of some inorganic
     salts.   Recueil des Travaux Chemiques 44:249-268, 1925.

Riccoboni, L.  , A. Foffani,  and E. Vecchi.  Studi  di  cinetica chimica sui  processi  di
     autossidazione in fase liquida diluita.--Nota  II.   L'autossidazione  del  solfito sodico.
     Gazzetta Chimica Italiana 79:418-442, 1949.

Robinson, E., and R. C.  Robbins.  J. Air Pollut.  Control Assoc. 20:233-235,  1970.

Robinson, E. , and R. C.  Robbins.  Sources, abundance, and fate of gaseous atmospheric pol-
     lutants.  SRI Project  Report PR-6755, prepared for  American  Petroleum Institute, New York,
     NY, 1968.  pp. 123.

Robinson, R. A.,  and R.  H.  Stokes.  Electrolyte  Solutions.   2nd Edition.   Butterworths,  London,
     1970.  571 pp.

Salomaa, P.,  R. Hakala,  S.  Vesala,  and T. Aalto.  Solvent deuterium  isotope  effects  on
     acid-base reactions.   III.  Relative acidity constants of inorganic  oxyacids in light and
     heavy water.  Kinetic  applications.  Acta Chem. Scand.  23:2116-26, 1969.

Sander,  S. P., and R. T. Watson.  A kinetic study of the reaction of S0?  with CH,0?.   Chem.
     Phys. Letters (In press), 1981.

Schenk,  P. W. , and R. Steudel.  Chapter 11, Oxides  of Sulphur.  Ir\:  Inorganic  Sulphur
     Chemistry.   G. Nickless, ed.,  Elsevier Publishing Co., New York,  NY, 1968.   pp. 365-418.

Schmidkunz, H.  Chemilumineszenz der sulfitoxydation.  Dissertation, Johann  Wolfgang Goethe
     University,  Frankfurt, Germany, 1963.

Schroeter, L. C.  Kinetics  of air oxidation of sulfurous acid salts.   J.  Pharm. Sci. 52:
     559-563, 1963.

Schroeter, L. C.  Sulfur Dioxide:   Application in Foods, Beverages,  and Pharmaceuticals.
     Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1966.

Schuetzle, D. , D. Cronn, A. L. Crittenden, and R. J. Charlson.  Molecular composition of secon-
     dary aerosol and its possible  origin.  Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:838-845, 1975.

Schwab,  G.-M., and M. Strohmeyer.   Zur Kinetik der  Antoxydation von  Benzaldehyd bzw.
     Natriumsulfit im Dunkeln.  Z.  Physk. Chemie, New Series 7:132-157, 1965.

Schwartz, W.  Chemical Characterization of Model  Aerosols.   EPA-650/3-74-011.   Columbus, Ohio:
     Battelle Memorial Institute, 1974.  pp. 124.


SOX2B/B                                      2-63                                      1-21-81

-------
Scott, W. D., and P. V. Hobbs.  Formation of sulfate  in water droplets.   0.  Atmos.  Sci.  24:
     54-57,  1967.

Singh, H. B.  Atmospheric halocarbons:  Evidence  in favor of reduced  average hydroxyl  radical
     concentration  in the troposphere.  Geophys.  Res.  Letters 4:101104,  1977.

Smith, B. M., J. Wagman, and B. R. Fish.  Interaction  of airborne  particles  with gases.
     Environ. Sci.  Technol. 9:558-562,  1969.

Stevens, R.  K., T.  G. Dzubay, G.  Russwurm, and D. Rickel.   Sampling and  analysis of atmos-
     pheric  sulfates and related  species.  Atmos. Environ.  12:55-68,  1978.

Stewart, R.  W., S.  Hameed, and J. P.  Pinto.  Photochemistry of  tropospheric  ozone.   J.  Geophys.
     Res. 82:3134-3140, 1977.

Su, F., J.  G. Calvert, and J. H.  Shaw.  A FT-IR spectroscopic study of the ozone-ethene
     reaction mechanism in 00-rich mixtures.  J.  Phys. Chem. 84:239-246,  1980.
                            L.
Suck, S. H., E.  C.  Upchruch, and  J. R.  Brock.  Dust transport in Maricopa County, Arizona.
     Atmos.  Environ. 12:2265-2271, 1978.

Tang, I.  Deliquescence Properties and  Particle Size  Change of  Hygroscopic Aerosols.   _In:
     Generation of  Aerosols and Facilities for Exposure Experiments.   K.  Willeke, ed.,  Ann
     Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, MI, 1980a.  pp. 153-167.

Tang, I. N.  On the equilibrium partial pressures of  nitric acid and  ammonia in the atmosphere.
     Atmos.  Environ. 14:819-828,  1980b.

Tang, I. N.  Phase  transformation and growth of aerosol particles  composed of mixed salts.   J.
     Aerosol Sci. 7:361-371, 1976.

Tang, I. N., and H. R. Munkelwitz.  Aerosol growth studies.  III.  Ammonium  bisulfate  aerosol
     in a moist atmosphere.  J. Aerosol Sci. 8:321-330, 1977.

Tartarelli,  R. , P.  Davine, F. Morelli,  and P. Corsi.   Interactions between S0? and carbona-
     ceous particulates.  Atmos.  Environ. 12:289-293,  1978.

Titoff, A.    Beitraege zur Kanntnis der  negativen  (Catalyse  im homogenen System.   Z.  Phys.  Chem.
     45:641-683, 1903.

Urone,  P., H. Lutsep, C. M. Noyes, and  J. F. Parcher.  Static studies of sulfur dioxide
      reactions  in air.  Environ.  Sci. Technol. 2:611-618,  1968.

Valensi, G., J. Van Muylder, and  M. Pourbaix.  Sulphur.   In:  Atlas of Electrochemical Equili-
      bria  in Aqueous  Solutions.   M. Pourbaix, ed., Pergamon Press, Oxford,  England, 1966.   pp.
      545-553.

Van  den  Heuvel, A.  P., and B. J.  Mason.  The formation of  ammonium sulphate  in water droplets
      exposed to gaseous sulphur dioxide and ammonia.   Quart. J.  Royal Meteor.  Soc  89-271-275,
      1963.                                                                          —

Veprek-Siska, J., and S. Lunak.   The  role of copper  ions  in copper catalyzed autoxidation of
      sulfite.   Z. Naturforsch 29b:689-690, 1974.

Vol'fkovick, S. I., and A. P. Belopol'skii.  Oxidation of  sulfites.   Report  No. 1.   J. Applied
      Chem. 5:509-528, 1932.
SOX2B/B                                       2-64                                      1-21-81

-------
Whitby, K. T. , A. B. Algren,  R.  C.  Jordan,  and J.  C.  Annis.   The American society of heating
     and ventilating engineers  and  airborne dust survey.   J.  Air Pollut.  Control  Assoc.
     7:157-165,  1957.

Whitby, K. T. , and  B.  Y.  H.  Liu.  The  Electrical Behavior of Aerosols.   In:   Aerosol Science.
     N. Davies,  ed. , Academic Press,  New York, NY, 1966.   pp.  59-86.

Whitby, K. T., R. B. Husar,  and B.  Y.  H.  Lui.   The Aerosol Size Distribution of Los Angeles
     Smog.   J. Colloid Interface Sci.  39:177-204,  1972.

White, D.  R.,  and J. L.  Kassner, Jr.   Experimental and theoretical  study of the sign preference
     in the  nucleation of water vapor.   Aerosol Sci.  2:201-206, 1971.

Winkelmann,  D.   Die elektrochemische  Messung der Oxydationsgeschwindigkeit von Na^SC, durch
     gelosten Sauerstoff.  I.  Elektrochemie 59:891-895, 1955.

Wofsy, S.  C., J. C. McConnell,  and  M.  B.  McElroy.   Atmospheric methane, carbon monoxide, and
     carbon  dioxide.   J.  Geophys. Res.  77:4477-4493,  1972.
 SOX2B/B
                                              2-65                                       1-21-81

-------
                   CHAPTER 3.  TECHNIQUES FOR THE COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  SULFUR OXIDES, PARTICULATE MATTER, AND ACIDIC PRECIPITATION

3.1  INTRODUCTION
     The 1970 Air Quality Criteria documents for sulfur oxides and particulate matter (SO  and
                                                                                         A
PM) provided  a reasonably  thorough  review of measurement techniques  available  at that time.
Subsequent advances  in  measurement technology for these pollutants  have  resulted in  several
new techniques  and  more information on the  quality  of data collected by older methods.  This
chapter provides a review and, where possible, a critical assessment of both the earlier tech-
niques  used  in historical  monitoring efforts  and  the newer techniques on which  much  of the
information  gathered in  the  next few  years will  be based.  Discussion  of the  methods  is
intended  to  be a  brief explanation  of  the underlying principle of the  method,  the applica-
bility  to intended  use,  and the  quality  of  the  aerometric  data produced.   References  to
figures and  tables  in the Appendix of this  chapter or to the open literature are provided for
more detai1.
     Selection  of methods  for this  review was primarily  based  on frequency  of usage  of  a
method  in past or  current  studies.   These include  routine  monitoring applications used  in
demonstrating compliance with  air quality standards; in support of effects studies, especially
epidemiology; and  in examining long-term trends for the evaluation of control strategy effec-
tiveness.  More widely used  research  measurement methods  that  appear promising  as  routine
monitoring methods  or that have been used to collect  important ancillary data, such as parti-
cle size distributions  for aerosols, are also discussed but in less detail.
     Measurement techniques  for SO , PM, and acidic precipitation are intimately related to the
chemical and physical properties of the substances measured.  Since such properties of SO  and
PM are discussed in  detail in  Chapter 2, and in Chapters 6-8 for acidic precipitation,  only the
measurement  methods  per se  are  discussed  in this chapter.  Chemical  analysis  methods  for PM
and acidic precipitation for  constituents such as sulfates are described following the sections
on  methods of  sample  collection.   The  relationship of  particles to  visibility  and their
related measurements are discussed in Chapter 9.
     Discussion  of  each  sampling  and analytical  method covered  in  this chapter  includes  a
general method description,  a  discussion of  the utility and applicability of the method, and a
critical assessment  of  the method capabilities where  information is available.  The capabili-
ties  described include the  accuracy,  precision,  measurement range,  sensitivity  to  inter-
ferences,  and  reliability.    The  last  parameter  (reliability)   is   strongly  influenced  by
competency of the operator and completeness  of accepted procedure documents.  It is often dif-
ficult  to  quantify  these factors,  except in very specific cases,  and apply the conclusions to
the general  utility of the method.   Hence an assessment  of the  quality of historical  data
based  on  reliability of the  method  alone  is  virtually  impossible.   Many  important  earlier
studies  did  not  collect  certain  quality  assurance  information  now  shown  (Von  Lehmden and
Nelson   1977)  to  be important  in field  monitoring.   In  other  cases, supporting  data  were
XRD3A/A                                      3-1                                  1-19-81

-------
collected, but  are  no longer available.  Therefore the critical assessment of the methodology
will consider those  areas  which apply  to  the  general  utility of the method,  except in cases
where  specific  problem areas  were quantified  in  the open  literature  for  a  selected study.
3.2  MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR SULFUR DIOXIDE
3.2.1  Introduction
     Atmospheric  sulfur  oxides originate from  both  natural  and  manmade sources.   Sulfur
dioxide (S02) is the predominant sulfur oxide in the atmosphere, together with smaller amounts
of  sulfuric  acid  (H2S04)  and  sulfate  salts.   This  section  discusses techniques  that have
commonly been used for determination of atmospheric concentrations of S02.
     Manual  methods  for determination  of  S02  are those in which  sample collection, prepara-
tion,  and  analysis,  or  some combination thereof, are performed  manually.   Automated methods
are those in which sample collection and analysis are performed continuously and automatically.
Devices using such methods are generally referred to as continuous analyzers.
     This  section  focuses  on a brief description  of  each  method with emphasis on measurement
principle  and  method  characteristics  such  as  detection  limits  and  interferences.   Sample
collection and  method calibration  are discussed for both manual and automated methods.  Among
the  manual  methods, those  most widely  used  are discussed first.   Sulfation methods are pre-
sented  last  only because they measure  "sulfation  rate"  rather than ambient S02 concentration
per  ^e.   The discussion of automated methods follows a semi-chronological order, with earlier
continuous analyzers  described first.   Much of the descriptive information in the  section is
based  on  a review by Tanner,  Forrest,  and Newman (1978).   Also discussed in this section are
various  continuous analyzers  designated by  EPA as equivalent  methods  for  the measurement of
S0?  in the  atmosphere to  determine  compliance with  National  Ambient  Air  Quality Standards
(NAAQS).
3.2.2   Manual Methods
3.2.2.1  Sample Col lection—A number of methods use aqueous solutions for collection of sulfur
dioxide.   The  efficiency  of  mass  transfer  of sulfur dioxide  from  air  to  the solution phase
depends on  the  gas-liquid  contact time,  diffusion coefficients of  sulfur  dioxide   in the gas
and  liquid  phases,  bubble size,  concentration  of sulfur dioxide,  and solubility  of sulfur
dioxide in solution.   Calvert and Workman (1960)  describe  a method to predict the  efficiency
of various bubbler designs in  collecting  sulfur dioxide. Their method is predominantly quali-
tative,  but  it can  serve as  a  useful guide.   The  more efficient designs  include  that of
Wartburg  et  al.  (1969);  the Greenberg-Smith impinger (Smith  et  al.,  1961); midget impingers
(Jacobs  et  al., 1957);  Drechsel  bottles  (British Standards  Institution,  1963);   and packed
columns  (Bostrom,  1966), which are useful where  low flow rates  are involved.   In  using  such
devices,  care  must  be  taken   to  prevent  carryover  of solution at  high   flow  rates and to
compensate for  solvent  losses by evaporation.
XRD3A/A                                      3-2                                   1-19-81

-------
     Collection efficiency depends in part on the solution in which sulfur dioxide is actively
dissolved and  stabilized.   One current method involves stabilization of sulfur dioxide as the
sulfite anion  in  an aqueous solution of  sodium  or potassium tetrachloromercurate, with which
the sulfite  anion  complexes.   To prevent conversion of sulfite to sulfate, the temperature of
the collecting  solution  must be maintained below  20°C.   Failure  to maintain temperature con-
trol  of  samples during  collection,  shipment,  and storage leads  to  underestimation  of sulfur
dioxide  levels  in  the   atmosphere,  particularly  during  summer months.   Another  approach
involves collection  in aqueous solution and conversion to the sulfate anion by oxidizing agents
such  as  hydrogen  reroxide.   Although stabilization of sulfur dioxide as the sulfate anion can
be  effective,  some  of  the soluble  sulfate  in  the  atmospheric aerosol  is  collected (unless
removed  by  a  particle  filter) and  added to the  sample; thus, discrimination  between sulfur
dioxide and sulfate  may be impossible.
      Several methods employ alkaline solutions for the absorption of sulfur dioxide.   Although
their  collection  efficiency  is  quite high,  alkaline solutions rapidly oxidize the  collected
sulfite  anion  to  sulfate  unless  some means  are available  for  the direct  complexation  and
stabilization  of the sulfite anion.
      Another  collection  technique  involves the  use of filter papers or tapes impregnated with
an  alkaline  reagent such as potassium hydroxide, triethanolamine, or potassium carbonate, to-
gether with  small  amounts of  glycerol as an humectant (Lodge et al., 1963; Huygen, 1963; Pate
et  al., 1963;  Forrest and Newman, 1973).  The collected sulfur dioxide  is supposed to be main-
tained as  a sulfite, but it may be oxidized to  sulfate.  Although laboratory tests have shown
that  such oxidation  can be negligible, field tests have produced very erratic results.  Parti-
culate  matter  collected  from air passing  through the  filter  contains traces  of transition
metal ions, which promote rapid oxidation of sulfite to sulfate.  Prefilters should be used to
eliminate particulate matter.  Oxidation  of the  collected sulfite to sulfate prior to analysis
is  also  recommended.  Alternatively,  an analytical technique  that  measures  both sulfite and
sulfate may  be  employed.
      Some of the earlier  methods for estimating  ambient S0? concentrations (sulfation methods)
are based  on the reaction of  sulfur  dioxide  with lead peroxide to form lead sulfate (Wilsdon
and McConnell,  1934).   The sulfur dioxide is stabilized in the form of a sulfate, eliminating
the problem  of oxidative  conversion.    However,  any particulate  matter  containing sulfate
species which  come  in contact  with the collection surface will  lead to  errors.
      Occasionally,  samples  of ambient air are collected in a gas-tight syringe or other suit-
able  container for later analysis.  The  reactivity of sulfur dioxide is a major problem, how-
ever.  Natusch et al.  (1978)  have reported extensive adsorption  losses of S02 on thick-walled
Mylar® laminates, Tygon  , Teflon , and stainless steel container walls.
3.2.2.2   Calibration—The relationship between  true pollutant  concentration  and the measured
value by  any method is determined by calibration.  For methods that measure relative exposure
to  sulfur  species  (e.g., sulfation methods), no calibration  is usually attempted.  The use of

XRD3A/A                                      3-3                                  1-19-81

-------
uniform  reagents,  equipment,  and  procedures  is  essential with  these  methods  in  order  to
compare exposure data over time and space.  Those methods that involve direct  collection  of  an
air  sample for  later  analysis or  collection  of the  SO^-  in  an air  sample  by absorption  or
adsorption  require  calibration  of  both  the  sample  volume  measurement and  the analytical
measurement.
     Devices used for sample volume measurement are generally calibrated  against reliable vol-
ume  standards.   The analytical measurement is often calibrated statically using  a  known amount
of  the  sulfite or sulfate anion  in solution.  Static calibration is a rapid and simple method
for  checking  the analytical  procedure, but does not subject the overall  measurement method  to
scrutiny  since  the process  of S0? collection is circumvented.   Dynamic  calibration of  these
methods  has an  advantage over the static  approach by  subjecting  the  total  measurement  to
scrutiny,  but  it is time-consuming and therefore not used routinely.   This approach, described
in  more detail  in  a later  section (3.2.3) on automated methods,  uses   synthetic atmospheres
containing the pollutant  in  known concentrations to define  the response of the method.
3.2.2.3   Measurement  Methods—The principal  manual  methods  for  determining  sulfur dioxide  in
the  air are discussed in  this  section.
3.2.2.3.1   Colorimetric method:   pararosaniline.   The West-Gaeke method  is  probably the  most
widely  used colorimetric  procedure for S0? determination in ambient air (West  and  Gaeke,  1956).
 It  is also the  basis  of the EPA  reference  method for measurement of S0?  in  the atmosphere
 (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, 1979).   In  the  West-Gaeke  method, air is  bubbled into
 fritted  bubblers containing  0.1 M sodium tetrachloromercurate (TCM) solution, which forms the
stable  dichlorosulfitomercurate  ion with  S0?.   The SO^-TCM complex  is  reacted with bleached
pararosaniline  and formaldehyde to form red-purple  pararosaniline methanesulfonic acid.   The
 optical absorbance of the solution  is measured spectrophotometrically at  560 nm  and is, within
 limits,  linearly proportional  to the concentration  of sulfur  dioxide.   The  lower  limit  of
 detection  of  S0? in 10 ml of  TCM absorbing solution is approximately 0.5 |jg,  representing a
                             3
concentration  of 13  ug S02/m   (0.005  ppm)  in  an  air sample of  38.2  liters.   Ozone, nitrogen
 dioxide, and heavy metals were  negative interferents in early versions of this method.
      An  improved version of  the West-Gaeke method was adopted by EPA in  1971  as the reference
method  for the determination of  atmospheric SO- (U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency, 1979).
Several  important  parameters were optimized, resulting in  greater  sensitivity  and reproduci-
bility,  as well as  adherence to Beer's  Law throughout a  greater working  range.   In the EPA
method,  S02 is  collected in  impingers containing  0.04 M  potassium tetrachloromercurate.  A
20-minute  wait  before  analysis allows  ozone, a potential interferent, to decompose.  Sulfamic
acid is then added, followed by a 10-minute wait, to remove  interference  from  nitrogen oxides.
Interference by  heavy  metals is eliminated by use  of phosphoric acid in the  dye reagent and
the  disodium  salt of  ethylenediaminetetraacetic  acid  (EDTA)  in the  TCM absorbing solution.
The  complex is  then  reacted with  a  purified pararosaniline  dye  reagent and formaldehyde  to
form  the   colored  pararosaniline methanesulfonic  acid.   Absorbance  is  measured  at  548 nm.

XRD3A/A                                      3-4                                   1-19-81

-------
*
Accuracy depends on rigid control of many critical variables: pH, temperature, reagent purity,
color development  time,  age of solutions, and concentrations of some atmospheric interferents
(Scaringelli  et al., 1967).   Because temperature  affects  rate of  color  formation and color
fading,  a  constant-temperature bath  is  recommended  for maximum precision.   Highly purified
reagents,  especially the pararosaniline  dye, are vital  for acceptable reproducibility-   The
precision  of  the  EPA reference method analytical  procedure was estimated using standard sul-
fite  samples  (Scaringelli  et al., 1967) and  reported to be 4.6 percent at the 95 percent con-
fidence  level.   The  lower  limit of detection of  SO, in 10 ml of TCM  absorbing solution was
0.75  ug, representing a concentration of 25 ug S02/m  (0.01 ppm) in an air sample of 30 liters.
      A  collaborative study  (McCoy et al., 1973) of the 24-hour EPA reference method procedure
indicated  the  following:  method repeatability  (day-to-day variability within  an  individual
laboratory) varies linearly with S00 concentration from  ±  18  ug/m  (0.007 ppm) at concentra-
                        3                         3
tion  levels of 100 (jg/m  (0.04 ppm)  to  ± 51 ug/m  (0.019 ppm) at concentration levels of 400
    3
ug/m   (0.15 ppm);  method reproducibility (day-to-day variability  between  two or more labora-
                                                                Q                         3
tories)  varies linearly with  SO, concentration  from ± 37  ug/m  (0.014 ppm)  at 100 ug/m  to
           3                          3
± 104 ug/m   (0.040  ppm)  at 400  ug/m .   The method  has  a  concentration  dependent  bias which
becomes  significant  at  the 95 percent confidence  level  at  the high concentration  level.   Ob-
served  values tend to be lower than the expected S02  concentration level.
      Results  of the  above collaborative study and other  investigations (Blacker et al. , 1973;
Bromberg et  al.,  1974;  Foster  and  Beatty,  1974)  suggest that  pararosaniline methods tend to
underestimate S02  concentrations  by 5 to 20 percent.  In the Bromberg study, simulated 24-hour
bubbler samples were analyzed  by  134  laboratories  throughout the  United States.  Observed
                                                      3                                      3
negative biases ranged  from -3 percent  for  a 45 ug/m   sample  to  -16  percent for  a 767 ug/m
sample,  but reasons  for the negative biases  have not been  determined.  Based on the Bromberg
study results, EPA recommended that  intralaboratory  quality control  programs be upgraded and
improved in laboratories that routinely analyze SO?-TCM  samples.  EPA also recognized the need
for  and promoted development of  standard reference samples  for use  in  laboratory quality con-
trol  programs.
      More  recent  information on  the reliability  of  pararosaniline  analytical procedures has
been  obtained through EPA's  ambient air audit program.   In  this program, freeze-dried mixtures
of  sodium sulfite and  TCM  are  sent to participating laboratories  for analysis.  These simu-
lated field samples  represent ambient S0? concentrations ranging  from about  10 to 200 ug/m  .
EPA  audit results from  1976-1978 summarized in recent  reports  (Bromberg  et al.,   1979, 1980)
indicate no  apparent problems with  bias (accuracy)  in  the  analytical  portion of  the pararo-
saniline methods.
      Subsequent to promulgation  of  the S02  reference method,  effects of temperature on the
method  have been studied (Kasten-Schraufnagel et  al.,  1975; Sweitzer, 1975).   One investiga-
tion  (Fuerst   et   al.,  1976) showed  that  collected  SOp-TCM samples decay  at a temperature-
dependent  rate.  Table  3-1 indicates that sample  collection at 25°C results  in a  1.1 percent

XRD3A/A                                       3-5                                  1-19-81

-------
 loss  in  S0? during the 24-hour  sampling  period,  but further exposure of the  collected sample
 for 4 days  at this temperature leads to a 10 percent  loss in S02-  Significant decay  can occur
 during collection of ambient samples and during shipment and storage of collected  samples when
 TCM solutions are exposed to temperatures above 20°C.  Under typical field conditions tempera-
 ture  exposure  is  quite often extreme, especially during the summer months at  sites with rela-
 tively little protection from the elements (e.g., rooftop locations).

                  TABLE 3-1.  TEMPERATURE EFFECT ON COLLECTED SO?-TCM SAMPLES
                                    (EPA REFERENCE METHOD)



°c
15
20
25
30
35
40


°F
59
68
77
86
95
104

At end
of sampling
99.8
99.6
98.9
97,4
95.1
87.6
Percent

2
99.0
97.8
94.4
87.4
74.1
50.8
SOp remaining
Days of Exposure
4
98.2
96.1
90.2
78.5
57.9
29.5


6
97.4
94.3
86.1
70.4
45.2
17.2

      Source:  Fuerst et al., 1976.

      Measures to  minimize these temperature effects have  been  investigated by Martin (1977),
who  recommends  use of thermostatted shelters to house sampling equipment during sample collec-
tion.   The temperature of  samples  during shipment can be  controlled  with cold-pack shipping
containers.   When samples  are  stored before  being  analyzed, refrigeration  at 5°C minimizes
further  decay.   Temperature control  procedures  are currently  being  incorporated  in the EPA
reference  method.
      Other sources of error in the pararosaniline method, common to all manual methods of this
type  (wet  chemical),  include  spillage of absorbing reagent and collected  samples during ship-
ment,  leakage in the  sampling  apparatus,  and inaccurate  sample  volume measurements.   These
errors  can generally be  minimized  by the application of  standard quality control practices.
      Under the  provisions of  EPA's  "Ambient Air Monitoring Reference  and  Equivalent Methods"
regulations  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, 1979b),  two  additional manual pararosani-
line methods have been designated as equivalent methods (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
1975).  These methods are identified as:
XRD3A/A
3-6
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
*
     EQS-0775-001, "Pararosaniline Method for the Determination of Sulfur
          Dioxide in the Atmosphere - Technicon I Automated Analysis System."
     EQS-0775-002, "Pararosaniline Method for the Determination of Sulfur
          Dioxide in the Atmosphere - Technicon II Automated Analysis System."
These methods employ the same sample collection procedure used in the EPA reference method and
an automated analytical measurement based on the colorimetric pararosaniline method.
3-2.2.3.2   Titrimetric method:   hydrogen peroxide.   The British Standard Method  uses a stan-
dard  sampling  instrument  or  8-port  valve  for  the measurement of  smoke and  sulfur dioxide
(British  Standards  Institution, 1963).   Air is  drawn  through  a  filter  paper  and  into  a
Drechsel  bottle containing  -0.3 percent hydrogen peroxide solution adjusted  to  pH 4.5.   The
hydrogen peroxide oxidizes the  atmospheric SO- to suIfuric acid which is subsequently titrated
with  standard  sodium borate using the  mixed indicator  of the British Drug House  (grey at pH
4.5).   The method  is  capable  of  measuring  S02 concentrations from about  25 to 25,000 \iq/m
(0.01 to 10 ppm) using  a 24-hour sampling period.
      Since  the method  measures total  acidity rather than S0?  specifically,  any strong acids
that  are  collected  will  produce  positive  errors.   Normally  the  concentration of  such  sub-
stances  is low relative to  that of  S02> and the measurement  is generally  accepted as a good
approximation  of  the actual  S0? concentration.  Ammonia will neutralize the sulfuric acid and
give  negative  errors.   When the presence of ammonia is suspected, a portion of the absorbing
solution  can  be analyzed for dissolved  ammonia  and the S0? measurement adjusted accordingly.
      An  instruction manual  on  the use  of the hydrogen  peroxide method in the British National
Survey  was issued in 1966 (Warren Spring Laboratory, 1966).  The manual discusses the quality
of  the  water used for  reagent  preparation and states that it need not be free of carbon diox-
ide.  Martin and Barber (1971), however, reported that  use of water rich in carbon dioxide can
 lead  to significant  negative  errors  in the method.  During  sample  collection and subsequent
standing,  sufficient carbon dioxide  can be  evolved from the  absorbing  solution  to cause low
titers  and,  on some occasions,  to  result  even in alkaline solutions.   The instruction manual
also  discusses the problem  of  alkaline  contamination in the glassware required in the method.
The  Drechsel  bottles used during  sample collection  and sample storage bottles need to be pre-
conditioned  with absorbing  reagent  prior to use.   Likewise,  alkaline  contamination in other
glass  parts  of the  sampling  apparatus  can lead to  underestimation  of ambient  S0«  levels.
      Evaporation  of absorbing  reagent during sampling  can result  in overestimation of ambient
S0?  levels with  the method  (Fry,  1970).    If evaporation  occurs, the  pH  of the solution is
 lowered and a  portion  of the standard alkali added during the subsequent titration  is required
to  compensate  for this effect  alone.   The effect is likely to be more prevalent in the summer
                                                                          3
months and can  lead  to  overestimation of S02 levels  by  up to about 15 ug/m .   Fry reports that
this  source  of error can be overcome either by making  up the absorbing  solution to its origi-
nal  volume prior to the titration or by making a mathematical correction to the titration re-
sult  based on  the final volume  of  absorbing  solution after collection.

XRD3A/A                                      3-7                                  1-19-81

-------
     Uncertainty in the titration end-point  and rounding-off of the volume of alkali required
in the titration to  the  nearest  0.1 ml each  introduce  errors of up to about ±5 ug/m  (Warren
Spring Laboratory,  1975).  Other potential  sources  of error  in  the method include inaccurate
air  sample  volume  measurements  and  conversion of ambient  S02 to sulfate  on  the  smoke filter
used in the sampler.
     The reproducibility of the  hydrogen  peroxide method based  on  results from five compara-
tive studies using duplicate  sampling  apparatus has  been reported by Warren Spring Laboratory
(1962).  The coefficients of  variation were on the order  of 15 to 20 percent for S02 concen-
trations ranging  from about  15  to  250 ug/m  and 5  to  10 percent  for  concentrations ranging
from about  100  to  800 ug/m3.   The  same reagents and  analytical  apparatus were used to service
all the samplers in each study,  thus obviating a further potential source of error.
     In a more  recent investigation (Barnes,  1973),  duplicate S02  measurements were obtained
with the British Standard Method at  a residential  site where  ambient levels were low (18 to 84
ug/m ).  Nineteen  sets  of  observations were made from two samplers with a common inlet using
the  same supply of reagents  and glassware and  a  further 18  using a separate supply for each.
Differences in  measured  concentrations  using  the two samplers on  individual  occasions ranged
up to  31 percent of  the mean of the  two  separate values.  However, most of these differences
did  not exceed  13  percent  of the mean.   Titration error was cited as  the single most common
source of variation  between  the  samplers  in these experiments.   An error in titration of 0.1
                                                                        3
ml would result in an error in the  measured SO,, concentration of 7 ug/m .   When measuring low
concentrations  such  errors could represent  a difference of  100  percent from the true concen-
tration.  Barnes concludes from  these  observations  that measurement of low S0? concentrations
with the method require great care  on the  part of the operator,  more than might be expected of
most operators.
3.2.2.3.3   lodimetric methods.  Several iodimetric methods have been used for the determina-
tion  of SOp  in the  atmosphere.    In  one version,  an  absorbing solution  containing soluble
starch,  potassium  iodide,  dilute  sulfuric  acid,  and  standard  0.01  N  iodine   solution  is
prepared (Katz,  1950).   S02  in  the  air sample  reacts with this 8 x 10"5 N iodine solution to
decolorize the  blue iodine-starch complex.  The reduction in  color intensity is measured spec-
trophotometrical ly.   The range  of  applicability is  25  to  2600 ug S0?/m3  (0.01 to  1 ppm),
depending upon  the volume  and concentration of absorbent solution  and the volume of air sam-
pled.   In a modification of  this method,  the excess  iodine  is titrated with a standard thio-
sulfate solution (Katz, 1969).
     Oxidizing  gases  interfere  to   give  low results; reducing agents  interfere  to give high
results.  Interference from high concentrations of  nitrogen  oxides or ozone can be removed by
introducing hydrogen  into the air  sample  and passing the  mixture over a platinum catalyst at
100°C (Bokhaven and Niessin,  1966).
     In another  version, air  is  bubbled through a sodium hydroxide solution which absorbs S02
(Jacobs, 1960).   After acidification of the  solution, the liberated sulfurous acid is titrated

XRD3A/A                                      3-8                                  1-19-81

-------
*
with standard iodine solution, using starch as an indicator.  Because sulfite oxidizes to sul-
fate in the alkaline absorbent solution, samples cannot be stored.  Oxidizing agents, nitrogen
dioxide,  and  ozone interfere,  resulting  in an  underestimation of  the  SOp  concentration.
Hydrogen sulfide and reducing agents result in an overestimation.  For an 850-liter air sample
collected  at 30  liters/minute,  the  lower  limit  of  detection  is  25  ug S0?/m3  (0.01  ppm)
(Terraglio and Manganelli, 1962).
3.2.2.3.4   Impregnated filter paper methods.   Filter papers,  impregnated with alkali  plus a
humectant  to  keep  them moist, will  absorb  S02  from air samples  (Lodge  et  al.,  1963; Huygen,
1963; Pate et al.,  1963; Forrest and Newman,  1973).  Two solutions commonly used to impregnate
papers  are a mixture of 20  percent potassium hydroxide and 10 percent triethanolamine, and a
mixture  of 20 percent  potassium  carbonate  and 10  percent glycerol.  The treated filters are
inserted  into filter holders,  and  air is aspirated through them.  An  untreated  prefilter is
generally  recommended  to  remove  particulate  matter.   Absorbed S02 can  be  extracted from the
papers  and determined  colorimetrically by the West-Gaeke method.  The alkali must be neutral-
ized  exactly to  attain the  proper  acidity prior to color development.  Alternatively, the ex-
tract  solution may be treated with an oxidizing agent, such as  hydrogen peroxide, to convert
sulfite  to sulfate, followed by a sulfate analysis (Johnson  and Atkins,  1975;  Forrest and
Newman, 1973).
      Efficiency for S0? absorption  is  better  than 95 percent under average weather conditions,
but  decreases rapidly  below 25 percent relative humidity and above 80 percent relative humid-
ity.   The error may be minimized  by  using two filter papers  in series (Forrest and Newman,
1973).   Elimination of glassware  and reagents  during sampling removes  the  possibility of
spillage  or  breakage  during transport.   Sampled  papers  may be  stored conveniently for long
periods before being analyzed.
      S02  may be  sampled on  Whatman no. 17 filter papers impregnated with tetrachloromercurate
(TCM)  solution  containing mercuric chloride, sodium chloride,  ethyl  alcohol, and glycerol in
water  (Axelrod  and Hansen,  1975).   Sampled filters are extracted with TCM, and the West-Gaeke
procedure  generally  follows.   Capacity of  the 47-mm  filters  is 13 mg of  S0?,  after which
collection efficiency  decreases.    Samples collected at very  low relative humidities (10 per-
cent)  cannot be  stored more than  1 day before exhibiting losses.  Filters sampled at 40 per-
cent  relative humidity may  be  safely stored  for  1 week.   No  interference  is  observed for
nitrogen  dioxide  and  hydrogen  sulfide,  but  ozone at 175  ug/m  (0.09  ppm) causes negative
errors.
     A  method that uses nondispersive x-ray  fluorescence  to measure ambient S02 collected on
sodium carbonate impregnated membrane  filters has been  developed  by Hardin  and Shleien (1971).
After  collection  the  sample filter is irradiated with a  one  millicurie iron-55 source.   The
resulting  2.3 kev sulfur x-rays are counted by a proportional counter with  a  beryllium window.
A  minimum  detectable quantity of 30 ug  S02 can be detected by the counter, equivalent to 25
g/m3  (0.01 ppm)  using a collection time  of one hour and  a sampling  rate of  20 liters/minute.

XRD3A/A                                       3-9                                  1-19-81

-------
*
Chlorine gas is collected to a significant degree and  since  its  characteristic x-ray cannot be
resolved  from  that  of  sulfur,  it  may interfere to  produce  elevated  results  if  not removed
prior  to encountering the treated filter.
3.2.2.3.5   Chemiluminescence method.   The basis for this method is  the  chemiluminescence pro-
duced  when  sulfite solution is oxidized  (Stauff and Jaeschke, 1975).  Ambient SO,,  is absorbed
in  50  ml of tetrachloromercurate solution to form the  dichlorosulfitomercurate ion.   Five milli-
liters of   2 x 10"5  N  KMn04 in 10"3  N H2$04 is added.  Oxidation  of the absorbed  sulfite  is
accompanied by a  chemiluminescence,  which  is  detected by a photomultiplier tube.    The  total
light  yield,  measured  by a photon counting system, is proportional  to the oxidizable sulfite.
               3                 3
By  sampling 1  m  of  air, 0.5 |jg/m  (0.2 ppb) of S02 may be detected  with  an  error of less than
10  percent.
3.2.2.3.6   Ion exchange chromatographic method.   Small  et  al.  (1975)  have  described an ion
exchange chromatographic  system  which separates ionic species and effectively neutralizes the
eluant allowing a  conductometric measurement of the ion.  A  commercial instrument based on the
above  system  is  now available (Dionex Corporation, 1975) for  use in  trace anion analysis.   In
this  system a  strong base  anion exchanger of low capacity,  agglomerated  onto  a surface-sulfo-
nated  DVB resin, is  used as the analytical column.   This is  followed  by a high  capacity,  strong
acid  exchange  column which converts  the  eluant -  typically  0.003 M  Na2C03  +  0.024  M NaHOL -
into a non-conducting carbonic acid solution after which the separated ions  are monitored with
a  high sensitivity,  multi-range  conductivity meter.   Although the  method is  not totally free
from ambiguity, careful selection of  eluant and ion chromatographic exclusion  steps  can effec-
tively separate ionic species of interest.
     A method  for  collection  and ion exchange chromatographic analysis of atmospheric S0? has
recently been  developed by EPA  (Mulik et  al.,  1978).  The method  uses  dilute  (0.6  percent)
hydrogen peroxide  to collect the ambient S02.  The resultant sulfate ion  is  analyzed by ion
exchange chromatography.   When a  prefilter is used  in the sampling train  to  remove aerosol
sulfates,  there  are no  apparent  interferences.  Collection efficiency  is  approximately 100
percent over the range of the method, 25 to 1300 ug S02 /m3  (0.01 to  0.5 ppm).
3-2.2.3.7   Sulfation methods.  Sulfation  methods  are  based  on the  reaction of  gaseous S0?  in
air with lead  peroxide (Pb02) paste to form lead sulfate (PbS04).  They are  cumulative methods
for estimating average  concentrations over  extended time periods.  In the lead peroxide  gauge
method (Department of Scientific  and Industrial  Research,  1933) and the  lead  candle method
(Wilsdon and McConnel 1,  1934),  the paste is prepared  by mixing  Pb02, gum .tragacanth,  alcohol,
and water.  The  paste  is applied to  a  piece of cotton gauze  wrapped around a  cylinder  10  cm
round  and  10  cm  high.   After drying, the cylinder is  exposed to the  atmosphere in a sheltered
location.   After exposure,  the sulfated cylinder is  treated with sodium carbonate solution and
the resultant  sulfate  is  then determined gravimetrically  or turbidimetrically.  Measurements
with the method are  reported  as  sulfation rates (mg S03/100 cm2/day).  In the  sulfation  plate
method  (Huey,  1968), a similar  paste containing glass  filter  fibers is poured into a  petri
dish and,  after drying,  is  exposed  to the  atmosphere and analyzed for sulfate
XRD3A/A                                      3-10                                   --

-------
     Sulfation methods  have  the advantage of being inexpensive, but their accuracy is subject
to many  physical  and chemical  variables  and interferents.   For example,  the  rate of sulfate
formation is proportional  to atmospheric S02 concentration up to 15 percent conversion of the
lead peroxide  (Wilsdon and  McConnell,  1934).   Reaction  rate increases  with  temperature and
with humidity.   Other factors  affecting  rate of sulfation are wind velocity,  purity of lead
peroxide,  and  shape  of   the  shelter  (Bowden,  1964).   Positive  errors  are   contributed  by
hydrogen sulfide  and sulfate aerosols.   Methyl mercaptan is a potential negative interferent.
     Huey et al.  (1969) compared the sulfation  plate  method  with  the sulfation candle method
at some  250  sampling sites  nationwide.  A  correlation coefficient  of 0.95 was obtained, con-
firming  that  both methods  are measuring  the same species.  The results  also  indicated that
sulfation plates are 10 percent less reactive than sulfation candles.
     Various attempts have been made to correlate sulfation methods with more specific methods
for  estimation  of S02 concentrations.  In  1962,  as  part of the establishment  of  the British
National Survey, measurements with the  lead peroxide gauge were compared to simultaneous meas-
urements with  the hydrogen peroxide method (Warren Spring Laboratory, 1967).  The correlation
between 829 pairs of results from 20 sites over a period of four years was highly significant,
showing  that  both methods were predominantly affected by  the same pollutant,  sulfur dioxide.
However, the Warren  Spring Laboratory concluded that there was no generally applicable conver-
sion  factor  for  relating  lead peroxide  and hydrogen  peroxide results.   The  conversion from
lead peroxide  to  hydrogen peroxide reading was not recommended except to give a rough indica-
tion of the levels of concentration concerned.
     Stalker et  al.  (1963) compared the lead peroxide  method and the pararosaniline method to
measure  sulfur  dioxide at 123  stations in Nashville,  Tennessee.  The lead peroxide method was
considered  good for estimating mean  SO, levels in communities during  months  with arithmetic
mean concentrations  of at  least 65 ug/m  (0.025 ppm).   The reliability of these mean estimates
was  estimated  to be within  ±  25  percent.   However,  seasonal  effects were  noted  and  the lead
peroxide  estimates  of  S0? (using an  average conversion factor for sulfation  rate  to ppm of
0.031)  during  the spring  season of  low  S0? levels  were about twice as  high  as simultaneous
24-hour colorimetric measurements of SO,,.
     Huey et  al.  (1969) compared ambient S0? measurements by conductometric, coulometric, and
colorimetric methods with  sulfation results.  They concluded that sulfation data in mg S0,/100
  2                                                                                      J
cm /day  could  be  converted to  S02 concentrations  in  ppm by multiplying  by  0.03,  and that 95
percent  of  the  time this  approximation from  a single  sulfation value will lie within a factor
of about 3 of any single measurement using the other techniques.
3.2.2.3.8  Other manual methods.  Other manual methods  that have been used for the measurement
of  ambient concentrations of  S0?  include  the  barium perchlorate-thorin  titrimetric method
(Fritz  and Yamamura,  1955),  the  barium sulfate  turbidimetric  method (Volmer  and Frohlich,
1944), and the barium chloranilate colorimetric method (Bertolacini and Barney, 1957).
XRD3A/A                                      3-11                                 1-19-81

-------
 *
 3.2.3  Automated Methods
 3.2.3.1   Sample Col1ection--In continuous  sulfur dioxide  analyzers sample  collection  is  an
 integral  part of the  total  automated measurement process.  The  sample line leading  from the
 sample  manifold  to  the inlet  of  the  analyzer should be constructed  of an  inert material such
 as  Teflon®.   The sample line  dimensions  (length  and internal  diameter)  should  be selected to
 minimize  the residence time without  creating a  significant pressure drop between  the  sample
 manifold  and the analyzer  inlet.  The  use of an  inert particle  filter  at the  inlet  of the
 analyzer  should  depend on  the  analyzer's  susceptibility to  interference,  malfunction,  or
 damage  due  to particulate matter.  Heavy loading of particulate matter on  the filter  may lead
 to  erroneous  S0? measurements;  therefore, it may  be necessary to change the filter frequently.
 3.2.3.2   Calibration—The relationship between true pollutant  concentration and  the  response
 of  a continuous analyzer is  best determined  by  dynamic calibration.   In dynamic calibration,
 zero air  and standard atmospheres containing  known  concentrations  of  SC>2  are introduced into
 the analyzer to define the  analyzer  response  over  the full measurement range.   Dynamic cali-
 bration  provides evidence  that  all  components   of  the instrument  are functioning properly.
      Standard atmospheres  required for calibration purposes may be generated using  permeation
 tubes  (O'Keeffe  and Ortman,  1966), i.e., sealed  Teflon  tubes  containing  liquified gas.  Gas
 diffuses  through the walls at  a  low,  constant rate at constant temperature.  The gas  is then
 diluted  with zero  air at accurately  known flowrates  to  obtain SOp  concentrations over the
 required  range.   Permeation  tubes with certified  permeation   rates   are  available from the
 National  Bureau of  Standards as   Standard  Reference  Materials   or  from commercial  suppliers.
 Dynamic calibration may also  be carried out using known concentrations  of S02 in high pressure
 cylinders.    For  stability  purposes  they  are usually  prepared in  high  concentrations and
 dynamically  diluted to the  desired level.  Traceability of such standards  to  NBS SRMs  may  be
 established  by the  gas standard manufacturer or by the  user.
      Static  calibration techniques are  possible  for several of  the continuous  S0? analyzers
 described  below.   Static calibration  introduces  a stimulus to  measure instrumental  response
 under no  sample air flow conditions.  Typical  stimuli are electrical  signals, solutions  chemi-
 cally equivalent to  the  pollutant,  or  solutions producing comparable physical  effects  upon
 properties   by  which   the   pollutant  is  detected  such  as optical  density  or  electrical
 conductivity.  Static  calibration  is a rapid and  simple method for checking various  components
 of  the  instrument, but does  not subject total  instrument performance  to scrutiny.
 3.2.3.3   Measurement  Methods—The  principal  automated  methods (continuous  analyzers)  for
 determining   sulfur  dioxide  in  the  air  are discussed  in  this  section   in  a  more-or-less
 chronological order, with earlier continuous analyzers described first.
 3.2.3.3.1   Conductometric analyzers.   Conductometric  analyzers  were  the  first  commercially
 available instruments  for continuously  monitoring  S02  in  the   atmosphere  and  are  still  used
 today.  In  their operation,  air  is brought  into contact  with an  absorbing solution, which
XRD3A/A                                      3-12                                  1-19-81

-------
dissolves S02.   The ions formed by S02 dissolution increase the conductivity, which is propor-
tional  to  the  concentration.   The  absorbent  may  be  either deionized  water  or  acidified
hydrogen  peroxide  solution.   When  water is  used,  conductance is  increased by formation and
dissociation of sulfurous acid:
                        S02 + H20 •* H2S03 -> 2H+ + S03=
Hydrogen peroxide solution oxidizes S02 to form sulfuric acid:
                        S02 + H202 -»• H2S04 -»• 2H+ + S04=
Conductance is measured by a pair of inert (platinum) electrodes within the  cell.  To increase
accuracy, comparison  is  made to a reference cell, which measures conductance of unused absor-
bent.   The  response  characteristics  of conductometric  analyzers  are lower detection  limits
ranging from 0.005 to 0.04 ppm, lag times (time interval from change in input concentration to
change  in output signal) ranging from 5 to 200 seconds, and response times (time interval from
change  in input concentration to 90 percent of maximum output signal) ranging from 1 to 4 min-
utes  (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, 1972).
      The  major  disadvantage  of conductometric analyzers is  their  susceptibility to interfer-
ence  by any species  that either  forms or removes  ions from  solution  and  changes  the con-
ductivity of the  solution.   The degree  of  interference  depends on humidity, temperature, S0?
concentration,  and the particular  instrument.   The worst  interferents are chlorine,  hydro-
chloric  acid,  and  ammonia (Rodes et al., 1969); nitrogen dioxide and carbon  dioxide interfere
to a  lesser extent.   Airborne particles, especially ocean-borne salt aerosols, are potentially
damaging.   Several methods  have been  used to  minimize these problems.   Chemical  scrubbers
which selectively  remove  gaseous interferents have been incorporated into some conductometric
analyzers.  Particle  filters have also  been employed.
3.2.3.3.2   Colorimetric analyzers.  Colorimetric analyzers are based upon reaction of S0? with
solutions  of organic dyes  to form  colored species.   Optical absorbance   of  the  resulting
solution, measured spectrophotometrically,  is within limits  linearly proportional to the con-
centration  of  the  colored  species in  accordance  with  Beer's  Law.   Most instruments utilize
improved  versions  of the manual pararosaniline  method developed  by West  and  Gaeke (1956).
Automation  of  the  West-Gaeke method per ^e  does not ensure  a practical continuous monitoring
instrument  since some solutions require daily preparation.
      The  response  characteristics for some commercially  available instruments are  lower detec-
tion  limits ranging  from  0.002 to  0.01 ppm,  lag  times ranging from 0.6  to 25 minutes, and
response  times  ranging  from 5 to 30 minutes (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,  1972).  Advantages
of  these instruments include good  sensitivity and,  with  proper  control,  good  specificity.
Interferences  by  nitrogen oxides may  be controlled by  using  a  sulfamic  acid reagent.   Heavy
metals may  be complexed with EDTA in the scrubbing solution or with phosphoric acid in the dye
solution.   Ozone  interference may  be  controlled  by use of  a  delay  coil  downstream from the
absorber  to allow  time for ozone to decay, but this results  in longer lag and response times.
Major  disadvantages of  these instruments are the need for reagent  and pump  tubing replacement
and frequent recalibration.
XRD3A/A                                      3-13                                  1-19-81

-------
 3.2.3.3.3  Coulometric and amperometrlc analyzers.   Coulometric  analyzers are  based  on the
 reaction of  S0?  with a  halogen,  formed directly  by  electrolysis of a  halide solution.  The
 current  necessary  to  replace  the  depleted  halogen  is  proportional  to  the  amount  of SO^,
 absorbed in the solution,  and hence  to  the  S02 concentration in the air.
      In one common  coulometric  system,  an  inner chamber,  into which air is introduced, is con-
 tiguous  with  an outer  chamber (Treon  and Crutchfield,  1942).   Both contain a  solution  of
 potassium bromide and bromine in dilute  sulfuric acid.   Potential  difference between chambers,
 relative to a  reference potential,  is  measured by the  reference  electrodes.   As absorbed S(L
 reduces the Br? concentration in the inner  chamber,  the  amplifier  produces a current to restore
 the Br2 content in  the inner chamber until  the potential  difference is  again zero.   In a second
 system,  the  change in halogen concentration  is detected  as a current  change  rather  than  a
 potential difference.  The cell is  filled  with a potassium iodide solution,  buffered to pH  7.
 At the  platinum  anode, a  constant current  source continuously generates  iodine,  which is sub-
 sequently reduced  at  the  cathode.   An  equilibrium  concentration of iodine is  established, and
 no  current  is  generated  at an  activated-carbon  bipolar  reference  electrode,  connected  in
 parallel.  Reaction with  SCL decreases  the equilibrium  concentration of  iodine,  which cannot
 transport  the charge  generated  by the  constant-current  source.   Part  of  the  current  is
 diverted through the  reference electrode;  this flow is  proportional to  the S0?  concentration
 in the  air sample.    The  response  characteristics of coulometric analyzers are lower detection
 limits  ranging from  0.002 to 0.05 ppm,  lag times ranging  from 2  to  120  seconds,  and response
 times ranging from  2  to  5  minutes  (Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, 1972).
      Interferent species are those  able to oxidize halides, reduce  halogens,  or complex with
 either.  They consist primarily of sulfur compounds  (hydrogen sulfide,  mercaptans,  and organic
 sulfides and disulfides) with  sensitivities comparable  to  or greater than that of SCL.   Other
 potential interferents,  at lower sensitivities,  are ozone,  nitrogen oxides, chlorine, olefinic
 hydrocarbons,  aldehydes,  benzene,  chloroform,  other nitrogen- or halogen-containing compounds,
 and other hydrocarbons (deVeer et al.,  1969;  Schulze, 1966; Thoen  et  al., 1968;  Washburn and
 Austin, 1952).   Interferences can  be minimized by selective filters,  which are sometimes built
 into the instrument  or offered as optional  features.  For  example,  a heated silver gauze fil-
 ter is reported to  remove  hydrogen sulfide,  ozone, chlorine,  nitrogen oxides,  carbon disulfide,
 ethylene,  aldehydes, benzene,  and chloroform,  but will  not  remove  mercaptans  (Philips
 Electronic  Instruments, undated).
      The major advantage  of a  coulometric analyzer is  minimal  maintenance (reagent may need
 only monthly  replacement;  electrodes may require annual  cleaning).   Also,  reagent consumption
 is  negligible  because of halide regeneration,  and evaporated water is replaced by condensation
 from air or from  a  reservoir.
 3-2.3.3.4  Flame  photometric analyzers.  The flame photometric detector  (FPD) is based on the
 measurement of  the  band  emission of  excited $2 molecules  during  passage of sulfur-containing
XRD3A/A                                      3-14
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
*
compounds  through  a hydrogen-rich  (reducing)  flame.   The  emitted  light  passes  through a
narrow-pass optical  filter,  which isolates the 394 nm S* band, and  is detected by a photomul-
tiplier tube  (PMT).   Photomultiplier tube output  is  proportional  to the square of the sulfur
concentration;  hence,  an  electronic  system  to  "linearize"  output is a  desirable feature.
Application of  the FPD  to the  detection  of  S0» was  first made by Crider (1965) and analyzers
using FPD  have  been widely accepted for ambient SO-  monitoring.  The response characteristics
of continuous flame photometric S02 analyzers are  lower detection limits ranging from 0.002 to
0.010 ppm,  lag times ranging from 1 to  5  seconds,  and response times  ranging  from 10 to 30
seconds (Lawrence  Berkeley Laboratory, 1972).
     Although  the FPD is  insensitive to  nonsulfur   species,  it will  detect sulfur compounds
other than  S02-   Particle filters will remove troublesome aerosol sulfates and selective fil-
ters may be used to reduce interference from other gaseous sulfur compounds; e.g., an HLS fil-
ter  is  used on most commercial  instruments.   Interference  by carbon dioxide can be minimized
by maintaining ambient levels of  C02 in the calibration and sample matrices.
     Gas chromatographs  with flame photometric detectors (GC-FPD)  are also available commer-
cially.   GC-FPD  can separate   individual  sulfur  compounds  and  measure  them  individually
(Stevens et al.,  1971).   However, the  temporal  resolution of GC-FPD data  is  limited by the
chromatographic elution  time  of S0? and other gaseous sulfur compounds.
     Disadvantages of FPD systems include the  need  for a source  of  compressed hydrogen and
sensitivity  to  all sulfur compounds.  Advantages of  FPD systems include low maintenance, good
sensitivity,  very fast  response,  and good  selectivity  for  sulfur compounds.   No reagents are
necessary other than compressed hydrogen.
3.2.3.3.5   Second-derivative  spectrometric analyzers.  The second-derivative spectrometer pro-
cesses  the  transmission-versus-wavelength function of a spectrum  to produce a signal propor-
tional  to the second derivative of this function (Hager and Anderson,  1970).  The signal ampli-
tude  is proportional to the  concentration  of the gas in the  absorption path.   These  instru-
ments  center on  the shape characteristics  rather than basic  intensity changes of molecular
band  spectral  absorption.   The slope and curvature characteristics  are  often large, specific,
and  independent of intensity.  Because these  shape  characteristics are large but specific to
individual  compounds, resolution  of component gases is possible.
     In the operation of a second-derivative spectrometer, radiant  energy from a UV  or  visible
source  is  directed into a monochromator, where  it is dispersed by  a  grating to provide mono-
chromatic  light to the   sample  cell. The wavelength of this light (299.5 nm) is modulated with
respect to  time in a sinusoidal fashion by an oscillating entrance  slit.  The angular position
of the  grating sets the center wavelength  coming out of the monochromator into the multipass
cell. The  sample   is continuously  drawn through the cell by a pump.  Output from the photomul-
tiplier tube is  electronically analyzed to develop  the second derivative  of the absorbance.
     Sensitivity  is greatly  enhanced over ordinary spectrometers  because  the output  is an AC
signal  of  known  wavelength and phase,  adaptable  to  high-gain  electronic  amplification.
Uniqueness  of the curvature of a given  molecular band enables this type  of instrument to be
XRD3A/A                                     3-15                                 1-19-81

-------
 highly specific.   A theoretical assessment  by Ratzlaff and Natusch (1977) indicates that pre-
 cision may  be  a  problem with  spectrometric  techniques  of  this  type.   Measurements  are
 independent  of sample  flow rate,  but  relatively  high flow rates (4  liters/minute) are nec-
 essary to  achieve  reasonable response  times.    The   response  characteristics  for one com-
 mercially available instrument are a  lower  detection  limit of 0.01 ppm, lag time of 1 minute,
 and response  time of 8  minutes (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  1979a).
 3.2.3.3.6  Fluorescence analyzers.  Fluorescence  analyzers  are based on detection of the char-
 acteristic  fluorescence  released  by  the sulfur dioxide  molecule when  it is  irradiated  by
 ultraviolet  light  (Okabe  et   al.,  1973).   This  fluorescent light is also  in  the ultraviolet
 region of the  spectrum, but  at  a different  wavelength than  the incident  radiation.   Wave-
 lengths between 190 and 230 nm are  used  for  excitation and  the fluorescent wavelengths usually
 monitored are  between  300 and 400 nm.   In this  region  of the spectrum, there  is relatively
 little quenching of the fluorescence  by other molecules occurring  in  ambient air.  The light
 is detected by a  PMT that, through the  use  of electronics,  produces  a voltage proportional  to
 the light intensity and S0?  concentration.  The  fluorescent light reaching the PMT is usually
 modulated  to  facilitate  the  high  degree  of  amplification   necessary.    Some  analyzers
 mechanically  "chop"  the incident  irradiation before  it enters  the reaction  chamber.   Other
 instruments  electronically pulse the  incident light  source at a  constant rate.   The response
 characteristics of fluorescence analyzers are lower  detection limits of  0.005 ppm, lag times
 of about 30  seconds,  and  response times of  about 5  minutes (U.S.   Environmental  Protection
 Agency, 1979a).
      Potential  interferences   to  the  fluorescence  technique include  any  species  that  either
 quenches  or exhibits fluorescence.  Both water  vapor and oxygen  strongly quench the fluores-
 cence of  SO £  at some wavelengths.   Water vapor can be  removed by  a dryer within the instrument
 or the water  interference can be  minimized  by  careful  selection  of the  incident radiation
 wavelength.   The effect of oxygen  quenching can  be minimized by  maintaining identical  oxygen
 concentrations  in the calibration and  sample matrices.
      Aromatic  hydrocarbons such as naphthalene exhibit strong fluorescence in the same spec-
 tral   regions  as S02 and  are major  interferents.  These aromatics must  be  removed from  the
 sample gas  stream by an appropriate  scrubber  upstream of the reaction chamber.  The scrubbers
 may operate  at ambient  or  elevated temperature.   Certain elevated-temperature scrubbers, how-
 ever,   have the  potential   for converting  ambient  hydrogen  sulfide (which  normally does  not
 interfere with  the  fluorescence technique) into S02-   In  these cases,  the hydrocarbon scrubber
 must  be preceded  by  a scrubber for  H-S.
 3-2.3.3.7 Other  automated  methods.   Other  automated  methods  (continuous analyzers) that have
 been  used for  the  measurement of ambient concentrations of S02  include:   voltammetry  (Chand
 and Marcote,  1971);  correlation spectroscopy  (Barringer  Research, Ltd.,  1969;  Moffat etal.,
 1971);  differential  lidar  (Johnson  et al.,  1973);  and condensation nuclei formation (Environ-
ment One Corp.).

XRD3A/A                                      3-16                                  1-19-81

-------
*
3.2.3.4  EPA Designated Equivalent Methods—Under  provisions  of EPA's "Ambient Air Monitoring
Reference and  Equivalent  Methods" regulations  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, 1979b),
several commercial continuous  analyzers have been designated as equivalent methods for deter-
mining compliance with  National  Ambient Air Quality  Standards  for SO^.   These analyzers have
undergone required  testing and  meet EPA's performance  specifications  for automated methods,
summarized in Table 3-2.  A list of S02 analyzers designated as of December 31, 1980, is given
in  Table  3-3.   Information  on designation  of  these analyzers  as equivalent  methods  may be
obtained by  writing  the Environmental  Monitoring  Systems  Laboratory,  Methods Standardization
Branch (MD-77), U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Research  Triangle  Park,  North Carolina
27711.
     Review  of  performance  data submitted in support of the  designations listed in Table 3-3
indicates that these analyzers  exhibit performance better than that  specified in  Table 3-2.
For the  analyzers  tested,  noise  levels were  typically  3 ppb  or less.  The zero drift results
(12-and  24-hour)  were  all  less than  5 ppb and  typically less than  3 ppb.   The  span drift
results  (at  20 and 80 percent of the full  scale range  of  0  to 0.5 ppm) were all less than 5
percent and  typically 2 to 3 percent.   The precision results (at 20 and 80 percent of the full
scale  range  of 0  to 0.5 ppm) indicate a  typical precision of 1 to 2 ppb.   Lag  times were
typically less  than  1 minute.   Response times  (rise  and fall times) for the various types of
analyzers were typically  as  follows:  flame  photometric,   1  minute  or  less;  fluorescence,  5
minutes; coulometric, 3 minutes;  conductometric, 0.5 minute;  second-derivative spectrometric,
8  minutes.   For  analyzers  of the  same type  (e.g.,  flame  photometric),  interference test
results  for  a  given  potential interferent were somewhat variable.   The  concentration of SO-
during  the  tests  was 0.14 ppm and  the interferent concentrations were  as  indicated in Table
3-4.   Interference equivalents of  5 ppb  or less were  obtained in each  case  except for the
following:  flame   photometric—negative CO-  interference   equivalents  of about  10  ppb were
typical; coulometric—positive 0, interference equivalents  of about 8 ppb were  typical.
     As  part of  required  equivalency  testing by  manufacturers, all  continuous SO-  analyzers
designated by  EPA as equivalent methods have  demonstrated a  consistent relationship with the
reference method.   A consistent relationship is demonstrated when the differences between (1)
measurements made  by the test analyzer and  (2) measurements  made by the reference method are
less  than or equal to the allowable  discrepancy specifications prescribed in  the equivalency
regulations, when both methods simultaneously measure SO- concentrations in a real atmosphere.
All of the  equivalent methods listed in Table 3-3 have  demonstrated this consistent  relation-
ship with the  reference method and the observed differences between simultaneous measurements
were generally well within the required specifications.
     A comparison study using  EPA designated equivalent  methods  for SO- was recently  conducted
by  EPA in an  urban-industrial-commercial  area of  Durham,  North Carolina (U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency,  1979a).   Eight continuous SO- analyzers were compared over  a period  of 150
days  under  more or  less  typical  air monitoring conditions.  During  the study, the  analyzers

XRD3A/A                                      3-17                                 1-19-81

-------
         TABLE 3-2.  PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR EPA EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR S02
                                     (CONTINUOUS ANALYZERS)

Performance parameter
Range
Noise
Lower detectable limit
Interference equivalent
Each interferent
Total interferent
Zero drift, 12-and 24-hour
Span drift, 24-hour
20 percent of upper range limit
80 percent of upper range limit
Lag time
Rise time
Fall time
Precision
20 percent of upper range limit
80 percent of upper range limit
Units
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
ppm
percent
percent
minutes
minutes
minutes
ppm
ppm
Specification
0-0.5
0.005
0.01
±0.02
0.06
±0.02
±20.0
±5.0
20
15
15
0.01
0.015

         Source:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1979b)
XRD3A/A
3-18
                                                                                  1-19-81

-------
                 TABLE 3-3.   LIST OF EPA DESIGNATED EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR SO
                                    (CONTINUOUS ANALYZERS)
Designation
number
EQSA-1275-005
EQSA- 1275-006
EQSA-0276-009
EQSA-0678-010
EQSA-0876-011
EQSA-0876-013
EQSA-0877-024
EQSA-0678-029
EQSA- 1078-030
EQSA-1078-032
EQSA-0779-039
EQSA-0580-046
EQSA- 1280-049
Manufacturer
Lear Siegler
Me Toy
Thermo Electron
Philips
Philips
Monitor Labs
ASARCO
Beckman
Bendix
Meloy
Monitor Labs
Meloy
Lear Siegler
Model
SM1000
SA185-2A
43
PW9755
PW9700
8450
500,600
953
8303
SA285E
8850
SA700
AM2020
Measurement
Second-derivative
Flame photometric
Fluorescence
Coulometric
Coulometric
Flame photometric
Conductometric
Fluorescence
Flame photometric
Flame photometric
Fluorescence
Fluorescence
Second-deri vati ve
principle
spectrometric











spectrometric

XRD3A/A
3-19
1-19-81

-------
                           TABLE 3-4.  INTERFERENT TEST CONCENTRATIONS (PARTS PER MILLION)3 USED IN THE TESTING
                                                     OF EPA EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR S02
Analyzer type
Flame photometric (FPD)
Gas chromatography-FPD
Spectrophotometri c-wet
chemical (pararosani line
reaction)
Electrochemical
Conductivity
Spectrophotometri c-gas phase
Hydro-
chloric Am-
acid mom' a
--
—
0.2 0.1C
0.2 O.lc
0.2 0.1C
—
Hy-
drogen
sulfide
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
--
—
Sulfur
dioxide
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
0.14d
Nitro-
gen
dioxide
«
--
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Nitric Carbon Eth-
oxide dioxide ylene
750
750
750
0.5 — 0.2
750
0.5
Carbon
M- Water mon-
Ozone Xylene vapor oxide
20,000C 50
20,000C 50
0.5
0.5 — 20,000C
--
0.5 0.2
 Concentrations of interferent listed must be prepared and controlled to ± 10 percent of the stated value.

 Analyzer types not listed will be considered by the administrator as special cases.

C0o no mix with pollutant.

 Concentration of pollutant used for test.  These pollutant concentrations must be prepared to ± 10 percent of the stated value.

Source:   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency (1979b)

-------
*
simultaneously measured  ambient air sampled  from a common manifold.   The  ambient sample was
occasionally augmented with  artifically  generated pollutant to allow for analyzer comparisons
at higher concentrations.  A statistical comparison of hourly averages for each test analyzer
with  the average  of  the  hourly  averages  (for corresponding  hours) from  the other  test
analyzers is presented  in  Table 3-5.   Each test  analyzer is identified in the table by manu-
facturer, model number,  and  measurement  principle.  The data clearly indicate that these con-
tinuous S02 analyzers are capable of excellent performance (high correlation with one another,
small mean differences).
3.2.4  Summary
     Methods for the measurement of sulfur dioxide can be classified as:   (1) manual methods,
which involve collection of the sample over a specified time period and subsequent analysis by
a variety of  analytical  techniques, or  (2) automated  methods,  in which sample collection and
analysis are performed continuously and automatically.
     In  the  commonly used manual  methods, the  techniques  used for the analysis  of the  col-
lected  sample  are based  on  colorimetric,  titrimetric,  turbidimetric,  gravimetric,  x-ray
fluorescent, chemiluminescent, and ion exchange chromatographic measurement principles.
     The most widely used manual method for the determination of atmospheric sulfur dioxide is
the  pararosaniline method developed by  West  and Gaeke.   An improved version  of  this colori-
metric  method,  adopted  as the EPA  reference  method in 1971, is  capable of  measuring ambient
                                     3
SCL  concentrations as  low as 25 ug/m  (0.01  ppm) with sampling times ranging from 30 minutes
to 24 hours.  The  method has acceptable specificity for S0?, but collected samples are subject
to  a temperature-dependent  decay  which  can  result in an underestimation of  the ambient SO™
concentration.   Temperature  control  during sample collection,  shipment,  and  storage  effec-
tively minimizes this decay problem.
     A  titrimetric method  based on collection of SO*  in  dilute hydrogen peroxide followed by
titration of  the  resultant H2SO. with standard alkali  is the standard method used extensively
in  Great Britain.   Although simple  to perform,  the  method requires  long  sampling  times (24
hours) and is subject to interference from atmospheric acids and bases.  Additional sources of
error with  the method  include  evaporation of reagent during  sampling,  titration errors, and
alkaline contamination of glassware.
     Methods that  employ alkali impregnated filter papers for the collection of S02 and subse-
quent analysis  as  sulfite or sulfate by a variety of techniques have been developed.  Most of
these methods involve an extraction step prior to analysis although nondispersive x-ray fluor-
escence  has been  used  for the direct measurement of SOp collected on sodium carbonate impreg-
nated membrane filters.
     Two  of the  most   sensitive  methods  now available  use  measurement principles  based on
chemiluminescence  and ion  exchange chromatography.  In the first, S0?  is absorbed in a tetra-
chloromercurate solution and subsequently oxidized with potassium permanganate.  The oxidation
XRD3A/A                                      3-21                                 1-19-81

-------
                   TABLE  3-5.  COMPARISON OF EPA DESIGNATED EQUIVALENT METHODS FOR S02 (CONTINUOUS ANALYZERS)
Analyzer
Measurement
principle
Correlation
coefficient
Mean
difference
ppb
Std. dev.
of diff.
r ppb
ro KM
Max. abs.
diff.
ppb
No. of abs.
diff.
>20 ppb
No of data
pairs
Me Toy
SA185-2A
Flame
photometry
0.999
-3.695
3.925
19.3
0
3302
Monitor Labs Meloy
8450 SA285E
Flame Flame
photometry photometry
0.999 0.999
-0.006 -0.251
4.555 3.243
19.2 15.5
0 0
3186 3306
Thermo Electron Beckman Lear Siegler Philips
43 953 SM1000 PW9755
Second
derivative
Fluorescence Fluorescence spectrometry Coulometry
0.997 0.998 0.936 0.998
-0.177 5.108 4.924 5.775
8.300 6.901 20.712 4.631
29.9 25.4 100.9 25.6
49 21 427 13
2170 1594 1820 3070
Bendix
8303
Flame
photometry
0.998
-3.278
4.392
21.0
1
1984
 Between subject analyzer and average of other test analyzers (for corresponding hours)



Source:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1979a)

-------
*
of  the  absorbed   S02   is  accompanied  by  a  chemiluminescence  which  is  detected  by  a
photomultiplier tube.  The second uses ion exchange chromatography to determine ambient  levels
of S02 which have been absorbed into dilute hydrogen peroxide and oxidized to sulfate.
     Sulfation methods, based on reaction of SO,, with lead peroxide paste to form  lead sulfate,
have commonly been used to estimate ambient SOp concentration over extended time periods.  The
accuracy of sulfation methods is subject to many physical and chemical variables and interfer-
                                     o
ents.   Sulfation  rate (mg S0,/100 cm /day)  is  commonly converted to a  rough  estimate of S02
concentration (ppm) by multiplying the rate by the Huey factor (0.03).
     Automated methods  for measurement  of ambient levels of  sulfur  dioxide have gained wide-
spread use in the air monitoring community.  Some of the earliest continuous S02 analyzers were
based on conductivity and  coulometry.  These first generation analyzers were subject to inter-
ference by a wide variety  of substances present in typical ambient atmospheres.  However, more
recent  commercially available analyzers  using these measurement  principles  exhibit improved
specificity for S0? through the incorporation of sophisticated chemical and physical scrubbers.
Early continuous  colorimetric  analyzers  using West-Gaeke type reagents and having good sensi-
tivity  and acceptable  specificity  for  S0~  were  fraught  with various  mechanical  problems,
required frequent calibration, and thus never gained widespread acceptance.
     Continuous sulfur  dioxide  analyzers  using the techniques of flame photometric detection,
fluorescence, and  second-derivative  spectrometry  have been developed over  the past ten years
and  are commercially available from  a  number of  air monitoring  instrumentation companies.
Flame  photometric  detection of  ambient  SOp  is  based on measurement of  the  band  emission of
excited  S2  molecules formed from sulfur species in  a hydrogen-rich flame.   The FPD analyzers
exhibit  high sensitivity  and  fast  response, but  must be used  with selective  scrubbers or
coupled with gas chromatographs when high specificity is required.
     Fluorescence  analyzers  are  based on detection of  the  characteristic fluorescence of the
S0?  molecule  when  it is irradiated  by UV  light.   These analyzers have acceptable sensitivity
and  response  times,  are insensitive  to  sample flowrate, and require  no  support gases.   They
are  subject to interference  by water vapor (due  to quenching effects)  and  certain aromatic
hydrocarbons, and  therefore must incorporate ways to minimize these species or their effects.
     Second-derivative  spectrometry  is  a  highly specific technique  for  measurement of S0? in
the  air and  continuous analyzers based  on this principle  are commercially  available.   The
analyzers  are insensitive  to  sample flowrate and require no support gases.   Relatively  high
sample  flowrates  are required to achieve  reasonable  response  times, and frequent realignment
of the optics is necessary when the analyzers are used under typical field conditions.  Exces-
sive  electronic  noise  and inherent lack  of precision can be  problems  with  these analyzers.
     Continuous analyzers  based on  many  of  the  above measurement  principles (conductivity,
coulometry,  flame  photometry,  fluorescence,  and  second-derivative  spectrometry)  have  been
XRD3A/A                                      3-23                                 1-19-81

-------
designated by EPA as equivalent methods for the measurement of S02 in the atmosphere.  Testing
of  these  analyzers by  the  manufacturers  prior to designation has  demonstrated adequate per-
formance  for  use  when an EPA reference or  equivalent  method is  desired or required.  Testing
of  these  methods by  EPA has verified  their performance and has also  demonstrated excellent
comparability among these designated methods under typical monitoring conditions.
3.3  PARTICULATE MATTER (PM)
3.3.1  Introduction
     As described in Chapter 2, particulate matter suspended in ambient air presents a complex
multiphase system which consists  of a spectrum of aerodynamic particle sizes from below 0.01
micron (urn)  up  to 100 um and  larger.   As discussed  in Chapter 2, fine particles below 2.5 urn
tend to remain suspended in air unless removed by external processes such as rainfall.   Coarse
particles  above  2 um have appreciable  settling velocities  and tend to  settle  unless  kept in
suspension by high  wind speeds or turbulence.  The  sources  and  characteristics of the parti-
cles in both size ranges are generally quite different, and depending on the objectives of the
sampling, measurements  are  often  made which consider only a selected size fraction.  Samplers
used to  identify  fine and coarse particle  fractions typically are  designed to have inlet and
substage  cutpoints  that are as sharp  as  possible.   Samplers used  to  simulate  the deposition
pattern of particles  in the respiratory  system have well  defined but more gradual cutpoints.
Lippmann  (1970) summarized  samplers  and deposition patterns  in  the 1-10 UN range proposed by
several organizations.  As shown in Figure 3-1 these include models  of the American Conference
of Governmental  Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), (Ref:   American Industrial Hygiene Associate 1970)
British  Medical   Research Council  (BMRC),  and  U.S.   Atomic Energy  Commission  (called  the
"Los Alamos" curve).  Miller et al.  (1979) proposed a sampler cutpoint of 15 um related to res-
piratory  system deposition,  but did not  recommend a desireable  cutpoint sharpness.  Particle
deposition in the respiratory system is discussed in more detail  in Chapter 11.
     The  aerodynamic  diameter  is  one of the most important physical parameters when consider-
ing particle  deposition in  the atmosphere or the respiratory system.  Suspended particles are
rarely spherical, and the ability to obtain  a  representative dimension equivalent to a diam-
eter for  a  single particle is  often  difficult.   As  defined by Hesketh  (1977) the aerodynamic
diameter  is  not  a direct measurement of  size,  but is  the equivalent diameter  of a spherical
particle  of unit density which would settle at the same rate.  This definition inherently con-
siders  factors  such  as  the density  and  shape of a particle without  requiring their direct
measurement.  Aerodynamic diameters are  used in this chapter unless  stated otherwise.   Sam-
pling  methods which utilize collection or  separation  techniques  based  on the inertia or set-
tling  properties  of particles  consider the aerodynamic size.  In general all sampling methods
which  draw the particles  into an  inlet  or opening perform  an  aerodynamic size  segregation.
Particles with unusual  geometries such as long fibers,  however, may not  be separated as effec-
tively as more spherical particles, since the orientation of the fiber at the point of separa-
tion has  a substantial  impact on the effective diameter.

XRD3A/A                                      3-24                                  1-19-81

-------
    100
1   80
in
cc
2   60
O


O
*    2°
           ACGIH
                                                       I      I      f
                 LOS ALAMOS
             I
I	I
       0246            8           10


                     DIAMETER UNIT DENSITY SPHERE, microns



Figure 3-1. Respiratory deposition models used as patterns for sampler outpoints.


Source:  Lippmann (1970).
                                 3-25

-------
     As  discussed  in texts such as  Fuchs  (1964),  there are several ways  to examine particle
size distributions.   Separate  distributions  of volume, surface area,  and  number of particles
as  shown in Figure 3-2 can be  measured  to provide detailed information especially useful in
studying  particle  transport and  transformation.   The  particle  size distribution  by mass is
perhaps  the most  important characteristic  of  an  aerosol when  considering the  majority of
current  sampling methods.   A  mathematical  integration  of  the  mass  distribution function over
the  effective  aerodynamic collection  range  of  the  sampler directly provides  the total mass
collected  per  unit volume of  air  sampled.   This information can be  obtained indirectly from
volume,  surface area,  or  number distribution, but an estimate of the average particle density
must be  included in the calculations.
     The  most  common aerosol  measurement  made in conjunction with  health  and  welfare effect
studies  is the mass concentration measurement. Direct measurement of the mass concentration is
made by  collecting  particles  on a substrate such as a filter,  gravimetrically determining the
mass of  the  particles,  and dividing the mass  by the volume of air sampled.  Ideally the par-
ticles  reaching  the substrate  have  been  segregated by an  efficient  sampling mechanism which
provides  a  defined portion of the  ambient  size distribution  of  particles  to  be collected.
Airborne Particles  (NAS,  1979)  stated  that ". .   .  integral  methods used are always sensitive
to the  modification of  the size distribution  by  the  sampling  inlets and transport lines used
in the  technique."   This  reference notes that Lundgren (1973),  using special high efficiency
samplers  to  produce mass  size distributions  as  shown in  Figure  3-3, showed  that most mass
sampling  methods  truncate the  true  ambient particle  distribution,  thereby giving concentra-
tions  less  than those  actually existing.    If these  less  than perfect sampling efficiencies
were constant  for  all  conditions,  the mass  collected  would always  be a consistent proportion
of the true ambient size distribution.   As will be shown for selected methods, however, it has
been  determined  that the  efficiencies of many  sampler inlets are  substantially affected by
wind  speed,  and in some  cases wind direction.   Some  of the commonly  used PM  samplers which
employ  direct  mass  measurement techniques include the  TSP Hi-Volume Sampler, the dichotomous
sampler,  cascade impactors, and cyclone samplers.
     Mass concentrations of particles can be estimated  using methodology which does not employ
direct  weighing.   These indirect measurements utilize analytical  techniques  other than direct
weighing for assessing  integral properties of particles other than mass.  Typically an empiri-
cal  relationship  with a gravimetric  method  is  developed  and  pseudo-mass  concentrations
reported in  lieu  of the  integral property measurement.  Beta-ray attenuation by the particles
on  a filter and optical  reflectance of the  darkening  of  a filter  by  collected particles are
examples  of indirect measurement  techniques.   In situ methods which  examine particles still
suspended  in  the  air stream include a wide variety of  techniques such  as the light scattering
measurements of the integrating nephelometer and the size  classification capability of optical
particle counters.
XRD3A/A                                      3-26                                  1-19-81

-------
 o

 X

 "a
 Q
 9
 OC
 UJ
 ffi
 2
 D
 Z
      —   1.2
      —    1.0

        CO
        - b
— _ 0.8
     a.
   O
   <  0.4
      —   0.2
    01	
         —     6
    O
    O)
    £

h-|   3

  . <
— «5  2
                —      1
                                                             NUMBER

                                                       — __ SURFACE

                                                       — •— VOLUME
                               0.01
                                        0.1
                                            PARTICLE DIAMETER,
                                                              10
Figure 3-2. Plots illustrating the relationship of particle number, surface area, and volume
distribution as a function of particle size.

Source: Whitby (1975).
                                               3-27

-------
              MASS CONCENTRATION /Jg/m
              O
                                                   10
                              PARTICLE DIAMETER (Dp),jum
                                                                 100
Figure 3-3. Typical ambient mass distribution data for particles up to 200
Source:  Lundgren (1973).
1000
                                     3-28

-------
     Analytical  measurement of the chemical composition of particles can be strongly influenced
by the sampling method.   Surface  measurements such as x-ray fluorescence spectroscopy require
a filter which retains particles on the surface rather than allowing penetration as occurs into
a fiber filter.  The  composition  and impurities  in  the  collection substrate can be critical,
especially  in  the  analysis  of trace  elements.   Selected  substrates  can also  interact with
ambient gases to produce  artifact particulate matter.  Section 3.3.4 contains descriptions of
the most  common analytical  methods  and Section  3.3.5. briefly  discusses  particle morphology
measurements by microscopic examination.
     Measurement technology  for  aerosols has  advanced  significantly  in  the past  10  years,
especially in the  area  of size specific measurements for larger particles.   Before the advent
of specially designed wind tunnels into which specific aerosol sizes and types can be injected,
determination of sampling  accuracy (effectiveness) under conditions similar to field sampling
had rarely been attempted.   For these tests effectiveness is defined as the percent of parti-
cles reaching the  collection substrate of the sampler compared to results obtained by isokine-
tic sampling  in the  wind  tunnel.   Researchers  such  as  McFarland and Ortiz (1979), Wedding et
al. (1980), and Liu and Pui (1980) have designed and built such test facilities for character-
izing  aerosol  samplers.   From  these tests  it  is 'now recognized that  ambient wind speed and
direction  can  have a  profound effect  on  particle sizes  reaching the  point  of  collection or
measurement within  the sampler.   Without knowledge  of  these and  related  sampler character-
istics,  an  accurate   interpretation of  the  aerometric   data  is  impossible.   This  section
describes  important  characteristics  for  commonly used  sampler types,  so that the utility of
aerometric data discussed in subsequent chapters can be assessed.
3.3.2  Direct PM Mass Measurements
     Techniques that  employ  direct gravimetric weighing of particles collected on a substrate
are discussed  here  separately from those that use other approaches.  Sampling techniques that
fall into the first category are extractive rather than in situ, in that the particles are re-
moved from the air stream for subsequent analysis.  Typically the ambient air is drawn into an
inlet, transported to the collection substrate, often after one or more stages of particle size
separation, and then  deposited on a substrate by either filtration or  impaction.  In addition
to the effect of internal  separation stages, the particle size range collected by a filtration
sampler  depends  on other  parameters such  as  inlet  geometry,  internal wall  losses,  and the
efficiency of the filter material.  The high-volume sampler defined by  EPA in the previous Air
Quality Criteria for  Particulate  Matter (National Air Pollution Control Administration, 1969)
and in  the reference  method for TSP was considered to have captured all sizes of particles up
to 100 urn (aerodynamic diameter).   However, recent sampler characterization testing by Stevens
and Dzubay  (1975), Wedding et al. (1977),  and  McFarland  and Rodes  (1979)  has  shown that the
gable  roof used as  an inlet  and  weather shield  precludes  efficient collection of particles
larger than about  50  urn.   As shown by the data of McFarland and Rodes  in Figure 3-4, the sam-
pling effectiveness of  the high-volume sampler for  large  particles is substantially affected

XRD3A/A                                      3-29                                 1-19-81

-------
CO
CO
111
2
(J
01
    100 |-
    80
    60
     40
O  2km/hr


D  8km/hr


A  24km/hr
                O


               -O-
                                      _L
                             3          5     7      10



                         AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER, jjm
                                                          30
Figure 3-4. Sampling effectiveness of a Hi-Vol sampler as a function of wind speed.


Source:  McFarland and Rodes (1979).
                                       3-30

-------
by ambient wind  speed.   Lundgren (1973) has examined the mass distribution of large particles
up to 200 urn in the atmosphere as shown in Figure 3-3.  Comparison of high-volume sampler col-
lection efficiency  data in Figure  3-4  with these particle size  distributions  shows that the
high-volume sampler does  not  provide a true measure of the large particles in the atmosphere.
Because particle mass increases as a cube function of the diameter for particles with constant
density, the  sampling of  large  particles  must be treated carefully when  considering  a broad
size distribution.
     Size-specific sampler  inlets  designed to limit the particles collected to a certain size
range  are  a relatively  new technology  for particles larger than 10 |jm.   Since  these larger
particles are difficult to transport quantitatively, a sharp cutoff for large particles is not
easily  obtained  except at  high sampler flowrates  using multiple stages  of  separation.   The
efficiency of a single stage inlet designed in 1977 (Stevens and Dzubay, 1978; see Figure A-l,
appendix to this  chapter) to provide a  15  pm cutoff for a  low  flowrate  sampler operating at
1.0  m  /hr,  as  tested by Wedding et  al.  (1977),  is shown in Figure 3-5.  Note that the D5Q --
the  particle  size  at which 50  percent  of  the particle mass is passed on to the filter — for
this inlet is very wind speed dependent and varies from 9 to 22 urn.  More advanced inlets (see
Appendix  Figure  A-2 for diagram)  for  this  flowrate have been designed by  Wedding  (1980) and
Liu  et al.  (1980)  and have reduced wind speed sensitivities and sharper cutpoints as shown in
Figures 3-6 and 3-7 respectively.  The geometric standard deviations of the sampling effective-
ness  curves  (a  measure  of the  sharpness  of  the  size cut-off  and  denoted as  a )  for these
inlets  vary from approximately 1.2-1.5 as  compared  to  an ideal  step-function inlet with a a
of 1.0.
     After  particles  pass  through  the sampler  inlet  they can  be  lost from  the  flowstream
before  collection or measurement by attraction to or  impaction on the internal surfaces of the
sampler.   Minimizing  internal  loss, especially for  larger  particles,  requires  careful design
of  the sample transport  system  geometry as well  as consideration of factors  such  as  surface
charge  dissipation.   Wedding  et al. (1977) reported  internal wall losses in a prototype size-
specific  sampler to  exceed  40 percent  for particles greater than 15 (jm.  Loo  et  al. (1979)
reported that  recent improvements in the dichotomous sampler reduced internal particle losses
to less than a few percent.
3.3.2.1  Filtration Samplers—The most commonly used methodology for direct gravimetric measure-
ment  involves  collection  of  the particles  suspended in a  known volume of  ambient air on a
preweighed filter.  The size distribution of particles reaching the filter are affected by the
characteristics  of the  inlet,  the transport system, and the  separation  stages,  operating at
the  sampler design flowrate.   The performance of  a sampler is also substantially affected by
the  filter  characteristics.   The efficiency of the  filter  media used can influence the total
mass  collected  if  very  small  particles  are not  retained  on the  filter,  or  if  very large
particles  bounce from  the  filter to  subsequent  stages.   The  collection  efficiencies over a
range of particle sizes for a wide variety  of  filter  materials, face velocities, and effective
porosities have been determined by Liu et al.  (1978)  for clean filters and by John and Reischl
XRD3A/A                                      3-31                                 1-19-81

-------
                     152
tn
co
UJ
o
UJ
   120
   100
?    80
  (SIERRA 244E INLET)

AVERAUt OF ALL TESTS
                                                                      O   5 km/hr


                                                                      A  IS km/hr


                                                                      D  40 km/hr
     20
                               10           15          20           25


                                 AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER,/urn




Figure 3-5. Sampling effectiveness of the dichotomous sampler inlet as a function of wind speed.


Source: Wedding et at., (1980).
                                             3-32

-------
    120
    110  —
    100
CO
CO
HI
Ul
o
1U
o
a.
1
CO
                             WEDDING INLET
                      AEROSOL SCIENCE LABORATORY
                            DR. J.B. WEDDING
                              AUGUST 1980
                              1.208   14.4 1.340   1.272
                              1.208   14.0 1.191   1.200
                              1.288   14.2 1.092   1.186
                              1.241   13.7 1.096   1.166
                                AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, jjm

                Figure 3-6. Sampling effectiveness of the Wedding IP inlet.
                Source: Wedding (1980).

                                             3-33

-------
    120
    110  —
    100
     90
     80
J3    70
o
If    60
a!   50
     40
     30
     20
     10
                     UM-LBL IP INLET

                  W, km/hr   Dcn, pm
                     5
                    24
              15
             16.5
             14.3
 Og
1.45
1.31
1.25
O IMPACTOR TRANSMISSION
        EFFICIENCY
                                                  II
                                       5  6  7  8 9 10
                                AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER,
                                                                 20
                                                          30    40  50
                Figure 3-7.  Sampling effectiveness of UM-LBL IP inlet.
               Source:  Liu et al. (1980).
                                      3-34

-------
*
(1978) for exposed  filters.   Appendix Table A-l tabulates  selected  fractional  efficiency  data
for the commonly  used TSP high-volume sampler glass fiber  filter, the Teflon®  membrane  filter
used by the  dichotomous sampler, and the cellulose fiber filter material  (Whatman No. 1)  used
by the British Smoke Shade Sampler.  The  latter filter  shows  some  inefficiency  at the  smallest
particle  sizes,  while  the  glass fiber  and nominal  2  urn porosity Teflon® filters are  highly
efficient  for  all  particle  sizes.   The  relationship   of flowrate through the filter to the
pressure  drop  across it  is  also a very  important mechanical  consideration since this  deter-
mines  the available operating  flowrate  range  for a given  size  vacuum  pump.    Membrane  filter
samplers,  because  of the rapid  increase  in pressure  drop as particles deposit, require lower
flowrates  than  fiber filter samplers.  This results  in substantially less particulate matter
being  collected  during a sampling  interval  and  the   use  of  a  much more sensitive  weighing
device (balance).
3.3.2.1.1   TSP high-volume sampler.   The  high-volume  (hi-vol)  sampler  is  the  current  EPA
reference  method  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  1979c) for "total  suspended particles"
 (TSP).   It is  intended to operate  at flowrates  from 1.1 to  1.7 m /min, drawing air through a
200  x  250 mm glass  fiber filter.  The mass of particles collected on the  filter is determined
 from  the  difference  between weights  before  and  after exposure.   The mass  concentration is
 integrated over the sampling interval and is normally expressed in |jg of mass collected  per m
                     3
 of air sampled ((jg/m  ).
     Glass fiber  is the commonly used filter media for this  sampler and is nearly 100 percent
 efficient for  0.3 pm particles  (Liu  et al., 1978).  As noted by Friedlander (1977), this  size
 particle  is  the most  difficult  to capture,  since the collection of smaller and  larger  particles
 is  assisted by diffusion  and  impaction,  respectively.   This filter material  is  not  prone to
 rapid  overloading  as  is a membrane  substrate and permits sampling  over 24-hr periods in  ambient
                                               3
 TSP  concentrations  in excess of 300 to 400  yg/m .  Glass fiber filters do  not provide  a  chemi-
 cally  inert  surface and the surface  impurities  and  basic pH may  interfere with some  measure-
 ments.    The  fibrous nature  of  the  filter  also makes  surface  measurements  such  as  x-ray
 fluorescence impractical  except for high  atomic number  elements such as lead.
     The  hi-vol  is relatively  simple to  operate  and  reasonably inexpensive to purchase.  The
 original  method description  in the  Federal  Register   (U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
 1979c)  was  recognized  to  be   an  inadequate  description  of the  procedure,  and  a  much  more
 detailed  document was  prepared  by  EPA  (Smith  and Nelson, 1973) to  improve the quality  of TSP
 data.
     As  shown  in Figure A-3 (Appendix),  the  inlet is  formed by  the overhang   of a gable  roof
which  serves as  a  rainshield for  the filter.   The inlet effectiveness, as already discussed,
does  not  produce a sharp particle  size cutoff and is  sensitive to wind speed.  The collection
efficiency of  the hi-vol is also affected  by  sampler  orientation,  i.e., it is  somewhat  sensi-
tive  to  wind direction, as  described  by  Wedding et al.  (1977).   The average sampler  flowrate
is  determined  either by averaging single  measurements before  and  after  collection  using an
external  flowmeter  or by  integration  of a flow recorder trace.  The  effect of sampler  flowrate
XRD3A/A                                      3-35                                  1-19-81

-------
on the  sampling  effectiveness  for large particles  as  shown in Figure 3-8 is not substantial;
however, use of a flow controller provides the most accurate sampler performance.
     The absolute accuracy  of  ambient particulate measurements such as those made by the high
volume  sampler cannot  be  quantified with current state-of-the-art technology.  Alternatively,
estimates  of  components of the  overall  accuracy can be  determined,  including the collection
effectiveness of  the  sampler  inlet and filter media  and  the accuracy of the flow measurement
system.   Two commonly  used  flow measurement devices on high volume samplers are the rotameter
and the  orifice  meter  with  a pressure recorder.   The rotameter is used to measure the initial
and final  flowrates from which  an average  is  calculated.  The  pressure  recorder  provides a
continuous  trace of  the  orifice  pressure  drop  that  can be  integrated  for a  more accurate
measurement.  Smith et  al.  (1978) using high volume samplers with both types of devices noted
that  the pressure  recorder produced  smaller  errors (2  to 4 percent)  when compared  with a
reference flow device than the rotameters (6 to 11 percent).
     The precision  of  the  high volume sampler as  determined from collocated sampler measure-
ments under field  conditions  and expressed by  the coefficient  of  variation  (CV)  have been
reported by several  investigators.  McKee et al.  (1971) determined the CV for a measurement by
a  single analyst to be 3.0 percent,  while  the  same measure among multiple analysts in a col-
laborative  test  was 3.7 percent.   Rogers et al.  (1974) reported the precision of 4-6 hour TSP
sampling to be 5.2  percent.
     The design  of  the gable roof provides a settling chamber above the filter for larger par-
ticles  blown  in during periods  when the  sampler is  not operational.   McFarland  and  Rodes
(1979)  have quantified  this  deposition  experimentally  as a function  of particle  size  and
ambient wind  speed.   Interpreting these  relationships,   however,  requires  knowledge  of  the
existing ambient size  distribution of particle mass.   For a typical  distribution,  the amount
of mass  added  to  a  high-volume sampler filter  during  5  days  of exposure  when it was  not
operational  was  predicted  to  be 6 to 8 percent.   This  effect  has been measured  in  a field
situation  by Sides  and Saiger  (1976) and Lizarraga-Rocha  (1976),  who measured weight increases
from  3  to 12 percent.  Errors from this effect can be reduced by equipping the sampler with a
mechanical  device  that keeps  the filter covered  during  nonsampling  periods.  Alternatively,
timely  installation and retrieval of filters will also minimize the problem.
     As shown  by Coutant  (1977), Spicer and Schumacher (1979) and Appel et al., 1979), arti-
fact  particulate matter can  be  formed by  oxidation of  acidic  gases (e.g.,  S0?>  N0«)  or by
retention  of gaseous  nitric acid on  the  surface  of alkaline  (e.g., glass  fiber) filters and
other filter types.   The effect is a surface-limited reaction and, depending on the concentra-
tion  of the acidic  gas, should  be  especially  significant early  in the  sampling period.  The
magnitude  of the resulting  error depends on such  factors as the sampling period, filter com-
position  and  pH, and the relative  humidity.   The magnitude and  the  significance of artifact
mass errors are variable and dependent on local  conditions.  Excluding the uncertainty
XRD3A/A                                      3-36                                  1-19-81

-------
    ioo r—
     80
 I   60
 u
 UJ

 £   40
 ui
     20
          T~r~rii    r
                        0.5               1.0               1.5




                                VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE. m3/min.
2.0
Figure 3-8. Effect of sampler flow rate on the performance of a Hi-Vol for 29 (um particles at a

wind speed of 2 km/hr.


Source: McFarland and Rodes (1979).
                                        3-37

-------
associated  with  the collection  and retention of organic  participates  with appreciable  vapor
pressure,  artifact  mass primarily  reflects  the  sum  of the  sulfates and  nitrates formed by
filter surface reactions  with sulfur dioxide and nitric  acid gas, respectively.   The  ambient
concentration  of  sulfur dioxide  is  primarily dependent on fossil  fuel  combustion, while the
nitric acid  concentration  is dependent on atmospheric photochemistry and, possibly, reactions
in suspended  water  droplets  (Orel and Seinfeld,  1977).   A laboratory study by Coutant (1977)
reported artifact sulfate for 24 hr samples from 0.3 to 3 |jg/m .   Appel et al. (1978) observed
up to  5  ug/m3 artifact sulfate on alkaline glass fiber filters in 24 hr  laboratory exposures,
and up to  3.2 ug/m3 artifact sulfate  in  atmospheric  trials at two California sites.  Stevens
et al.  (1978) similarly found 2.5  ug/m3  average artifact sulfate  sampling  at 8 sites around
St. Louis,  Missouri;  and  Rodes  and Evans  (1977)  noted 0.5 ug/m  artifact sulfate  in West Los
Angeles,  California.
                                                                                             3
     Artifact particulate nitrate values on glass fiber filters ranging from 1.9 to 26.4 ug/m
(mean  10.6  ±6.9 ug/m ,  n = 13),  were  reported by  Spicer and  Schumacher (1979)  in Upland,
California.  These values were obtained by comparison to nitrate concentrations measured simul-
taneously with quartz  fiber  filters.   The likelihood of negative sampling artifacts on quartz
fiber filters, as discussed below, make these artifact nitrate measurements upper limit values
only.   Appel  et  al.  (1980) reported that  artifact  particulate nitrate on glass fiber filters
is limited  only  by  the gaseous  nitric  acid concentration.   Such  filters approximated total
inorganic nitrate samplers,  retaining  both particulate nitrate and nitric acid even when the
latter was  present  at  very  high  atmospheric concentrations (e.g., 20  ppb).   Nitric acid was
found  to represent  from  approximately 25 to 50 percent of  the  total  inorganic  nitrate  at
Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania., and  Lennox  and Claremont, California.   Based  on an estimate of the
                                                   o
most probable  24  hr artifact sulfate error, 3 ug/m , and of the most probable artifact parti-
                          3                                                       3
culate  nitrate,  8.2  ug/m   in  the  Los  Angeles,  California  Basin and  3.8  ug/m  elsewhere,
typical  errors in mass due to sulfate plus  nitrate artifacts are  estimated  at  11.2 ug/m  in
the Los  Angeles Basin  and 6.8 ug/m  elsewhere.
     Nitrate  salts  can be rapidly  lost from inert filters (e.g., Teflon,  quartz) by volatili-
zation  (Appel et al.,  1980; Forrest  et  al., 1980),  and by  reactions with acidic materials
(Marker  et al.,  1977;  Forrest  et  al.  1979).   Loss  of atmospheric  nitrate from  glass fiber
filters  occurs slowly.   For example Smith  et  al.  (1978)  observed  a  25 percent  decrease in
nitrate  over a  three  month  period  in  storage  at  room temperature  accompanied by a  corres-
ponding  loss  of  ammonium ion.  Colovos et al.  (1977) noted  loss of  up to  1.5 ug/m3 NH* after
30 days  storage.   Immediate  analysis after collection would minimize the significance  of such
loss.
     In  general,  the high volume sampler  has  been  shown  to be very  reproducible (3 to 5 per-
cent), if  an orifice meter and flow recorder are used.  The sampling effectiveness for larger
particles  is wind speed dependent and, based on the data in Figures 3-3 and  3-4, the effect of
wind speed  could  be estimated to produce  as much as a 10  percent day-to-day variability for
the same ambient concentration for typical conditions.  The effect  of the sums of the  reported
XRD3A/A                                      3-38                                 1-19-81

-------
positive and negative  artifact related to the glass fiber filter could be expected to add 6-7
|jg/m  to the collected mass.
3.3.2.1.2  Dichotomous sampler.  The dichotomous sampler collects two particle size fractions,
0 to 2.5  (jro and 2.5 to  about  15 urn, the  latter  cutoff depending on the inlet.  This bimodal
collection  effectively  separates the fine particles from the coarse particles as described in
Chapter 2 to assist in the  identification of particle sources.  Since the fine and coarse frac-
tions collected  in  many locations tend to  be  acidic and basic, respectively, this separation
also minimizes potential particle interaction after collection.
     The  particle  separation  principle  used  by  this  sampler  was  described  by  Hounam and
Sherwood  (1965)  and Conner (1966).   As shown in a simplified version in Figure A-4 (Appendix)
the  separation  principle involves acceleration of the particles through a nozzle, after which
90  percent  of  the flow  stream  is  drawn off at right angles.  The small particles  follow the
right angle flow  stream, while  the larger particles, because of their inertia, continue toward
                                               (D
the  collection nozzle.   A  separate 37 mm Teflon  filter is used for each fraction.  The sharp-
ness of separation  is shown in  Figure  3-9 from data by Loo et al. (1976) for the design cut-
point at 2.5 (jm.  Inherent  in this separation technique  is a contamination of the coarse parti-
cle  fraction with a small  percentage of the fine particles in the total flow stream.  This is
not  considered  a substantial  problem for  mass  measurements  and a simple mathematical correc-
tion as described by Dzubay et  al. (1977) can be applied.
     Teflon  filters  with porosities as  large  as  2.0  urn can be  used  in  the sampler and have
been shown  to  have essentially  100  percent collection  efficiency for 0.3 |jm particles (Liu et
al.  1978).   Because the sampler operates  at  a flowrate of 1 m /hr  (16.7  £/min) and collects
sub  milligrams  quantities of particles, a microbalance with a 1 ug resolution is required for
filter  weighing.  Removal  of the stickier fine particles causes the collected coarse particles
to  have a greater tendency to  fall  off the filter if care is not exercised during filter han-
dling and shipments (Shaw,  1979).
     Dichotomous  samplers  are  significantly more complicated to operate than single size frac-
tion  samples  and hence are more prone to operator errors.  As with  the  low flowrate cyclone
samplers, the  small mass  collected  on  such filter requires careful weighing on a microbalance
to  provide  reproducible results.  The  inlet currently  available  for this sampler is shown in
Figure  A-l  (Appendix).   Testing has shown  that this inlet is significantly wind speed sensi-
tive,  as  shown  in  Figure  3-5.   As  the  windspeed  increases the  D™ decreases, resulting in
reduced collection  of the  larger particles.
     Automated  versions of this sampler can automatically  change the sampler filters to pro-
vide unattended  operation.  Depending on atmospheric concentrations, short-term samples of as
little  as 4 hours are possible  with  the automatic samplers to provide diurnal pattern informa-
tion.   The  mass  collected during  such  short sample periods,  however,  is  extremely small and
the  variability of the results could  be expected  to  be very high.   With  an inlet sampling
XRD3A/A                                       3-39                                  1-19-81

-------
                                  SEPARATOR EFFICIENCY
                                4    567
                              PARTICLE SIZE (D ),Mm
Figure 3-9. Separation efficiency and wall losses of the dichotomous sampler at 2.5 fim.



Source: Loo et al.  (1976).
                                  3-40

-------
effectiveness  as described  in  Figure 3-5 the total mass collected would be 5-10 percent  lower
than the concentration during periods of average wind speed and typical ambient size distribu-
tion.   The reproducibility  is  strongly dependent on the care taken during filter handling and
weighing, but  could be expected to be about ± 10 percent.
3.3.2.1.3  Cyclone Samplers.  Ambient  cyclone samplers are simple  to  operate and only moder-
ately complex  to build.   Lippmann and Chan (1979) summarized the currently available cyclones
for  ambient  particle  sampling below  10 urn  and noted  that  the separation  effectiveness  of
cyclones can be designed  to closely match  respiratory  deposition curves shown in Figure 3-1.
The cyclone separation  principle  can be applied  to  larger particle cutpoints as demonstrated
by Wedding (1980)  for a 15 urn  sampler  inlet.   The small  physical  size  of some cyclones make
them useful for personnel  dosimetry sampling, if a suitably small pump and flow control system
are employed.   The Dorr-Oliver hydroclone, which is 10 cm  in length and 10 mm inside diameter,
matches  the ACGIH  curve (American Industrial Hygiene Association,  1970),  and can be used for
personnel  sampling.   This cyclone has  also been used in  ambient field  studies including the
Harvard 6-City Study (Lioy, et al. , 1980).
     A cyclone sampler used in the Community Health Environmental Surveillance Studies (CHESS)
(Barnard,  1976)  is shown  in Figure  A-4 (Appendix).   This sampler  as  characterized in Figure
3-10, provides  a  relatively sharp separation with a  D™ of 3.5 urn.  The inlet of the sampler
is  the  cyclone  inlet,  and a single  0  to 3.5 urn particle  fraction is collected on the filter.
The filter medium used in the CHESS network was glass fiber.
                                                                                             3
     At an operational flowrate of 9.0 £/min a typical fine fraction concentration of 30 ug/m
would result  in the collection of only  390 ug  of particulate matter  on  the  filter.   At this
level Barnard  (1976) determined  the reproducibility of this sampler to  be  13 percent.   The
effectiveness  of the  cyclone inlet for 3.5 urn and smaller particles should be nearly 100 per-
cent.  Use of the glass fiber filter would  have similar artifact mass problems identified with
the hi-vol sampler.
     A  discussion  of  the   effect of sample flowrate  on the performance of cyclones was given
by  Lippman (1970).   Knight and Lichti  (1969) compared  the performance of the 10mm cyclone to
that of  horizontal  elutriators and noted that  the  results were comparable if the appropriate
flowrates were  used.   Caplan et  al. (1977) noted that 5  different flowrates  from  1.4 to 2.8
1/min have been recommended by researchers  since 1962 for  this cyclone to meet the ACGIH curve.
They also noted that these small  samplers are unaffected by (a) ambient air velocity, (b) dust
loading,  (c)  mass  loading,  (d)  orientation, or (e) aerosol  charge.   The reproducibility of
this sampler  has  not been given  in  the literature,  but the  low  sampler  flowrate and propor-
tionately small aerosol mass collected may  result in values greater than ± 10 percent.
     Collection of  the larger  particles excluded by  a cyclone  on a  removable  substrate is
difficult, but alternative approaches such  as that designed by John et al. (1978) and shown in
Figure A-6 (Appendix) are available to provide a "total" sample dependent on the effectiveness
of the inlet.   The efficiency data for this cyclone as a function of sampler flowrate are shown

XRD3A/A                                      3-41                                 1-19-81

-------
100
90
80

~ 70
8
0}
a
8 60
UJ
UJ
§ 50
UJ
u.
u.
UJ
0 40
a.
< 30
20
10
0
I
III I l^_ 	 (j)
X
X
- / -
Q/
/
/
- O
/
/
/
O
/
/
I C1) I I I I I I I
)12 3456789 1C
                           AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE SIZE . microns




Figure 3-10. Sampling effectiveness for the 3.5-^tm outpoint CHESS cyclone sampler.



Source: Barnard (1976).
                                          3-42

-------
in Figure 3-11 and indicate that sharp outpoints with current state-of-the-art units are possible.
                   ®
A neutral pH  Teflon   filter medium was  recommended  to minimize artifact mass formation.  The
inlet normally  used  for  this  sampler  is  the dichotomous  sampler inlet  shown  in Figure A-l
(Appendix).    This  inlet  was designed to operate  at  16.7 £/min.   The  wind  speed influence on
sampling effectiveness would be that shown in Figure 3-5.  Reproducibility data  for this sampler
are not available but would be expected to be approximately 10 percent.
3.3.2.1.4  High-volume sampler with size selective inlet.  To meet the monitoring requirements
for Inhalable Particle  (IP) as proposed by  Miller et al.  (1979), EPA commissioned the design
of a size-selective inlet for existing TSP high-volume samplers to provide a single 0 to 15 pm
particle size fraction.   This  inlet is mounted on a conventional  high-volume sampler in place
of the gable  roof inlet.   (See Figure A-7 (Appendix))  It has been tested by McFarland and Ortiz
(1979) and  has  an inlet effectiveness as shown in Figure 3-12 and a sensitivity to wind speed
as  shown in  Figure 3-13.   Dry particle bounce  and  re-entrainment  were also reported  to be
insignificant at the sampler flowrate of 1.1 m /min.
     The glass  fiber  filter material  is the  same  as that used for a TSP high-volume sampler,
thereby  presenting the  same potential  for artifact mass formation.  This sampler, as with any
size  fractionating device,  is  somewhat sensitive  to  sampler  flowrate  for larger particles as
shown in Figure 3-14.   However, these data suggest that special flow controlling measures are
not necessarily required to maintain consistent collection efficiencies over a range of sampler
flowrates.
     The inlet  effectiveness data shown in Figure  3-12 would indicate reasonably accurate par-
ticle collection  with minimal wind  speed  dependence.   The influence of  artifact  mass  on the
total mass  collected  could be expected to add about 6-7 pg/m .   The reproducibility should be
similar  to  the  3-5 percent  of the TSP hi-vol.
3.3.2.1.5   Elutriator Samplers.  The British Medical Research Council (BMRC) (Orenstein, 1960)
defined  a  respiratory  system particle deposition  curve  as  shown in Figure 3-1.   As discussed
by  Hamilton and Walton  (1961),  this  deposition  curve  is matched by  a horizontal elutriator
consisting  of multiple parallel plates.   A  schematic diagram of  this  elutriator  is  shown in
Figure A-8  (Appendix).  This sampler has been used in Great Britain for ambient  sampling and  in
the  U.S.  as  an occupational  exposure  sampler  during mining operations.  Corn  et al.  (1967)
successfully  used a horizontal  elutricator  to  selectively size ambient  particles  below 3 pm
for  optical  examination  on glass slides. Hamilton and Walton (1961) noted that reintrainment
of coarse particles can be  a problem in an elutriator  if mechanical vibration exists.   Because
current  ambient or wind tunnel test data on these  samplers are not available, the reproducibil-
ity or accuracy cannot be estimated.
3.3.2.2   Impactor Samp!ers--Qften   referred  to  as cascade  impactors  when  used  in  multiple
stages,  impactors  provide  a means  of  collecting an ambient particle  sample  which is divided
into subfractions of specific particle sizes.  This method involves acceleration of the
XRD3A/A                                      3-43                                  1-19-81

-------
LU
O
u
u
z
O
UJ
O
a.
UJ
a
o
o
EC
    0.5
                                   AERODYNAMIC DIAMTER,M9

 Figure 3-11. Fraction of methylene blue particle deposited in a cyclone as a function of
 the aerodynamic particle diameter. Curves are labeled with flow rate in liters/min.
 Source: John et al. (1978).
                                           3-44

-------
    100
CO
oo
ui
o
UJ
UJ
     80
     60
     40
     20
         O
         O
-©•
                             I
      I    I    I   I  I  I  I
       0             2             4      6     8   10            20           40



                         AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER, Aim



Figure 3-12. Sampling effectiveness for the size selective inlet Hi-Vol sampler for 2 km/hr.


Source: McFarland and Ortiz (1979).
                                    3-45

-------
    20
    15 ~
 s
Q

LLJ
N

W   10
o
                                             _L
_L
       04            8            12           16            20



                                      WIND VELOCITY, km/hr




    Figure 3-13. Effect of wind speed upon outpoint size of the size selective inlet.


    Source. McFarland and Ortiz (1979).
                                24
                                            3-46

-------
   100
    80
~    60
c
UI


UJ
U
u.
u.
UJ
     40
     20
       20
                            30
                                               40
                                                                   50
                                                                                      60
                                       FLOW RATE, ft3/min.
 Figure 3-14. Effect of sampler flow rate on the sampling effectiveness of the size selective inlet
 Hi-Vol for a particle size of 14.1 "in and wind speed of 2 km/hr.


 Source: McFarland and Ortiz (1979).
                                               3-47

-------
ambient air  stream  by drawing it through one or more coverging nozzles or slots.  As  shown  in
Figure A-9  (Appendix) the jet of air  is  directed toward a collection surface, which  is  often
coated with  an adhesive  or  grease  to enhance collection.   Large,  high-inertia particles are
unable to  turn with  the  air  stream  and consequently impact  against  the collection  surface.
Smaller particles follow  the air stream and can be directed either to another  stage of impac-
tion or collected on  a filter.  Utilization of  multiple stages,  each with a different nozzle
velocity,  provides collection of particles in several size ranges.
     Impactors  use  removable  impaction  surfaces  for  collecting particles.   Impaction  sub-
strates are  weighed  before  and  after  exposure  and  are typically metal  foil  plates or  glass
fiber filters.  The selection and preparation of these substrates have a  significant effect on
the impactor  performance.   Improperly coated or overloaded surfaces can  cause  particle bounce
to  lower  stages resulting in  substantial  cutpoint shifts (Dzubay et  al.,  1976).   Marple and
Will ike (1976)  showed the effect of various impactor substrates on the sharpness of the  stage
cutpoint.   Glass fiber substrates can also cause particle bounce and are  subject to the forma-
tion of artifact particles similar to high-volume sampler filters.
     Cascade  impactors  typically have 2 to 10 stages, and commercial  low volume version  flow-
                                       3
rates  range  from  about 0.01 to  0.10  m /min.   Lee and Goranson (1972) modified a commercially
                3                                                  3
available 0.03 m /min low volume impactor and operated it at 0.14 m /min  to obtain larger mass
collections  on each  stage.   Cascade   impactors  have  also been  designed to  mount  on  a  high-
                                                                                 3
volume sampler and operate at much higher flowrates of approximately 0.6  to 1.1 m /min.   A high
volume  sampler with a single  impactor stage  is  shown in Figure A-10  (Appendix),  was  used in
                                                                                        3
the Community  Health Air  Monitoring  Program  (CHAMP)  program,  and  operated  at  1.1  m  /min.
     The particle size cutpoints for each stage are dependent primarily on the  sampler geometry
and flowrate.  The smallest particle  size  cutpoint  routinely used  is  approximately  0.3 \im,
although  special  low  pressure  impactors such as  that  described by Hering  et  al.  (1978) are
available with cutpoints  as  small as 0.05 urn.  A high efficiency filter is typically used after
the last  impaction  stage to collect  the  small  particles not impacted previously.  The masses
collected  on each stage plus the backup filter mass collection are often reported as  shown in
Figure 3-15  from data by  Lee (1972).  This cumulative distribution format permits determination
of the Mass Median Diameter (MMD), at which  point 50 percent of the mass is smaller  than the
indicated  size.   Utilization  of straight  line  plotting techniques  as   shown  in  Figure  3-15
implies a  lognormal mass  distribution, which as noted by Natusch and Wallace  (1976) can result
in misinterpretation  of the  mass median diameter.
     Cascade  impactors are not normally operated in routine monitoring networks because of the
manual  labor requirements for sampling and analysis.   Although  impactor sampling systems are
not extremely complex, careful  operation  is required to obtain  reliable data, especially  if
coated  collection  surfaces  are  used.   Analysis  beyond  mass  to  obtain   size distributions  of
XRD3A/A                                      3-48                                  1-19-81

-------
   10.0
O
cc
u
oc
tu
o


cc
    2.0
    1.0
    0.5
    0.2
    0.1
          i—i—i—r~rr
                 CHICAGO, III. 1970 AVERAGE
i—i—i—r
                                               -MMD = 0.75
           I      I      I      I    I    I    I    I    I    I	I	L
       12     5    10     20  30  40  50  60  70   80     90    95     98  99



                    CUMULATIVE PERCENT MASS <. PARTICLE DIAMETER




      Figure 3-15. An example of a mass size distribution obtained using a cascade impactor.



      Source: Lee (1972).
                                    3-49

-------
species such as sulfates are possible, but require careful analytical techniques or compositing
by stage with other samples to obtain an adequate quantity of material for analysis.   Impactor
stages which utilize  grease coatings may prove undersireable for certain analyses because the
grease may interfere with the method.  Natusch and Wallace (1976) investigated the errors asso-
ciated with  impactor sampling and  concluded  that even under very  unfavorable conditions the
mass median diameter can be determined to well within 25 percent of the true value.
     The inlet characteristics of most impactors have not been determined, resulting  in uncer-
tainty about the  size range of particles sampled.  McFarland (1980) has examined the  inlet of
the NASN  low volume  (0.14 m3/min) cascade  impactor  and determined that particles larger than
10 urn were unlikely to reach the collection stages.   Willeke and McFeters (1975) characterized
the CHAMP high volume sampler inlet under static wind speed conditions as shown in Figure 3-16.
If the characteristics of the impactor inlet are known, the total mass collected by the sampler
can be used for comparison with other similar size specific measurements.
     The particle separation efficiency of an impactor stage can be very sharp and mathematical
models are available to permit stage sizing at selected cutpoints.  The single impaction stage
of  the  CHAMP high  volume sampler designed to  be 3.5 \im was characterized  by Ranade and Van
Osdell (1978) as  shown  in Figure 3-17 and  demonstrated a close agreement with theory.  Note,
however,  that  solid particles above 5  urn deviate from the  relationship,  indicating possible
particle bounce effects.
3.3.2.3   Dustfal 1 Sampling—Since very  large  suspended  particles have  appreciable  settling
velocities, they  are  collected by deposition in a dustfall container and weighed as described
by  procedures   such  as  that  by  American Society  for Testing  and Materials  (ASTM) (1966).
Although  a  cylindrical  jar might be expected to collect the equivalent of the dust content of
an  air  column  of its own  diameter  extending  to the top of  the  atmosphere,  in fact the aero-
dynamic  effects  of the jar, the  angle of approaching windflow,  the mounting brackets for the
jar,  and adjacent structures  tend  to complicate  the collection pattern.   As noted  by Nadel
(1958),  it  is  difficult  to interpret the  meaning  of  dustfall  data  and  the significance of
correlations with other measurements.   There is no  definitive  study in the literature on the
precision and  accuracy  of dustfall  measurements or  the effect  of the height of the collector
above the ground  on measured dustfall.
3.3.3  Indirect Mass Measurements
     A variety of techniques are available which report results in terms of pseudo-mass concen-
trations,  using analytical techniques  other than direct weighing.   Many  of these techniques
collect  the particles on a filter substrate, followed by an analysis which measures an integral
property  of  the deposited particle  other than the total mass.  Examples include light reflec-
tance, light transmittance, and beta ray attenuation.  Other iji situ measurements are  also used
which do  not  deposit the particles  on a  filter but measure a characteristic  of the  particles
while  still  suspended such as  light scattering.   Most of these  alternative methods are  less
XRD3A/A                                      3-50                                  1-19-81

-------
   100
    90 -
    80
8.  70
m
Q
iu
O
D

O
X
O
U
<
cc
60
    50
U)
UJ
_l
O
I-
oc
<   40
    30
    20
     10
                                     _L
      20.0              25.0         30.0       35.0     40.0



                  AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER,Mm
 Figure 3-16. Fractional particle collection of the CHAMP
fractionator inlet at a sampler flow rate of 1133 liters/min.


Source: Willeke and Me Peters (1975).
                             3-51

-------
   100
    90 -
    80 -
    70
    60
z
ui

Z.  50
2   40
I-
u
IU

J   30
     20
     10
             CALCULATED FROM MARPLE'S THEORYI1970) —/  ^    O

                                                    o"
   AMMONIUM FLUORESCEIN

   (SOLID)
O DI-OCTLYL PHTHALATE

   (LIQUID)
       1                  2          3       456789  10



                                  AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, Mm



Figure 3-17. Efficiency of the single impaction stage of the CHAMP Hi-Vol sampler.


Source: Ranade and Van Osdell (1978).
                    15
                           20
                                          3-52

-------
expensive per sample  and  provide more rapid  collection  and analysis of data than gravimetric
analysis.   However, the quality of the indirect methods is directly related to the quality of
the  relationship  between the  indirect  measurements  and  mass.   Some  measurements  are not
generally useful because  they  depend heavily on  site  dependent particle characteristics such
as color or density.   In most cases a scientifically based physical model relating the measure-
ments  is  not available,  thereby providing no basis for  regression  analysis.   A site-by-site
best-fit regression must then be considered which provides questionable accuracy in predicting
the true mass concentration.
3.3.3.1   Filtration and Impaction  Samplers—Samplers  in this  category  collect  particles on a
substrate and then utilize an alternative  analytical technique  as a surrogate to direct weigh-
ing.
3.3.3.1.1  British Smoke  Shade  sampler.   The design of the currently used British Smoke  Shade
sampler  is based in  part upon  early work  by  Hill (1936), who  used transmitted  light to assess
the darkness of  the stain resulting from particle collection on the filter paper.  This sampler
draws  an air stream upward through an inverted funnel and 3 meters of nominal one-quarter inch
diameter  plastic tubing  to an  inverted  filter  holder  containing a Whatman Number 1 cellulose
fiber  filter.    A  schematic  diagram of  a version of  this sampler designed  to sequentially
collect  samples  for  8 days is  shown in  Figure A-ll (Appendix).  A bubbler is often used  down-
stream of the filter  holder for subsequent S0? measurements.   The sampler is operated  at  appro-
ximately  1.5  liters/min,  which  is verified  by  a dry test meter built  into  the sampler.  The
filter holder  can be 25, 50,  or 100 mm in  diameter to  collect a spot of the  proper  darkness
range  for subsequent  measurements  by reflectance.  As noted earlier, the Whatman filter medium
has  been shown  to be somewhat inefficient  when  sampling  very small  particles (Liu et al.,
1978).
     Many  studies  have  been   conducted  since   the  early  1900's  to  establish relationships
between  the  smoke shade  reflectance and gravimetric  measurements.   A 1964 study supported by
the  Organization for  Economic  Cooperation  and Development (OECD) established the currently used
 relationships between smoke shade  reflectance measurements  and gravimetrically  determined par-
 ticulate  concentrations.  These data were  accepted  by the World Health  Organization  (WHO, 1976)
and  compiled into a  standard  operating procedure for  reporting  smoke shade  measurements in
equivalent  MS/m3.   These  equivalent mass concentrations  are  not  determined  by weighing the
 smoke  shade  sampler   filter but through  comparison  with  a collocated gravimetric sampler.  The
gravimetric measurements  which  were  made for OECD and compared to  the  Smoke Shade measurements
were  called "high volume sampler"  readings, but were  not the U.S.  TSP high  volume  sampler.
The  OECD  gravimetric  "hi-vol"  sampler as described  by the British  Standards  Institution  (1964)
operates  at approximately 60  liters/min  compared to the  1.5 m  /min  of  the U.S.  hi-vol  sampler.
The  OECD  hi-vol  was designed to be aerodynamically similar  to  the  smoke shade  unit  but has  not
been characterized for aerosol  collection effectiveness.   Even if  the  aerosol  collection capa-
bilities were identical,  this  gravimetric sampler which  uses  very  efficient  cellulose  membrane

XRD3A/A                                       3-53                                 1-19-81

-------
filters would collect more material than the smoke shade sampler because of the differences  in
filter efficiency.   The  selection  of the filter holder diameter is also critical to the  rela-
tionship since  the  darkness  of the spot cannot  be  reliably used to predict mass if it is too
light or too dark.
     The  aerosol  collection  properties of  the  smoke shade  sampler  have  been  examined  by
McFarland  (1979).    This  examination produced  the  effectiveness  plot  shown  in  Figure  3-18,
which shows  that  the D™ for particles  reaching  the  filter is only about 4.5 ^im.  Most  large
particles are either rejected at the inlet or lost in the inlet line.  Since the typical  ambi-
ent size distribution  contains  only a  small amount  of mass between 2.5  and  4.5 (jm» the size
fraction reaching the  filter for the British Smoke  Shade  sampler is nearly equivalent to the
0-2.5 |jm fine  fraction (Chapter 2) and the 0-3.5 urn respirable suspended particle (RSP)  frac-
tion  defined by  the American  Conference  of Governmental  and Industrial  Hygienists  (ACGIH)
(1968).   Because  the size range of particles  collected by  the  smoke  shade  sampler  is  sub-
stantially  less  than that collected by the  TSP high volume  sampler,  comparisons between the
methods  could  be expected to be  highly  variable based on this  incompatability alone.   The
variability  is also  influenced by factors such as the carbon content of the particles.   Bailey
and Clayton  (1980) showed that smoke shade measurements correlated more closely with soot car-
bon content  than to  total mass.   The reproducibility of collocated smoke shade sampler measure-
ments was reported by the British Standards Institution (1964) as 6 percent.
     The  smoke  shade  sampler  is  relatively  simple  and  inexpensive  to  use  for  routine
monitoring.  As noted by several investigators (e.g., Lodge, 1980), if a relationship could be
developed  between optical measurements and TSP  samplers,  it would be  very  site specific but
still  highly variable  because of differences in  the  sources of collected particle size  frac-
tions  and  their carbon content with season.  The accuracy  of the smoke shade relationship to
predict  mass concentration  for a given data set  can  be expected  to  be difficult to predict.
3.3.3.1.2   Tape sampler.  A  variation  of the optical  measurement  of spot darkness is the use
of  a continuous  filter  tape and  an automatic tape  advancing system.   A  sampler using this
approach, developed  by Hemeon (1953) for the American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), samples
at  a flowrate of approximately  7  liters/min using  Whatman  Number 4 filter paper and collects
particles  on a  25  mm filter  spot.   The spot  darkness is  read by  either  a transmittance  or
reflectance measurement.   Transmittance measurement  is the  most  popular  measurement  in the
United  States.
      The sampler,  often  referred to as the AISI  tape sampler, typically collects particles  in
selected time  intervals  of 1 to 4 hours,  and  then advances  to  an unexposed clean portion  of
the  tape.    Optical  measurements are referenced  to  an unexposed  filter  area  and can be made
either  external to  the  sampler after  sample  collection or with a  continuous  readout  self-
contained in the  sampler.
      Transmittance   measurements   are   converted  to  optical  density  through  a  Beer's  Law
relationship and  then  to CoH (Coefficient of Haze) units per  1000  linear feet of air  sampled.

XRD3A/A                                      3-54                                 1-19-81

-------
A CoH  is  defined  as  the quantity  of particulate  matter on  the paper  tape that produces  a
change in  optical  density of 0.01.  The alternate RUDS  (Reflectance  Unit  Dirt Shade)  is  equiva-
lent to 0.1 CoH units per 1000 feet (ASTM, 1970).
     As shown  in   Figure  A-12 (Appendix),  this sampler  utilizes a  funnel  inlet and a  small
diameter transport tube nearly identical to the British Smoke  Shade  sampler.   Although the  two
samplers  operate   at  different  flowrates,  the  particles reaching  the  filter  tape  could be
expected to have a size range similar to that  illustrated  in Figure  3-18.
     The utility of  the sampler to estimate mass concentrations  has  been investigated by many
researchers, usually in comparison with the TSP high-volume sampler.  Since these  two samplers
do not collect similar particle size ranges, such comparisons  could  be  expected  to be variable
unless only a  small  proportion of coarse  particles are present.  Regan  et al.  (1979) as well
as others have shown with field data that the  correlation  improves substantially when the tape
sampler data are  compared with smaller particle fractions such  as the  0-2.5  pm  fine  fraction.
As was noted for the smoke shade sampler, the  accuracy  of  a relationship  between AISI readings
and mass concentration for a given data set can be  expected to be difficult to predict.
3.3.3.1.3  Beta-ray attenuation.  Beta-ray attenuation  is  another technique for  estimating  the
mass  of particles  collected on a filter without direct weighing.  An exposed filter  is  placed
between a  beta-ray source such as   Ni,   C,  or     Pm  and a beta detector used  to measure  the
amount of attenuation caused by the particle as compared to a  clean  filter.   A set of gravime-
trically prepared  standards  are used to  relate the results to  units of  mass.   This  method is
useful because it  can be automated to handle a large number of samples  (Goulding et al.,  1978;
 Loo  et al., 1978).  Real time  mass  measurements are also  feasible  (Macias  and Husar,  1976).
      Investigators (Macias and Husar, 1976; Goulding et al., 1978) have studied  the dependence
of  the beta ray absorption  coefficient on elemental composition of the   sample.  Goulding et
al.  (1978) have found the dependence on composition to  be  very slight for the ranges  of  average
compositions that  occur in aerosol samples.  In a recent  interlaboratory  comparison of aerosol
 sampling and measurement methods  (Camp et al., 1978), it was demonstrated that laboratory beta
                                                                                     ®
 gauge  measurements of  ambient  aerosols collected  by dichotomous samplers on Teflon  filters
 compared  favorably in  precision and accuracy  with  concurrent  gravimetric analyses.   Principal
 sources of error   in the  method  are  possible  changes in  the  orientation   filter substrate  be-
tween  the  pre-  and post-sampling measurements,  and changes in  attenuation because of absorp-
tion  of water from the atmosphere by the  filter material or the  collected particulate (Lawrence
Berkeley  Laboratory,  1975).   A definitive study to show the general  utility  of  this  technique
has yet to be conducted.
 3.3.3.1.4   Piezoelectric microbalance.   The  piezoelectric  microbalance  technique  collects
particles on an oscillating quartz crystal either by impaction or electrostatic  precipitation.
The  frequency  change  of the crystal oscillation is proportional  to  the mass  collected and  the
rate  of change  in frequency  is proportional to the mass  concentration  (Woods, 1979).
 XRD3A/A                                       3-55                                  1-19-81

-------
CO
CO
UJ
z
u
Ul
a

3
a.


co
                                                             INLET ALONE


                                                                2km/hr


                                                                8km/hr
                                                            ENTIRE SYSTEM



                                                             A 2km/hr
    40  -
    20  ~
                              AERODYNAMIC PARTICLE DIAMETER,
Figure 3-18. Sampling effectiveness of the inlet alone and through the entire flow system of the
British Smoke Shade sampler.


Source: Me Far land (1979).
                                             3-56

-------
Advantages of the piezoelectric detection principal as noted by  Lundgren et al.  (1976)  include
extreme sensitivity and  real  time response.  The  technique can also be applied  in a multiple
stage  impactor  form using  crystals  as  the collection  plates.   This  approach provides rapid
determination of particle size destributions.
     Disadvantages of the  microbalance principle  include severe interference from large rela-
tive humidity changes and  non-linearity of crystal response to  large particle concentrations.
As  shown  by the  data of  Lungren et  al.  (1976)  in  Figure 3-19,  the  effect of humidity is
dependent  on  particle type  and therefore  nearly  impossible  to  predict.   Daley and Lundgren
(1974)  studied  the potential  errors  in  piezoelectric detection  and  noted  that although not
currently  a  routine  monitoring method,  it can be  used sucessfully for short-term studies when
realistic operating limits are observed.
3.3.3.2  In Situ Samplers—Instead of  collecting particles  on  a filter before analysis, certain
aerosol characteristics  can  be  examined while  the  particles are still  suspended  in the air
stream.
3.3.3.2.1  Integrating nephelometer.   The integrating nephelometer measures the  light  scatter
caused by varying particle concentrations in the air stream.   These differences can be  related
to  the scattering coefficient  (b   .  with  units  of m  )  and the particle  size distribution
present, but are normally expressed  in terms of visual range in kilometers (Friedlander, 1977).
The  initial designs for this  technique were made by Buttell and Brewer (1949) and subsequently
improved  by  Ahlquist  and Charlson (1967).   Light  scattering  is at a maximum for particles in
the  0.3 to 0.8  urn range,  as  shown  in Figure 3-20, and  hence  the  response of techniques based
on  this principle  must  be corrected for particle  size effects.  Light scattering is primarily
caused by  accumulation mode particles  and only slightly  affected by particles in  the nucleation
or  coarse particle modes (Waggoner,  1973).
     The  nephelometer is  simple  to  operate and can  provide  real  time particle  measurements.
Comparisons between nephelometer and high-volume sampler mass  concentrations, such as those by
Charlson  et al.  (1968),  showed  that  a reasonable  correlation existed  under  the  conditions
tested.   However,  comparison  of  the  nephelometer with  any  integrated  sampling method which
collects  the coarse  particle  mode  will  at times  provide  erratic,  site-dependent results.
3.3.3.2.2   Condensation  nuclei  counter.   The condensation  nuclei  counter measures  the total
light  scatter of submicron particles  whose size has been  increased by  condensing  vapor in  a
cloud  chamber onto their surface.  This  device is  of  interest  in examining the number of parti-
cles  in the  nuclei  mode but  is  not  useful  for particle sizes above  about 0.5 urn (Perera and
Ahmed,  1978).   It  is  often used  in  conjunction  with prior size separation stages to obtain  a
particle  size distribution for submicron size particles.   The condensation nuclei  counter is
rarely used for routine monitoring.
XRD3A/A                                      3-57                                  1-19-81

-------
                                                                     URANINE
      0     10     20    30    40     50    60     70     80


                           RELATIVE HUMIDITY, percent
90
 Figure 3-19. Response of a Piezoelectric Microbalance to relative humidity for
various particle types.

Source: Lundgren et al. (1976).
                                 3-58

-------
cc
Ul
<


o*?
w  E

s  T

3«'
i  6

=>»-

   ®
o


o
X
        4 -
        2 -
         0.01
0.10
                                             dp. Mm





  Figure 3-20. Light scattering expressed as extinction per unit volume of aerosol as a function of

  particle size integrated over all wavelengths for a refractive index of 1.5.



  Source: Bolz and Tuve (1970).
                                          3-59

-------
3.3.3.2.3   Electrical  aerosol analyzer  (EAA).   The Electrical  Aerosol  Analyzer, as  described
by Whitby  and  Clark (1966),  measures the electrical mobility of particles as related to  their
size.   This  device  provides  a detailed size distribution over the range of approximately 0.01
to 0.5 (jm electrical diameter (Liu and Pui,  1975).  The analyzer must be empirically  calibrated
to obtain  the  relationship  to  aerodynamically sized particles.  The  size  range sampled  does
not include  the  entire 0-2.5 urn fine fraction,  and comparision between the measurements  must
include extrapolations.
3.3.3.2.4  Diffusion battery.  The  diffusion  battery,  as described by Sinclair  et al.  (1979),
is a  set of parallel  tubes  or plates through  which the air  stream  flows  to produce  selected
differential particle removal by diffusion to the walls as a function of particle size.   A con-
densation nuclei  counter is used as the particle counter.  This diffusion separation  principle
is useful in the  range from about 0.01 to 0.3 urn.
3.3.3.2.5  Optical particle counters.  Optical  particle counters direct the flow stream through
a small nozzle into a narrow collimated light beam such that the light scatter from single par-
ticles can  be  measured.   This  scatter produces  a signal  which  is  related to  the  size  of a
spherical particle which scatters an equal amount of light.   These devices analyze a  size spec-
trum  of  particle  sizes from about 0.5  to 10  urn (Whitby and Willeke, 1979).  Calibration with
monodispersed particles is required.  For sampling of particles larger than 10 urn, modification
of commercially  available  devices  are required.  Mass concentrations for specific size ranges
can be estimated  by selecting an appropriate particle density.  These devices can be  operated
routinely,  but their  utility to estimate mass concentrations is limited by  the accuracy and
consistency  of the  selected  average particle density and index of refraction.
3.3.3.2.6   Long  path optical measurement.   Long  path  (typically  >1  km)  optical  measurement
devices  for ambient air are available which examine one of several  aspects of visibility over
a  defined  distance.   Transmissometers measure the attenuation  of transmitted light  resulting
from  scattering and absorption in the atmosphere.  These devices are similar to  their  in-stack
counterparts,  requiring  either  a light source  and  receptor or light source, retro-reflector,
and receptor at separate locations.  Telephotometers measure the contrast caused by brightness
differences  between a  distant object and its surroundings.   These devices appear promising as
visibility  monitors  (see  Chapter 9), but they  have  not been demonstrated to estimate ambient
mass  concentration.
3.3.4 Particle Composition
      Particles collected  from  ambient air contain a wide range of metallic elements  and  inor-
ganic and  organic  compounds.   Their identification and quantification usually involves the
collection  of  the  particles upon  a substrate  (e.g.,  glass fiber  filters in  a  high volume
sampler) with  subsequent  chemical  analysis  in a laboratory.  Host methods  for the analysis of
the inorganic  fraction of particulate matter have focused on elemental and ionic composition.
Atomic absorption  spectrometry  has  been  the  technique most  used  for the  determination of
XD3B/C                                       3-60                                  1-19-81

-------
*
metallic elements,  although multielement  analytical  tools  such  as optical emission spectro-
scopy,  X-ray flourescence spectroscopy, and neutron activation analysis have been successfully
applied to  the analysis  of elements.   Inorganic  ionic species  (e.g.,  NH*  S0~2,  NO"  etc.)
have been  analyzed for  the most  part with wet-chemical  spectrophotometric techniques.  The
organic fraction  of particulate  matter contains aliphatic  and  aromatic hydrocarbons,  acids,
bases,  and  other  organic compounds such as those  containing nitrogen.  Methods for analyzing
organics generally  involve solvent  extraction, some  form of chromatographic  separation and
detection based on some physical or chemical property of the specific  compound.
     Due to  the  complexity of the chemical composition of the particulate matter in the atmo-
sphere and" the wide variety of compounds  likely to be present, it  is  not practical nor within
the  scope  of  this  chapter to  review all  of  the  possible  methods and techniques  in use or
likely to  be used for their analysis  and  characterization.  Only those methods and techniques
pertinent to the primary objectives of this document are reviewed in detail.  Primary emphasis
is  placed  on  methodology  for  measuring particulate sulfur  compounds  with  lesser emphasis on
metallic elements and other inorganic  ionic species.  Additional detailed information concern-
ing  the analysis  of airborne particles can be obtained from a recent monograph  edited by H.
Malissa (1978).
  3.3.4.1   Analysis of  Sulfates—Analytical  techniques for  determining  trace  amounts  of sul-
fate in clean, uncomplicated solution matrices are numerous (Forrest  and Newman, 1973).  How-
ever,  application of these  techniques to complex, atmospheric particles  is not straightfor-
ward.   Quantitative transfer  from the  collection medium and  homogeneous  dispersion  in the
analysis  medium  without  contamination,   chemical  alteration,  or  co-transfer of  analytical
 interferents is required.
     A  detailed  critical  review  of  the state  of development  of  analytical methodologies for
aerosol sulfur compounds has been compiled by  Tanner et al.  (1978).   Tanner's review includes
methods  for total  aerosol  sulfur,   for  total water  soluble  sulfates  and  for  quantitative
differentiation of  aerosol  sulfur compounds of various oxidation states as well as a detailed
definitive  review of methods  for speciation  of  aerosol  sulfate.  Much of the discussion in
this section is  taken from Tanner's  review with emphasis  on the more  widely used methodology.
Where  information is available, a  critical assessment of the methods capabilities is provided.
3.3.4.1.1   Total  water  soluble  sulfates.   A comprehensive review of wet chemical  methods has
been compiled  by  Hoffer and Kothny (1974) providing background information concerning methods
for  the determination  of trace sulfate in aqueous extracts  of particulate matter collected on
filters.   The  principal methods  for  determination of sulfate that are  applicable to aqueous
extracts  of  airborne  particles  are  reviewed here.   Sulfate measurements  made  with these
methods, particularly when applied to the analysis  of samples collected with alkaline  filter
media,   are  vulnerable to  error due  to "artifact sulfate" formation caused by the absorption
and  subsequent oxidation of ambient  S0? in the presence of  the basic  components of the  filter
XD3B/C                                       3-61                                 1-19-81

-------
media.  With  the use of common  glass  fiber filters under normal  high-volume sampling condi-
tions, this error  has  been estimated to range  from 0.3 to >3 ug/m3  depending on the ambient
levels of  S02  at the time of sampling  (Coutant,  1977;  Pierson et al., 1980).  This potential
error  should  be considered  when assessing any  data collected  using any  of the methods for
water soluble sulfates which are discussed below.
     Currently, the techniques most widely employed for soluble sulfate determinations are the
BaSO.  Turbidimetric,  Methylthymol  Blue, Thorin, and Ion  Exchange  Chromatographic procedures.
Each  of  these techniques  has  inherent analytical  precisions,  accuracies,  working range and
other operational  characteristics,  which  will  be discussed in detail.   Each technique has an
analytical  lower and  upper detection  limit  for  sulfate  in the  aqueous extract  which are
usually expressed  in ug/ml.   The detection  limits  of  the technique  for  measuring sulfate in
the  air  depends upon  the  sensitivity  of  the  analysis technique  and the  size  of the sample
(volume of  air,  size of filter  taken for  extraction,  etc.)  and  these values are expressed in
ug/m .  For example, if an analytical technique having  a working  range of I to 10 ug SO./ml is
                                                                                         3
used  to  measure sulfate from a  typical Hi Vol sample  (20.3  cm  x 25.4 cm  filter,  1.4 m /min
flow  rate,  24-hr sample,  1.9 cm x 20.3 cm strip extracted in 50  ml), the detection limits for
sulfate  in air  would  be  0.3 to  2.9 ug SO./m  .   It should be noted  that  the upper detection
limit  can usually be  extended  to  higher  concentrations  by  dilution of the aqueous extract
prior to analysis.
     3.3.4.1.1.1  BaSO. Turbidimetry.   Sulfate in the  aqueous extract from a particulate sam-
ple  is precipitated by addition of barium chloride.   The resulting BaSO. turbidity is measured
spectrophotometrically or  nephelometrical ly  and compared  to a standard curve prepared by mea-
suring the absorbance  of  standard solutions of sulfate.   Numerous  versions and modifications
of methods based on this  principle appear in the literature (Kolthoff et al., 1969; Technicon
Corp., 1959;  Taras  et al,, 1971; Appel et  al.,  1979a).   Appel,  et  al.  (1979a)  described and
evaluated  a procedure  applicable to the measurement of sulfate in aqueous extracts from 24-hr
Hi Vol particulate samples.  They reported an analytical working  range from 10 to 70 ug SO./ml
                       3
(2.9 to  20.6  ug S04/m  for a  typical  Hi  Vol  sample),  an accuracy  within  4 percent,  and an
average  precision of 3.8  percent  (coefficent  of  variation)  of the  working range.   They also
reported  that extract  background  turbidity and  color  interfere with the procedure  but are
minimized  by  means of blanks and that  sulfur  compounds converted by air oxidation to sulfate
interfere.  The  apparatus required for turbidimetric sulfate determination is relatively inex-
pensive  and if  proper  care  is  taken,  the procedure  is  capable of producing reliable data.
      3.3.4.1.1.2   Methylthymol Blue  (HTB).   A  reagent containing equimolar amounts of barium
ions and MTB, at a pH of 2.8, is added to the aqueous extract from a  particulate  sample.  Sul-
fate in  the solution is precipitated as BaS04 and the pH of the solution is  raised to 12.4 by
addition  of NaOH.   The barium combines with the  anionic  MTB and leaves an amount of free MTB
equivalent  to  the  sulfate.   The  MTB is measured spectrophotometrically at 460 nm and compared
XD3B/C                                       3-62                                  1-19-81

-------
*
to a standard curve of absorbance vs. concentration.   Lazarus et al.  (1966) described  an  auto-
mated version of  this  method and reported that the reagent is oxidized  in air when made  alka-
line, thus limiting the use of the method to a closed  system.
     An evaluation by  Appel  et al.   (1979a) of  automated MTB methods examined two procedures;
one covering an analytical range of  0 to 100 ug S04/ml developed by Midwest Research Institute
(MRI)  for  EPA and the other covering a range  of 0-10 |jg SO./ml  developed  by  Colovos et al.
(1976).  The  results  for  the MRI procedure indicated a working range  of 17 to 90 |jg SO./ml
                       3
(5.0  to  26.5 ug  S04/m  for  a typical Hi  Vol  sample),  an  accuracy of 1.06 (mean observed/
theoretical)  with an  average  coefficient  of  variation of 2.8 percent  for analyses of filter
strips spiked with known  amounts  of sulfate.   Similarly, the results  for the  Colovos (1976)
procedure indicated a working  range  of 2 to 10 pg SO./ml  (0.6 to 2.9  g SO./m  for a typical Hi
Vol  sample),  an  accuracy of 0.98 and a precision of 1.3  percent.  The samples must be treated
with an ion exchange resin to  remove metal ions which  may also react  with MTB.  No significant
sources  of  interference were  found in  this  evaluation.  The  automated versions  of  the MTB
procedure are widely  used and are  capable  of  producing  reliable results.  Large sample  loads
can  be analyzed  in  relatively short  periods  of time.   However,  the equipment is relatively
expensive.
     3.3.4.1.1.3  Thorin.  Titrimetric methods for sulfate using barium  ion and thorin indica-
tor  for  visual  or  spectrophotometric detection  of  the  endpoint  are popular (Akiyama,  1957;
ASTM,  1974; Bakas, 1956; Dubois, 1969; Fritz, 1955 and 1957; Menis, 1958; Rayner, 1966).  These
procedures  provide  for titration of aqueous sulfate with a solution  of  barium ion to  precipi-
tate  barium sulfate  (BaSO.).  When  the sulfate is completely reacted, excess barium complexes
with  thorin to  produce  a  pink color indicating the end-point of  the titration.   The samples
must  be  treated  with  a cation  exchange  resin to  remove metal ions which  also complex with
 thorin.
     A recent modification of this  technique by  Brosset  and Perm  (1978) allows rapid  determi-
 nation of  sulfate  by employing  an automatic pipetting  system.   Aqueous sulfate  extract is
 treated  with a solution containing  an  amount  of barium  in  excess  of the anticipated sulfate
 and  BaSO.  is precipitated.  Then,  a solution of  thorin  indicator  is  added which combines with
 the  remaining barium to  form a colored-complex.   The absorbance of the solution  is measured at
 520  nm and compared to  a  standard curve obtained from  sulfate  standards.   The absorbance of
the  solution  is  inversely proportional to the sulfate concentration.  This procedure  has been
evaluated by  Appel  et al.  (1977) who reported an effective working range of 3 to 13 ug SO^/ml
 (0.8 to 3.8 ug SO./m3  for  a  typical  Hi Vol sample), an accuracy of 1.04  (mean observed/theore-
tical),  and a precision of  5  to  9 percent (coefficient  of variation).  No significant source
of  interference is reported  but the  samples must  have  corrections  for background turbidity and
color.   The Brosset modification  employs an  automatic  pipet which  is relatively expensive.
 XD3B/C                                        3-63                                  1-19-81

-------
     3.3.4.1.1.4   Ion  exchange  chromatography.   The principle  of the  ion exchange chromato-
graphic technique  is  described  under Section 3.2.2.3.6.   Stevens  et al.  (1978) described  the
use  of  this technique  for analysis of  sulfate  as  well as other  ions.   Appel  et al.   (1979a)
evaluated a procedure for sulfate analysis using a system manufactured by Dionex Corp.   (1975).
This  procedure showed  a  working  range  of  7  to 130  ug S04/ml, an  accuracy of  1.08  (mean
observed/theoretical),  and a precision  of  6.2  percent (coefficient of  variation).   A  small
interference from  nitrate  ion  was  also  reported.  Apparatus  for this procedure is relatively
expensive and  requires a  skilled  operator.   Nevertheless, the procedure  is  considered to be
reliable, specific, and other ionic species can be determined simultaneously.
3.3.4.1.2   Total aerosol sulfur.   It is  generally  found  that  nearly 100  percent of aerosol
sulfur mass  is  present in  the  form  of  sulfate  (Forrest and Newman,  1973a).  This was experi-
mentally demonstrated  by Stevens  et al. (1978), who also showed that most of the data on air-
borne sulfur concentrations  can be accurately described as total sulfur calculated as sulfate
or total soluble  sulfate.   X-ray fluorescence is the primary and most practical technique for
measuring total  aerosol sulfur collected on  filters.   This technique  is applicable  to the
analysis  of numerous  elements  including sulfur,  is  nondistructive  and  can be  automated  to
facilitate  the  analysis of  large  numbers  of ambient aerosol samples.   A particulate  sample,
                                                  ®
collected on an appropriate filter, usually Teflon , is irradiated with photons (x-rays, gamma
rays,  etc.), protons,  or  other charged  particles,  and  the  intensity of  x-ray  fluorescence
induced  is  measured as  a  function  of  wavelength or  energy  to determine  the  amounts  of the
constituent  elements  present.   Qualitative  and quantitative analysis can be obtained when the
system  is  properly calibrated.  This  calibration step is difficult,  since  few  standards  of
known elemental composition are available in disks of known thickness in an appropriate matrix
(Adams  and  Van Grieken,  1975)   However, recent  work  by Dzubay et  al.  (1977)  has shown that
calibration  standards can be prepared to an accuracy of ± 5 percent.
     The most  extensive set of aerosol sulfur data were reported by Stevens et al. (1978J and
Loo  et al.   (1978)  using  a energy  nondispersive X-ray fluorescence  spectrometer designed by
Goulding  and Jaklevic  (1973).   Stevens et al.  (1977)  reported sulfur  and 18 other elements
from dichotomous   samplers  operated in New York City,  New York;  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania;
Charleston,  West  Virginia;  St.  Louis,   Missouri;  Portland, Oregon;  and  Glendora, California.
Loo  et al.   (1978)  reported sulfur  concentrations  determined  from  samples collected  over a
2-year  period  from a  network  of 10  automated dichotomous  samplers  operated in  St.  Louis,
Missouri, during  the  Regional  Air Pollution Study (RAPS).  They reported a detection limit of
0.034 ug/cm  of filter, which corresponds to a concentration value of <0.1 ug/m3 sulfur  for a
2-hour  sample  collected at 50  liters/minute on a 37-mm filter and is adequately sensitive  for
a 1-hour time discrimination at ambient sulfur levels.
XD3B/C                                       3-64                                  1-19-81

-------
     The advantages of  proton-induced XRF--lower bretnsstrahlung  background and focusing pro-
perties  of  the exitation beam may lead to its use when short-time resolution of ambient sulfur
levels  is  desired  (Johansson et al.,  1975).   However, substantially more  energy  must be put
into a sample with  charged particles than with photons to produce an X-ray, and in some cases,
vaporization or  decomposition of  the sample may  occur (Shaw  and  Willis,  1978).   A related
approach to  nondestructive   aerosol   sulfur  analysis  based on  cyclotron  in-beam  gamma-ray
spectroscopy has been reported  by Macias (1977).   Gamma  rays induced by proton or a-irradia-
tion are detected  by  a  Li drifted, Ge detector and used to  determine  S and other light ele-
ments such  as  Mg and  C  in aerosol samples.   This technique is less sensitive for S than X-ray
emission methods.   It  is  clear  that  induced  x-ray fluorescence methods will  continue  to be
important  tools  in  determining total  sulfur  in   large numbers  of ambient  aerosol  samples.
     Other  techniques  have been applied to the determination of total sulfur in aerosol parti-
cles including electron   spectroscopy for chemical  analysis (ESCA) (Novakov, 1973;  and Novakov
et  al.,  1974), various  applications of flame photometric detectors (FPD) (Crider et al,  1969;
Kittleson et al., 1977;  Huntzicker et al., 1976, 1977; Tanner et al., 1978, 1980),  and an iso-
tope tracer technique utilizing    Ag tracer (Forrest and Newman, 1977).  ESCA is sensitive to
surface composition of samples, which  is an advantage for surface-oriented studies but not for
ambient aerosol samples  whose elemental composition is likely to be heterogeneous.   A compari-
son  of  ESCA to wet chemical  sulfate measurements by Appel  et al. (1976) showed agreement only
within  a factor  of two.  Direct  flame photometry  has potential as  a  sensitive total  aerosol
sulfur  analyzer, but  its application  is  complicated  because S0? must be  removed  and  the FID
response varies  with  the chemical  form of the  aerosol  sulfate.   Recent work by Huntzicker et
al.  (1978)  and Tanner et al. (1980)  has  shown  that direct flame photometry can not only pro-
vide a  sensitive total aerosol analysis but when combined with thermal volatilization can pro-
vide  semi-continuous  measures  of sulfuric acid (H^SO.), ammonium sulfates and metal  sulfates.
3.3.4.1.3  Sulfuric Acid Determination.  Most of the efforts to determine the species composi-
tion  of sulfate  in airborne  particles have concentrated on development of a specific analyti-
cal method for H?SO. in air.   Despite the substantial efforts of several groups, the existence
of  free aerosol  H?S04 in the ambient  atmosphere  has  been unequivocally established in only a
few  cases.   Interference problems  and difficulties  in  sample preservation  have  contributed
markedly to the  lack of  valid  H?S04  measurements.   The procedures  discussed  below  have been
applied primarily by research analysts, are vulnerable to error both in sampling and analysis,
and are not generally applicable to routine monitoring.
     Procedures for determining H2S04 and other sulfate species include thermal volatilization
and  solvent extraction  techniques,  gas phase  ammonia (NH,) titration,  infrared  and visible
spectrometry,  flame  photometry and  electron microscopy.   The  determination of  H2S04 by its
selective thermal volatilization from  filters has been reported by several workers (Scaringelli
XD3B/C                                       3-65                                 1-19-81

-------
and Rehme,  1969;  Dubois et al., 1969a; Maddalone  et  al., 1975; Thomas  et al,  1976;  Leahy et
al., 1975; Tanner and Cordova, 1978).  This technique generally suffers  from poor  H2$04 recov-
eries, poor reproducibility, and interferences from ammonium sulfate salts.  The most success-
ful approach  to thermal  volatilization  of H2$04  in ambient aerosol  samples  was  reported by
Mudgett et al. (1974).  Aerosol samples are collected on  Fluoropore  filters, the  H2$04 subse-
quently volatilized by passage of heated (~150°C), dry N£ in the reverse direction through  the
filter and  released  H2$04 determined with a  flame photometric  detector.   Lamothe and Stevens
(1976) reported that  laboratory aerosol  samples of as  little as 0.25  ug  H2$04 may  be deter-
mined with  reasonable precision.   However, serious difficulties were  encountered  in removing
H2S04  quantitatively  in  the presence of  ammonium bisulfate  (NH4HS04).   They observed that
H2S04 is totally removed at 180°C, but NH4HS04 is also partially volatilized; at 140°C NH4HS04
is not volatilized but H2S04 is incompletely volatilized.
     A solvent extraction  procedure  to selectively remove collected H2S04  aerosol  in the pre-
sence of other aerosol sulfates was first reported by Barton and McAdie  (1971).  They concluded
                                     (5)
that aerosol  collection  on Nuclepore  filters followed by extraction with  2-propanol for sub-
sequent analysis  by  the chloranilate procedure was selective  for  airborne H2S04-   Subsequent
work by Barton  and  McAdie (1973) reported reduction  of interference by buffer control  of  the
2-propanol extract and also reported development of an automated instrument for the extraction
procedure.  Leahy et  al.  (1975) reported,  however, that  2-propanol  will also  extract NhLHSCh
quantitatively and partially  extract other bisulfates and that it should  not be considered as
a  selective extractant  for HUSCK.   They demonstrated that benzaldehyde  is  a selective extrac-
tant  for  H9SO,.  in the presence of bisulfates  and sulfates.   Subsequent radiochemical  experi-
                                      35
ments  (Tanner et al.,  1977)  with  H9  SO,  have  established that  H9SO,,  may  be  reproducibly
                                     /-    T"  ,^.            f.          
-------
     Since  atmospheric sulfate  can  be associated with  various  cations, the compounds of sul-
fate can sometimes be  inferred by measuring  the  cation.   If the  ions  in  a series of samples
are measured  and  the  ammonium (NH4) content is highly correlated  with  the sulfate content,
then it  can  be inferred  that various NH*  salts  of H2$04 are  probably present.   Brosset and
Perm (1978)  and  Stevens  et  al.  (1978)  describe  a Gran titration procedure for hydrogen ion
(H ) and a  procedure  using  ion  selective  electrode for NH* in  aqueous  extracts of aerosols
                    ®
collected on  Teflon   filters.    Stevens  et  al.  (1978) applied  such  techniques  to  aerosols
collected at  Research Triangle  Park, North  Carolina  during the summer of  1977  and  1978 and
found a  stoichiometric  balance between  sulfate ion  (S0.~+)  and  the sum of H+ and NH* ion con-
centrations.   The  acidity was found to range  from none  [(NH^SO.] to that of NH.HSCv
     Dzubay (1979)  has developed and used a sensitive  radio-label ing  technique for measure-
ments  of acid  sulfate aerosols.   Several  semiquantitative methods  for  estimating sulfate
species  have  been  investigated.   These  include gas phase ammonia titration techniques (Dzubay
etal.,  1974), methods  based on infrared spectroscopy  (Blanco  et al.,  1968, 1972; Cunningham
etal.,  1974;  Cunningham  and Johnson,  1976),  and  microscopy  techniques  (Heard  and Wiffen,
1969; Lodge et al., 1960; Mamane and de Pena, 1978).
3.3.4.1.4  Filter  sampling problems  related to  sulfate  analysis.   The  measurement  of aerosol
sulfate  species in particulate matter requires that the sulfate-containing particles from the
air  be  quantitatively  collected onto a  filter  surface which  does  not  lead to  chemical  or
physical transformations  and which  does  not  lead  to spurious sulfate particle formation from
S02 present  in  the gas stream.  The particles must then be transferred to the analysis medium
under the same constraints.   Sampling for airborne sulfate is especially difficult since acidic
sulfate  species are  reactive toward many common filter materials (e.g., "neutral" glass fiber
                                             (R)          (R)           (R)
filters  and many  plastic  filters -  Nuclepore ,  Acropore ,  Millipore ), the result of which is
neutralization of the acid sulfate and alteration of the composition from that extant in ambi-
ent air.  Many  of the historical data on sulfate species are questionable due to insufficient
consideration of the above sampling difficulties.
                                              ®
     Several   filter  materials made  of Teflon ,  have been  found to  be  inert and suitable for
non-reactive collection of  aerosols  including acid  sulfates.  The most widely used are backed
Teflon   membranes, ' Flouropore , and  Mitex  .  A modified  quartz  filter  material  has  been
developed (Tanner  et  al.,  1977) from which impurities are removed by preheating to 750°C, and
reactive basic sites  are  removed by  treatment  with hot, concentrated phosphoric acid.  After
rinsing  and drying,  the quartz filters may be  used for high volume, high efficiency particle
collection without interfering with acid determinations of the collected particles at the frac-
tional  microequivalent level.
     Two additional  problems  have  been  identified in  filter  sampling for  airborne sulfate
analysis.  Sulfur  dioxide may be converted  to sulfate by adsorption on  and catalytic  oxidation
by the filter material (Lee and Wagman,  1966) and/or by previously collected particulate matter
(Coffer  et al., 1974).   In  addition to the original discovery  of artifact  sulfate formation,

XD3B/C                                        3-67                                 1-19-81

-------
more recent  studies  (Forrest and Newman, 1973a) seem  to  indicate that active catalytic  sites
on the filter material are the likely culprits.   Experiments by Tanner et al. (1978) with  high
and  low  level  SOp-spiked  ambient air passed through preloaded and clean H3P04-treated quartz
filters at high and low linear flow velocities failed to find any evidence of artifact sulfate
formation for  this  filter material.   This work was  confirmed  by the work of  Pierson and co-
workers  (1976)  from whose  data  it is clear that  the  low sodium content of the Pallflex GAO
quartz is the probable reason for the negligibly low artifact sulfate formation.
     A second problem results from potential neutralization of acidic sulfate particles by NH3
in the gas  stream traversing the filter.  Neutralization by NH3 and oxidation of SO,, may both
be reduced  by "diffusion-denuding"  the  stream of  these gases  (without  removing significant
particles),  but this is a cumbersome process, especially for high volume sampling.
     The most effective method for reducing particle formation and transformation reactions on
the filter is by collecting the minimum airborne particle sample that is compatible with avail-
able analytical methods.   Minimum-quantity sampling also reduces collision-induced interaction
of particles  on  the  filter surface and thus real-life  chemical inhomogenities in ambient par-
ticles are  more  likely to be unaffected  by the  sampling  process.   The only  way to totally
eliminate confounding  interparticle interactions  on  filters  is  to  determine  the sulfate HI
situ without filter collection.
3.3.4.2   Ammonium and Gaseous Ammonia Determination—An  important   supplementary measurement
aiding  speciation of sulfate  in  airborne  particles  is the measurement of  ammonium  ion (NH.)
and  ammonia  (NH,).   Ammonium ion is found  predominantly  in  the optical-scattering size range
or  below and  is  presumed to  be  secondary in  origin,  being  formed  in the  neutralization of
acidic  sulfate particles.  The high correlation of  NH. content with soluble  sulfate in both
urban  (Tanner  et al.,  1977a), and rural  (Tanner et al., 1977) aerosol samples and the identi-
•Hcation  by x-ray diffraction  of (NH.^SO, in  dried   aqueous  extracts of  airborne particles
would tend to  confirm the above hypothesis (Brosset et  al., 1975).
     Ammonium  ion in particulate matter is nearly universally determined by  collection on fil-
ters,  extraction into  an  appropriate  leach solution,  and  determination by  one of  the two
methods  described below.   The first is a  concentration measurement  by  an ion-selective elec-
trode  sensitive  to  either NH4 (Beckman electrode) or  NH.,  (Orion or Markson electrodes).  The
limit  of detection  is determined by the equilibration  time of the electrode, a  representative
value  being 5  to 7 minutes  for  20 ppb  NH* concentration in water  (Eagan  and DuBois, 1974;
Gilbert  and  Clay, 1973).   This is marginally sensitive for high-volume samples  of rural ambi-
ent  air  where NH^  may  be as low as 0.3  ug/m  .   A later development,  the  air  gap electrode,
(Ruzicka and Hansen, 1974; and Bisgaard and Reyman, 1974) eliminates the problems of electrode
contamination  by sensing of  the  NH,-water  equilibrium across an air gap  between the analyte
solution and  the  electrode surface.   This system has not been applied to a  significant extent
by other laboratories.
XD3B/C                                       3-68                                  1-19-81

-------
     The second  commonly used  method for  NH* traces  in  aqueous solution  is the  indophenol
colorimetric method  based on the  color-producing reaction of  phenol  and hypochlorite in the
presence of NH3.  Modifications most analytically useful  for determination of NH*  in aqueous
leaches were reported by Bolleter et al. (1961) and by Tetlow and Wilson  (1964).  An automated
procedure has  been  proposed  by Keay and  Menage  (1970).   The method  is capable of  a  lower
detection limit of 0.05 (jg/ml (as nitrogen), requires only a few minutes  of analysis time, and
has a minimum sample volume of 2 ml.
     Methods for determination  of  free atmospheric NH3 can be  divided into direct methods and
methods in which NH3  is first immobilized on acid-treated filters, leached, and determined as
NH^ by one of the methods described above.   Ammonia has been analyzed directly by quantitative
conversion to  nitric  oxide  (NO) over a hot catalyst and determination by chemiluminescence of
NO (Hodgeson et al., 1971. and Baumgardner et al., 1979).  This method is marginally sensitive
enough for ambient levels of NH3 (limit of detection = ~ 1 ug/m3) and must be carefully zeroed
in the  NH3  scrubber mode to eliminate interference from atmospheric oxides of nitrogen (NO ).
Filter pack methods  using either KHS04 (Eggleton and Atkins, 1972) or oxalic acid impregnants
have been used to  collect ambient levels of NH3, but they are  fraught with blank and contami-
nation  problems  and may not collect  ambient  levels  of 0.5-5 ppb  NH,  with reproducible effi-
                                                                    o
ciency under commonly observed temperature and relative humidity conditions.
     It  has  also been  proposed to  determine  gaseous  NHL  at  or below  ambient  levels by gas
phase  reaction with  HC1  vapor with the  resultant ammonium chloride (NH.C1) aerosol particles
measured by  a condensation  nuclei  counter (CNC)  (General  Electric Ordinance  Systems, 1972).
Unfortunately,  there  are  several  difficulties  which severely  limit  the usefulness  of  this
technique.   The concentration of HC1  and the relative humidity  must be carefully controlled to
attain proportionality  between  number of particles and NH- concentration.  In addition, it is
necessary to provide an ionization source (a corona discharge or a UV light source) in the air
stream just prior to HC1 vapor addition in order to even approximate precise, proportional CNC
response.  However,  this method  has potential  for  extremely  high sensitivity  and  real  time
operation.   McClenny  and Bennett  (1980)  have developed a  semi-real  time detection technique
                                                           ©
for ambient NHL  based on integrative collection  on  Teflon  beads followed by thermal desorp-
tion and detection  by either chemiluminescence or photoacoustics.  Perm  (1979) and Braman and
Shelley (1980) have  reported collection of NH, on diffusion tubes.  Perm used oxyalic acid as
                                              J                                           +
a coating which  is  rinsed from the  tube at the end of  a  24 hour run and analyzed for NH4 by
ion selective  electrode  techniques.   Braman and  Shelley used  a tungsten oxide coating for 20
min  samples  and  release the  NH~ into a  chemiluminescence  analyzer by thermal  desorption.
                                 •J
Hoell,   et  al.  (1980) have  determined  vertical  concentration  profiles  by  interpretation of
infrared solar spectra obtained with  a heterodyne radiometer.  Abbos  and Tanner (1980)  have
reported work  on the  continuous determination of gaseous NH3 using flourescence devolatiliza-
tion.   These  recent  advances in the  development  on  new techniques for  measuring  NH3 will be
very helpful   in determining the  role  of NH3  in  the conversion of  H2S04  to  less harmful
materials.
XD3B/C                                        3-69                                 1-19-81

-------
3.3.4.3  Analysis of Nitrates—The analyses  of  nitrate have been performed routinely  for many
years  and  a large number of chemical  methods  have been reported.   In  typical  monitoring  for
nitrate in  air,  a portion of a particulate  filter is subjected to aqueous extraction and  the
water-soluble nitrate is analyzed by one of the methods discussed below.
3.3.4.3.1   Measurement  techniques for  nitrates.   The oldest procedures  for analyzing nitrate
used brucine (Intersociety Committee of Methods of Ambient Air Sampling and Analysis, 1977) or
phenol disulfonic acid  (Intersociety Committee of Methods of  Ambient Air Sampling and Analy-
sis, 1977a).  Numerous  other analyses  methods for nitrates  have  been reported, including  the
nitration of chromotrophic  acid  (West  and Ramachandron, 1966) and courmarin analogs (Laby  and
Morton, 1966; Skujins,  1964) the  quenching of the flourescence after nitration of flourescein
(Axelrod et  al.  1970),  reduction  with Devarda alloy to ammonia (Kieselbach, 1944; Richardson,
1938),  and the  use of ion-selective  electrodes  (DiMartini,  1970; Driscoll  et  al.,  1972;
Gordiewskii et al.,  1972).   Microscopic techniques also allow analysis of individual nitrate
particles (Bigg et al.,  1974).
     One of  the  most extensively  used techniques  to  analyze nitrates in atmospheric particu-
late extracts involves  reduction of the nitrate to nitrite by zinc (Chow and Johnstone, 1962),
cadmium (Morris  and  Riley,  1963;  Strickland and Parsons,  1972;  Wood et al., 1967), or hydra-
zine  (Mullin and  Riley, 1955).   Measurement of  the nitrite produced  is accomplished  by a
sensitive  diazotization-coupling reaction  (Saltzman,  1954).   Automated versions of this tech-
nique  provide much  better results  because critical  reduction  parameters  such as temperature,
surface contact area, and reaction time can be precisely controlled (Technicon, 1973).   Another
technique which has been extensively used to analyze nitrate in atmospheric particulate matter
extracts involves the  nitration  of xylenols and separation of the nitro-derivative by extrac-
tion  or distillation.   A comparison  of  a  2,4-xylenol  procedure (Intersociety  Committee  of
Methods of  Ambient  Air  Sampling and Analysis, 1977b)  with the automated copper-cadi urn reduc-
tion and diazotization  method in samples collected near high density vehicular traffic, demon-
strated a negative interference in the former up to a factor of 3 (Appel et al. 1977a).
     Small  et al.  (1975) report an application of ion exchange chromatography to the measure-
ment of a wide variety  of cations and anions including the nitrate and nitrite ion.  The novel
feature of  this  method  is the use of a second ion exchange "stripper" column (after a conven-
tional separating column) which effectively eliminates or neutralizes the eluting ions.  Since
chromatographically  separated  species  of  interest leaves  the  stripper  column in a background
of  deionized water, concentration determinations  may be made by a  simple and sensitive con-
ductometric  technique.   Mulik  et  al. (1976) report  the  application  of this technique to mea-
surement of watersoluble nitrate on Hi  Vol filters.  The separator column, containing  a strong
basic  resin, separates  anions  in  a background of carbonate eluant.  The stripper column, con-
taining a  strong  acid  resin, converts the  sample  ion and the carbonate  eluant to nitric  and
carbonic acid, respectively.   Since  carbonic acid has low conductivity, the nitrate ion alone
is effectively measured in a conductivity detector.  Under the experimental conditions,

XD3B/C                                       3-70                                  1-19-81

-------
sensitivity of  0.1  jjg/ml was  reported.   The  relative  standard  deviation was  1 percent  (95
percent confidence level) for  ten replicate injections  at the 5 ng/ml  level.  At this concen-
tration level,  no interferences were found from fluoride, chloride, nitrite, sulfite, sulfate,
silicate,  or carbonate.   Positive interferences were  found  for  bromide and phosphate but  the
authors suggest techniques for eliminating these.
     In other work,  Glover and Hoffsommer (1974) and Ross et al.  (1975) report a technique  for
assay  of  aqueous nitrate and  nitrite  extractions by  conversion to  nitrobenzene.   Both tech-
niques involve the nitration of benzene in the presence  of FLSO. to form nitrobenzene, a rela-
tively  stable  compound,  followed  by  gas chromatographic  analysis.    Careful  calibration is
required  in  both procedures,  since  a  significant fraction of the  nitrobenzene  formed may be
lost to the  acid layer.   Ross et al.  recommend a calibration procedure whereby a standard is
subject to the  same  procedures as the unknown, while  Glover and Hoffsommer use internal cali-
bration with  added  nitrotoluene.  The  lower  detection  limits reported by  Ross  et  al.  (1975)
                       -12
are  in  the  range of 10   g  nitrobenzene  in  a 1 ul sample.   Conversion efficiences  for KNOg,
KN02 and  HN03  were  reported as 90.3 ±  7.9,  100.4 ± 4.2 and 99.9 ± 5.2 percent, respectivley.
Glover and Hoffsommer report similar recovery rates for  KN07 and KN09.
                                                           •3        c.
3.3.4.3.2   Filter sampling  problems related  to nitrate analysis.   Serious  difficulties asso-
ciated with the routine analysis  of nitrates in particulate matter collected using glass fiber
filters have  been reported.   In a  study of  nitrate  in auto exhaust,  Pierson  et  al.  (1975)
report  that  glass fiber  filters  collected about  twice the  amount of nitrate when compared to
quartz fiber filters.  Nitrate also was found on glass fiber filters which were inserted down-
stream of either quartz or glass  fiber primary filters,  providing additional evidence of arti-
fact  formation  from gaseous  constituents.   Spicer  (1976)  reported  that  glass  fiber filters
completely removed  gaseous  nitric acid (HNO-,) when in low concentration in gas streams, while
      C\
Teflon  and  quartz   filters  showed no  corresponding  effect.  O'Brien  et  al.  (1974) describe
very  unusual  results of  particle size  distribution  determinations  of photochemical  aerosol
collected  in the Los Angeles  basin using a cascade impactor where all  particle size fractions
were  collected on  glass  fiber  filters.   The authors  speculated  that conversion  of gaseous
nitrate precursors  on the  filter masked  the  true nitrate  size distribution.   Okita  et  al.
(1976) report that untreated glass fiber  filters collect nitric acid vapor with a highly vari-
able  collection  efficiency  (0-56 percent),  suggesting  erratic  nitrate artifact formation in
urban atmospheres containing HNO...
     In an intensive  laboratory  investigation of  interferences   in  atmospheric particulate
nitrate sampling, Spicer et al. (1978) concluded that  all five types of glass filters investi-
gated  exhibited  serious  artifact formation due  to  collection of gaseous HMO, and, to a small
extent, N0?  as  nitrate.   Cellulose acetate  and nylon  filters were  also  reported  to exhibit
severe  interferences from  HNO-..   Negligible interferences were reported for polycarbonate  and
      @
Teflon  filters.  Interferences  from N02 on quartz fiber filters varied with the filter type,
with  ADL  Microquartz  showing  the  least  effect.   Artifact  nitrate  formed on  the  Gelman AE

XD3B/C                                       3-71                                 1-19-81

-------
filter was calculated  to  be less than 2  ug/m   during a standard  24-hour  Hi  Vol measurement.
This estimate was  derived from drawing air samples  of about 1 m  containing 4,512 ug/m   (2.4
ppm) N02 through the filters.   The relative humidity was 30 ± 10 percent.
     Spicer and Schumacher (1977) also reported the results of a comparison of nitrate concen-
trations in samples collected on various  filter types in Upland, California during October and
November, 1976.  During the experiment,  meteorological conditions varied from warm, hazy wea-
ther to  hot,  dry,  very clean desert wind  conditions.   Nitrate analyses were performed by ion
exchange chromatography.  All  filter  types used had  comparable  particle collection efficien-
cies according  to  the  manufacturer's  specifications.  The ratio of nitrate collected on glass
fiber filters to that collected simultaneously with identical Hi Vol samplers on a quartz fil-
ters ranged from 2.8 to 49.
     Harker et al.  (1977)  have reported laboratory observations of loss of particulate nitrate
from collecting  filters through  chemical  reaction with H-SO.  aerosol,  formed from the photo-
chemical oxidation  of S02-  Most  recently,  Appel  and co-workers  (1979,  1980)  have conducted
several studies bearing on both positive  artifact formation and loss of nitrate from a variety
of filter media.  They concluded that gaseous HN03 is the principal source of artifact nitrate
formation, N00  collection only became substantial  at  high  ozone levels.   Ambient particulate
              C.             f
nitrate  values  (at  San Jose and Los Alamitos,  California)  differed by up to  a  factor of 2.4
depending upon filter medium and sampling rate, in contrast to the much larger sampling errors
reported by  Spicer  and Schumacher, 1977.   Flouropore (Teflon") filters in low volume samplers
were subject  to  small  error although, under laboratory conditions,  passage  of NH~- and HNO,-
free air through the filter could result  in the  loss of up to  50 percent of the particulate
nitrate.  They  also reported  that at low  HNO., levels,  nitrate on glass  filters, indicated
(within  3 percent)  total  nitrate,  i.e.,  particulate  matter  plus HN03  rather than particulate
nitrate  alone.   They  concluded  that  the  degree  of error associated with glass fiber filter
media could  be  expected to vary with  location, time of year and  day,  paralleling  changes in
HN03 levels.
     These results  point  to  the conclusion that  most of the existing  data  on  urban ambient
nitrate  concentrations must be  considered to  be  of doubtful validity.   It  is, furthermore,
doubtful that any of these data can be corrected even if mechanisms for artifact formation are
clarified  in  the future  since HN03,  which  presently appears  to  play  a  significant role in
positive artifact  formation,  is  not routinely monitored.    It  is,  however, possible that data
from certain monitoring sites may be validated in special  cases where it can be shown that the
species responsible for the artifact processes were all sufficiently low during the monitoring
period of interest.
3.3.4.4  Analysis  of Trace  Elements—Although  over  the  years quite  a variety  of  techniques
have been  applied  to  the analysis  for elements,  presently the  most commonly used techniques
utilize spectroscopic detection of some type.   By definition, these techniques respond only to
the presence  of the elements in the particulate matter and do not provide information

XD3B/C                                       3-72      '                           1-19-81

-------
concerning the  chemical  compounds present.   By and  large  techniques  for trace elements  have
not provided  information concerning  the  oxidation.state of  the  elements,  although Braman et
al. (1977) have reported attempts at such for arsenic.
3.3.4.4.1  Atomic  absorption  spectrometry.   Atomic absorption spectrometry  (Morrison, 1965)
has been widely employed for the quantitative analysis of a large number of elements in parti-
cles.   In principle,  a  beam of  light which  is  characteristic of an electronic transition for
the element  of  interest is made to  traverse  a region of space with a constant intensity and
impinge on a detector.  The element of interest is  atomized in a portion of the beam of light.
The amount  of light  absorbed by the atoms of  interest  in the sample can be  related to the
amount of that  element  present.   Any element can be determined if a lamp is available to pro-
duce the characteristic light.
     A  variety  of  techniques  can be  used for atomizing and  introducing  the  element into the
appropriate region  of space.    Typically, a  flame  or a  heated rod atomizer  is  used.   Flame
techniques are most  commonly  used for atmospheric  particulate matter.   An extract of the par-
ticulate matter is prepared and aspirated into the  flame which decomposes any substances there
and produces a  sufficiently large population of groundstate atoms for absorption.   An example
of  this  kind  of  application  is  the  EPA reference method for  lead  (U.S.  Environmental  Pro-
tection Agency,  1979d).   Alternatively  if the concentration of the element of interest is too
low for flame application or if an extremely limited amount of sample is available, an electri-
cally heated atomizer can be  used to volatilize  atoms into the light beam.  In this applica-
tion,  solutions  can  be  utilized or  a  small  portion of soiled filter without  any other pre-
paration may be examined directly.  In the latter case the filter substrate must be oxidizable
and there may be question concerning the  representativeness of the sample.
     Atomic absorption  spectrometry  is  generally  highly  specific  for the analysis of those
elements for which this technique is applicable.  The  instrumentation can be inexpensive rela-
tive  to  other instrumental techniques  for  the  analysis of  trace  elements and  is generally
available  as  standard  equipment in  most  analytical  laboratories.   However,  it can  do an
analysis  of  only one  element at a  time.  Additional  elements must  be  determined serially.
This can  be a  severe disadvantage when a number of elements need to be determined on the same
sample  both from the standpoint  of the  resources required to obtain  the  information  and the
limitations of the  volume of  extract available to  perform the analysis.   Useful though it is,
significant interference problems can be  important  in  atomic absorption measurements. Spectral
interferences  from  other elements absorbing at  the same wavelength can be a  problem  but can
usually be avoided  by judicious choice of wavelengths.   However,  interference effects on the
element of  interest caused by  other substances  present in  the material  introduced into the
spectrometer,  refered to as  matrix  effects, can be  much  more difficult  to  resolve.   These
effects can  differ  significantly,  ranging  from  the effect  of viscosity on the  amount of
material  which  can  be  atomized, to  effects  due  to  the presence  of  refractory compounds
containing the  element  of  interest,  which  may  not be completely decomposed  at  the flame or

XD3B/C                                       3-73                                  1-19-81

-------
A
atomizer temperature.  Matrix  effects  can adversely affect the  concentration of atoms in the
beam and  result in  significant  errors  in  the  measurement of an element.   The literature is
replete with discussions  of  these difficulties and provides both general and specific techni-
ques for overcoming  them.   One of the more convenient ways to keep abreast of developments in
this area  is through the  use  of a continually updated bibliography  with convenient indexing
such as  that provided  by "Atomic Spectroscopy."  (Slavin, S. ,  ed.)   Bibliographies for this
publication are routinely updated and appear each January and July.
3.3.4.4.2  Optical emission spectrometry.   Optical  Emission Spectrometry is a technique which
can  determine  the amounts of  numerous elements simultaneously.   The  advantage of this tech-
nique in situations of limited sample availability or limited time and resources with which to
do a measurement are obvious.  Conventional arc or spark excited optical emission spectrometry
has  been used  extensively on atmospheric particulate  (Scott  et  al.,   1976).  In most applica-
tions of this technique an extract of the particulate matter is  excited by a spark or arc dis-
charge.  This  decomposes  any  substances present  and  excites the  atoms to  other  than their
ground electronic  states.  In the de-excitation to  the  ground state  light at a characteristic
wavelength is emitted.  The intensity of the light emitted  is an indication of  the quantity of
the  element  present.   Most conventional optical emission  spectrometers  are capable of simul-
taneously analyzing 20 to  30 elements.
     The  conventional  arc or spark  excited optical  emission  spectrometers were  never very
popular  partly  because of detection limits  that were  higher than desirable.   The development
of  optical  emission  spectrometers  based on plasma excitation (Boumans  and DeBoer,  1975) has
 resulted  in  significant improvements.   Although there are  several kinds of plasma excitation,
 the  commercial  availability of optical  emission spectrometers with inductively coupled argon
 plasma excitation has  proven most advantageous.   In this  technique an  extract  of particle
 matter is  aspirated into  an inductively  coupled argon  plasma whose  very high temperature
 decomposes  the materials and  excites  the atoms.  The  light emitted when  these  excited  species
 fall back  to   the  ground  state  is  collected  and monitored  just as  before.   Hpwever, this
 approach has  numerous advantages  not available with  the older  excitation techniques.  The
 technique  is capable of using  the same acid extract used in atomic  absorption;  is more  free of
 matrix affects than atomic absorption;  requires,  for a single multielement determination on  a
 given  sample,  about the  same  amount of time and solution  as  a single element determination on
 atomic absorption;  has  usually  a much longer linear  range  than  atomic absorption;  and  has
 detection  limits equal to or  smaller  than  flame atomic absorption  (Fassel,  1978).   If  an  acid
 extract of atmospheric particulate matter  is to be analyzed,  inductively coupled  argon plasma
 optical  emission spectrometry  is  usually the technique  of  current  choice.
 3.3.4.4.3   Spark source mass  spectrometry.   Spark source mass  spectrometers  are  relatively
 uncommon,  very expensive, high  resolution  magnetic sectoring mass  spectrometers which usually
 utilize  photographic emulsion  detection and very high  resolution densitometry for quantitative
 XD3B/C                                       3-74                                 1-19-81

-------
analysis.  The material  to  be analyzed is incorporated into two small, usually graphite,  elec-
trodes which are placed in the spectrometer with a well controlled gap between them.  The pas-
sage of a spark across the electrodes vaporizes the electrodes and ionizes the material in  it.
The  ions  are  subsequently  led  into the  mass analyzer  portion  of  the  spectrometer  (Ahern,
1972).
     The electrodes used  in the spark source  mass  spectrometer can be fabricated from either
particulate matter  itself  that has been separated from a filter or an extract of the particu-
late matter.  The technique is not suitable for the generation of large data bases because  only
a  few  samples  can  be  analyzed on  any  given day.   The time required to prepare the instrument
and to  obtain  a set of spectra  necessary  for quantisation is substantial.  Double ionization
of  elements is  common and so  are  ionized oligomers of carbon.   Therefore  high resolution
detection and complex interpretation are the rule rather than the exception.  The advantage of
Spark Source mass spectrometry is that it can  simultaneously estimate the quantity of all non-
volatile elements in the periodic table and do so with roughly equal sensitivity.
3.3.4.4.4   Neutron  activation  analysis.  Neutron  activation analysis (Morrison, 1965)  implies
a  variety  of  distinct procedures all of which produce unstable atomic nuclei which then emit
high  energy radiation or particles. The intensity  of a specific kind and  energy emission is
monitored as an indicator of the element and its quantity.
     The  technique  most  commonly  applied  to  atmospheric  particulate has  been instrumental
thermal neutron activation  analysis.  With this approach, a nuclear reactor is used to produce
neutrons which  bombard  the samples and produce the unstable nuclei.  The emitted gamma radia-
tion  is  detected  by a GeLi detector whose  output is processed to produce the gamma ray spec-
trum  of  the irradiated particulate matter.  The method has small detection limits, can simul-
taneously  determine up  to about 25 elements  in  a given sample, and particulate matter can be
analyzed  directly  as  received on  a  very  small portion of  the  filter surface.   The technique
has  been successfully applied with the glass  fiber used in hi-vol  samplers  (Lambert et al.,
1979).   The time  required for analysis is small and a large number of samples can be analyzed
during a given period of time.   However, data  are usually not available for 2 to 3 weeks after
the  sample  is  irradiated  because there is  a  significant delay period between the irradiation
and the collection  of gamma ray  spectrum for certain  long lived isotopes.  Some important ele-
ments  (e.g., S  and  Pb) are not  practically measured using  this method.  These limitations  and
the  need  for  very complex, highly  specialized and  expensive equipment are the main disadvan-
tages of the neutron activation  technique.
3.3.4.4.5   X-ray  fluorescence spectrometry..   X-ray  fluorescence  spectrometry is  a multiele-
ment,  nondestructive  technique which can simultaneously  determine  numerous  trace elements in
particulate matter  directly on the filter media.  It  involves the excitation of tightly bound
electrons  in  the atoms  by an  X-ray  generator and  observation of  the  X-ray emissions which
occur as the deexcitation of the excited electrons proceed  (Dzubay, 1977).
XD3B/C                                       3-75                                  1-19-81

-------
     X-ray  Flourescence  spectrometers utilize either energy  dispersive or wavelength  disper-
sive detection.   Spectrometers utilizing energy  dispersive detection collect  simultaneously,
all emitted  quanta  with  a SiLi detector  and  through subsequent processing,  can  analyze about
30  elements.   Spectrometers utilizing  wavelength dispersive  detection monitor  use  carefully
preselected wavelengths  that  are  characteristic of the deexcitation emissions  of the elements
of  interest.  With  wavelength  dispersive detection about 20 elements can be  determined simul-
taneously on  a  single sample and  interelement  effects  are minimal due to  the  high  resolution
capability of the instrumentation.  With energy dispersive  detection all wavelengths  are simul-
taneously  collected  and  interelement  corrections  must  be  handled  in   the  data  reduction
process.
     Good detection  limits  and the ability to  handle  a sizable number of  samples nondestruc-
tively  with  minimal  sample preparation  are clear advantages  of  the  X-ray flourescence  tech-
nique.   In order to analyze the sample directly however, it must be of uniform  surface  texture
and it  is  best  if the particulate layer is very thin.   This obviously places some limitations
on  the  kind  of  sample which can be analyzed without preparation.  Even in  the  most  ideal sam-
ples,  concern with special corrections must  exist (Gould  et.  al.  1976).   The techniques has
been applied  extensively to analysis of filters from dichotomous samplers (Dzubay and Stevens,
1975).
3.3.4.4.6  Electrochemical Methods.   Electrochemical methods have been used  to a limited ex-
tent to determine a small number of elements in airborne particulates.  These  methods  include
potentiometry with  ion  selective  electrodes,  polarography,  and  anodic stripping voltammetry
(Morrison,  1965).  Electrochemical  techniques  have  few  advantages for  airborne particulate
analysis  aside  from  their  low initial capital  equipment  cost compared  to other techniques.
While  useable (Ryan and  Siemer, 1976) there appears to be fairly little activity  in  the appli-
cation  of such techniques at present.
3.3.4.4.7   Chemical methods—Many  classical  wet chemical  procedures were employed in the past
for trace element analysis of airborne particulate. In general, a colorforming  reagent  was in-
volved.  The  amount of the given element present is determined  by the extent  of color develop-
ment.   Perhaps   the best known of these procedures  is based  on  the  use  of  dithiocarbazone
(dithizone)  as  the  colorimetric reagent for  lead  (Snell,  1978).   Wet chemical procedures are
labor  intensive  and slow compared with spectral techniques.   Sample preparation  and  interfer-
ences  are also  usually  a  problem.   These  procedures  are  not extensively  used at present.
3-3.4.5  Analysis of Organics--Numerous papers have appeared dealing with the characterization
of  organic compounds  in airborne particles.   The following  discussion was taken primarily from
the monograph edited by  H.  Malissa  (1978)  and describes  the  principle  methods  used  in this
field and some typical examples mentioned in the literature.
XD3B/C                                       3-76                                  1-19-81

-------
     Organic compounds significantly contribute to the total particulate matter in urban aero-
sols.   Sum concentrations  up  to 43 percent have been reported (Hidy, 1975).  Characterization
of organics  in  urban aerosols  generally involves trace separation  and  identification by gas
and liquid  chromotagraphy, with  detection methods having  sensitivity in  the nanogram range.
The sample amount  needed  to allow analysis of  substances  in parts per million concentrations
is in  the milligram range  (Cautreels  and Van Cauwenberghe, 1976; Ketseridis,  et al., 1976).
Usually, high-volume  samplers  with glass-fiber filters are  used  to  provide the needed sample
amount.
     One of the earlier simple and extensively used methods for estimating the organic content
of particulate matter was called "benzene soluble organics".  To obtain this estimate, filters
were simply refluxed with benzene for several  hours.   The benzene was vaporized and the weight
of the  residue was measured and reported.  Benzene  soluble organic  data were recorded in the
National Aerometric Data Bank for several years.  But, since these measurements were not read-
ily interpretable,  this  method has not been used on a national scale by any single laboratory
for roughly a decade.  Extraction efficiencies of 25 different solvents and 24 binary mixtures
were  investigated  by Grosjean,  (1975).   Grosjean determined that extraction  with  benzene or
other  nonpolar  solvents usually  leads  to serious underestimation of  aerosol  organics,  espe-
cially  of  the polar  secondary (photochemical)  products like carbonyl compounds,  organic ni-
trates, or  carboxylic  acids.   The use of binary mixtures for extraction or successive extrac-
tions  using  a  nonpolar and a polar solvent were strongly recommended.   This leads to a higher
organic  carbon  extraction  efficiency  (in comparison  to  benzene as  solvent) than with  both
single  polar and  nonpolar solvents.  Ninety-five to one hundred percent of the aerosol organic
carbon  is extracted and measured with this method.
     In the  area  of compound specific analysis a  large amount of work and an earlier concern
has been with polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH). Numerous measurements have been proposed
to analyze  quantitatively  for  many  of the polycyclic  aromatics.  Chromatography (Golden and
Sawiki,  1975)  was  utilized in much  of  the  earlier work  and  more  recently  frozen  solution
fluorimetry  (Bacon  et  al., 1978) and matrix  isolation  spectroscopy  (Wehry et al., 1979) have
been explored.   High-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) is a promising technique for separa-
tion of high molecular weight PAH.  The development of bonded octadecylsilyl (ODS) columns of
micro  particle size allowed (Fox and Staley,  1976)  the near baseline separation  of  the car-
cinogenic benzo[a]pyrene  (BaP)  and its  noncarcinogenic isomer  benzo[e]pyrene.   A significant
increase  in  sensitivity over other  methods  was achieved by use  of  flourescence spectroscopy
for on-line  detection.   Perhaps the most extensive data base has been concerned only with BaP
(Swanson  et al.,  1978) utilizing a thin  layer  chromatographic technique  with fluorescence
detection.   Gas  chromatographic  (GC)   separation  of  organic  extracts of  airborne particles
requires the  application  of  preseparation steps, such as  thin  layer chromatography (Zocco-
lillo, et al.,  1972) or liquid-liquid extraction (Cautreels and Van Cauwenberghe, 1976,
XD3B/C                                       3-77                                 1-19-81

-------
Ketseridis et al., 1976).   Primary extraction is generally carried out by means of single sol-
vents such as  benzene,  cyclohexane,  or others.   A typical procedure including solvent extrac-
tion for preseparation is  described by Ketseridis et al.(1976)
     The application of gas  chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry for the analysis of
benzene-extractable compounds  in airborne  particles  is described in detail  by Cautreels and
Van  Cauwenberghe  (1976).   This work led to  the identification  of more than  100 compounds in
urban aerosols.  The benzene-extractable compounds (5.8 percent  of total particles) were sepa-
rated into  neutral,  acidic,  and  basic  substances.   The acidic  fraction was  converted to the
methylated derivatives for GC analysis.   In the neutral fraction,  22 saturated aliphatic hydro-
carbons, 36  polynuclear hydrocarbons,  and  13 polar oxygenated substances were identified.  In
the acidic fraction,  19  fatty acids and 19  aromatic  carboxylic acids were identified; in the
basis fraction, 15 peaks of nitrogen-containing analogues of the PAH were identified.
     Interest in the organic  content of atmospheric particulate  ranges from particulate carbon
(Rosen  and  Novakov,  1978) to  any other possible organic substance.  A  variety of techniques
have been brought  to  bear on this problem (Fox and Jeffries, 1979), however, it is clear that
this area of endeavor  is  in  its  infancy, is large, exceedingly  complex, and will need a great
deal of developmental  effort.
3.3.5  Particle Morphology Measurements
     Visual   examination of particles  collected on a filter or impaction substrate can provide
extremely useful  information  concerning the sources and transport of  airborne particles.   A
reticle-equipped  light microscope can  be used  to  examine particles  larger than about 0.5 urn.
Use of transmission and scanning  electron microscopes can improve the resolution for particles
as  small  as  0.001 urn.   The effective ranges of microscopes and  their utility are described by
McCrone (1973) and shown in Figure A-12 (Appendix).  Particle size distributions by number can
be  generated using statistically  valid counting procedures.  By  applying an average density an
estimate of  the size distribution by mass can be made.
     Microscopic  identification and analysis  requires a high  degree of  skill  and experience
plus extensive quality assurance  to provide meaningful  information.  The selection of  sampling
substrates,  allowable particle  loadings, and sample handling are critical factors in utilizing
these  methods.   In addition,  particle interactions  and structure changes  on the collection
surface  must  be  minimized  if accurate  size  distributions  and  characterizations  are  to be
obtained.   In  a study of ambient particles collected on  hi-vol  filters, Bradway et al. (1976)
examined the ability of multiple  microcopists to characterize particles in specific categories.
Significant  problems  were noted  in mis-identification  and mis-assignment which made it diffi-
cult to intercompare results.   Multiple microscopists and blind replicates were  recommended as
standard procedures for optical characterization studies.
3.3.6   Intercomparison of PM Measurements
     The  intercomparison  of  particle  sampling methods  is  not  straightforward because of the
complex nature  of particulate matter.   As  noted earlier in this  chapter direct mass  measure-
ment methods can differ dramatically in the particle  size ranges collected and  the  sensitivity
XD3B/C                                       3-78                                  1-19-81

-------
of the  sampler  to external  factors such as wind speed.  Indirect mass measurement methods also
examine only  specific portions of the particle size spectrum and additionally measure selected
integral  properties of particle rather than mass.
     Intercomparison of direct mass measurement methods can be made by examining components of
the sampling systems,  such  as the sampling effectiveness of the inlet or substage for various
particle sizes.  Because of the difficulty in simulating the character of real suspended par-
ticles, however,  the final  intercomparison test must be performed at selected field locations.
The choice of the number and types of locations is important, since the local particle sources
can have a substantial impact or the sampler performance, especially if coarse particles domi-
nate the size distribution.
     The most  recent and comprehensive  intercomparison  of  direct mass  measurement  particle
samplers was reported by Camp et al. (1978).  Eleven different types of samplers were compared
for mass and other analyses including sulfates, nitrates, and elemental composition.   The most
salient observation of the study was the difficulty of intercomparison of the samplers because
of differences in inlet or substage particle size cutpoints.   Since there is no reference sam-
pler,  all  measurements of  the  same size fraction were averaged as  a comparison measurement.
Some samplers  were  present  in duplicate permitting reproducibility measurements.  The coeffi-
cient  of variation  for the  automated dichotomas  samplers  was  determined to be 11 percent for
the coarse fraction and 3 percent for the fine fraction.   The same values for a manual dichot-
omous  sampler  were 18 percent and  7  percent,  respectively-   The hi-vol  impactor  used  in the
CHAMP  network  gave values  of 15  percent and 5 percent,  respectively.  The  results  from this
study should be considered "best case" since the sampler operations were monitored continuously
by  highly  skilled  individuals.    In  some  cases,  the  operators were  the  developers  of the
sampling method.   It could be expected that routine field sampling by less qualified personnel
could  produce  larger variabilities.   The reproducibility of  certain chemical  analyses were
reported to  be better than  the mass  measurements,  such  as elemental sulfur which averaged ±3
percent  for  all  size  fractions.   Overall  the  study showed that comparable results  could be
obtained by  different  particle  samplers  if appropriate quality assurance steps were taken and
identical size fractions were compared.
     Miller  and  DeKoning (1974)  compared the TSP hi-vol  with  several  commercially avialable
cascade impactors.   Their results indicated that none of the impactors gave  comparable results
to the  hi-vol, but did correlate reasonably well-   The  agreement among cascade impactors for
mass median diameter (MMD) was very poor, often differing by more than a factor of two.
     Attempting to  intercompare  indirect mass measurements or  direct mass with indirect mass
measurements should  only be  attempted to  determine  correlation or  to  test a physical model
relating the measurements.   The literature contains many intercomparison studies attempting to
relate the TSP hi-vol  with  surrogate techniques such as:  (a) the British Smoke Shade Sampler
(Commins and Waller,  1967)  (Lee et al.,  1972),  (b)  the integrating  nephelometer (Charlson et
al., 1968) (Kretzschman, 1975),  and (c) the AISI  Tape Sampler (Lee  et al., 1972) (Ingram and

XD3B/C                                       3-79                                 1-19-81

-------
Golden, 1973).  Comparisons are also available between other direct and indirect mass  measure-
ments such as the dichotomous sampler with the AISI tape sampler (Regan et al, 1979).   In  most
cases a  simple  repression  was fitted between measurements rather than attempting to establish
a physical basis  for the companion for testing with empirical data.  The general objective of
most of  these comparison was an attempt to use the data base from an indirect sampling method
to  predict  the mass  concentrations  that would  have been  measured by a  direct mass method.
Mulhoi land et al.  (1980) compared the estimated mass concentrations calculated from Electrical
Aerosol Analyzer (EAA) measurements versus direct gravimetric analyses.  It was noted  that for
spherical particles  the  errors  are in the ± 20 to 30 percent range and for non-spherical par-
ticles the  errors as  high as ±  60 percent.   Therefore,  great care  should be  exercised in
attempting to predict  gravimetric mass  concentration  from indirect  particle measurements.
There is currently no indirect technique that has gained general acceptance as a surrogate for
direct mass concentration measurements.
3.3.7  Summary - Measurement Techniques for Particulate Matter
     Particulate matter suspended in ambient air contains a range of particle sizes and shapes.
By  separating  particles according  to aerodynamic  size,  variations   in  particle  shape  and
settling  velocity  can be  accounted  for.    Samplers  can be designed to collect specific size
fractions or  match specific particle deposition patterns through carefully designed inlets and
substage  fractionators.   Mass  concentration measurements  using  gravimetric analysis is  the
most common measure of particulate matter.  High volume samplers, dichotomous samplers, cascade
impactors, and  cyclone  samplers  are  the most  common examples  of this type of measurement.
Carefully collected  size distributions of ambient particle mass have shown that most  particle
samplers  underestimate  the  concentration  of particles in the  air  because of external factors
such as windspeed or because their particle transport systems are not effective for the larger
particle  sizes.
     Mass  concentrations  can  be  estimated  using  methodologies   that measure  an   integral
property  of  particles  such as optical reflectance.  Empirical  relationships between mass con-
centrations  and the  integral  measurement have  been developed and used to predict mass con-
centration.   Without a valid physical model relating  the  measurements plus  empirical data to
demonstrate the model, these techniques have a limited ability to estimate mass concentrations.
Examples  of   commonly  used  samplers  include the AISI tape  sampler,  the  integrating  nephelo-
meter, and beta attenuation analysis.
     Sampling accuracy can be  estimated  through  key  sampling components-,  such as flow  rate
and  inlet sampling  effectiveness. These component  measurements   provide  a means  of inter-
comparing methods,  even though  a reference measurement technique is  not available.  Recent
interest  in larger particle sampler cutpoints (e.g., 15 urn)  have resulted  in wind tunnel  test
XD3B/C                                       3-80                                  1-19-81

-------
*
procedures  for particle   samplers  which  determine  sampling  effectiveness  under controlled
conditions.   Such  measurements have  added significantly to the  ability to estimate particle
sampling accuracy.
     Recent evaluations  show that  the  hi-vol sampler collects a  smaller particle size range
than that  stated  in  Air  Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter  (U.S.  Department of Health
Education and  Welfare,  1969).   The sampling  effectiveness  of the  hi-vol  inlet also is wind
speed  sensitive for  larger (>10 urn) particles.   Wind speed  could  be estimated to produce no
more than a 10 percent day-to-day  variability  for the same ambient concentration for typical
conditions.   The  hi-vol  is one  of  the  most  reproducible particle  samplers currently in use,
with a typical  coefficient of variation of 3-5 percent.  A significant problem associated with
the  glass  fiber filter  used  on  the  hi-vol  is  the formation of artifact  mass  caused  by the
presence  of  acid  gases  in the air.  These  artifacts can add 6-7 ug/m3  to a 24-hour sample.
     The dichotomous  sampler  was designed to collect two discreet ambient particle fractions:
the  fine  (0-2  urn)  and coarse (2-15 urn)  modes.   This sampler uses Teflon® filters to minimize
artifact mass  formation  and is available  in  versions for manual or automatic field operation.
The  original inlet used with this sampler  is  very wind speed dependent, but newer versions are
much improved.   The  dichotomous sampler collects submilligram quantities of particles because
of  low  sampling flowrate  and requires microbalance analyses,  but is capable of reproducibili-
ties of ± 10 percent or better.
     Cyclone samplers with cutpoints  at 2.5  urn  have  been used for  years to  measure  the fine
particle fraction.   A recent development by Wedding (1980) has coupled the cyclone to a sampler
 inlet to  give  a 15 urn cutpoint.  Cyclones can be designed to cover a range of sampling flow-
 rates and are  available  in a  variety  of  physical  sizes.   A  10mm  version  is  available  for
personnel dosimeter sampling.   Cyclone sampling systems could be expected to have coefficients
of variations similar to that of the dichotomous sampler.
     The  Size   Selective   Inlet  (SSI) for the  hi-vol  provides  a  means  of  comparing  total
suspended particles  (TSP)  with particles  less  than 15 urn.   This sampler is  identical  to the
TSP  hi-vol except for the  inlet and is expected to have the same basic characteristics.
     Cascade impactors  have  been  used  extensively  to  obtain  mass distribution  by  particle
size.   Because care must  be  exercised  to prevent errors,  such  as those  caused by particle
bounce  between stages,  these  samplers  are  normally not  operated as  routine  monitors.   A
comparison study by Miller and DeKoning (1974) of  impactors showed inconsistencies on the mass
median diameter and on total mass collections compared with the hi-vol.
     Samplers which predict mass concentrations using analytical techniques other than direct
weight  have been  used extensively.   One  of the earliest was the  British Smoke Shade sampler
which measures  the reflectance of particles collected on a filter and uses empirical
XD3B/C                                       3-81                                  1-19-81

-------
relationships to predict mass concentration.   These relationships have been shown by Baily and
Clayton  (1980)  to be  more  sensitive to  carbon  concentrations than mass,  and  hence,  are are
very  difficult  to  interpret.    Another  optical   technique,  the  AISI  Tape  Sampler,  uses
transmittance instead  of  reflectance  to predict mass.  Regan  et.  al.  (1979) showed that this
sampler  correlates  favorably with  gravimetric  measurements  limited  to the  smaller particle
sizes.   Similar  investigations  comparing other  indirect  measurement  samplers  such  as  the
integrating  nephelometer  (Charlson et  al. ,  1968)  and  the Electrical  Aerosol  Analyzer (EAA)
(Mulholland,  et al.,   1980)  have  also  shown  difficulties in  reliably  predicting gravimetric
mass measurements.
     Optical particle  morphology  techniques  are  very useful for identifying the character and
sources  of  collected particles.   Bradway et al.  (1976),  however,  noted that these techniques
are  dependent  on  the  skill of  the microscopist  and stressed  the  need  for  careful  quality
assurance procedures.
     An extensive list of analytical techniques  is  available to analyze particles collected on
a suitable  substrate.   Many of  the analytical  techniques, such as those for elemental sulfur,
have  been  demonstrated (Camp et  al., 1978) to  be more precise than the analyses  for gravi-
metric mass  concentration.   Methods are available  to provide  reliable  analyses for sulfates,
nitrates, organic fractions, and elemental composition (e.g.,  sulfur, lead,  silicon).  Not all
analyses can be performed on all particle samples because of factors such as incompatible sub-
strates  and inadequate sample  size.   Misinterpretation of analytical  results  can  occur when
samples  have not been  appropriately  segregated by  particle  size  and  when artifact  mass  is
formed on the substrate rather than collected in a  particle form.
     Sampling technology  i_s available  to meet  specific requirements such  as  providing sharp
cutpoints,  cutpoints which  match  particle deposition models,  separate  collection of fine and
coarse  particles,  automated sample  collection  capability, collection  of  at  least milligram
quantities  of particles,  minimal  interaction of the substrate  with  the  collected particles,
ability  to  produce particle size  distribution  data, low purchase  cost,  and simple operating
procedures.   Not all   of  these  sampling  requirements may be needed  for  a  measurement study.
Currently,  there  is no single sampler which meets all requirements, but samplers are available
which  can  meet most typical requirements  if the overall accuracy  and  reproducibility of the
method  is acceptable to meet the study objectives.
3.4  MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES FOR ACIDIC DEPOSITION
3.4.1   Introduction
     Studies designed to monitor precipitation first appeared in the literature around the turn
of  the  century.   Numerous small scale networks  were organized in the US and Europe  during the
1920-1950s.  Wilson (1926) and Collison and Mensching (1932) reported the earliest  US precipi-
tation chemistry  studies at local sites.  The physical size of the networks changed  during the
XD3B/C                                       3-82                                  1-19-81

-------
1950s  from single or  dual  site studies to large scale national/international studies.  During
the 1950s, Barrett  and  Brodin (1955) organized a European monitoring network and Junge (1958)
established the first continental  U.S.  network.  The  World  Meteorological Organization  (WMO)
reported (1971) the formation of an international network to monitor global trends and changes
in the chemical composition of acid precipitation.   In  addition to the existing WMO network,
various local, regional  and national acid precipitation studies currently  operate in the  indus-
trialized nationsv
     The first scientific groups to become concerned with the causes and effects of acid  precip-
itation were the ecologists and biologists.  These two groups were responsible for the majority
of the acid  precipitation  studies conducted prior to 1970.  During the period 1974-1976, acid
precipitation  became  multi-disciplined.   International scientists from  each  and every scien-
tific field focused their attention on the potential affects of acid precipitation.  Symposiums,
committees  and groups  were  organized  to examine  every facet  of past and  existing studies
(Dochinger and Seliga, 1976; Kronebach 1975; Likens et al, 1972; Likens, 1976).  Network  siting,
sampling  procedures and analysis  schemes were critically  reviewed.   Special  committees were
formed to develop techniques to statistically describe the quality of the  precipitation chemis-
try data being reported by  the various international laboratories.  During this period, concern
regarding the effects of particulate deposition on vegetation increased.   As a result, improved
wet/dry collection  devices  were designed to give a better understanding of total acid deposition
problems.
     Numerous  new  studies  have  resulted from this increased emphasis  on  acid deposition, to
 include the proposal and initial development of a long-termed continental  US monitoring network
 (Galloway and  Cowling,  1978).   Comprehensive reviews of past and current  studies are provided
by Niemann et al.  (1979), Kennedy  (1978), and the Chemist-Meteorologist Workshop Report (1974).
3.4.2  U.S. Precipitation Studies
     Past U.S. precipitation chemistry studies can best be described as being "ad hoc" in nature
 (Chemist-Meteorologist Workshop,  1974).   New studies were randomly developed without adequate
consideration  to either  past or current  proposals.   General  characteristics that can be used
to describe past U.S. studies  include:
     (1)  Overall  study objectives varied among projects.
     (2)  Pre-1970  studies  were short-termed, lasting  only 1-2 years.
     (3)  Sites were  randomly  selected  at locations  of convenience.   Siting  with respect to
          program objectives or standard  siting criteria were rarely considered.
     (4)  Sampling/storage  procedures  and the extent  of sample  chemical analysis varied  among
          studies.
     Each of these  deviations  in study design/protocol obviously affects the existing data  and
preclude  any  simplistic  consolidation or correlation  of past study  results.  Of these varia-
tions,  the differences  in  sampling/storage procedures  are  the  most  difficult  to resolve.
 XD3B/C                                        3-83                                  1-19-81

-------
By-and-large, when considering all the earlier studies, sampler collection efficiencies,  sample
representativeness, and sample integrity at the time of chemical analysis (i.e., does  the sample
reflect what was collected in the field or have chemical changes occurred?) can only be  specu-
lated.
     Since 1900, techniques used to collect/store precipitation samples have undergone signifi-
cant  changes.   The most  significant  change  in wet-only or  bulk  precipitation sampling  deals
with the  collector itself.   In earlier reports, monthly  bulk samples were manually collected
in  glass  devices.   Plastic  devices  became the collection medium  during 1950-1960.   Galloway
and Likens (1976)  note that plastic collectors are preferred today for inorganic species  where-
as  glass  collectors  are  currently used for organic  sampling.   Automated wet/dry samplers are
replacing  the  manual  wet-only and bulk  collection techniques.  The  height  of the collection
device above ground  level  has varied throughout the years.   Earlier studies placed collectors
at  ground level while current studies commonly  place the  collector  1-3  meters  above ground
level.  Other study-dependent sampling variations observed in wet-only and bulk sampling  proce-
dures include:   filtering versus non-filtering of the sample before chemical analysis; the use
of  biocides  to preserve the  sample  and  retard biological growth; and the  storage techniques
used after sample  collection and before chemical analysis.   Although the degree each  of  these
sampling/storage differences affect the sample remains unanswered, it is generally agreed that
the study data will be related to the study sampling techniques employed.
     When reviewing past  data,  the analyst must determine  if and to what extent these common
variations bias  the resulting data.   For  example, the effects of  sample  evaporation, splash
contamination,   loss of initial  and usually most concentrated  rainfall  and contamination from
insects,  leaves, etc., have  been commonly reported.   How the authors addressed these  problems
differ.  Some deleted the questionable data,  others did not, and still others stated that these
effects would be averaged out over the length of the study.
     The  data  analyst  must also know whether the samples were filtered before analysis.   Past
study data indicates that the inclusion of particulate "wash-out" material  in bulk and wet-only
samples as well as dry deposition in bulk samples changes the overall chemistry of the sample.
Several studies routinely filtered the sample before analysis.  This filtration of particulate
matter, depending  on  technique and actual  time when filtering occurred, could possibly change
the resulting sample chemical composition and related analytical data.  Whether glass  or  plas-
tic collection  devices were  used could also affect the data.  Galloway and Likens  (1976) note
the leaching of inorganic species into/out of glass collection devices and the loss of organic
species with plastic  devices.   Other authors  (Kadlecek and  Mohnen,  1976;  Norwegian Institute
for Air Research,  1971) report similar findings.  Metal ion  losses in dilute samples have been
repeatedly reported.  To minimize this potential metal loss, various authors acidified a  repre-
sentative aliquot  of the sample immediately following collection; again, others did not.  Sample
XD3B/C                                       3-84                                 1-19-81

-------
storage techniques  also vary  among studies.   Larger networks  usually  kept the  sample in a
cool,  dark place.   Some smaller networks either froze the sample or refrigerated the sample at
4°C.   Galloway and  Likens  (1976) indicate that significant changes do not occur when samplers
are stored  at 4°C.    Unfortunately,  this  storage technique  is  cost  prohibitive  for large
national/international  networks.   How  long  a sample  is  stored before  chemical  analysis may
also affect the sample integrity.  A review of the literature reveals that the reported  length
of time from  sample  collection to  sample  analysis has varied by as much as sixty days.  Some
authors used  chemical biocides  to  retard  green  algae growth in  samples  collected in warmer
climates  as  the  presence  of algae changes  the  sample chemical  composition.   Obviously,  the
sample storage technique affects the sample integrity at the time of chemical analysis.
     Although  procedures  for  the  collection of  dry  deposition are  not as  well  documented,
similar sampling  variations  are expected depending  on  technique,  i.e.,  dust-fall  buckets,
ambient air monitors  or automated dry-only collection devices.   Siting  of the dry deposition
collector is  crucial;  in  particular,  the  height of  the  collector  above ground  level.  Dry
deposition samples, 0-1 meter above ground level, have been reported to be heavily influenced
by contributions  from the local terrain as well as bird and vegetation contamination.
     Data from special studies  is  also available for summation.  Behrmann  (1975), Pickerell
et al.  (1979), Anderson (1978),  Cooper et  al.  (1976)  and Gatz et al.  (1971)  report special
one-of-a-kind  samplers to  monitor the  change in the  chemical  composition  of  precipitation
events at single  sites.  Special sampling procedures have been developed for the collection of
snow  (Galloway and  Likens,  1976; Hagen et al., 1973), fog (Waller, 1963; Rose, 1966), indivi-
dual  raindrops  and canopy  throughfall  (McColl and Bush,  1978).   Understanding  these special
sampling techniques is essential before this data  is compiled or summarized.
     The  data analyst  must  also  consider  the  various collection  periods reported  in past
studies.   Over the  years,  bulk samples  have  been  typically collected  on a monthly basis.
However,  wet  deposition collection  periods have  ranged  from event sampling  to  monthly sam-
pling.  Although clearly  defined in terms of showers and thunderstorms, the definition of the
beginning/ending of  an  event  during  a  large  frontal  system varies  from author  to author.
Monthly  sampling  is  common  in larger  networks  designed  to  monitor  the change  in  chemical
trends  over time.   Daily  or more frequent sampling  is typically reported at individual sites
with the objective to determine exact chemical loadings at specific sites.  Weekly sampling is
currently  recommended  by   Galloway and   Cowling  (1978)   as  the  maximum allowable  sampling
frequency to obtain useable wet deposition results.  Dry deposition is commonly collected on a
1 to 2 month basis  as recommended by Galloway and  Cowling.
     Each of  the sampling/storage variations addressed above  can  affect the sample integrity
and resulting data.    In addition,  site meteorology and collector efficiency  also affect the
sample.  Summers  and Whelpdale  (1976) stress the  existing need to document both scavenging and
collection mechanisms  involved with acid precipitation.  Initial reviews of the most commonly
used collectors have been conducted and are provided by Niemann  (1979) and Galloway and  Likens

XD3B/C                                       3-85                                  1-19-81

-------
(1976).   Additional  comprehensive  collector evaluations, to  include  dry  deposition collector
efficiencies and species collected, along with a re-evaluation of the meteorological mechanisms
involved in the  acid precipitation processes are needed.   Before  any past data summarization
can  be   developed,   a  careful  analysis  of  the  sampling/storage  procedures  and  collection
mechanisms must be performed.
3.4.3  Analytical Techniques
3.4.3.1   Introduction—Analytical  methodologies currently  employed to analyze precipitation
samples are,  for  the most part, state-of-the-art freshwater or natural water analytical tech-
niques.    Typical  procedures  are  presented in  Methods  of  Air  Sampling and  Analysis  (1977),
Standard Methods  for the Examination of  Water  and  Waste Water  (1971)  and U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's  "Methods for  Chemical  Analysis of Water and  Waste"  (1979).   Theoretical
detection limits and the quality of the data in terms of precision/accuracy for each technique
are  specified  in the  literature.   Rainwater, however,  is a dilute  solution of  chemical
species, and represents extremely pure freshwater or natural water.  Chemical analyses on rain
water yield  results at  or  below  the  published   analytical  detection  limits (Miller  and
Highsmith, 1976).  Added  precautions  must be taken  to minimize field/laboratory contamination
(Likens, 1972) which is  analytically indistinguishable and  sometimes  larger than the natural
rain  water  specie  contributions.   To  preclude changes  in the sample chemical  composition,
analyses  should  occur within  24 hours  after  sample  collection.    Although operator  and
instrumentation dependent, laboratory analyses should meet or exceed the analytical  precisions
and accuracies presented  in  Table 3-6.   Operator and instrumentation biases must be minimized
through supporting quality  assurance  programs.   External as  well  as  internal  quality control
procedures must  co-exist  to  adequately describe the quality of the analytical  data.  Prior to
1975, no  mechanism  existed  to externally evaluate  the  quality  of the precipitation chemistry
data  being  reported  by the  international precipitation  laboratories.   WMO instituted such an
international  quality  assurance  program  in  1975.   Potential  errors   in  past  data  have
subsequently  been noted  by  Ridder (1978), Galloway  et.  al., (1979),  Tyree et  al. (1979), and
Tyree (1980).
3.4.3.2  Analysis of Acid Deposition Samples
3.4.3.2.1   Sample Preparation.   Wet deposition  samples are  allowed  to equillibrate  to room
temperature   before   chemical  analyses.    Sample   pH/conductivity  are   initially  measured.
Filtering/centrifuging of the sample may follow.   A representative portion of the sample may
then  be acidified (HNO.,)  to  preserve the metal ion  concentrations.  Between  analyses, samples
are  either  stored in a dark, cool place or at 4°C.   Dry deposition samples are dissolved with
a  known  quantity of  distilled water  (typically  50  ml).    Analytical procedures  for these
dissolved  dry deposition samples  are  identical  to the wet deposition analytical procedures
described below.
XD3B/C                                       3-86                                  1-19-81

-------
            TABLE 3-6.  RECOMMENDED  PHYSICAL/CHEMICAL PARAMETERS FOR ANALYSIS
Parameter
Volume (field)
pH (field + lab)
Conductivity
(field -i- lab)
so4
N03
Cl
NH4
K
Ca
Na
Mg
Acidity
Unit of
Report
inches
PH
pS/cm
mgS/1
mgN/1
mgCl/1
mgN/1
mgK/1
mgCa/1
mgNa/1
mgMg/1
|jeq/l
Expected
Range
0.00-10.00
2.00-9.00
0.1-200.0
0.1-10.0
0.1-10.0
0.1-10.0
0.05-10.0
0.01-5.00
0.01-5.00
0.01-10.00
0.01-2.00
1.0-500.0
Suggested
Precision
±.02"
i.OlpH
±5%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±3%
±2%
±2%
±5%
±2%
±10%
Suggested
Accuracy
±.02"
±.01pH
±5%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±2%
±3%
±2%
±5%
3.4.3.2.2  Volume.  Direct  volume  measurements,  accuracy + 3%, are made on the wet deposition
sample with Class A  graduated cylinders.   Care must be taken to insure that the sample is not
contaminated by the  labware used in this procedure.   Indirect volume techniques include weigh-
ing the collection container  before and after the sampling period or measuring the collection
in  a   standard  rain  gauge  (cylinder,  tipping   bucket  or  weighing).   Standard rain  gauge
accuracies are +  0.02  in or better depending on the manufacturer.  The weighing rain gauge is
preferred since it offers minimal evaporation loss and a higher degree of reliability over the
tipping bucket rain  gauge during intense storms.
3.4.3.2.3 p_H.   pH is  the  measurement  of  the hydrogen  ion  activity, i.e., pH  = -log  [H ],
commonly  referred to as the  free  acid content of  the solution.   The pH  of a typical United
States wet deposition sample ranges between 4.0 - 5.0 pH units.  Samples collected in more arid
regions may range as  high as pH 8.0 whereas samples collected in the northeastern United States
typically range from pH  3.5 to pH  4.5.  Precipitation pH measurements were not reported prior
to 1962.  Instead methyl  orange indicator solution [endpoint pH = 4.4, Skoag and West (1965)]
XD3B/C
3-87
                                                                                  1-19-81

-------
was  added  to assess  the sample  acidity.   Cogbill and  Likens (1974)  and Granat  (1972)  have
indirectly calculated and reported the pHs of prior-1962 precipitation  samples.   Currently,  pH
is  electrometrically  determined with  a standard  pH  meter  in conjunction with  either  glass/
reference calomel electrodes or a combination electrode at 25°C.  Three certified buffer solu-
tions are  used  to calibrate the pH  meter/electrode  system in the pH range 3.50-7.50.   Direct
pH  measurements  are  made  on  a representative  aliquot of  the  sample.   pH  measurements are
dependent on operator techniques and the condition of the electrode(s).  Galloway et  al.  (1979),
Ridder (1978) and Tyree et al.  (1979) have noted potential sources of errors  in pH measurements.
With  proper  care and  quality  equipment, pH results  with  a precision  of  +  0.02  pH  units and
accuracy of + 0.05 pH units should be obtainable (Standard Methods, 1971).
3.4.3.2.4  Conductivity.   The  specific  conductance  of a wet  deposition  sample  indicates the
capability for that sample to carry an electrical current.  Conductivity is related to the total
concentration of dissolved ions, is directly determined on the sample with a  standard Wheatstone
bridge in conjunction with a calibrated conductivity cell at 25°C.  Wet deposition  sample con-
ductivities  normally range from ca.  10-200 uS/cm.   Daily calibration of the  conductivity meter
and  cell  with  freshly  prepared  standard KC1  solution  is  required  for accurate  measurements.
Operator techniques,  the  condition  of the conductivity  cell,  and the quality of the standard
KC1 solutions determine the quality of data reported.   Under careful supervision,  conductivity
measurements with precision/accuracy of  5  percent are  obtainable (Standard Methods,   1971).
3.4.3.2.5  Acidity.   An acidity measurement indicates the capacity of the wet deposition sample
to  donate  protons from both strong and weak acids.  Numerous  techniques have been  reported to
measure sample  acidity.   Each  technique can yield a  slightly different result (Tyree,  1980).
Acidity values  from  - 200 ueg/liter to + 200 ueg/liter are routinely reported.   The  precision
and  accuracy  of any  acidity measurement is dependent on the analytical technique employed and
the  ability  of  the  operator to  standardize  and titrate minute  quantities  of highly diluted
strong  base.   Tyree  (1980) notes that  the  operator  is the  key to  good acidity  measurements.
The  presence  of carbon dioxide,  aluminum, iron, ammonium and  the method endpoint pH  influence
the  results.
      3.4.3.2.5.1  pH.   See Section 3.4.3.2.3.   Depending on the actual sample pH,  acidity based
on  a pH measurement  yields either  the  strong  acid  proton component  (sample pH  <4.5) or the
strong  acid  component  plus  some  undetermined  contribution  from the  weak  acid  component
(sample pH >4.5).  Acidity based on pH alone is not considered conclusive.
      3.4.3.2.5.2  Titrimetric.   Various titrimetric endpoint procedures are available.
      Phenolphthalein Endpoint.   The  rainwater  sample  is titrated with  standardized 0.01-0.001
strong base (NaOH) to the phenolphthalein endpoint (8.0-9.6 pH units per Skoag and West,  1965).
Precision and accuracy  (+ 5 percent) are dependent on the ability of the operator to  standardize
and  deliver  minute  quantities  of dilute base  and the  repeatability  of  the endpoint  color.
(Standard Methods, 1971).
XD3B/C                                       3-88                                  1-19-81

-------
     WMO.   A prescribed  quantity  of strong acid  (H2SO.)  is added to the sample,  lowering the
sample pH  to less than 4.0 and thus removing the CCL.  The sample is titrated against standar-
dized base  until  the  sample pH, monitored via a pH meter, reads pH 5.6.  Precision (+ 0.02 pH
units) and accuracy (+ 0.05 pH units) are dependent on the quality of the pH meter and standar-
dized base, the condition of the electrodes and operator technique.
     American Public Health Association.   Strong  acid is  added to  lower the  sample  pH below
4.0.  Hydrogen peroxide  is then added.  The sample is boiled to eliminate C0?, cooled to room
temperature and  titrated electrometrically with strong base  to pH  8.3 (EPA method endpoint =
8.2).  The  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency (1979) reports a standard deviation of 1-2 mg
CaC03/liter and  bias  of  ca. + 20 percent for sample measurements in the 10-120 mg CaC03/liter
range.
     Likens (1972).  Nitrogen is bubbled through the sample to eliminate any C02 interference.
Samples are titrated  to  pH 9.00 with standard base.  The accuracy of the pH meter is reported
to  be  + 0.03  pH  units (1972).  Hendry  and Brezonik (1980), following this technique, titrated
samples to pH 7.00 endpoint.
     Cou1ometric/Potentiometric.  The  sample  is titrated with cathodic generated hydroxyl ion
(OH  ), i.e., (-)  reference  electrode/test solution/glass electrode (+) as outlined by Liberti,
et  al.  (1972) and  Askne  et al.  (1973).   Gran plots (1952)  are  interpreted  to determine the
strong  and weak acid contributions.   Liberti et  al.  (1972)  report  a + 5  percent  standard
derivation  and  0.1  mg/liter H2S04 sensitivity when  analyzing strong acids.   The  Norwegian
Institute  for  Air Research (NAIR)  (1971)  reported  a 2-5 peg acidity/liter standard deviation
in  rainwater  samples  having  10  -10   acidity concentrations.   Askne  et  al.  (1973) observed
"exact  agreement"  in strong   acid analyses,  but  only  "reasonable-to-good  agreement"  with
samples containing  various concentrations of strong and  weak acids.  Tyree et al. (1979) and
Krupa  et  al.  (1976) also  observed  difficulties  in determining strong/weak acid contributions
in  rainwater samples using this technique.
     3.4.3.2.5.3   Ion Balance.   Granat  (1972)  and Cogbill and  Likens  (1974)  have reported  a
technique  to  calculate sample pHs  based  on  the total  ionic  strength.  In this technique, the
charge difference in  favor of  the  anion  concentration is related to the sample hydronium ion
concentration.   Possession of  accurate analytical data  for  the individual  principle ions is
essential.   The  overall  precision  and  accuracy of this technique is  no  better than the sum-
mation  of precisions/accuracies  of the  analytical  methods  used to determine the individual
ionic  species.    Tyree et  al.  (1979)   states  that this  technique  could  possibly be  used to
determine  the strong acid  contribution  in  samples with observed pH 5.6  or below.
3.4.3.2.6   Sulfate (S0.=).  Analytical  procedure  for sulfate  analysis  are described in Section
3.3.4.1.1.  Typical wet  deposition  samples contain  0.1-5.0  mg S04 /liter.
3.4.3.2.7   Ammonium  (NH4+).    Ammonium  concentration  of  0.1-1.0  mg  N/liter  are  normally
observed  in wet  deposition samples.   Two techniques  (ion selective electrode and  indophenol
colorimetry)  are  discussed in Section 3.3.4.2.    Manual  Nesslerization  techniques  (Standard

XD3B/C                                        3-89                                  1-19-81

-------
Methods, 1971)  are commonly  used.   The Nessler  reagent is thoroughly mixed  with the sample
(ca.  30 minutes).   The  characteristic yellow color is photometrically determined (425 mu with
1 cm cell  path).  Analyses of samples containing 0.2 mg N/liter typically produce results with
+ 0.12  mg  N/liter  standard deviation  and  + 18 percent  bias  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency, 1979).
3.4.3.2.8  Nitrate  (NO  ~).   The  rainwater  sample nitrate concentration quantitatively (normal
           ————^——    j
range 0.1-5.0 mg N/liter) is reduced to nitrate by the addition of hydrazine sulfate (Kamphake
et al., 1967) or by passing the sample  through  a  copper-cadmium column (Fiore et al., 1962).
The  addition of  sulfanilamide  and  N-(l-naptha)-ethylene  diamine  dihydrochloride yields  a
highly  colored  azo dye  measureable  colorimetrically at  520 nm.   Automated  techniques (U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency,  1979c) minimize  operator error  and  increases  the  sample
throughout.   A  second analysis  without the nitrate  reduction  step  is required to correct for
sample  nitrite  concentration.   Precision/accuracy  of +  5  percent  are expected  with samples
above  1 mg  N   per  liter.   Butler et  al.  (1978)  and Tyree et  al.  (1979) report comparable
sensitivity,  precision and accuracy using an automated 1C technique  (see Section 3.3.4.2.2.4).
3.4.3.2.9  Chloride (Cl~).   Various manual  and  automated procedures  are used  to determine
chloride in  rainwater  in the concentration  range  0.1-10.0  mg Cl /liter with  precision  ca.  +
0.2 mg  Cl/liter.   The WMO method adds mercuric nitrate and diphenylcarbazone-bromophenol  blue
to the  sample forming mercuric  chloride.  The excess mercury  complexes with  the indicator to
form  a  blue-violet dye  measured photometrically at  525  nm.   Zall et al.  (1956)  displace the
thiocyonate ion  (SCN )  in Hg(SCN)2 and form HgCl-.   In the presence  of excess  iron, the highly
colored dye  [Fe (SCN)+] is formed and  can  be photometrically  measured at 460  urn.   The auto-
mated  ferricyanide  procedure (EPA)  is preferred  over  the  manual  methods   since  operator/
standard solution  errors are minimized.  Automated 1C techniques (Butler  et  al., 1978; Tyree
et al., 1979 and Section 3.3.4.1.1.4) yield comparable results.
3.4.3.2.10   Fluoride  (F ).  Fluoride  in  wet  deposition  (range   0.01-0.1   mg  F/liter)  is
generally determined by the ion selective electrode technique.  The condition of the fluoride
ion selective electrode  is critical.   Analysis of synthetic samples  containing 0.85 mg F/liter
yielded results with  a  3.6 percent relative standard deviation and  0.7 percent relative error
(Standard Methods,  1971).  Automated  1C techniques  (Butler et al., 1978; Tyree  et al.,  1979
and Section 3.3.4.1.1.4) yields  similar results.
3.4.3.2.11 Trace Metals.   Techniques  used  to determine trace metal  concentration in rainwater
are described in Section 3.3.4.3.   Observed metal  concentration ranges generally approximate
the lower detection limit for flame atomic absorption metal analysis.
3.4.4   Interlaboratory  Comparisons
     WMO (1975)  instituted an international interlaboratory program to describe the quality of
the wet deposition  chemistry data being reported by the  various WMO  laboratories.  Participa-
tion  in this program  is on a voluntary basis.   The results of three comparisons on synthetic
rainwater samples  (WMO,  1976; Thompson, 1978; WMO,  1980) have been previously reported.  The

XD3B/C                                       3-90                                  1-19-81

-------
United States Department of Energy (DOE) sponsored a similar  round  robin  (MAP3S,  1979)  on  both
simulated and  composited rainwater samples.   Tyree  et al. (1979,  1980)) discuss the WHO  and
DOE results.
     Three physical analyses  (pH,  conductivity, and acidity) are most  frequently reported  and
compared.  pH  and  conductivity  laboratory results  have been  extracted from  the  three  WHO
reports and  are  provided in Table 3-7.  WMO did not summarize the  acidity measurement  results
in  the first  and  second  analysis  sessions.   The  synthetic samples  used in  the  first  two
sessions  contained   only   weak  acids.    The  laboratory  results   indicated   that  the   WMO
laboratories,  as  a whole,  could not perform acidity  measurements  on samples containing only
weak acids.   Four new samples were used  in  the  third WMO  analysis session.  Three of the third
analysis  session  samples (samples 71,  72,  73) contained both weak and strong acids.   Sample
type 74 contained only strong sulfuric acid.  The results of  the acidity  measurements reported
in  the  third  analysis  session have  also  been  extracted.    Table  3-8  lists  the   between
laboratory percent  coefficient  of variation by session for those chemical analyses routinely
performed by the WMO participants, where
                      C. V. =
                                         _
         x  100%
 Improvement  in  the analysis for  a  given constituent by the WMO  laboratories,  as  a whole,   is
 indicated by decreasing %  C. V.  from  session  1  to  session  3.   In  general,  the WMO  laboratories
 as  a whole, showed  improvement  from session 1 to session 3.
     WMO  and  DOE   intercomparision   results  highlight   the   difficulties  encountered  when
 analyzing  dilute precipitation  samples.   When comparing  data from various studies, the data
 analyst must  include the  appropriate  biases  resulting from the  laboratory's sampling/storage
 techniques  as well  as the  ability  of  that  laboratory to perform chemical  analyses  on  the
 sample.
 XD3B/C
3-91
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
                                   TABLE 3-7.  RESULTS OF WHO INTERCOMPARISONS ON SYNTHETIC PRECIPITATION SAMPLES
pH (pH Units)
Sample
Session type
1976 A
B
C
D
1978 A
B
C
0
1980 71
72
73
*74

X
5.45
5.53
5.53
5.56
5.66
5.77
5.60
5.65
4.21
4.02
5.58
3.91

°x
.74
.76
.52
.41
.49
.51
.44
.39
.16
.11
.19
.16

N
17
18
17
18
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
24

High x
6.40
7.22
6.20
6.10
6.54
7.07
6.58
6.64
4.55
4.17
6.02
4.30

Low x
3.65
3.85
4.10
4.20
4.61
4.65
4.54
4.79
3.80
3.72
5.17
3.60
Sample
Session type
1976 A
B
C
D
1978 A
B
C
D
1980 71
72
73
*74

x
6.9
17.3
56.3
109.3
6.7
17.9
52.4
103.6
29.1
80.4
195.9
64.4
Conductivity (MS/cm) Acidity (|jeq/l)

°x
4.3
4.9
4.8
8.1
3.0
8.8
12.0
23.9
4.0
9.1
21.6
8.0

N
17
18
17
18
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
23

High
22.0
28.0
62.0
119.0
19.0
57.0
67.5
132.0
37.3
95.6
224.0
81.5
Sample
x Low x Session type x ax N
3.9 1976 NOT REPORTED BY WMO
20.0
44.0
84.0
3.9 1978 NOT REPORTED BY WMO
9.0
19.1
37.9
18.3 1980 71 70.0 36.7 22
57.3 72 106.3 43.6 22
132.0 73 25.3 63.7 18
48.0 *74 10.9 16.1 22

High x Low x








206.0 18.9
260.0 29.2
202.0 -37.0
68.0 4.7

*Samp1e contains
x = sample mean =

only H
IX.
i
2S04
































a = standard deviation =
X
Z(x.-x)2
N-l




































N = number of laboratories.

-------
                   TABLE 3-8.   COEFFICIENTS OF VARIATION OF WMO INTERCOMPARISONS ON
                                SYNTHETIC PRECIPITATION SAMPLES
                     Between laboratory percent coefficient of variation (% C.V.)
                                          % C.V. by session
        Constituent            1976             1978             1980
            PH                  10                8                3.4
        Conductivity            15               22               12
            SO.                 13               24               34
            NH?                 38               32               33
            NO,                 79               64               74
            Cr                 58               24               25
            Ca                  27               25               25
            K                   32               30               22
            Ma                  21                8               99
            Na                  29               27               19
XD3B/C
                                             3-93                                 1-19-81

-------
*
3.    REFERENCES

Abbos, and R. L. Tanner.  Continuous determination of gaseous ammonia  in  the  ambient atmosphere
     using flourescence derivitization.  Atmos. Environ, vol. 14.   In  press,  1980.

Adams, F. C., and R. E. Van Grieken.  Absorption correction  for X-ray  fluorescence  analysis of
     aerosol  loaded filters.  Anal. Chem. 47:1767-1773, 1975.

Ahern, A. E.   Trace analysis by mass spectrometry.  Academic Press, New York,  NY, 1972.

Ahlquist, N.  C. ,  and R. J. Charlson.   A new instrument for evaluating  the visual  quality of
     air.  J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 17:467-469, 1967.

Akiyama, T.   Direct titration of sulfate.  Kyota Yakka Daigaku Gakuho  5:48-50,  1957.

American Industrial Hygiene Association.  Guide for Respirable Dust Sampling.   AIHA J.  31:133,
     1970.

American Public Health Association Methods  of Air Sampling and  Analysis.   2nd Edition.  1977
     Washington, DC, 1977.

American Society  for  Testing and  Materials.   Standard method for  collection and  analysis  of
     dustfall.    In:    Book  of ASTM  Standards.   American  Society for Testing and  Materials,
     PhiladelphiaTPA,  1966.  pp. 785-788.

American Society  for  Testing  and  Materials.   Standard  Method for  Particulate Matter  in  the
     Atmosphere.  1970  Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Philadelphia, PA, pp. 498-505.

Anderson, D.  E.   Continuous Measurement of pH  Using  An  Automatic Precipitation Collector  and
     Analyzer.   University of Maryland,  Publication 78-178, College Park, MD,  May 1978.

Appel. B. R. ,  S.  M.  Wall, Y. Tokiwa,  and M.  Haik.  Interference effects in  sampling particu-
     late nitrate in ambient air.  Atmos. Environ. 13: 319-325, 1979.

Appel, B. R., E. L. Kothny, E. M. Hoffer, and J. J. Wesolowski. Comparison  of  Wet Chemical  and
     Instrumental  Methods for  Measuring Airborne Sulfate.   EPA-600/7-77-128,  U.S. Environ-
     mental   Protection  Agency, Research  Triangle Park, NC, November 1977.

Appel,  B.  R. ,  E.  M.   Hoffer,  E.   L.  Kothny,  and S. M.  Wall.    Interference in  2,4-xylenol
     procedure  for  nitrate  determination  in atmospheric  aerosols.   Environ.  Sci. Techno!.
     11:189,  1977a.

Appel,  B.  R. ,  E.  M.  Hoffer, M.  Haik,  W.  Wehrmeister,  E.  L.  Kothny and J.  J.   Wesolowski.
     Improvement  and  Evaluation  of Methods  for  Sulfate  Analysis.   EPA-600/4-79-028,  U.  S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1979a.

Appel, B. R.,  J.  J.  Wesolowski, E. Hoffer,  S.  Twiss, S.  Wall,  S.  G.  Chang,  and V. T.  Novak.
     An  intermethod   comparison  of  x-ray   photoelectron   spectroscopy  (ESCA)  analysis   of
     atmospheric particulate matter.  Int. J. Environ. Analyt. Chem. 4:169-181, 1976.

Appel,  B.  R.,  S.  M.  Wall,  Y.  Tokiwa,  and  M.  Haik.   Simultaneous nitric acid,  particulate
     nitrate and acidity measurements in ambient air.  Accepted for publication in  Atmospheric
     Environment, 1980.

Askne, C.,  C. Brosset,  and M. Fern.  Determination of the  Proton-Donating Property  of Airborne
     Particles. NL Publication B157, Gotherburg, Sweden, 1973.
XRD3D/E                 .                      3-94                                  1-19-81

-------
ASTM,  Standard  Methods of  Test for Sulfate  Ion in Water and  Waste  Water (D516), Method  C  -
     Volumetric Method.  Annual Book of ASTM  Standards  31:427,  430-433,  1974.

Axelrod,  H.  D., and S.  G.  Hansen.  Anal. Chem. 47:2460,  1975.

Axelrod,  H.  D. ,  J.  E. Bonelli,  and  J.  P.   Lodge,  Jr.  Fluorimetric  determination  of  trace
     nitrates.   Anal.  Chim. Acta 51:21-24, 1970.

Bacon, J.  C.,  M.  E.  Edelson,  and  G.  J.  Small.   Fluorescence  line narrowing spectrometry  in
     organic glass  containing  PPB  levels of polycyclic aromatic  hydrocarbons.   Anal.  Chem.
     50(9):1394-1397,  1978.

Bailey, D.  L.  R. , and P. Clayton.  The Measurement  of Suspended Particulate and Carbon  Concen-
     trations in the Atmosphere Using  Standard Smoke Shade Methods.  Warren Springs Laboratory
     Report LR325(AP), Stevenage, Hertfordshire,  England, 1980.

Bakas,  E.    Fast  titrimetric  method  for  the  determination  of  sulfate ions.   Magyar  Kern.
     Folygirat 62:135-139,  1956.

Barnard, W.  F.,  editor.    Community  Health  Environmental   Surveillance  Studies  (CHESS)  Air
     Pollution  Monitoring  Handbook:   Manual  Methods.    EPA-600/1-76-011,  U.S.   Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,  NC, January  1976.

Barnes, R.  A.   Duplicate measurements  of  low  concentrations  of  smoke and sulphur  dioxide  using
     two "National  Survey"  samplers with a  common inlet.    Atmos.  Environ.  7:901-904,  1973.

Barrett, E., and G. Brodin. Tellus 7(2):252,  1955.

Barrett, W.  J.,  H. C.  Miller, J.  E.  Smith,  Jr., and  C. H.  Gwin.   Development of a portable
     device to  collect sulfuric acid  aerosols.   U. S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  Report
     EPA-600/2-77-027, February 1977.

Barringer  Research Limited.   A  report to   Department  of   Health,  Education and Welfare  of
     Optical  Measurements   of  S0?  and  NO,   Air  Pollution  Using   Barringer  Correlation
     Spectrometers.  Technical  Report  TR-69-rl3, Barringer  Research,  Ltd., Rexdale, Onrtario,
     Canada, December 1969.

Barton, S.  C., and H.  G. McAdie.  A  specific  method for the  automatic  determination of  ambient
     H?SO,  aerosol.    In:    Proceedings  of the   2nd  International  Clean  Air  Congress,
     International Union  of Air Pollution Prevention Associations, Washington, D.C., December
     6-11, 1970.   H.  M.  Englund  and  W.  T.   Berry, eds., Academic  Press, New York, NY,  1971.
     pp. 379-382.

Barton,  S.  C.,  and  H.   G.  McAdie.   An  automated instrument  for monitoring  ambient  H-SO,
     aerosol.    In:   Proceedings of  the 3rd  International   Clean  Air  Congress,  International
     Union of  ATr Pollution Prevention Associations, Dusseldorf,  Federal  Republic of Germany,
     October 8-12, 1973.  VDI-Verlag GmbH, Dusseldorf,  Federal  Republic  of Germany, 1973.   pp.
     c25-c27.

Baumgardner, R.  E. , W.  A.  McClenny, and  R.   K.  Stevens.  Optimized chemilunescence system for
     measuring atmospheric  ammonia.  EPA Technology Series,  600/2-79-028,  1979.

Behrmann,  J.  J.   Design  and  Testing  of a  Continuing  Monitor of Atmospheric Precipitation,
     1975.

Bertolacini,  R.  J.,  and  J.   E.  Barney.   Colorimetric determination  of sulfate with  barium
     chloranilate.  Anal.  Chem. 29:281, 1957.


XRD3D/E                                       3-95                                  1-19-81

-------
*
Bigg,  E.  K. ,  A.  Ono,  and  J.  A.  Williams.   Chemical  tests  for individual submicron  aerosol
     particles.   Atmos. Environ. 8:1-13, 1974.

Bisgaard, P.,  and E. Reymann.  Anal. Chem.  Acta. 72:215, 1974.

Blacker,  J.  H. ,  R. G.  Confer,  and R.  S.   Brief.   Evaluation  of the  reference method  for
     determination  of  sulfur  dioxide   in  the  atmosphere  (pararosaniline method).   J.  Air
     Pollut.  Control Assoc. 23:525-527, 1973.

Blanco,  A.  J. ,  and   G.  B.  Hoidale.    Microspectrophotometric  technique  for  obtaining  the
     infrared   spectrum   of  microgram  quantities  of  atmospheric  dust.   Atmos.  Environ.
     2:327-330, 1968.

Blanco,  A.   J.,  and  R.  G.  Mclntyre.   An  infra-red  spectroscopic   view  of   atmospheric
     particulates over El Paso, Texas.   Atmos. Environ.  6:557-562,  1972.

Bokhoven, C.,  and  H.  J.  Niessin.   The  continuous  monitoring of traces  of SCK  in air on  the
     basis  of  discolouration  of  the  starch-iodine  reagent  with  prior  eliminations   of
     interfering compounds.  Int.  J. Air Water Pollut.  10:233-243,  1966.

Bolleter, W.  T.,  C.   J.  Bushman,  and  P.  W.  Tidwell.   Spectrophotometric  determination  of
     ammonia as indophenol.  Anal. Chem. 33:592-594, 1961.

Bolze,  R. E.,  and G.   E.  Tuve.  Handbook of Tables for Applied Engineering Science, Chemical
     Rubber Co., 1970.   p. 159.

Bostrom,  C.   E.   The  absorption  of  low  concentrations  (pphm)  of  hydrogen  sulfide  in a
     Cd(OH)9-suspension  as   studied   by  an  isotopic  tracer  method.    Air  Water   Pollut.
     10:435-441, 1966.

Boumans, P.  W.  J. M. and F. J. DeBoer.   Spectrochem.  Acta. 308:309, 1975.

Bowden,  S.   R.    Improved  lead  dioxide method  of  assessing  sulphurous  pollution  of  the
     atmosphere.  Air Water Pollut.  8:101, 1964.

Bradway,  R. M. ,  F. A.  Record, and  T.  G.  Pace.   Application  of  Polarizing Microscopy to  the
     Characterization  of Ambient  Suspended  Particulate,  Proceedings  Annual  Meeting  of  the
     Federation  of  Analytical Chemists  and  Spectroscopists  Society,  Philadelphia, PA,  1976.

Braman,  R. S.,  and  T.  J. Shelley.   Tungsten  VI oxide for pre-concentration and determination
     of   gases   and  particulate   ammonia  and  nitric  acid   in   ambient  air.    EPA  Report
     600/7-80-179,  U.  S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC.,  1980.

Braman,  R. S., D. L. Johnson, C. C.  Foreback, J. M. Ammons, and J.  L. Bricker.  Separation  and
     determination  of  nanogram  amounts of  inorganic  arsenic and  methylarsenic compounds.
     Anal. Chem. 49(4):621-625, 1977.

British  Standards  Institution.   Methods  for  the  Measurement  of Air  Pollution.   Part  3:
     Determination  of  Sulphur  Dioxide.   B.S.  1747,  British  Standards  Institution,  London,
     England,  1963.

British  Standards  Institution.   Methods  for  the  Measurement  of Air  Pollution.   Part  2:
     Determination of Concentration of Suspended Matter.  B.S.  1747, Part 2, British  Standards
     Institution, London, England, 1964.

Bromberg, S.  M.,  G.  G. Akland, and  J.  C.  Puzak.   Survey of  laboratory performance.  Analysis
     of  simulated ambient S02 bubbler samples.  J. Air Pollut.  Control Assoc. 24:  1973,  1974.


XRD3D/E                                       3-96                                   1-19-81

-------
*

Bromberg,  SM.,  R   L.  Lampe,  and  B.  I. Bennett.   Summary of Audit Performance:   Measurement
     of S02,  NCL, CO, Sulfate,  Nitrate,  Lead,  Hi-Vol  Flow Rate - 1977   EPA-600/4-79-014  U S
     Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,  NC,  February 1979.

Bromberg,  S.  M. ,  R.  L.  Lampe,  and  B.  I. Bennett.   Summary of Audit Performance:   Measurement
     of S02,  N02, Sulfate,  Nitrate,  Lead,  Hi-Vol  Flow  Rate - 1978.   EPA-600/4-80-017,  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,  NC,  June 1980.

Brosset, C., and  M.  Ferm.   Man-made  airborne acidity  and  its  determination.   Atmos  Environ
     12:909-916, 1978.

Brosset, C.,  K. Andreasspn,  and M.  Ferm.   The  nature and possible origin of acid particles
     observed at the Swedish west coast.  Atmos.  Environ.  9:631-642,  1975.

Butler, F.  E.,  R.  H.  Jungers,  L.  F.  Porter,  A. E. Riley, and F.  J.  Toth.   Analysis  of  Air
     Particulates by Ion  Chromotography:   Comparison  with Accepted Methods.   E.  Sawicki,  J.
     Mulik and  F. Wittenstein,  eds.   Ion Chromatographic Analysis of  Environ. Pollutants,  p.
     65, 1978.                                                                                H

Buttell, R. G.,  and A.  W.  Brewer.   Instruments  for  the  measurement of the visual  range.   J.
     Sci.  Instrum. Phys. Ind. 26:357-359, 1949.

Calvert, S. , and W.  Workman.  Estimation of  efficiency  for bubbler-type qas absorber.   Talanta
     4:89-100, 1960.

Camp,  D.   C.,   A.  L. Van   Lehn,  and  B. W.  Loo.   Intercomparison  of  Samplers   Used  in  the
     Determination  of Aerosol  Composition.    EPA-600/7-78-118,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
     Agency, Research Triangle  Park,  NC, July 1978.

Caplan et al., 1977.

Caplan, K.  J. ,   L.  J.  Doemeny,  and S.  D. Sorenson.   Performance Characteristics  of tfte  10mm
     Cyclone  Respirable Mass   Sampler:   Part  II,  Am.   Ind.  Hyg.  Assn.  J.  38:162-173',  1977.

Cautreels,  W.,   and  K.  Van  Cauwenberghe.    Determination of  organic  compounds   itn  airborne
     particulate  matter by gas/chromatography  -  Mass Spectrometry.   Atmos. Environ.,  10:447,
     1976.

Chand, R., and  R.  V. Marcote.  Evaluation of Portable  Electrochemical  Monitors and Associated
     Stack Sampling  for Stationary Source Monitoring.   Presented  at the 68th  National  Meeting
     of the American Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers,  Houston,  TX,  February 28-March  4,  1971.

Charlson,  R. J.,  N.  C.  Ahlquist, and H. Horvath.  On  the generality of correlation of atmos-
     pheric aerosol  mass  concentration and  light scatter.  Atmos.  Environ.   2:455-464,  1968.

Chow,  T.  J. ,  and M.  S. Johnstone.  Determination of  nitrate in seawater.    Anal.  Chim.  Acta
     27:441-446, 1962.

Coffer, J. W.,  C. McJilton, and  R.  J.  Charlson.  SO,  Oxidation to  Sulfate Due to Particulate
     Matter on  a  High  Volume  Air  Sample  Filter.   Paper ANAL 102,  167th National  Meeting,
     American Chemical Society, Los Angeles,  CA,  April  1-5, 1974.

Cogbill, C.  V.,  and G.   E.  Likens.    Acid  precipitation  in  the northeastern United  States.
     Water Resour. Res.  10:1133-1137,  1974.

Collison,  R. C.,  and J. F. Mensching.   NY  Agr.  Exp. Sta., Geneva Tech. Bull. 193:1-19,  1932.



XRD3D/E                                        3-97                                 1-19-81

-------
Colovos, G.,  E.  P.  Parry, and  C.  E.  Rodes.   Comparison of  the  degradation  of ammonium ion on
     high  volume  glass  fiber filters and  on  membrane filters.  In:   The  Los  Angeles Catalyst
     Study  Symposium,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Raleigh,  N.C.,  April  12-13, 1977.
     EPA-600/4-77-034,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC, June
     1977.   pp. 265-279.

Colovos, G.,  M.  R.  Panesar, and E. P. Parry.  Linearizing the calibration curve in determina-
     tion of sulfate by the methlthymol blue method.  Anal.  Chem. 48:1693-1696, 1976.

Commins, B. T.,  and R.  E. Waller.   Observations  from a ten  year study of pollution at a site
     in the city of London.  Atmos. Environ. 1:49-68, 1967.

Conner,  W.  D.   An  inertial-type  particle  separator for  collecting  large  samples.   J.  Air
     Pollut. Control Assoc. 16:35-38, 1966.

Cooper,  H.  B.  H.,  J.  M.  Demo,   and  J.   A.  Lopez.   Proceedings  of  the  First  International
     Symposium in Acid Precipitation and For. Ecos. 218, 1976.

Corn, M. ,  F.  Stein, and E. Nortan.  The Shape of Atmospheric Particles, a progress report for-
     Grant  AP00431-02,  Air Pollution Laboratory,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  PA, November 1967.

Coutant,  R.  W.    Effect  of  environmental  variables  on  collection   of  atmospheric  sulfate.
     Environ.  Sci. Technol. 11:873-878, 1977.

Crider, W.  L.   Hydrogen flame emission spectrophotometry  in  monitoring air  for sulfur dioxide
     and sulfuric acid aerosol.  Anal. Chem. 37:1770-1773, 1965.

Crider,  W.  L. ,  N.  P.  Barkley,  M.  J.  Knott,  and  R.  W.  Slater,  Jr.    Hydrogen  flame
     chemiluminescenee   detector   for  sulfate  in   aqueous  solutions.    Anal.   Chim.   Acta
     47:237-241, 1969.

Cunningham,  P.  T.,  and  S.  A.   Johnson.   Spectroscopic   observation  of  acid  sulfate  in
     atmospheric particulate samples.  Science (Washington,  D.C.) 191:77-79, 1976.

Cunningham, P. T., S. A. Johnson,  and R. T. Yang.   Environ.  Sci. Technol.  8:131,  1974.

Daley,  P.  S. ,  and D. A.  Lundgren.  The performance  of  Piezoelectric Crystal   Sensors  Used  to
     Determine   Aerosol   Mass  Concentrations,  presented  at  American  Industrial   Hygiene
     Conference, Miami, May 12, 1974.  41 pp.

de  Veer,  S. M. ,  H.  J.  Brouwer,  N.  V.  Philips,  and  H.  Zeedijk.   A remotely  controlled  SO,
     monitor for operation in air  pollution networks.Presented at the  62nd Annual  Meeting,  Air
     Pollution Control Association, New York, NY, June 1969.   paper No.  69-6.

Department  of Scientific and Industrial Research.   The Investigation  of Atmospheric Pollution,
     1931-1932.  18th Report. H. M. Stationery Office, London, 1933.

DiMartini,  R.   Determination of  nitrogen dioxide  and nitric oxide  in the parts  per million
     range  in  flowing gaseous mixtures by means of the  nitrate  specific-ion electrode.   Anal.
     Chem.   42:1102-1105, 1970.

Dionex  Corporation.   Dionex  Analytical  Ion Chromatographs.   Technical Brochure, Dionex Corp.,
     Palo Alto, California, 1975.

Dochinger,   L.  S.  and T. A. Seliga,  eds.  Proceedings of the  First  International Symposium and
     the Forest Ecosystem, USDA For.  Ser.  Gen. Tech.  1976.
XRD3D/E                                       3-98                                   1-19-81

-------
Dnscoll,  J.   M.,  A.  W.  Berger,  J.  M.  Becker,  J.   T.  Funkhouser,  and J.  R   Valentine
     Determination of oxides  of nitrogen  in  combustion  effluents  with a  nitrate  ion selective
     electrode.  J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc.  22:119-122,  1972.

Dubois,  L.    The   determination of  sulfuric  acid  in  air:   a specific  method.    Mikrochim
     Acta _: 269-279, 1969.

Dubois, L., C.  J.  Baker, T.  Teichman,  A. Zdrojewski, and  J.  L. Monkman.   A reneral  method  of
     analysis for high volume air samples.  Mikrochim. Acta.  6:3-112,  1969.

Dzubay. T. G.,  H.  L. Rook, and R.  K. Stevens.  A chemiluminescent  approach to measurement  of
     strong acid aerosols.  In:  Analytical Methods Applied to  Air Pollution Measurements.   R.
     K.  Stevens  and W.  F.  flerget,  eds., Ann  Arbor  Science  Publishers,  Inc., Ann Arbor, MI,
     1974.  pp. 71-83.                                                  '                  '

Dzubay,  T.  G.  Aerosol  Acidity Determination by  Reaction with  14C  labelled amine.  Atmos.
     Environ.  13:1209, 1979.

Dzubay,  T.  G., and  R.  K.  Stevens.   Ambient air  analyses  with dichotomous sampler  and  x-ray
     fluorescence spectrometer.  Environ.  Sci.  and Tech. 9(7):  663-668, 1975.

Dzubay, T. G.,  ed.   X-ray flourescence analysis of environmental  samples.  Ann Arbor Science,
     Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1977.

Dzubay, T. G.,  L.  E. Mines,  and  R.  K.  Stevens.   Particle  bounce  errors  in cascade  impactors.
     Atmos. Environ. 10:229-234, 1976.

Dzubay,  T.  G., P.  J.  Lamothe,  and  H.  Yoshuda,   Polymer  films  as  calibration standards for
     x-ray flourescence analysis.  Advances in  X-Ray Analysis 20:411,  1977.

Eagan, M.  L.,  and L. Dubois.   The determination of ammonium  ion in  airborne particulates with
     selective electrodes.  Anal. Chim. Acta  70:157-167, 1974.

Eggleton,  A.  E.,   and  D.  H.  Atkins.   Results  of  the Tees-side  investigation.   U.   K.  Atomic
     Energy Authority, Research Group Report  AERE-R6983, 1972.

Environment One Corporation,  Schenectady,  NY.

Fassel,  V.   Quantitative  elemental  analyses by  plasma  emission   spectroscopy.   Science
     (Washington, DC) 202:183-191, 1978.

Ferm,  M.   Method  for  determination of  atmospheric ammonia.   Atmos.  Environ.  13:1385-1393,
     1979.

Fiore, J., and J.  E. O'Brien.   Water  Eng.  33:128,  1962.

Forrest,  J.  and L..  Newman.   Ambient air  monitoring for sulfur compounds—a critical review.
     J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 23:761-768,  1973.

Forrest, J., and L. Newman.   Sampling and analysis of atmospheric  sulfur  compounds for isotope
     ratio studies.  Atmos. Environ.  7:561-573, 1973a.

Forrest,  J.,   and  L.  Newman.   Silver-110  microgram  sulfate  analysis   for  the  short  time
     resolution of ambient levels of  sulfur aerosols., Anal.  Chem. 49:1579, 1977.

Foster,  J.  E.,  and  G.  H.  Beatty.   Interlaboratory Cooperative  Study  of the  Precision and
     Accuracy of the Measurement of Sulfur Dioxide Content  in the  Atmosphere Using ASTM Method
     D2914.   ASTM  Data  Series  Publication   DS-55-S1,  American  Society for  Testing and
     Materials, Philadelphia, PA, 1974.
XRD3D/E                                        3.99
                                                                                    1-19-81

-------
*
Fox, D.  L.,  and H. E. Jeffries.  Air pollution.  Anal. Chem.  51(5):27R,  1979.

Fox, M.  A.,  and St. W. Staley.  Determination of polycyclic aromatic  hydrocarbons in atmospheric
     particulate matter by high pressure  liquid chromatography  coupled with  flourescence technique
     Anal. Chem. 48:992, 1976.

Friedlander, S. K.  Smoke, Dust, and Haze.  Wiley  Interscience  Publication,  New York,  NY, 1977.
     p.  154.

Fritz, J. S.,  and S. S. Yamamura.  Rapid microtitration of sulfate.  Anal Chem.  27:1461-1464,
     1955.

Fritz, J. S. ,  S.  S.   Yamamura,  and  M.  J.  Richard.   Titration of sulfate following  separation
     with alumina.  Anal. Chem. 29:158-161, 1957.

Fry, J.  D.  Determination of Sulphur Dioxide in the Atmosphere  by Absorption in Hydrogen Peroxide
     Solution—the Effect of Evaporation of the Solution During Sampling.  SSD/SW/M.246, Central
     Electricity Generating Board, South Western Region, England, April  1970.

Fuchs, N. A.  The Mechanics of Aerosols, New York  Pergammon Press,  1964.  p.  64.

Fuerst,   R.  G.,  F.  P. Scaringelli, and  J.  H.  Margeson.  Effect of  Temperature  on Stability of
     Sulfur Dioxide Samples Collected by the Federal Reference  Method.   EPA-600/4-76-024, U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1976.

Galloway, J.  N. ,  and E. B. Cowling.   The effects of  precipitation on aquatic  and terrestrial
     ecosystems:  A proposed precipitation network.  JAPCA 28:229-235, 1978.

Galloway, J. N., and  G. E. Likens, and  E.  S. Edgerton.  Proceedings on the First International
     Symposium on Acid  Precipitation and the For.  Ecosy., 137,  1976.

Galloway, J. N., B. S.  Cosby, and G. E. Likens.  Zimno Oceanography 24(6):1161, 1979.

Gatz, M.  T., and A. N.  Dingle.  Tellus  23:14-17, 1971.

General  Electric  Ordinance Systems.   Condensation Nuclei Counter.  Technical Brochure FS-42B,
     Pittsfield, MA., July 1972.

Gilbert,  T.  R.,  and  A. M. Clay.   Determination  of ammonia in  aquaria  and  in  sea water using
     the  ammonia electrode.  Anal. Chem. 45:1757-1759, 1973.

Glover,  D. J., and J. C. Hoffsommer.  Gas chromatographic analysis  of nitrate and nitrite ions
     in  microgram quantities by conversion to nitrobenzene.   J.  Chromatography  94:334-337,  1974.

Golden,  C.,  and E.  Sawicki.   Ultrasonic extraction of total  particulate aromatic hydrocarbons
     from airborne particles  at room temperature.   Int. J. Environ.  Anal. Chem.  4:9-23, 1975.

Gordievskii, A. V., A. Ya. Syrchenkoy,  V.  V. Sergievskii, and M.  I. Savvin.   Nitrate-selective
     membrane electrodes.  Elektrokhimiya 8:520-521, 1972.  (In Russian)

Gould, R. W.,  C.  S.   Barrett, J.  B.  Newkirk,  and  C. 0. Ruud, eds.  Advances in x-ray analysis
     V19  Kendall/Hunt, Dubuque, IA.  p. 305 et seq., 1976.

Goulding, F. S., and  J. M. Jaklevic.  X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometer for Airborne Particulate
     Monitoring.  EPA-R2-73-182, U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Research Triangle Park,
     NC,  April 1973.
XRD3D/E                                      3-100                                  1-19-81

-------
Goulding,   F.  S.,  J.   M.  Jaklevic,  and  B.  W.  Loo.   Aerosol  Analysis  for the  Regional  Air
     Pollution  Study    EPA-600/4-78-034,   U.S.   Environmental   Protection  Agency,  Research
     Triangle Park, NC, July 1978.

Gran, G.   Analyst 77:661, 1952.

Granat, L.  Tel 1 us 24(6):550,  1972.

Grosjean,  D.   Solvent  extraction and  organic  carbon determination in  atmospheric particulate
     matter:   the  organic  extraction-organic  carbon  analyzer  technique.   Anal  Chem.  47:797,
     X-? / O •

Hagen, A., and A.  Langeland.   Polluted snow  in southern Norway  and the  effect of the meltwater
     on freshwater and aquatic organisms.  Environ.  Pollut.  5:45-57,  1973.

Hager, R.   N.,  Jr.,  and R.  C.  Anderson.  Theory of  the derivative spectrometer.   J.  Opt.  Soc.
     Am.  60:1444-1449, 1970.

Hamilton,   R.  J. ,  and W.   H.  Walton.   The  Selective  Sampling of  Respirable Dust.   Inhaled
     Particles  and  Vapours.   C.  N.  Davis,  ed., Pergammon  Press,  London, 1961.   pp.  465-475.

Hardin, J.,  and B.  Shleien.   Determination  of Sulfur  Dioxide in Ambient  Air by Non-dispersive
     X-ray Fluorescence.   In:   Proceedings  of Symposium on  Nuclear Techniques  and Measurement
     and Control of Environmental Pollution.   International  Atomic Energy Agency,  Vienna,  1971.

Marker, A., L. Richards, and W.  Clark.   Effective  atmospheric S0?  photochemistry upon observed
     nitrate concentrations.   Atmos.  Environ.  11:87-91,  1977.

Heard, M.  J., and  R.  D.  Wiffen.   Electron microscopy  of  natural aerosols and  the  identifi-
     cation of particulate  ammonium  sulphate.   Atmos.  Environ.  3:337-340,  1969.

Hemeon, W. C. L. ,  G. F. Haines,  Jr.,  and H.  M.  Ide.  Determination of haze and  smoke concentra-
     tions by filter paper  samples.   Air Repair 3:22-28,  1953.

Hendry, C. D., and P.  L. Brezorik.   Environ  Science  Tech. 14(7):843,  1980.

Hering, S. V., R.  C. Flagan, and S.  K.  Friedlander.  E  S & T, 12:667, 1978.

Hesketh, H. E.  Fine Particles in Gaseous Media.   Ann  Arbor  Science Publishers,  Ann Arbor,  MI,
     1977.

Hidy, G.  M.   Summary of the California aerosol characterization  experiments.   J.  Air Pollut.
     Control Assoc. 25:1106, 1975.

Hill, A.  S.  G.   Measurement of  the  optical  densities  of smokestains  on filter  papers.   Trans.
     Farad. Soc. 32:1125-1131, 1936.

Hodgeson,  J. A.,  J.  P. Bell,  K.  A.  Rehme,  K.  J.  Krost,  and R. K.  Stevens.   Applications  of a
     Chemilumesence  Detector for the Measurement of Total  Oxides of Nitrogen and  Ammonia in
     the Atmosphere.  Joint Conference on Sensing  of Environmental Pollutants,  Paper #71-1067,
     AIAA, New York, NY, 1971.

Hoell, J.  M.,  C.   N.  Harwarel, and B.  S.  Williams.    Remote  infrared heterodyne  radiometer
     measurements  of atmospheric ammonia profiles.  Geophysical  Research Letters, Vol. 7,  p.
     313,  1980.

Hoffer, E.,  and E.  L. Kothny.   A Micromethod for Sulfate   in Atmospheric  Particulate Matter.
     Report No. 163, Air and Industrial  Hygiene Laboratory,  Berkeley, CA,  July 1974.

XRD3D/E                                       3-101                                      1-19-81

-------
Hounam, R. E., and R. J. Sherwood.  The cascade centripeter:  a device  for  determining the con-
     centration and  size  distribution of aerosols.  Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J.  26:122-131,  1965.

Huey,  N.  A.   The lead  dioxide  estimation  of sulfur oxide  pollution.   J.  Air Pollut.  Control
     Assoc. 18:610-, 1968.

Huey,  N.   A.,  M.  A.  Wallar,  and C.  D.  Robson.   Field evaluation  of  an  improved  sulfation
     measurement  system.    Presented  at  the  62nd  Annual  Meeting,  Air   Pollution  Control
     Association, New York, NY, June 22-26, 1969.  paper No. 69-133.

Huntzicker, J. J.  , L. J. Isabelle, and J. G. Watson.  The continuous monitoring  of  particulate
     sulfate by flame  photometry.  In:   International Conference on Environmental  Sensing and
     Assessment.  Volume 2, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.,  New  York,
     NY, 1976.  Paper 23-4.

Huntzicker, J. J., L. M. Isabelle, and J. G. Watson.  The continuous monitoring  of  particulate
     sulfur compounds  by  flame photometry.  Presented at the 173rd National  Meeting,  American
     Chemical Society, New Orleans, LA, March 20-25, 1977.    paper ENVR-39.

Huntzicker,  J.  J.,  R.  S.  Hoffman, and  C.  S.  Ling.  Continuous measurement and speciation of
     sulfur containing aerosols by flame photometry.  Atmos. Environ. _12:83-88,  1978.

Huygen, C.   The  sampling  of sulfur dioxide in air with impregnated filter  paper.   Anal.  Chim.
     Acta 28:349,  1963.

Ingram, W., and J. Golden, Smoke curve calibration, JAPCA,  23:110-115,  1973.

Intersociety Committee  of  Methods of Ambient Air  Sampling  and Analysis.   Tentative method of
     analysis for nitrate in atmospheric particulate matter  (brucine method).  J_n:  Methods of
     Air Sampling and  Analysis, 2nd ed.  American  Public  Health  Association, Washington, DC,
     1977.

Intersociety Committee, America Public  Health Association.  Tentative  method of analysis for
     nitrate in atmospheric particulate matter, (2,4-xylenol method (1)).   In:   Methods of Air
     Sampling and Analysis, 2nd ed.  American Public Health  Association, Washington, DC,  1977b.

Intersociety Committee, American  Public Health Association.  Tentative method of analysis for
     total nitrogen  oxides as  nitrate  (phenoldisulfonic  acid  method).  Iji:   Methods of Air
     Sampling  and Analysis,  2nd  ed.   American  Public Health  Association,  Washington, DC,
     1977a.

Jacobs, M.  B.   The  Chemical  Analysis  of  Air Pollutants.    Wiley-Interscience,  New York, NY,
     1960.

Jacobs, M. B., M.  M.  Braverman, and S. Hochheiser.  Utramicrodetermination  of sulfides  in air.
     Anal. Chem. 29:1349-1359, 1957.

Johansson, J.  B. , R.  E.  Van  Grieken,  J.  W.  Nelson,  and  J.  W.  Winchester.   Elemental  trace
     analysis  of  small  samples  by  proton  induced x-ray  emission.   Anal.  Chem.   47:855-860,
     1975.                                                                          —

John,  W.  G.,  and G.  P.  Reischl.   Measurements of  the  filtration  efficiencies  of  selected
     filter types.  Atmos. Environ. 12:2015, 1978.

John,  W.  G.,  and G.  P.  Reischl.   Measurements of  the  filtration  efficiencies  of  selected
     filter types, Atmos.  Vol. 12.  Atmos.  Environ., 1978.    p. 2015.
XRD3D/E                                       3-102                                       1-19-81

-------
John,  W.,  G.  Reischl, and J. Wesolowski.   Size  Selective Monitoring Techniques for Participate
     Matter.    Report No.  ARB A5-00487 California  Department of  Health,  Air and  Industrial
     Hygiene Laboratory, Berkeley, CA,  February 1978.

Johnson,  D.  A.,  and  D.  H.  F.  Atkins.   An airborne  system  for the sampling and analysis  of
     sulphur dioxide and atmospheric aerosols.   Atmos.  Environ.  9:825-829,  1975.

Johnson,  W.  B.,  R.  J.  Allen,  and W.   E.  Evans.  LIDAR  Studies  of Stack Plumes in Rural and
     Urban Environments.   EPA-650/4-73-002, U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency, Meteorology
     Laboratory,  National  Environmental Reserach Center, Research Triangle Park, NC, October
     1973.                                                                a        .   .

Junge, C.  E.  The  distribution of  ammonia and nitrate in rainwater over the  United States.
     Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union 39:241-248, 1958.

Kadlecek,  J. A.,  and V. A.  Mohner.   Proceedings of the  First International Symposium on  Acid
     Precipitation and the For. Ecosy.  207,  1976.

Kamphake,  L.,  S.  Hannah, and J. Cohen.  Water Res. 1:205, 1967.

Kasten-Schraufnagel, P., D.  L. Ehman,  and  D. J.  Johnson.   Telmatic Study  Phase II:   Effects  of
     Collection  and  Handling Conditions on  the Stability of  the Dichlorosulfitomercurate  (II)
     Complex Formed  in  Sampling for S0?  by the Modified West-Gaeke Method.  Texas Air Control
     Board, Air Quality Evaluation Division, January 1975.

Katz,  M.    Measurement  of  Air  Pollutants—Guide   to  Selection  of  Methods.   World   Health
     Organization, Geneva, Switzerland, 1969.

Katz,  M.     Photoelectric  determination   of atmospheric  sulphur  dioxide employing   dilute
     starch-iodine solutions.  Anal. Chem.  22:1040-1047,  1950.

Keay,  J.,  and P.   M.  A.  Menage.    Automated  determination  of ammonium and  nitrate  in  soil
     extracts  by distillation.  Analyst (London) 95:379,  1970.

Kennedy, V.  Research and Monitoring  of  Precipitation Chemistry in the US  -Present  and  Future
     Needs,  USGS, Reston, VA, July 1978.

Ketseridis.  G.,  J.  Hahn, R. Jaenicke,  and C. Junge.   The organic constitutents  of atmospheric
     particulate matter.  Atmos. Environ.  10:603, 1976.

Kieselbach,  R.   Microdetermination of  nitrates  by  the Devarda method.   Ind.  Eng. Chem. Anal.
     Ed.  16:764-766, 1944.

Kittleson,  D.  B., R.  McKenzie, M.  Vermeersch, M.  Linne, F.  Dorman, D.  Pui, B. Liu,  and  K.
     Whitby.   Total  sulfur  aerosol  detection   with  an   electrostatically   pulsed  flame
     photometric detector system.   Presented at the 173rd National  Meeting, American Chemical
     Society,  New Orleans,  LA, March 20-25, 1977. paper ENVR-42.

Knight and Licht, 1969.

Knight, G.   and K.  Licht.  Comparison of  cyclone  and  horizontal  elutriator  size  selectors.
     Am.  Ind.  Hyg. Assn. J.  31:437-441, 1970.

Kolthoff,  I. M., E.  B. Sandell,  E.  J.  Meehan, and  S.  Bruckenstein.   Quantitative Chemical
     Analysis, 4th ed., MacMillan, Toronto, Canada,  1969.  pp. 992-994.

Kretzschman, K.   Comparison  between three  different  mehtods for the estimation  of the total
     suspended matter in urban air.  Atmos. Environ. 9:931-935, 1975.
 XRD3D/E
                                              3-103                                      1-19-81

-------
Kronebach,  G.  W.   WMO  letter 31.675/R/10P,  Report  of the  Expert  Meeting on  Wet  and Dry
     Deposition (Toronto, 17-21 November 1975)(WADEM), December  12,  1975.

Krupa, S.  V. ,  M.  R.  Coscio  and  F.  A.  Wood.  Proceedings  of First International  Symposium on
     Acid  Precipitation and  Forest Ecosystems, 1976.   371.

Krupa, S.  V., M.  R. Coscio and F. A. Wood.  J. Air  Poll. Control  26(3):221,  1976.

Laby, R.  H., and T. C. Morton.  Estimation  of nitrates by  nitration  of 7-hydroxy-4,  8-dimethyl
     coumarin.  Nature 210:298-299, 1966.

Lambert,    J.  P.   F. ,   and  F.  W.  Wilshire.   Neutron  activation  analysis  for  simultaneous
     determination of  trace  elements  in ambient  air  collected on glass-fiber  filters.   Anal.
     Chem.  51(9):1346-1350,  1979.

Lamothe,    P.   J.,   and  R.   K.  Stevens.    Sulfuric   acid  analysis   using  low   temperature
     volatilization.    Presented  at  the 171st National Meeting,  American  Chemical  Society, New
     York,  NY, April  4-9, 1976.  paper ENVR-38.

Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory.  Instrumentation for  Environmental  Monitoring,  Air.   LBL-1,  Vol.
     1, Part 1, University of California, Berkeley, CA,  May  1972.

Lawrence  Berkeley  Laboratory.    Instrumentation  for  Environmental   Monitoring,   AIR  Part  2,
     University of California, CA, 1975.

Lazarus,  A. L. , K. C.  Hill,  and J. P.  Lodge.  _In:    Proceedings of the  1966 Techm'con Symposium
     on  Automation in  Analytical  Chemistry.   Mediad,  Inc. ,  New York,  NY,  1966.   pp.  291.

Leahy, D.,  R. SiegeT, P. Klotz, and L. Newman.  The separation and characterization  of  sulfate
     aerosol.  Atmos.  Environ. 9:219-229, 1975.

Lee,  R.    E.   Size  distribution  of  suspended  particulates   in air.   Research/Development
     23(6):18-21, 1972.

Lee, R. E.   Size distribution of suspended  particulates  in air,  Research/Development 23:18-21,
     June  1972.

Lee,  R.  E., and  S.  Goranson.   National  air surveillance cascade impactor network.   I.  Size
     distribution measurements of suspended particulate  matter in air.  Environ. Sci. Technol.
     6:1019-1024, 1972.

Lee,  R.  E. ,  Jr., and J.  Wagman.   A  sampling  anomaly in  the  determination of  atmospheric
     sulfate concentration.   Am.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  J. 27:266-271,  1966.

Liberti,  A., M. Possanzini,  and M. Vicedamini.  Analyst  47:352,  1972.

Likens, G.  E.  Acid precipitation.  Chem. Eng. News 54:(48)29-44,  1976.

Likens, G.  E.  The Chemistry of Precipitation  in the Central  Finger  Lakes  Region.   Technical
     Report No.  50.   Water  Resources  and Marine  Science Center,  Cornell University.   Ithaca,
     NY,  1972.

Likens,  G.  W., F. H.  Bormann,  and  N.  M.  Johnson.   Acid  rain.  Environment 14:33-40,  1972.

Lioy, P.  J., J. G. Watson, and J. D. Spengler.  APCA Specialty Conference Workshop on Baseline
     Data  for Inhalable Particulate Matter.  JAPCA  30:10,  1980.   pp.  1126-1130.
XRD3D/E                                                                                  1-19-81

                                             3-104

-------
Lippmann,  M.   Respirable dust sampling.  J. Am.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  31:138-159,  1970.

Lippmann,  M.,  and  T.  L.  Chan.   Cyclone  Sampler Performance,  Staub-Reinhalt Luft   39-7-11
     January 1979.	'  —'     '

Liu,  B.  Y. H.,  and D.  Y.  H.  Pui.   On the performance  of  the  Electrical  Aerosol  Analyzer    J
     Aerosol  Sci.  6:249-264, 1975.

Liu,  B.  Y. H.,  and K.  W. Kee.  Efficiency of membrane  and nuclepore  filters  for  submicrometer
     aerosols.   Environ.  Sci. Technol. 10:345-350, 1976.

Liu,  B.  Y. H,  D.  Y. H. Pui, K. L. Rubow, and G.  A.  Kuhlmey. Progress Report  -  Research  on  Air
     Sampling Filter Media.   Grant Report R804600,  University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,  MN,
     May 1978.

Liu,  B.  Y. H. ,  D.  Y.   H.  Pui,  and B. W. Loo.  A  Sampling  Inlet  for Inhalable Particles, to be
     published.   Particle Technology  Laboratory,  University of Minnesota,  1980.

Liu,  B.  Y.   H. ,  and  D.   Y.  H. Pui.   Aerosol  sampling inlets and  inhalable particles.   In:
     Proceedings:    Advances  in  Particle  Sampling  and  Measurement,  U.S.   Environmental
     Protection  Agency,   Daytona  Beach,   Florida,  October  1979.    EPA-600/9-80-004,  U.S.
     Environmental   Protection  Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1980.  pp.  382-408.

Lizarraga-Rocha, J. A.   The Effect of Exposure of Filters  During Non-operating Periods  in  the
     High Volume Sampling Method.  M.S. Thesis, University of  North Carolina, Chapel  Hill.  NC,
     1976.

Lodge,   J.   P.  Correlations  between  fine  and  coarse  particle  concentrations  at Pueblo,
     Colorado.   Atmos.  Environ. 14:735-738, 1980.

Lodge,  J. P., J.  Ferguson,  and B. R. Haylik.  Analysis of micron-sized particles:  Determina-
     tion of sulfuric acid aerosol.   Anal. Chem.  32:1206-1207, 1960.

Lodge,  J. P.,  Jr., J.  B.  Pate, and  H.  A.  Huitt.  The use of impregnated filters to collect
     traces  of gases in the  atmosphere.  Am. Ind. Hyg.  Assoc.  J. 24:380-387,  1963.

Loo,  B.  W.,  J.  M.  Jaklevic,  and F. S. Goulding.   Dichotomous Virtual  Impactors  for  Large Scale
     Monitoring of Airborne  Particulate Matter in Fine  Particles.  B.  Y.  H. Lin,  ed.,  Academic
     Press,  1976.

Loo,  B.  W. ,  R.  S.  Adachi, C. P. Cork, F. S. Goulding,  J.  M. Jaklevic,  D.  A.  Landis,  and W.  L.
     Searles.  A second  generation dichotomous sampler for large scale monitoring  of airborne
     particulate matter,  LBL-8725,  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,  Berkeley,  CA, January 1979.

Loo,  B.  W. ,  W.  R.  French, R.  C.  Gatti, F.  S. Goulding,  J. M. Jaklevic,  J.  Llacer,  and A.  C.
     Thompson.    Large   scale  measurement  of  airborne particulate   sulfur.    Atmos.   Environ.
     12:759-771, 1978.

Lundgren, D.  A.  Mass  Distribution of Larger Atmospheric  Particles.   Ph.D. Thesis, University
     of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis, MN, 1973.

Lundgren, D.  A., L.  D. Carter, and P. S. Daley.  Aerosol  Mass Measurement Using  Piezoelectric
     Crystal  Sensors.   Fine  Particles, Academic Press,  1976.   pp. 486-510.

Macias,  E.  S.   Instrumental  analysis of  light   element  composition  of  atmospheric  aerosols.
     In:   Methods  and  Standards  for Environmental  Measurement.   W.  Kirchhoff,  ed.,  National
     Bureau   of  Standards Special  Publication 464.   Department of  Commerce, Washington,  DC,
     1977.   pp.  179-188.
XRD3D/E                                      3-105
                                                                                         1-19-81

-------
Macias,  E.  S.,  and  R.  B.  Husar.   Atmospheric  participate  mass  measurement  with  beta
     attenuation mass monitor.  Environ. Sci. Techno!. 10:904-907, 1976.

Maddalone, R. F., G. L. McClure, and P. W. West.  Anal. Chem. 47:316,  1975.

Malissa,  H.   Analysis  of  airborne particles  by physical  methods.   CRC  Press, Inc.,  1978.

Mamane,  Y. ,   and   R.  G.  de  Pena.   A  quantitative  method  for  the  detection  of  individual
     submicron size  sulfate particles.   In:   Sulfur in  the  Atmosphere, Dubrovnik,  Proceeding
     of  the  International   Symposium,  Yugoslavia,  September  7-14,  1977.   Atmos.   Environ.
     12:69-82, 1978.

MAP3S. Precipitation Chemistry Intercomparison Study.  Springfield, VA,  1979.

Marple, V. A.,  and K.  Willeke.  Inertial  Impactors.   Aerosol Measurement, University Presses
     of Florida, 1979.

Martin, A.,  and  F.  R.  Barber.  Some measurements of loss of atmospheric sulphur dioxide near
     foliage.  Atmos. Environ. 5:345-, 1971.

Martin, B. E.  Sulfur Dioxide Bubbler Temperature Study.  EPA-600/4-77-040, U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1977.

McClenny,  W.  A. ,  and C.  A.  Bennett, Jr.   Integrative technique  for  detection of atmospheric
     ammonia.  Atmos. Environ. 14:641-645, 1980.

McColl, J. G. ,  and D.  S.  Bush.  Precipitation  and throughfall chemistry in  the  San  Francisco
     Bay Area.  J.  Environ. Qual.  7:352-357,  1978.

McCoy,  R.  A., D.  E.  Camann, and  H.  C.  McKee.    Collaborative  Study   of Reference Method  for
     Determination  of  Sulfur  Dioxide  in  the  Atmosphere  (Pararosaniline  Method)  (24-Hour
     Sampling).   EPA-650/4-74-027,   U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research  Triangle
     Park, NC, December 1973.

McCrone, W.  The Particle Atlas, Vol. 1, Ann  Arbor Science, 1973.  p. 259.

McFarland, A.  R.   Test Report - Wind  Tunnel  Evaluation of  British  Smoke Shade  Sampler.   Air
     Quality Laboratory Report, 3565/05/79/ARM, Texas A&M University,  College  Station,  TX,  May
     1979.

McFarland, A.  R. ,  and  C.  A.  Ortiz.   Progress Report  - Aerosol  Characterization of  Ambient
     Particulate  Samplers  Used  in  Environmental Monitoring  Studies.   Texas A&M  University
     Research Foundation, College Station, TX, October 1979.

McFarland, A.  R. ,  and C.  E.  Rodes.   Characteristics of Aerosol  Samplers  Used in Ambient  Air
     Monitoring.   Presented   at   86th  National   Meeting,  American   Institute   of  Chemical
     Engineers, Houston, TX,  April 2, 1979.

McFarland, A.  R. ,  C.  A.  Ortiz, and C.  E.  Rodes.   Evaluation  of the  NASN  Cascade  Impactor
     Ambient Air Monitor.   Report  3565/07/78/ARM, Texas A&M,  Air Quality  Laboratory,  College
     Station, TX, 1978.  Accepted Publication Atm. Environ.,  1980.

McKee, H.  C. ,  R.  E.  Childers, and  0.  Saenz,  Jr.   Collaborative  Study of Reference  Method for
     the  Determination of  Suspended  Particulates   in  the  Atmosphere  (High  Volume  Method).
     APTD-0904, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,  June 1971.

Menis, 0., D. L. Manning, and R. G. Ball.  Automatic spectrophotometric  titration of fluoride,
     sulfate, uranium, and thorium.  Anal. Chem.  30:1772-1776,  1958.

XRD3D/E                                       3-106                                      1-19-81

-------
Miller,  F. J. ,  D.  E.  Gardner, J. A.  Graham,  R.  E.  Lee, Jr., W.  E.  Wilson, and J.  D.  Bachmann
     Size considerations  for establishing a  standard for inhalable particles   J   Air Pollut
     Control  Assoc. 29:610-615,  1979.

Miller,  J. M., and V.  R. Highsmith.   NOAA Tech.  Memo ERL-ARI-60, 1976.

Miller,   K.,  and H. W.  DeKoning.   Particle  Sizing  Instrumentation, presented at  67th  Annual
     APCA meeting, June 9, 1974,  Denver,  CO.   paper  # 74-48.

Moffat,  A. J. ,  J.  R.  Robbins,  and  A. R.  Barringer.   Electro-optical  sensing of environmental
     pollutants.  Atmos. Environ. 5:511-, 1971.

Morris,  A. W. ,  and J.  P.  Riley.   The determination  of nitrate  in  seawater.   Anal.  Chim.  Acta
     29:272-279, 1963.

Morrison, G.  H. ,  ed.   Trace  Analysis:   Physical Methods.   John Wiley  and Sons, New York, NY,
     1965.  pp. 245-263, 271-310, 325-360, 377-425.

Mudgett,  P.  S. ,  L.  W.  Richards,  and J.   R. Roehrig.   A New Technique  to Measure Sulfuric  Acid
          in the Atmosphere.   In:   Analytical Methods Applied to Air Pollution Measurement.   R.  K.
          Stevens and W. F.  Herget,  eds., Ann Arbor  Science Publishers,  Inc., Ann  Arbor, MI,  1974.

Mulholland,  G.  W. , D.  Y.  H.  Pui,  A.  Kapadia,  and  B.  Y.  H.  Liu.  Aerosol  Number and  Mass
     Concentration Measurements:   A  comparison  of the EAA with other measurement  techniques.
     J.  Colloid Interface  Sci.   77(l):57-67,  1980.

Mulik,  J.  D. ,  G.  Todd,   E.  Estes,  R.  Puckett,  E.  Sawicki,  and  D.  Williams.   In:   Ion
     Chromatographic  Analysis of  Environmental  Pollutants.   E.  Sawicki, J.  D. Mulik,  and  E.
     Wittgenstein, eds., Ann Arbor  Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor,  MI,  1978.

Mulik,  J. , R.  Puchett,  D. Williams,  and E.   Sawicki.   Ion Chromatographic analysis of sulfate
     and  nitrate in ambient  aerosols.  Anal.  Lett. 9(7):  653-663, 1976.

Mullin,  J.  B. , and J.  P.  Riley.  The spectrophotometric determination of nitrate  in  natural
     waters, with particular reference to seawater.   Anal. Chim.  Acta  12:464-480,  1955.

Nadei,  J. A.   Dust  retention  efficiencies  of  dustfall   collectors.  J.  Air  Pollut.  Control
     Assoc. 8:35-38,  1958.

National  Academy  of  Sciences.   Airborne  Particles.   University  Park  Press, Baltimore,  MD,
     1979.

National  Air  Pollution  Control  Administration.   Air Quality Criteria for Particulate  Matter.
     AP-49,  U.S.  Department of  Health,  Education,  and Welfare, Washington,  DC, January 1969.

Natusch,  D.  F.  S. , and J.  R.  Wallace.   Determination of Airborne Particle Size Distributions:
     Calculations  of  cross  sensitivity  and  discreteness effects in cascade impaction.   Atmos.
     Environ. 10:315-324,  1976.

Natusch   D   F  S   C   F.  Bauer,  and A.  Loh.   Collection and Analysis  of Trace Elements in the
     Atmosphere.   In:   Air Pollution Control, Part III.  W. Strauss, ed., John Wiley and Sons,
     Inc., 1978.

Niemann,  B.  L. ,  J. Root,  N.  V.  Zwalenburg,  and A.  L.  Mahan.  An Integrated Monitoring Network
     for  Acid Deposition.  Tekvekron Res. Inc. Report R-023-EPA-79, 1979.
XRD3D/E                                       3-107                                      1-19-81

-------
Norwegian  Institute for  Air  Research  (NIAR).   LRTAP 5/71.   Coulemetric Titration  of Strong
     Acid  in Precipitation, 1971.

Novakov, T.   Chemical  characterization of atmospheric pollution  participates by photoelectron
     spectroscopy.   In:   Proceedings of the  2nd  Joint  Conference on Sensing of Environmental
     Pollutants,  Instrument Society  of  America, Washington,  DC, December 10-12,  1973.   p.  197.

Novakov, T. ,  S.  G.  Chang,  and A.  B. Harker.   Sulfates  as pollution particulates:   catalytic
     formation  on carbon  (soot) particles.  Science  (Washington,  DC)  186:259-261,  1974.

O'Brien, R.  J.  ,  J.  R.  Holmes, R.  J. Reynolds,  J.  W. Remoy,  and A.  H. Bockian.   Analysis  of
     photochemical  aerosols  in Los Angeles  basin  according to  particle  size.   Paper  No.
     741-155 presented at the 67th APCA meeting,  Denver, Colorado,  1974.

Okabe,  H. ,  P.  L.  Splitstone, and J. J. Ball.  J. AirPollut.  Control Assoc.  23:514-516,  1973.

O'Keeffe,  A.  E. , and  G.  C.  Ortman.  Primary standards for  trace gas  analysis.   Anal.  Chem.
     38:760-, 1966.

Okita,  T. , S.  Morimoto, M.  Izawa,  and  S.  Konno.  Measurement of gaseous and  particulate
     nitrates in  the atmosphere.  Atmos. Environ. 10:1083-1089, 1976.

Orel and Seinfeld,  1977.

Orenstein, A. J. , ed.   Proceedings  of  the Pneumoconiosis  Conference  held  at  the University  of
     Witwatersand,  Johannesburg,  Africa,  February  9-24,  1959,  Boston:  Little, Brown,  1960.
     p. 619.

Pate,  J.  B. ,  J.  P.  Lodge,  Jr., and M.  D.  Neary.  The  use  of impregnated filters to  collect
     traces of  gases in the atmosphere.  Anal. Chim.  Acta  28:341,  1963.

Perera, F.  P. ,  and  A.  K. Ahmed.   Respirable  Particles:    Impact  of Airborne  Fine Particulates
     on Health  and  the Environment.  National Resources  Defense Council,  Inc., Washington, DC,
     October 1978.

Philips  Electronic  Instruments.    Coulometric  amperometric  analyzers.    Bull.   WA-4-C13,
     undated.

Pickerel!,   D. ,  T.  Hook,  T.  Dolzine,  and  J.  K.  Robertson.    Ion Chromatology  Anal.  Environ.
     Poll.  2:289, 1979.

Pierson, W.  R. ,  J. W.  Butler, and D. A.  Trayser.  Nitrate and nitric  acid  emission  from
     catalyst-equipped automotive systems.  Environ.  Lett. 7(3):267-272,  1975.

Pierson, W. R. ,  R. H. Hammerle, and  W.  W. Brachaczek.  Sulfate formed by  interaction of sulfur
     dioxide with filters and aerosol deposits.   Anal. Chem.  48:1808-1811,  1976.

Pierson, W.  R.  ,  W.  W.  Brachaczek,  T.  J.  Korniski,  T.  J.  Truex,  and J.  W.  Butler.   Artifact
     formation  of sulfate,  nitrate,  and hydrogen ion on  backup  filters:  Allegheny  Mountain
     experiment.  J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 30:30-34,  1980.

Ranade, M.  B. ,  and  D.  VanOsdell.  Quality Assurance Evaluation  of the CHAMP Aerosol  Sampler.
     Project Report 4311-1487-59, Research Triangle Institute,  Research  Triangle  Park,  NC,  July
     1978.

Ratzlaff,  K.  L.,  and D. F. S. Natusch.  Theoretical  assessment of precision in dual wavelength
     spectrophotometric measurement.  Anal. Chem. 49:2170-2176, 1977.


XRD3D/E                                       3_108                                       1-19-81

-------
Rayner  A.  C.  A  rapid titrimetric  method for sulfate  in lead dioxide exposed to atmospheric
     sulfur pollution.  J. Air Pollut.  Control  Assoc.  16:418-421, 1966.

Regan, G.  F. ,  S.   K.  Goranson,  and L.  L.  Larson.  Use of tape samplers  as  fine particulate
     monitors.   J. Air Pollut. Control  Assoc.  29:1158-1160, November 1979.

Richardson,  H.  L.   The  nitrogen  cycle  in  grassland  soils;  with  special  reference  to  the
     Rothamsted Park grass experiment.  J.  Agric.  Sci.  28:  73-121,  1938.

Ridder,  T.  B.  Report 1978, KNMI-WR-78-4,  Sci.  Tech. Aerosp.  Rep.  1979.

Rodes, C.  E. ,  and  G.  F.  Evans.   Summary  of LACS Integrated Measurements.   EPA-600/4-77-034,
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Research  Triangle Park,  NC,  June 1977.

Rodes, C.  E. ,  H.  F. Palmer,  L.  A. Elfers, and C.  H.  Morris.  Performance  characteristics  of
     instrumental   methods  for  monitoring  sulfur  dioxide.   J.  Air  Pollut.  Control  Assoc.
     19:575-584,  1969.

Rogers,   R.  S.  C. , and A.  C.  Nelson.   Final Report  -  An Evaluation of the  High-Volume Method
     for Determining  Total Suspended  Particulates  over Short Sampling  Times.   EPA  Contract
     68-02-0294,  Research Triangle Park, NC, November  1974.

Rose, H.  Tellus 18(2):266, 1966.

Rosen, H., and T.  Novakov.   Identification of primary  particulate  carbon  and sulfate species
     by ramon spectroscopy.   Atm.  Environ.  12:923-926,  1978.

Ross, W.  D. ,  G.   W.  Buttler,  T.  G.   Duffy,  W.   R.  Rehg, M.  T.  Winiger,  and R. E.  Sivers.
     Analysis  for aqueous nitrates and nitrites  and gaseous  oxides  of nitrogen  by  electron
     capture gas chromatography.   J. Chromatography  112:719-727,  1975.

Ruzicka,  J. , and E. H. Hansen.   Anal.  Chem. Acta.  69:129,  1974.

Ryan, M.  D. , and D. D. Siemer.   Anodic stripping voltammetry of atmospheric samples.   Environ.
     Anal.  (Pap.  Ann. Meet. Fed.  Anal.  Chem. Spect.  Soc.)  3rd,  105-110, 1976.

Saltzman, B. E.   Colorimetric Microdetermination  of Nitrogen Dioxide in  the Atmosphere, Anal.
     Chem.  26:1949-1955, 1954.

Scaringelli, F. P., and K. A. Rehme.   Anal. Chem.  41:707,  1969.

Scaringelli, F.   P.,  B.  E.   Saltzman,  and S.  A.  Frey.   Spectrophotometric determination  of
     atmospheric sulfur dioxide.   Anal. Chem.  39:1709-1719,  1967.

Schulze,  F.  Versatile combination ozone and sulfur  dioxide analyzer.   Anal.  Chem.  38:748-752,
     1966.

Scott, D.  R. ,  W.  A.  Loseke,  L. E.  Holboke,  and  R.  J.   Thompson.   Analysis of  atmospheric
     particulates   for   trace  elements  by   optical   emission  spectrometry.    Appl.   Spect.
     30(4):392-405, 1976.

Shaw, R.    Personal  Communication  to C.  E.  Rodes,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
     Research Triangle Park,  NC,  1980.

Shaw, R.  W. , and  R.  D.  Willis.  X-ray emission  analysis:  sample  losses  during excitation.
     In:    Electron Microscopy  and X-Ray  Applications.    P.  A.  Russell  and A.  E.  Hutchings,
     eds. ,  Ann  Arbor Science  Publishers, Inc.   Ann Arbor,  Michigan, 1978.


XRD3D/E                                        3-109                                      1-19-81

-------
Sides, J.  0.,  and H. F.  Saiger.   Effects of Prolonged  Static  Exposure of Filters  to Ambient
     Air  on  High Volume Sampling  Results.   Kansas State Department  of Health and Environment,
     Bureau of Air Quality and Occupational  Health, Topeka,  KS,  May  1979.

Sinclair, D., R. J.  Countess, B. Y. H.  Liu,  and D. Y.  H.  Pui.   Automatic  Analysis of Submicron
     Aerosols.   Ln:   Aerosol  Measurement,  a  Workshop,  University  of  Florida,  Gainsville,
     Florida, March  24-26, 1976.   D. A.  Lundgren, M.  Lippmann,  F.  S.  Harris,  Jr., W.  E.  Clark,
     W.  H.  Marlow,  and M.  D.  Durham, eds., University Presses of Florida,  Gainesville,  FL,
     1979.  pp.  544-563.

Skoag,  D.  A., and D. M.  West.   Analytical Chemistry.   Holt,  Rinehart and Winston,  New York,
     NY,  1965.

Skujins,  J.  J.   Spectrophotometric determination of  nitrate with  4-methylumbel!iferon.   Anal.
     Chem. 36:240-241,  1964.

Slavin,  S. ,  ed.   Atomic  spectroscopy.   Perkin-Elmer Corp., Norwalk,  CN.   Bibliography  each
     January and July.

Small, H. ,  T.  S. Stevens, and W.  C.  Bauman.  Novel  ion exchange  chromatographic method using
     conductimetric  detection.  Anal.  Chem. 47:1801-1809,  1975.

Smith,  A.  F. ,  D.  G. Jenkins,  and D.  E. Cunningworth.   Measurement of  trace quantities  of
     hydrogen sulfide in  industrial atmospheres.  J.  Appl. Chem. 11:317,  1961.

Smith, F. ,  and  A.  C. Nelson, Jr.   Guidelines  for Development  of  a  Quality Assurance Program.
     Reference Method for the Determination of Suspended  Particulates  in  the  Atmosphere (High
     Volume Method).  EPA-R4-73-028b,  U.  S. Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle
     Park, NC, June  1973.

Smith,  F. ,  P. S.  Wohlschlegel,  R. S.  C.  Rogers, and D.  J.  Mulligan.  Investigation of  Flow
     Rate Calibration Procedures  Associated  with the High Volume  Method for  Determination  of
     Suspended Particulates.  EPA-600/4-78-047, U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency,  Research
     Triangle Park,  NC,  June 1978.

Snell, F. D.  Photometric and fluorimetric methods of analysis  metals,  Part I.  John  Wiley and
     Sons, New York, NY, 1978.  p. 1-25.

Spicer,  C.  W.   The  fate of  nitrogen  oxides  in  the  atmosphere.   EPA-600/3-76-030.   U.  S.
     Environmental  Protection Agency.   Research  Triangle  Park, North Carolina, March  1976.

Spicer,  C.   W. ,  and P.  M.  Schumacher.   Interferences  in  sampling  atmospheric particulate
     nitrate.  Atmos. Environ. 11:873-876, 1977.

Spicer,  C.  W.,  and  P.  M.  Schumacher.   Particulate nitrate:   laboratory  and  field studies  of
     major sampling  interferences.  Atmos. Environ. ^3:543-552,  1979.

Spicer, C. W. , P. M. Schumacher, J. A.   Kouyoumjian, and  D. W. Joseph.   Sampling and  analytical
     methodology for atmospheric  particulate nitrates.   EPA-600/2-78-067, U.  S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina,  April,  1978.

Stalker, W. W., R. C. Dickerson, and G. D. Kramer.  Atmospheric  sulfur dioxide and particulate
     matter:   a comparison of  methods  of  measurements.  Am.  Ind.  Hyg.   Assoc.  J.   24:68-79,
     1963.                                                                            ~~

Standard Methods  for the Examinated of Water and Wastewater.   APHA, AWWA, WPCF,  13th Edition.
     American Public Health Association, Washington,  DC,  1971.


XRD3D/E                                       3-110                                      1-19-81

-------
Stauff,  J.  and  W.  Jaeschke.   A  chemiluminescence technique  for measuring  atmospheric  trace
     concentrations of sulfur dioxide.  Atmos.  Environ.  9:1038-1039,  1975.

Stevens,   R.  K.,  and T.  G.  Dzubay.   Dichotomous  Sampler - A  Practical  Approach to  Aerosol
     Fractination  and Collection.    EPA/ORD  Publication  EPA-600/2-78-112,   June,  1978,  U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency, Research  Triangle  Park,  NC.

Stevens,   R.  K.,  and T.   G.  Dzubay.    Recent development   in  air  particulate  monitoring.
     Institute of  Electrical  and Electronics  Engineers  Transaction  on Nuclear  Science.   22:
     April 1975.                                                                             —

Stevens,  R. K.,  J.  D. Mulik, A.  E. O'Keeffe, and  K.  J.  Krost.   Gas chromatography of  reactive
     sulfur gases in air at the parts-per-billion  level.   Anal.  Chem.  43:827-831,  1971.

Stevens,   R.  K. ,  T.  G.  Dzubay,  G.   Russwurm,  and  D.   Rickel.   Sampling  and  analysis  of
     atmospheric sulfates  and related species.  In:   Sulfur  in  the Atmosphere,  Proceedings of
     the International Symposium, United  Nations,  Dubrovnik,  Yugoslavia,  September 7-14,  1977.
     Atmos. Environ. 12:55-68, 1978.

Strickland, J. D.  H. , and T. R.  Parsons.  A Practical  Handbook of Seawater  Analysis,  2nd ed.
     Bull. 167,  Fish. Res. Bd. , Ottawa, Canada,  1972.

Summers, P. W. ,  and D.  M. Whelpdale.   Acid Precipitation  in  Canada.   In:  Proceedings of the
     First  International Conference on Acid Precipitation and  the Forest  Ecosystem, May 12-15,
     1975, Columbus, Ohio, L. S.  Dochinger  and  T.  A.  Seliga,  eds., U.S. Forest  Service General
     Technical  Report NE-23,  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Forest Service,  Northeastern
     Forest Experiment Stateion,  Upper Darby, PA,  1976.   pp.  411-421.

Swanson,  D. ,  C.  Morris,  R.   Hedgecoke,  R.  Jungers,  R.  J. Thompson,  and J.  E.  Bumgarner.  A
     rapid  analytical procedure  for  the analysis of BaP in environmental  samples.    Trends
     Fluoresc. 1:22-27, 1978.

Sweitzer,  T.  A.   The evaluation of  gas bubbler  field  performance.   Presented  at  the  32nd
     Annual Meeting of the  East Central Section,  Air Pollution Control Association,  Dayton,
     Ohio,  September 17-19, 1975.

Tanner,  R.  L.,  J.  Forrest,  and   L.   Newman.    Determination  of  atmospheric  gaseous  and
     particulate  sulfur  compounds.   J_n:   Sulfur in the  Environment:   Part I,  The Atmospheric
     Cycle, edited  by J.  0.  Nriagu,  ed.  ,  John Wiley &  Sons,  Inc.,  New York, NY, 1978.   pp
     371-452.

Tanner, R.  L.,  R.  Cederwall, R.  Garber,  D. Leahy, W. Marlow, R. Meyers, M.  Phillips,  and L.
     Newman.  Separation  and analysis  of  aerosol  sulfate species at ambient  concentrations.
     Atmos. Environ. 11:955-966,  1977.

Tanner, R.  L.  , R. W. Garber,  W. H. Marlow,  B.  Leaderer,  D.  Eatough, and M. A.  Leyko.   Chemical
     composition  and  size distribution of  sulfate as a  function  of  particle size in  New York
     City  aerosol.   Presented  at the Industrial  Hygiene Conference, New Orleans, Louisiana,
     May 22-27,  1977a.  Paper No.  140.

Tanner,  R.  L.,  T.   D'Ottavis,  R. Garber,  and  L.  Newman.   Determination  of ambient  aerosol
     sulfur using a  continuous  flame photometric  detection  system.   Part I,  sampling system
     for aerosol sulfate and  sulfuric acid.   Atmos. Environ.  14:121-127,  1980.

Taras, M.  J    A.  E  Greenburg,  R.  D.  Hoak, and  M.  C.  Rand, eds.   Standard Methods  for the
     Examination  of  Water and Wastewater.  13th Edition.  American  Public Health Association,
     Washington, DC, 1971.


XRD3D/E                                       3-111                                     1-19-81

-------
Technicon   Corporation.    Sulfate  method   VIb   via  turbidimetry.   Technicon   Corporation,
     Tarrytown, NY, 1959.

Technicon Industrial Systems, Method  100-70W, Tarrytown,  New  York,  1973.

Terraglio,  F.  P.,  and R. M.  Manganelli.   Laboratory evaluation of  sulfur  dioxide methods and
     the influence of ozone oxides of nitrogen mixtures.  Anal.  Chem.  34:675-677,  1962.

Tetlow, J.  A.,  and A.  L. Wilson.  An absorptiometric method  for determining ammonia in boiler
     feed-water.  Analyst (London) 89:453-465, 1964.

Thoen, G. N., G. G. Dehaas, and  R. R. Austin.  Instrumentation  for  quantitative measurement of
     sulfur  compounds in kraft gases.  Tappi 5_1:246-249,  1968.

Thomas, R.  L. ,  V.  Dharmarajan,  G. L. Lundquist, and P. W. West.  Measurement of  sulfuric  acid
     aerosol,  sulfur  trioxide,  and the total sulfate content of the  ambient air.   Anal. Chem.
     48:639-642, 1976.

Thompson,  R. J.   Second Analysis on  References  Precipitation Samples.   U.S.   Environmental
     Protection  Agency,  private  communication  78, Research  Triangle Park,  NC,  May 22, 1978.

Treon,  J.   F. ,  and W.  E.   Crutchfield,  Jr.   Rapid  turtidmetric method  for determination  of
     sulfates.  Ind. Eng. Chem.,  Anal. Ed. 14:119-121, 1942.

Tyree, S. Y.  Atm. Environ.  (In  print), 1980.

Tyree, S. Y., M. Ballinger, S. E.  Delos, and J. M. Stouffer.  Analysis of Rainwater for  Accidents
     Standards  for  and  Methods of.   EPA Grant Report R80449801.  College of William and Mary,
     Williamsburg, VA, 1979.

U.   S.   Environmental   Protection  Agency  Report,  Chemist-Meteorologist   Workshop  -  1974.
     Wash-1217-74, 1974.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection   Agency.   Ambient  air  monitoring  reference and  equivalent
     methods.   Notice  of equivalent  method resignation.   Fed.  Regist.  40:34024-34025, 1975.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.    National  Primary  and   Secondary Ambient Air Quality
     Standards.  Appendix A - Reference method for the determination of sulfur dioxide  in the'
     atmosphere (pararosaniline method).  40 CFR 50:6-11, July  1, 1979.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   Summary of  Performance Test  Results and  Comparative
     Data  for Designated Equivalent  Methods for  S0«.   QAD/M-79.12,  Environmental  Monitoring
     Systems Laboratory, Research  Triangle Park, NC, [December,  1979a.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection   Agency.   Ambient  Air  Monitoring  Reference and  Equivalent
     Methods.  40 CFR 53:952-986,  July 1, 1979b.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.    National  Primary  and   Secondary Ambient Air  Quality
     Standards.  Appendix B - Reference method for the determination  of suspended  particulates
     in the  atmosphere (high volume method).  40 CFR 50:12-16,  July  1, 1979c.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.    National  Primary  and   Secondary Ambient Air  Quality
     Standards.  Appendix  G  -  References Method  For  The  Determination  of  Lead  in Suspended
     Particulate Matter Collected  From Ambient Air.  40CFR 50:45-51,  July 1,  1979d.

U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Methods for Chemical Analysis  of Water and Wastes.   EPA
     600/4-79-020, March 1979e.


XRD3D/E                                      3-112                                       1-19-81

-------
U.S.  Department of Health Education  and Welfare.   Air Quality Criteria for Particulate Matter.
     AP-49,  National  Air  Pollution Control  Administration,  Washington,  DC,  January  1969.

Volmer, W. , and F. Z. Frohlich.  Z.  Anal.  Chem.  126:401,  1944.

von Lehmden, D.  J. ,  and C.  Nelson.   Quality Assurance Handbook  for Air Pollution Measurement
     Systems, Volume  I  - Principles.  EPA-600/9-76-005,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1977.

Waggoner, A. P., M. B. Baker,  and  R.  J. Charlson.   Optical  absorption by atmospheric aerosols.
     J. App. Optics 12:896,  1973.

Waller, R.  E.  Int. J. Air Water Poll. 7:773,  1963.

Warren   Spring   Laboratory.    Measurement   of   Atmospheric  Smoke   and  Sulphur   Dioxide:
     Reproducibility of  Results.   Stevenage,  England, August 1962.

Warren Spring  Laboratory.   National  Survey  of Smoke  and  Sulphur  Dioxide:   Instruction Manual.
     Stevenage, England, 1966.

Warren  Spri.ng  Laboratory.    National  Survey  of  Air Pollution,   1961  -  1971.    Volume  5:
     Scotland  -  Northern  Ireland.    Chapter  15:   Accuracy  of  Data and  Representativeness  of
     National Survey Data.   Stevenage, England,  January 1975.   pp.  111-118.

Warren   Spring   Laboratory.    The   Investigation   of    Atmospheric   Pollution   1958-1966.
     Thirty-second Report.   Her Majesty's  Stationary  Office, London, England,  1967.

Wartburg, A. F. ,  J.  B.  Pate,  and  J. P.  Lodge,  Jr.   An improved  gas sampler for air pollutant
     analysis.   Environ. Sci.  Techno!. 3:767-768,  1969.

Washburn,  H.  W. ,  and  R. R.  Austin.  Air Pollution.  _In:   Proceedings of  the  U.S.  Technical
     Conference on Air Pollution.   McGraw-Hill,  New York,  NY,  1952.

Wedding, J.  B. ,  A.  R. McFarland,  and J. E.  Cernak.   Large particle collection characteristics
     of ambient aerosol  samplers.   Environ.  Sci. Technol.  11:387-390,  1977.

Wedding, J.  B. ,  M.  Weigand, W. John, and  S.  Wall.  Sampling Effectiveness of  the  Inlet to the
     Dichotomous Sampler.   ES&T. 14:1367-1370,  1980.

Wehry, E.  L. ,  and G. Mamantov.  Matrix isolation  spectroscopy.   Anal.  Chem. 51(6):  643A-636A,
     1979.

West,  P.  W. ,  and G.  C. Gaeke.   Fixation of  sulfur dioxide  as  disulfitomercurate  (11)  and
     subsequent colorimestric  estimation.  Anal. Chem.  28:1816-1819, 1956.

West,  P.   W.,  and  T.  P.   Ramachandran.   Spectrophotometric  determination of  nitrate  using
     chromotropic acid.  Anal. Chim.  Acta  35:317-324, 1966.

Whitby, K.   T.,  and K. Willeke.  Single  particle optical  counters:   principles  and field use.
     In:  Aerosol Measurement, a Workshop.   University of Florida,  Gainesville,  Florida,  March
     24-26, 1976.   D.  A. Lundgren,  M. Lippmann, F. S.  Harris,  Jr., W.  E.  Clark, W.  H. Marlow,
     and M.  D.  Durham,  eds. , University Presses  of Florida,  Gainesville,  FL,  1979.   pp..
     145-182.

Whitby,  K.  T., and  W.  E.  Clark.    Electrical  aerosol particle counting  and size  distribution
     measuring system for the  0.015 to 1.0 mm size range.   Tellus.  18:573-586, 1966.
XRD3D/E                                       3-113
                                                                                         1-19-81

-------
Willeke, K. ,  and  J.  J. McFeters.   Calibration  of the CHAMP  Fractionator,  Particle Technology
     Publication No. 252, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, March  1975.

Wilsdon, B.  H. ,  and F. J.  McConnell.   J.  Soc.  Chem.  Ind.  London,  Trans.   Commun.  53:385-391,
     1934.

Wilson, B.  D. J.  Am. Soc. Agion, 18:1108-1112,  1926.

Wood,  E. D. ,  F.  A. J. Armstrong, and F. A. Richards.  Determination  of  nitrate  in  seawater by
     cadmium-copper  reduction  to  nitrate.   J.   Marine  Biol.  Assoc.   U.   K.  47:23-31,  1967.

Woods,  D.   C.   Measurement  of  Particulate Aerosol  Mass  Concentration  Using  a  Pizzoelectric
     Crystal  Microbalance.    Aerosol  Measurement, University  Presses of  Florida,  1979.   pp.
     119-130.

World  Health  Organization.  World Health  Organization  Selected Methods of  Measuring  Air
     Pollutants.     WHO  Offset   Publication  No.  24,  World  Health   Organization,   Geneva,
     Switzerland,  1976.

World  Meteorological  Organization  Letter  PR-2569.   The  Operation   of   the   Precipitation
     Reference Laboratory for WMO Members, June 30, 1975.

World  Meteorological  Organization  Report.   Environmental  Pollution Circular No.  6--Results  of
     the First Analysis  of Reference Precipitation Samples.  Geneva, Switzerland,  October  25,
     1976.

World  Meteorological  Organization  Report.    Report  of  the  Third  Analysis   on  Reference
     Precipitation Samples.  Geneva, Switzerland, April 10, 1980.

World  Meteorological  Organization.   .Manual  No.  299,  WMO  Operations Manual for Sampling  and
     Analysis  Techniques  for  Chemical   Constituents   in Air  and Precipitation.   WMO  Geneva,
     Switzerland,  1971.

Zall, D. M., D. Fisher, and M. Q. Garner.  Anal.  Chem. 28(11), 1665,  1956.

Zoccolillo, L. , A.  Liberti, and D.  Brocco.  Determination of Polycylic  Hydrocarbons  in Air  by
     Gas Chromatography  with High  Efficiency  Packed  Columns.   Atmos.   Environ.  6:715,  1972.
XRD3D/E                                      3-114                                       1-19-81

-------
APPENDIX 3A
 3-A1

-------
SCALE, in  SCALE, cm
      0-rrrO
      '
      'I1
      3-
        - 8
      4-MO
       FLOW
                                              BUG SCREEN
                                              16X16 MESH
                                                                   SHIELD
                                        FLOW TO DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLER
                Figure 3A-1. Early inlet for the dichotomous sampler.

                Source: Stevens and Dzubay (1978).
                                    3-A2

-------
          COLLECTING SURFACE*.
           8 DIRECTIONAL.
              VANES
I
 I
t
ENTRANCE   I
  PLANE •**
                                                           INLET
                                                         HOUSING
         Figure 3A-2. Wedding IPM inlet, section view, not to scale.
                                 3-A3

-------
                FLOW
                    FILTER
            FLOW
            CONTROLLER
            FLOW
            RECORDER
                                     INLET COVER
Wt.~65 Ibs.
  Figure 3A-3. TSP Hi-Vol.
          3-A4

-------
                           16.67 l/min
                                 TOTAL FLOW, Q
   ACCELERATION
       NOZZLE
FRACTIONATION
     ZONE

  COLLECTION
    NOZZLE
          LARGE PARTICLE
             FLOW, fQ

    LARGE PARTICLE
  COLLECTION FILTER
                                        SEALED HOUSING
5


i





i


^s
\
\



.(



SIN

T — °



              SMALL PARTICLE
                FLOW (l-f) Q
                SMALL PARTICLE
           ]	COLLECTION FILTER
                        TO FLOWMETER
                          AND PUMP
                           1.67 l/min
TO FLOWMETER
   AND PUMP
   15.0 l/min
                   Figure 3A-4. Dichotomous sampler separator.

                   Source: Looet al. (1979)
                               3-A5

-------
                            .SHELTER
  MAST SUPPORT
AND VACUUM LINE
                   CRITICAL ORIFICE
                    9.0 LITER/MIN.
                                                                 RUBBER
                                                                 VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTIONS
                                                         CYCLONE SEPARATOR
               Figure 3A-5.  Chess cyclone sampler and shelter assembly.

               Source:  Barnard (1976).
                                  3-A6

-------
                                        I	AIR INLET
                                                   TO PUMP
                                                          47 mm
                                                          AFTER-FILTER
                                                    CYCLONE
                   47 mm
            TOTAL FILTER
                        TO PUMP

Figure 3A-6. Assembly for sampling with a total filter and cyclone in parallel.

Source:  Johnet al. (1978)
                              3-A7

-------
                                          INLET
                         FILTER
                    FLOW
                    CONTROLLER
                    FLOW
                    RECORDER
         Wt.~95lbs.
                                                     FLOW
                                                  STANDARD HI-VOL
                                                      SAMPLER
Figure 3A-7. Size-Selective Inlet (SSI) hi-vol.
                  3-At

-------
                                       AIR FLOW LINES
                                         4
              DUST TRAJECTORIES
                                  (a)
  75cm
         24 TRAYS
                                  (b)
                                                               DUST FREE AIR
                                                              PENETRATING
                                                              DUST CLOUD
                                            DUCT FLOOR AREA 8400 cm*

                                            AIR FLOW RATE 76 l/min
Figure 3A-8. The horizontal elutriator designed to match the BMRC deposition curve.

Source: Hamilton and Walton (1961).
                                  3-A9

-------
 STAGE 1 <
 STAGE 2<
STAGE
 AFTER
 FILTER
NOZZLE


JET EXIT
 PLANE
                                                          IMPACTION
                                                           PLATE
                                                         FILTER
                          TO VACUUM PUMP


            Figure 3A-9. Schematic diagram of a cascade impactor.

            Source: Marple and Willeke (1979).
                              3-A10

-------
                         HANDLE
LARGE PARTICLE
 FRACTIONATOR
  IMPACTOR UNIT	

            SPACER
\ | COVER
^ 1 *
/ V /




,
s




-r—







IMPACTOR
PLATE
i i
i
i
i

i
i
l
i
i
i
i
i
\ \ A





^INLET
H™
JT
?jr___-WATER DRAIN
Hb


^GLASS FIBER
' IMP ACTION SURFACE
-1
             FLOW SENSOR
                                                   "FINAL FILTER
                                              VACUUM PUMP
          Figure 3A-10. Cross section schematic of the CHAMP aerosol sampler.

          Source:  Ranade and Osdell (1978).
                                  3-A11

-------
                                                      SUCTION PUMP
                          Schematic arrangement of sampling apparatus.
                          Sampler capable of eight-day sequential operation.
          WEIGHT 73 LBS
Figure 3A-11.  British smoke shade sampler.
                   3-A12

-------
PUSH TO TEST VALVE
     THREE WAY VALVE
                                             46 LBS.
            Figure 3A-12. AlSI tape sampler.
                           3-A13

-------
UJ
-J
o
_

oc

a.
u.
O


C3
   10  g, mg
10"9g, ng
   10'12g, pg
   10-l5g,fg
   10'18g, ag
     10-21g
                                                 SEA SAND.

                                            HUMAN HAIR-
                                    RAGWEED POLLEN.

                                 POTATO STARCH -

                                CORN STARCH-

                          RED BLOOD CELLS'

                             BACTERIA.
                                                  TiO2 PIGMENT
                                      • CARBON BLACK

                                   • TOBACCO SMOKE
•VIRUSES


    I
                                                1013   3
                                                      (D
                                                      II

                                                      £
                                                                            10
                                                  16
                                                10
                                                  13
                                                                              10
           10A      100A       100 nm               0.01 mm    0.1 mm

                   0.01 nm     0.1 fim      1 nm       10/am      100/jm

                      I                    I         '          I
                            LOG PARTICLE DIAMETER (p = Ig/cc)
                                                10
                                                10'
                                                10"
                                                10
                                             1.0 mm
            TRANSMISSION ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
                            STEREOBINOCULAR
                                MICROSCOPE
                                               MONO OBJECTIVE
                                             OPTICAL MICROSCOPE
                        SCANNING ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
                                                                                   fiC
                                                                                   LU
                                                                                   00
                                                                                   5

                                                                                   2
                                                                                   O
                                                                                   O
                CHOICE OF MICROSCOPE FOR PARTICLE SIZE MEASUREMENT


Figure 3A-13.  Relationship between particle size, diameter and number of atoms for the light
and electron microscope range.


Source: McCrone (1973).
                                       3-A14

-------
FILTER:   Gelman Type A. glass fiber
AP, cm Hg
V, cm/sec
Dp) Mm
0.035
0.10
0.30
1.0
FILTER: Ghia S2
AP, cm Hg
V, cm/sec
Dp, Mm
0.035
0.10
0.30
1.0
FILTER: Whatman
1
11.2

<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
37PJ 02, teflon
1
23.4

<0.0002
<0. 00006
<0. 00007
<0. 00007
No. 1, cellulose
1.5
16.9
PENETRATION
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
membrane, 2.0 MID
3
64.1
PENETRATION
0.0011
0.00008
<0. 00007
<0. 00009
fiber
3
32.7

<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
<0.0001
pore
10
187

0.0005
<0. 00024
<0. 00022
<0. 00008

10
108

0.0008
0.00054
<0. 00007
<0.0002










AP, cm Hg
V, cm/sec
Dp, Mm
0.035
0.10
0.30
1.0
1
6.1

0.56
0.46
0.16
0.019
3
17.4
PENETRATION
0.52
0.43
0.044
0.034
10
47.6

0.34
0.13
0.0049
0.0044
30
102

0.058
0.0071
0.00051
0.00042
Table A-l.  Fractional penetration by particle size and face velocity for three
            selected filter types Lin et al. (1978).
                                        3-A15

-------
                                       SOURCES AND EMISSIONS

4.1  INTRODUCTION
     This chapter  presents  a characterization of  sources  and emissions of particulate matter
and  sulfur  oxides.   It  highlights  the  magnitude  and  characteristics  of both  natural and
manmade emissions.  Emissions from natural sources are those  not caused by man.  Volcanoes and
the  biosphere  are prime  examples  of natural  emissions  sources.   Manmade  sources  include
stationary point sources (utility power plants,  industrial  facilities, etc.), fugitive sources
(both  industrial  and non-industrial;  roadway dust,  for  example),  and transportation sources
(vehicle exhausts).   All  of these emissions categories are discussed further in this chapter.
     Chapter  4 is closely  linked with  Chapter  5 and  6.   These  three  chapters,  taken  as  a
whole,  present the known  material  concerning the relationship  between  emissions  and ambient
air  concentrations.   Chapter  4  summarizes  sources   and  emissions  of particulate  matter and
sulfur  oxides,  while  Chapter   5  summarizes  measured ambient  pollutant  concentrations and
characteristics.   Chapter 6 presents  what is known  about  the  complex  processes altering and
dispersing the emitted  substances as they move through the  atmosphere.  Chapter 4 also relates
directly to  other chapters in this  document,  particularly those discussing pollutant effects
on visibility, acidic deposition, and  health.
     One  issue worthy  of mention at  this point  concerns the  relationship  between  emission
intensity and possible  effects  on humans.  The  proximity of emissions to humans can often be
more  important than  relative  intensity.   For example,  mass emissions  from residential  fuel
combustion  (home  heating) and transportation sources are minor on a national level.  However,
they  are emitted  in  highly populated  areas,  close  to ground  level,  thereby elevating  their
possible effects  on  human  health and  welfare.   Dust from unpaved roads,  on  the  other  hand,
appears  significant in  comparison.   But these emissions usually occur in rural areas,  and tend
to settle out quickly,  lessening any  possible consequences.   Conversely,  some natural source
emissions can  be  fairly intense  (volcanic ash or sulfur from  marshlands, for example).  But in
general  they tend to  be distributed  fairly  evenly  nationwide.   For reasons  such  as these,
certain  manmade  emission  sources,  particularly  stationary  point  sources, have  been given a
greater  share  of the attention in this chapter.
     A  number of  other issues   raised  in this  chapter have, for  good  reason,  been discussed
only  briefly  or  not at  all.   First, predictions  of future emissions  trends  have  not  been
presented due to  the  complexities of  supporting assumptions.  Other documents where adequate
discussion of  assumptions was possible are referenced.  Data  on the particle size distribution
and  chemical  composition  of particulate emissions are incomplete or inadequate in many cases.
Some  available  data   have  been  summarized,  but   discussion  has  been  kept   brief.    Also,
discussion of the effects of control  devices on emission  particle size distributions has been
limited.  Other  documents where these effects are  thoroughly discussed have been referenced.
SOX4A/B                                       4-1                                 12-17-80

-------
4.2  SUMMARY
     Particulate  matter and  sulfur  oxides are  emitted  into the atmosphere  from a number of
sources,  both natural  and  manmade.   Natural  source  emissions  include  terrestrial dust, sea
spray, biogenic emanations, volcanic emissions, and emissions from wildfires.  The  predominant
manmade  sources  are stationary point sources, industrial and non-industrial fugitive sources,
and  transportation  sources.   Annual  U.S. emissions from natural sources are estimated at 84 x
10   metric  tons  of particulate matter and 5 x 10  metric tons of sulfur (the equivalent of 10
x  10  metric  tons  of sulfur dioxide).  Manmade  sources  emit roughly 125  -  385  x 10  metric
tons of  particulate matter per year and 27 x 10  metric tons of sulfur oxides per year in the
U.S.   Because of the  assumptions and approximations inherent  in  emissions calculations, the
numbers  quoted  above  should  not be  considered more  than  estimates.   Section  4.3 further
discusses the  problem involved with emissions estimates.
     The  characteristics  of particulate matter emissions vary  according  to source type and a
number of other  factors.  Particulate emissions from natural sources tend to be rather coarse.
(For the purposes of this chapter, coarse refers to particles with a diameter greater than 2.5
micrometers.)  Particulate  matter generated by non-industrial fugitive sources—unpaved roads
and  wind erosion of  cropland,  for  example—is  quite significant on  a mass  basis.  However,
only about  50 and 20 percent are less  than 10 and 1 micrometers (Mm), respectively.   Most of
the  particulate  matter  emitted by stationary sources and transportation sources, on the other
hand,  is relatively  fine,  or less  than 2.5  urn in diameter.   Adding  control  devices further
concentrates  particulate  emissions  in  the finer ranges  since most control  devices  are more
efficient  at  removing  larger particles.   Therefore,  the  estimated 10.5 x  10   metric tons of
particulate  matter  generated  in  1978 by stationary point sources probably consists largely of
finer  particulates,  since  that  estimate was  arrived  at assuming the application of control
devices.  In addition, the finer  particles emitted by stationary point sources tend to include
more toxic elements than do emissions from natural or manmade fugitive sources.
     Virtually all of the manmade sulfur oxide emissions result from stationary point sources.
Over 90  percent  of  these manmade sulfur  oxide emissions  are  in the form of  sulfur dioxide
(S0«).    The  balance  consists  of  sulfates in various forms.   Most natural  sulfur is emitted as
reduced  sulfur compounds.  But  these compounds  are  probably  oxidized  in the  atmosphere to
sulfur dioxide and sulfates.
4.3  DATA SOURCES AND ACCURACY
     The most  important information presented in this chapter concerns emission quantities and
characteristics.    Though  this   information  was  gathered  from  the  best  and  most  recent
literature  available,  problems   are  still  apparent.   Specifically,   estimates   of  emission
quantities vary,  as do those of emission characteristics.
     Emission  quantities  are  typically estimated  using emission  factors.   (The impossible
alternative  would be direct  measurement of  pollutants  from each  emission point.)  Emission
factors relate the quantity of pollutants emitted to an indicator of activity such  as
SOX4A/B                                       4-2                                12-17-80

-------
production capacity  or quantity of fuel burned.  But because  emission  factors are statistical
averages, they  are  not necessarily precise  indicators of emissions  from an  individual source.
When applied  to a large number  of  sources,  however, a  reasonable estimate  of total emissions
can  be obtained.   Therefore,  for  larger  geographic areas,  the percentage error  should be
smaller.
     Table  4-1  illustrates  the  problems  associated  with  the  use  of  emission  factors.
"Estimates" refers to National Air Pollutant Emission Estimates,  1970-1978 (U.S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency,  1980a).   Emissions  totals  in  that  document  were  obtained  from  one
calculation  performed  at  the  national  level  by  use of  total  national  activity  levels  and
national average  emission  factors for each  source  category.   "NEDS" (National  Emissions Data
System)  refers  to the  1977 National Emissions  Report  (U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,
1980b).  NEDS national  emissions totals were obtained by adding  the emissions from individual
facilities.   Mistakes,  biases, and omissions are more likely to affect the NEDS
                TABLE 4-1.  TWO EPA ESTIMATES OF 1977 EMISSIONS OF
             PARTICULATES AND SULFUR OXIDES  (10b METRIC TONS PER YEAR)
                                    Particulates                Sulfur Oxides
Source Category Estimates
Fuel combustion 4.8
Industrial processes 6.4
Solid waste disposal 0.5
NEDS
3.6
3.9
0.4
Estimates
22.2
4.2
0.0
NEDS
22.7
5.1
0.0

 estimate.  Therefore,  the "Estimates" are judged  by  the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
 to  be the most reliable  national  estimates presently  available.   The NEDS  state emissions
 totals,  presented  in  Section 4.5.2,  are the  best  available at  the state level,  but these
 totals should be considered carefully  for the reasons given here.
      Problems  are  also  apparent  with  fugitive  particulate  emissions,  both  industrial  and
 non-industrial.   Industrial  process  fugitive  particulate emissions,  or  process  fugitives,
 include  most   industrial   particulate  emissions  not  passing  through   a  stack  or  other
 identifiable emission  point.   Process fugitives are  difficult to estimate due to the  lack of
 engineering data and adequate emission factors.  One  reference (Zoller et al.,  1978) estimated
 them  at  3.4  x  106 metric  tons  per year.  However, the  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency's
 "Estimates"  include   "rough  estimates  of  fugitive  particulate  emissions  from  industrial
 processes."  Therefore,   the  particulate  emissions   under  the  industrial  processes category
 presented  in this  chapter probably  include  part of the  emissions  listed as process fugitives.
 SOX4A/B                                       4-3                                       12-17-80

-------
     Estimates  of  non-industrial fugitive  particulate emissions  vary  quite significantly  in
some cases.   Cooper et  al.  (1979)  estimated  annual emissions from  entrainment of dust from
unpaved  and  paved  roads  at  290 x 106 metric  tons  and 7.2 x 10    metric tons, respectively.
The U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency (1980b) estimated emissions from the same categories
at 35 x 10  metric tons and 4.7 x 106 metric tons.  Differences are probably due to the use  of
different assumptions and method of calculation.
     Finally,  particle  size and  composition data  are  also subject  to  differences.   Most  of
these  data  are  based  on  emissions  sampling  and  analysis  studies.   While  these  studies
probably  exhibit  a  high  degree of  accuracy on  a  case-by-case basis,  making generalizations
based  on data  from a  small  number of  individual sources may  not be  advisable.   Emission
characteristics,  as  well  as  emission  quantities,  are  highly  subject  to  a  number   of
source-specific  factors  such  as source  characteristics  and  operating conditions, and  fuel
characteristics.   For  example,  the  size  distribution of  particulate emissions  from  a given
utility  boiler  can  be  altered significantly by changing boiler load.  Therefore, the emission
characteristics  from a particular  source could  vary  from the information  presented  in  this
chapter.
4.4  NATURAL SOURCES AND  EMISSIONS
     Knowledge  of natural sources  and  emissions of particulate matter  and  sulfur,  including
sulfur  oxides,  is  important  for understanding  air pollution.    Baseline  concentrations   in
continental and marine  air represent natural exposure levels and also provide a reference for
comparing concentrations  in  polluted air.  Thus, the concentrations and biological effects of
air pollutants can be compared with those of natural atmospheric  components.
     Significant  natural  sources of  particulate matter and sulfur,  including  reduced sulfur
which can become  oxidized to sulfur oxides  in the atmosphere (see Chapter 6), are terrestrial
dust, sea spray,  the biosphere, volcanoes,  and  wildfires.   Estimates of emissions from these
natural  sources  in the U.S.  are  described  in  more detail in subsequent  sections.   Table 4-2
presents a summary of natural source emission totals and characteristics.
4.4.1  Terrestrial Dust
     Terrestrial  dust  is  transferred to  the atmosphere  by the  action of  wind  on  the  earth's
soils and crustal  materials.   Theoretical and experimental  studies  (Gillette,  1974) indicate
that sand grains,  produced by the weathering  of rocks and soils and moved by wind, cause the
pulverization  of  soil   minerals,  as  in  sandblasting,  to produce fine particles.    These
particles may  become airborne  and may be transported  through  the atmosphere for considerable
distances.  For example, dust from the Sahara Desert may be carried by air currents across the
Atlantic Ocean as far as Florida and Barbados (Delaney et al.,  1967; Junge, 1957).
     The amounts  of global  terrestrial  dust have been  estimated  at 182 x 10  metric tons per
                                                    6                       *
year (Robinson  and  Robbins,  1971) and 100-500 x  10  metric  tons  per year  (National Research
Council, 1979).   Calculations  by Vandergrift et  al.  (1971), based on soil conservation data,
resulted in estimated U.S. natural dust emissions of 57 x 10  metric tons  per year.
SOX4A/B                                       4-4                                12-17-80

-------
                         TABLE 4-2.   SUMMARY  OF  NATURAL  SOURCE  PARTICULATE AND  SULFUR  EMISSIONS0
i
ui

Estimated U.S. Emissions
(10e metric tons per year)k Participate Characteristics
Source Category Parti cul ate
Terrestrial Dust 57
Sea Spray 5.5°
Biosphere 20
Volcanoes Variable
Wildfires 0.5-1.0
TOTAL ^84+
Sulfur" Size Range Data
10% <1 (jm
22% <3 um
1.2 - 5.5d Unknown
Variable ^-5% <1 (jm
80% <1 urn
•\-5+
Chemical Composition
Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Na,
Si, organics, trace
elements
Seawater, organics
Organic aerosols, trace
metals
Al, Ca, Fe, K, Mg, Si,
Trace elements
Organics, trace minerals


       aAll  data  are  referenced  in  the  text.
        One  metric  ton  of  sulfur, when  oxidized,  equals  two metric tons of sulfur dioxide,
       clncluding 0.7 x 10  metric  tons of  sulfate  aerosol.
        Predominantly reduced  sulfur  compounds.

-------
     Terrestrial  dust  in  the  atmosphere  is  composed primarily  of  seven  major  elements -
silicon,  aluminum,  iron, sodium,  potassium,  calcium,  and  magnesium  -  organic material,  and
trace  elements  (Miller et al., 1972).   The  major elements are present  in  aerosol  samples to
nearly  the  same  extent as  in  earth  crustal   material  (Miller  et al.,  1972;  Lawson  and
Winchester,  1979a).    Atmospheric   concentrations   of  many  trace  elements,  however,   are
10- to 1000- fold higher than  would be expected from  physical dispersion  of soil  materials.
These  anomalous  trace  element enrichments  have been  observed in  many parts of  the world,
including  northern Canada  (Rahn,  1974),  the  South  Pole  (Zoller  et al.,  1974),  and South
America  (Adams  et al.,  1977).   Table  4-3  summarizes  geometric  mean enrichment  factors,
relative  to aluminum,  for various  elements  according to Rahn's compilation  of all published
data up to  1976  (Rahn,  1976).
     The  atmospheric  enrichment  sources of  these  elements  are  unknown, but  transport from
polluting  industries   (Rahn,  1974),  natural  rock  volatility (Goldberg, 1976),  and  biogenic
emanations  (Barringer,  1977)  have all been suggested.  In  general,  not enough is known about
element ratios  in the natural atmosphere to detect a pollution component.
     Most terrestrial dust particles are greater than 2 |jm in diameter (EPA,  1979).   The major
element  constitutents  of  terrestrial  dust  also  occur  principally  as  coarse  particles.
Size-fractionated  particle  samples  indicate that more than 90 percent  of the  mass occurs on
the first  three impactor stages,  >4, 4-2, and 2-1 urn aerodynamic diameter (Winchester et al.,
1979).   The  low  relative  abundance  of  submicron  silicon,  iron,  and  other  major  dust
constituents reflects the greater amount of energy  needed  in order  for  fine  particles to be
generated  from  soils  by the wind-driven sandblasting  mechanism.   This energy is normally not
provided by the  atmosphere near the  ground.
4.4.2  Sea  Spray
     Aerosol droplets are generated  at  the  ocean surface by the  action of wind,  principally
through  a  process  whereby  air bubbles  become entrained  and rise  to  burst  at  the  surface.
Robinson and Robbins  (1971) estimated global  emissions of particulates from sea spray at 900 x
10   metric tons per year,  including  120  x  10   metric  tons of  sulfate aerosol per  year
(Eriksson,  1959,  1960;  Robinson and  Robbins,   1968).   Assuming  10 percent  of  the  annual
production  penetrates  continental  areas (Eriksson,  1959), and assuming the impact of the U.S.
                                                                   3                 3
is proportional  to  the ratio of  U.S.  to global  coastline (12 x 10  miles:   200 x 10  miles),
approximately  5.5 x 10   metric tons of sea spray  particulate per  year (including 0.7 x 10
metric tons of  sulfate  aerosol per year) impact upon U.S.  coastal  areas.
     Sea  spray   is composed  of seawater and  organic  materials, and surface-active materials
which  may  be concentrated  into the  0.05  to 0.5 urn thickness of bubble surface (Maclntyre,
1974).  The surface-active  material  may be of  natural or  pollutant origin  and  may  include
*
 Includes unknown amounts of indirect manmade contributions.
SOX4A/B                                       4-6                                12-17-80

-------
                 TABLE 4-3.  AEROSOL  ENRICHMENT  FACTORS  RELATIVE  TO  AT
                        EF                   Elements
                        0.7-7                Li,  Na,  K,  Rb
                                            Be,  Mg,  Ca,  Sr,  Ba
                                            Sc,  Y,  lanthanides
                                            Al,  Ga,  Tl
                                            Si,  Ti,  Zr,  Hf,  Th,  U
                                            Mn,  Fe,  Co,  Nb
                        7-70b               Cr,  Cs,  V,  W,  B,  Ni ,  Ge
                        70-400b             H,  In,  Cu,  Mo,  Bi , Zn, As
                        400-4000b           I,  Hg,  S,  Cl ,  Au, Ag,  Sn,  Sb,
                                            Pb,  Br,  Cd, Te,  Se,  C, N
    aGeometric means of element ratios to Al,  relative to geochemical  average  earth
     crustal  material.
                                        (e1ement/A1)aeroso1
                                        (element/Al)crust
     Anomalously enriched elements arranged in order of increasing EF.
    Source:   Based on Rahn (1976).

organic molecular  films, organic  and inorganic particulate including viruses,  bacteria,  and
large living  forms  (Blanchard  and Parker, 1977; Duce  and  Hoffman,  1976).   Such materials,  by
becoming components of  sea  spray aerosol droplets, may  be  carried through the atmosphere far
from the point or origin.  While not clearly understood, the potential for virus transfer from
coastal waters  to the  atmosphere and transport by winds  inland to  inhibited  areas  has been
demonstrated (Baylor et a!., 1977).
     Because  of  differences in  the  mechanics  of  droplet formation,  differences  in  chemical
composition may exist  (Berg and Winchester, 1978).  For example, some droplets may or may not
contain the  surface-active  particulate  matter  scavenged from  the water column  by  the rising
bubbles.  Chloride, bromide, and iodide  also may be present (Moyers and Duce, 1972).   A clear
understanding of the processes  through which sea spray droplets are formed and transported has
not yet been achieved.

SOX4A/B                                       4-7                                    12-17-80

-------
     The size  distribution  of sea spray particles as documented by Taback et al.  (1979) is as
follows:  >10  urn  -  24 percent, 3-10 urn  -  54 percent, 1-3 urn - 20 percent, 
less than 20 x 10  metric tons per year.  Isoprene derivatives such as  terpenes,  caroten^pds,
and other compounds  are believed to predominate.   They are likely to be partially oxidized to
C02 and H20,  resulting  in  blue  haze  and  submicron condensation nuclei (Went, 1960;  Went et
al., 1967;  Rasmussen and Went, 1965; Schnell and Vali, 1972, 1973).
     Trace metals have  long  been known to  occur in fluids secreted by  plants.   Radiotracer
strontium is transferred from plant foliage to the atmosphere,  presumably in particles (Moorby
and Squire,  1963) which may be affected by electric fields (Fish, 1972).   Transpiration causes
the  transfer  of  both  cations and  anions  to the  atmosphere  (Nemeryuk,  1970).   Twenty-seven
trace elements have  been identified in  exudates  from  coniferous  trees  (Curtin et al., 1974).
Radiotracer  experiments  using zinc  and  lead show that particles greater than 5 urn in diameter
contain  most of  the  metals released  (Beauford  et al., 1975,   1977).   Sulfur,  potassium,  and
phosphorous  have  also  been  shown to be associated with tropical forests and to occur in large
aerosol particles (Lawson and Winchester, 1979b).   The metal content of  plant-derived aerosols
is  so  high  that it has been suggested as an indicator for geochemical prospecting (Barringer,
1977; Curtin et al., 1974).
     The terrestrial  and marine  biospheres,  while  not direct   sources of  sulfur  dioxide,  are
significant  sources  of  reduced  sulfur  compounds.   Volatile reduced  sulfur compounds  are
released to  the atmosphere via microbiological processes  and  may become  oxidized  to  S0?  and
sulfate.   The  compounds  released  included  hydrogen  sulfide   (hLS), dimethyl  sufide  (DMS),
dimethyl  disulfide  (DDMS),  carbon  disulfide  (CS2),  carbonyl   sulfide   (COS),  and  methyl
mercaptan  (CHgSH) (Lovelock  et  al.,  1972;  Rasmussen,  1974;   Lovelock,  1974;  Adams  et  al.,
1979a).
     A number  of previous estimates of global emissions of reduced sulfur compounds range from
64 x 10  metric tons  per year (land) and 27  x 10   metric  tons per year (ocean) (Robinson and
Robbins, 1968) to  3 x 10  metric  tons per year  (land)  and   34 x  10   metric tons  per  year
(ocean)  (Granat et  al., 1976).  Granat's estimate,  scaled  down to the U.S.,  would result in
0.2 x 10  metric  tons  per year (land) and about 2-5 x 10  metric tons per year (ocean) (based
on  Galloway  and  Whelpdale,  1980).   These  estimates,  however,  were  derived indirectly  as
balances for other sulfur fluxes.
     Recent  field monitoring  studies  conducted by Maroulis  and Bandy (1977),  McClenny et al.
(1979),  and  Adams  et  al.  (1979a),  result  in  slightly different  estimates.   Adams  et  al.
                                                             _o  -i
(1979b) calculated a  mean annual  sulfur flux of  0.02 g S m   yr  , weighted over a number of
eastern U.S.  soil types,  including marshes.  The entire U.S. would probably average 0.02-0.05
SOX4A/B                                       4-8                                    12-17-80

-------
       ~2  -1
g  S  m  yr    (Adams,  1980).   Applying  these  numbers  to  the  entire  earth's  land  area
(approximately 56  million  square miles) results  in about 3-7 x  106 metric tons per year.  The
land  area  of the  U.S.  (3.6  million square miles) emits about  0.2-0.5 x 106 metric tons per
                              _2  -i
year  based on  0.02-0.05 g S m  yr   .  The impact of marine biogenic activity would be  limited
primarily  to coastal areas.   Sulfur emissions from marine biogenic  activity are probably on
the order  of 1 x 10  metric tons per year (based on Galloway and Whelpdale, 1980).  Note that
these  lower  estimates  of  sulfur emissions  on a national  scale do  not preclude significant
localized  biogenic sulfur  emissions, especially  in areas where  wetlands are prevalent (Henry
and Hidy,  1980).
4.4.4  Volcanic  Emissions
      Emissions  from  volcanic  eruptions  and  fumaroles  may  contribute  to  global atmospheric
background levels  of particulate matter and  sulfur.   Volcanoes  are one of the few sources of
atmospheric  particulate and sulfur whose effects can  be felt at great distances.  Plumes from
volcanoes  intense  enough to inject  material  into  the  upper  troposphere or lower stratosphere
(about 10-15 miles above the earth's surface)  have been tracked great distances before removal
(Fegley  et al.,  1980).   The famous  eruption of Krakatoa in 1883 injected enough dust into the
stratosphere to  cause brilliant  sunsets thousands of kilometers away and a global reduction of
incoming solar radiation (Wexler, 1951a,b).
      Until recently,  volcanic activity has been relatively insignificant in the United States.
The Mt.  St.  Helens eruption was only the second this  century in the contiguous United States.
Mt.  Lassen,  California,  in  1915,   was  the  previous  one.    There  have  been about  20 other
volcanic eruptions since 1900 in Hawaii and Alaska.
      The   average   global  emission  rates  of  particulates  and  sulfur  compounds  have  been
estimated  by a  number  of  investigators.   Robinson  and Robbins  (1971)  estimated the average
global emission  rate  of small particles (the persistent fraction) at 3.6 x 10  metric tons per
year.   Airborne  measurements  and  observations  made  during the  1976 eruption  of the  St.
Augustine  volcano  (Alaska)  led  to particulate emissions estimates for  a  one-year period for
that  particular  volcano of 6 x  10   metric tons for particles of 0.01 -  66 urn in  size and 0.25
x  10  metric tons  for particles  0.01 - 5 urn  in size (Stith et al., 1978).
      Estimates  of  global  volcanic sulfur emissions  as documented  in  Granat et al.  (1976),
range  from 0.75 -  3.75 x  10   metric tons per year.   Emissions  of  SO^ for a 1-year period at
St. Augustine  were estimated at 0.1 x  106 metric tons (or 0.05 x  10  metric tons of sulfur)
(Stith et  al., 1978).   The  St. Augustine volcano  also  emitted lesser quantities of H2S.   Stith
et al.  (1978)  estimated  global  volcanic  emissions  of  H2$  at 1 x 10   metric  tons per year.
      Particles  collected  from the St.  Augustine  eruptions were  composed primarily of silicon,
aluminum,  magnesium,  calcium, and  iron.  Trace amounts of potassium, titanium, and sulfur were
also  present  (Stith  et  al.,  1978).   Samples of  Mt. St.   Helens  ash  have  contained mainly
silicon,  aluminum, iron,  calcium,  sodium,  magnesium, and  potassium.   Titanium, phosphorous,
and manganese,  as  well  as  traces of sulfur, chlorine, strontium, barium, vanadium, zirconium,
and zinc (among  others) have also been found  (Fruchter et al., 1980).

SOX4A/B                                        4-9                                 12-17-80

-------
     Based  on  the St.  Augustine particulate emissions  (6  x 106 metric tons total, 0.25 x 10
metric  tons less than 5 urn)  less  than 5 percent of the particles were less than 5 urn in size
(Stith,  et  al.,  1978).   According to  preliminary  airborne studies  of  Mt.  St.  Helens ash,
significant amounts  of  particulate matter  between 1  and 2  urn  have  been  emitted to  the
atmosphere  (Hobbs et al., 1980).   Other preliminary studies of Mt. St. Helens  ash place the
fraction  less  than 3.5 urn  at  around  2 percent (Fruchter et al., 1980).
     (This  section  could be  revised depending on the availability of further information from
the Mt. St.  Helens eruptions.)
4.4.5   Wildfires
     There  are three major types of  large scale fires:  1) wildfires, 2) prescription fires in
natural areas,  and  3) agricultural  burning.  The  latter  two types are exclusively man-caused
and are mentioned in Section 4.5.   Wildfires, defined by the Forest Service as "any fire that
burns  uncontrolled  in vegetative or associated flammable  material," are  treated as a natural
emission  source,  as has been done  in the literature, even though man's activities cause about
90  percent of  their  total  number;  only  10  percent  are truly  "natural,"  resulting  from
lightning (USDA  Forest Service, 1979).
     Wildfire  particulate  emissions calculations  have typically been  based on  three numbers:
wildfire  acreage, fuel  burned  per  acre, and  emissions per unit mass of  fuel.   Robinson and
Robbins (1971) estimated yearly particulate emissions  from  forest  fires  in the U.S. as 0.7 x
10  metric tons, based on 4.5  x  10  acres  burned,  18 tons of fuel per acre,  and 17 pounds of
particulate per  ton  of  fuel.   Yamate  (1973)  arrived  at  0.5  x  10   metric  tons  per  year,
assuming  numbers  similar to those used by Robinson and Robbins.
     Recent research,  however,  has  proposed estimates  of  particulate  emissions  per unit mass
of  fuel  at 17-67 pounds per ton (GEOMET,  1978)  and 80 pounds per ton (Radke  et al., 1978),
based  on  airborne  sampling  studies in  Oregon  and  Washington.  Most  likely,  since emissions
from fires are dependent  on  fuel conditions  and  fire behavior (GEOMET, 1978), an estimate in
between the extremes  should  be chosen as an average.   Assuming 40 pounds  per  ton, 1977 U.S.
wildfire  acreage of 3.15  x 10   (USDA  Forest Service,  1979), and a U.S. average of 17 tons of
fuel per  acre  (Yamate; 1973), U.S. particulate emissions from wildfires total 1.0 x 10  metric
tons per  year.
     Chemical  analysis   of   particulate  matter  from  temperate  forest  burning  indicates
approximately  50 percent benzene-soluble organic matter,  40 percent elemental  carbon, and 10
percent mineral matter (Ryan  and McMahon, 1976).  Another  analysis  suggests 55 percent tar, 25
percent soot,  and 20 percent ash (Vines et al.,.. 1971).  About 80 percent of the mass of smoke
particles  from forest  fires   is less than 1 urn in diameter, with the average size being 0.1 urn
(GEOMET,  1978; Radke et al.,  1978; Vines et al., 1971).
     Wildfires  contribute varying   amounts  of  other  pollutants  to  the  atmosphere.   Carbon
monoxide and hydrocarbons  are the most significant.  Wildfires are  not, however, considered to
be a source of sulfur oxides  (Radke  et al., 1978; Yamate,  1973; Vines  et al., 1971).
SOX4A/B                                       4-10                                     12-17-80

-------
4.5  MANMADE SOURCES AND EMISSIONS
     A number of definable source categories emitting particulate matter and sulfur oxides can
be  attributed  solely to  man.   They  are the subjects of  this  section.   Emissions from these
source categories are summarized in Table 4-4.  Manmade emissions of particulate matter result
primarily from stationary point sources  (fuel combustion and industrial processes), industrial
process  fugitive  particulate emission sources, non-industrial  fugitive  sources (roadway dust
from  paved and unpaved roads, wind  erosion of  cropland, etc.), and  transportation sources
(automobiles, etc.).   From Table 4-4  it is evident that non-industrial fugitive emissions are
significant  on  a mass  basis.   However,  these emissions normally  originate  away from heavily
populated areas and settle out more rapidly than  do point  source emissions.
                    TABLE 4-4.  SUMMARY  OF ESTIMATED ANNUAL MANMADE EMISSIONS

Source Category
Stationary point sources
Industrial Process Fugitives
Non- industrial fugitives
Transportation sources
TOTAL
Emissions (10
Particulate matter
10
3.3a
110-370
1.3
-125-385
Metric tons)
Sulfur oxides
26.2
-
-
0.8
27.0

          NOTE:  Approximately  half  of  the  3.3  x  10  metric tons from process fugitives
                 are  probably included  in the 10.5 x 10  metric tons from stationary
                 point  sources.   See Section 4.3  for explanation.
     Manmade  emissions  of  sulfur  oxides  result  almost  exclusively  from  stationary point
 sources.   The  combustion  of  fossil fuels by  electric  utilities  causes  most  sulfur oxide
 emissions.  Transportation sources  also contribute a  small  amount of sulfur oxide emissions.
 4.5.1   Historical  Emission Trends
     Economic  conditions  and the degree to which air pollution control  devices  are used are
 the  two factors having  the  most impact on emissions totals, especially from stationary point
 sources (fuel combustion and industrial  processes).  Economic conditions affect the amounts of
 goods  produced  and, therefore,  the  amounts of  emissions generated.  The economics of relative
 fuel  prices  also  affects emissions.   That is,  higher  prices on oil  and  natural  gas cause
 increased  use of  coal, which  generally emits more particulate matter  and sulfur oxides per
 unit energy than oil or natural  gas.   Increased use of control devices has  resulted from the
 enactment  of  regulations  such  as New  Source  Performance  Standards and State Implementation
 Plans.
     Historical  trends  in  particulate matter  (not including fugitive emissions, which have not
 been documented) and sulfur oxide emissions  are  shown in Table 4-5.  Data  for  the years 1940,
 1950,  and  1960  are from U.S.  EPA (1978b),  while data for  1970  through  1978 are  from U.S. EPA
 Sources:  U.S.  EPA  (1978b);  U.S.  EPA  (1980a)
SOX4A/B                                        4-11
12-17-80

-------
                        TABLE 4-5 (a) NATIONAL ESTIMATES OF PARTICULATE EMISSIONS3
                                   (10  metric tons per year)
SOURCE CATEGORY
Stationary fuel
combustion
Industrial processes
Solid waste disposal
Transportation
Miscellaneous
TOTAL
Table 4-5
SOURCE CATEGORY
Stationary fuel
combustion
Industrial processes
Solid waste disposal
Transportation
Miscellaneous
TOTAL
1940
8.7
9.9
0.5
0.5
5.2
24.8
1950
8.1
12.6
0.7
1.1
3.7
26.2
(b) NATIONAL ESTIMATES OF
(10 metric tons per
1940
15.1
3.4
0.0
0.6
0.4
19.5
1950
16.6
4.1
0.1
0.8
0.4
22.0
1960
6.7
14.1
0.9
0.6
3.3
25.6
SULFUR
year)
1960
15.7
4.8
0.0
0.5
0.4
21.4
1970
7.2
12.8
1.1
1.1
1.0
23.2
OXIDE
1970
22.7
6.2
0.1
0.7
0.1
29.8
1975
5.1
7.4
0.5
1.0
0.6
14.6
EMISSIONS
1975
20.9
4.5
0.0
0.8
0.0
26.2
1978
3.8
6.2
0.5
1.3
0.7
12.5

1978
22.1
4.1
0.0
0.8
0.0
27.0

          Does not include industrial process fugitive particulate emissions, and non-
          industrial fugitives from paved and unpaved roads, wind erosion, construction
          activities, agricultural tilling, and mining activities.

          Includes forest fires, agricultural burning, coal refuse burning, and structural
          fires.

         SOURCES:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1978b)
                   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1980a)
SOX4A/B                                       4-12                                    12-17-80

-------
(1980a).    Emissions  estimates  from the  latter  are considered  more accurate.   It  should be
noted that local emission trends might not necessarily coincide with national  emission trends.
     Nationwide  emissions  of  particulate   matter   (not  including  fugitive  emissions)  have
generally  decreased  since  1950  after a  slight  increase from 1940  to  1950.  These emissions
have  resulted  primarily   from  stationary  fuel  combustion  (utility  and   industrial)  and
industrial processes.   Particulate emissions from stationary fuel combustion  decreased fairly
consistently from  1940  to 1978.   From 1940  through  the early 1970's this was probably due to
increased  use   of  oil  and  natural  gas.   Even  though  the oil  embargo of 1973-1974 caused
increased  use   of  coal,  conservation efforts  by industry and  the  installation  of  control
equipment  resulted in further reductions  in  particulate emissions through 1978.
     Industrial  process  emissions of particulate  matter  increased  from  1940 to  1960,  then
declined  steadily  through 1978.    Increases  were  due to  expanding production, while decreases
were due  to installation  of controls.
     Nationwide  emissions  of  sulfur oxides  have  increased  overall   since  1940.    As  with
particulate  matter,  stationary   fuel  combustion   (primarily  utility  and   industrial)  and
industrial  processes   (primarily   ore  smelting)  have  been  the  main  contributors.   Coal
combustion  was  the  largest  stationary  fuel  combustion  source.   Coal  use  by industrial,
commercial/institutional, and residential users has  declined, corresponding with  a decrease in
sulfur  oxide  emissions  from  those  categories.   Increased coal  use by  electric utilities,
however,  has more  than offset this  decrease.   Sulfur  oxide emissions from electric utilities
account  for  more than  half the  total  emissions.   Flue gas desulfurization  (FGD) systems have
seen  only limited  use  to  date  and have not  had a major  impact  on  emissions.   About eleven
percent  of U.S  coal-fired  electrical generating capacity  is presently  fitted with  FGD (U.S.
EPA 1980e).
     From industrial  processes,  increased production caused most of the sulfur oxide emission
increases  through  1970.    However,  since   that  time  significant  emission  reductions  from
non-ferrous  smelters  and  sulfuric  acid plants  have  occurred.    For  smelters,  by-product
recovery  of sulfuric  acid has  significantly reduced  sulfur  oxide emissions.   Sulfur oxide
emissions  from copper,  lead and zinc  smelters  have  gone from 4 x 10  metric  tons per year in
1970 to about  2  x  10  metric  tons  per year in 1978.
     Future  emission  trends   are   subject   to  a  number of  assumptions  concerning  economic
climate,  fuel  use,  environmental  policy, and  control  technology.  These  considerations  are
beyond the scope of this  document.   (See  U.S. DOE 1978 and  U.S. DOE 1979.)
4.5.2  Stationary  Point Source Emissions
     This  section  presents an  analysis  of sources  and   characteristics  of particulate  and
sulfur  oxide  emissions  from  stationary  point  sources; the  two  major categories  are fuel
combustion  and  industrial  processes.   A third  but minor  category is  solid waste disposal.
Table 4-6  lists  calculated  estimates  of 1978 emissions from these  source categories.  Based on
these estimates, fuel combustion  contributed 36  percent of the particulates  and  84 percent of
SOX4A/B                                        4-13                                     12-17-80

-------
                       TABLE 4-6.  1978 ESTIMATES OF PARTICIPATE  AND  SULFUR
                          OXIDE EMISSIONS FROM STATIONARY  POINT SOURCES
-,-,-cL
o
Emissions QO metric tons)
Source category
Fuel combustion
Utility
Coal
Oil
Gas
Industrial
Coal
Oil
Gas .
Other fuels
Commercial /Institutional
Coal
Oil
Gas
Residential
Coal
Oil
Gas
Industrial processes
Metals
Iron and steel
Primary smelting
Iron foundries
Other
Mineral Products
Cement
Asphalt
Lime
Crushed rock
Other
Particulates


2,350
140
10

700
90
40
280

20
60
10

20
20
30


830
480
140
120

780
150
150
1,340
910
Sulfur oxides


15,900
1,720
0

1,890
1,150
0
150

40
900
0

60
260
0


110
1,960
0
0

670
0
0
0
30
SOX4A/B
                                               4-14
                   12-17-80

-------
                                       TABLE  4-6.  (continued)
                                                    Emissions  (10  metric  tons)
Source category
Petroleum
Refining
Natural gas production
Chemicals
Sulfuric acid
Other
Other
Grain processing
Pulp and paper
Other
Solid waste disposal
TOTAL
Particulates
70
0
0
190
730
240
60
500
10,460
Sulfur oxides
900
140
220
0
0
80
0
0
26,180
          Source:   U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency (1980a).
          Primarily wood/bark waste.

the sulfur oxides  emitted  by stationary point  sources  in  1978.   Industrial  processes  emitted
59 percent  of the  particulates  and 16  percent of the  sulfur oxides.  Solid waste disposal
contributed 5 percent of the particulates.
     An unknown percentage  of  particulates  and sulfur oxides  is  emitted  as  primary sulfates.
Primary  sulfates   consist   of  gaseous  sulfur  trioxide  (S03),   sulfuric  acid  (H2S04),  and
particulate  sulfates.   Estimates of primary  sulfate   emission  quantities  from major  sources
have not been  generated  to date.  Primary sulfates are of increasing concern because of their
potential impacts, especially on health.
     Geographically, the different  regions  of the United States,  shown in Figure 4-1,  emitted
varying  amounts   of particulate matter  and   sulfur  oxides.    Table  4-7  presents  state  and
regional  estimates  of   population  (1979),  emissions  (based  on the  1977  NEDS  inventory),
emissions densities, and percentage contributions to total U.S. point source  emissions.  Based
on this  information,  Regions III through VI emitted over 70 percent of the particulate matter
and  sulfur oxides  emitted  by   stationary  sources in  the U.S.   In  Region III utility  and
industrial  fuel   combustion contributed  most  of  the  particulates  and  sulfur  oxides.   The
mineral  products  industry   also  contributed heavily to particulate emissions.   In  Regions IV
and  V  utility  fuel combustion  and  the mineral  products industry  contributed most  of  the
particulate  emissions,  while  utility  fuel combustion contributed most  of  the  sulfur oxide
emissions.   The mineral  products industry and total fuel combustion caused most of the
SOX4A/B
                                              4-15
                                                                                      12-17-80

-------
ALASKA
                       Figure 4-1. Map of EPA Regions.
                                     4-16

-------
TABLE 4-7.  STATE-BY-STATE LISTING OF TOTAL ESTIMATED PARTICIPATE AND SULFUR OXIDE EMISSIONS
                           FROM STATIONARY POINT SOURCES (1977),
                              POPULATION, AND DENSITY FACTORS
Region and state
Region I
Connecticut
Maine
Massachusetts
New Hampshire
Rhode Island
Vermont
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region II
New Jersey
New York
Puerto Rico
Virgin Island
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region III
Delaware
Population
(1000's)B

3,099
1,091
5,774
871
935
487
12,257
5.5

7,327
17,748
2,712
62
27,849
12.6

582
District of Columbia 674
Maryland
Pennsylvania
Virginia
West Virginia
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
4,144
11,862
5,032
1,821
24,143
10.9
Total -area
OniZ)fc

5,009
33,215
8,257
9,304
1,214
9,609
66,608
1.8

7,836
49,576
3,435
133
60,980
1.7

2,057
67
10,577
45,333
40,817
24,181
123,032
3.4
Population
density ,
(people/mi )

619
33
704
94
770
51
184


935
358
790
466
457


283
10,060
392
259
126
77
196

Particulates
Total emissions
(10 metric tons)

26.8
42.2
52.8
10.8
3.9
4.5
141.0
1.8

63.6
206.6
55.9
11.3
337.4
4.3

32.6
2.7
46.8
685.0
116.4
187.2
1,070.7
13.6
Emission
density
(tons/miz)

5.4
1.3
6.4
1.2
3.2
0.5
2.1


8.1
4.2
16.3
85.0
5.5


15.8
40.3
4.4
15.1
2.9
7.7
8.7

State
emissions
(% of U.S.)

0.34
0.53
0.67
0.14
0.05
0.06



0.81
2.62
0.71
0.14



0.41
0.03
C.59
8.69
1.48
2.38


Sulfur Oxides
Total emissions
(10 metric tons)

71.9
125.3
265.3
107.9
17.2
8.9
596.5
2.1

259.4
897.3
291.4
3.7
1,451.8
5.2

118.6
21.3
305.5
2,235.3
396.0
1,109.0
4,185.7
15.0
Emissions
density,
(tons/mi )

14.4
3.8
32.1
11.6
14.2
0.9
9.0


33.1
18.1
84.8
27.8
23.8


57.7
317.9
28.9
49.3
9.7
45.9
34.0

State
emissions
(% of U.S.)

0.26
0.45
0.95
0.39
0.06
0.03



0.93
3.22
1.05
0.01



0.43
0.08
1.10
8.03
1.42
3.98



-------
TABLE 4-7.   Continued
Region and state
Region IV
Alabama
Florida
Georgia
Kentucky
Mississippi
North Carolina
South Carolina
Tennessee
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region V
Illinois
Indiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Ohio
Wisconsin
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region VI
Arkansas
Louisana
New Mexico
Oklahoma
Texas
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Population
(1000'sr

3,742
8,594
5,084
3,498
2,404
5,577
2,918
4,357
36,174
16.4

11,243
5,374
9,189
4,008
10,749
4,679
45,242
20.5

2,186
3,966
1,212
2,880
13,014
23,258
10.5
Population
Total 7area density .
(mi ) (people/mr)

51,609
58,560
58,876
40,395
47,716
52,586
31,055
42,244
383,041
10.6

56,400
36,291
58,216
84,068
41,222
56,154
332,351
9.2

53,104
48,523
121,666
69,919
267,338
560,550
15.5

73
147
86
87
50
106
94
103
94


199
148
158
48
261
83
136


41
82
10
41
49
41

Particulates
Emission State
Total emissions density emissions
(10-3 metric tons) (tons/mi*) (% of U.S.)

264.5
191.0
107.5
385.3
147.9
186.9
89.5
143.2
1,515.8
19.2

473.4
393.4
233.4
127.9
585.3
249.6
2,063.0
26.2

123.6
303.8
81.2
81.7
" 422.3
1,012.6
12.8

5.1
3.3
1.8
9.5
3.1
3.6
2.9
3.4
4.0


8.4
10.8
4.0
1.5
14.2
4.4
6.2


2.3
6.3
0.7
1.2
1.6
1.8


3.36
2.42
1.36
4.89
1.88
2.37
1.14
1.82



6.01
4.99
2.96
1.62
7.43
3.17



1.57
3.85
1.03
1.04
5.36


Sulfur Oxides
Emissions State
Total emissions density, emissions
(10Jmetric tons) (tons/mi^) (% of U.S.)

919.7
873.4
620.8
1,471.0
225.8
547.4
264.8
1,145.4
6,068.3
21.8

1,522.6
1,700.2
1,093.3
247.1
2,932.0
594.2
8,089.4
29.1

119.1
311.7
516.2
101.2
1,314.9
2,363.1
8.5

17.8
14.9
10.5
36.4
4.7
10.4
8.5
27.1
15.8


27.0
46.8
18.8
2.9
71.1
10.6
24.3


2.2
6.4
4.2
1.4
4.9
4.2


3.30
3.14
2.23
5.28
0.81
1.97
0.95
4.12



5.47
6.11
3.93
0.89
10.53
2.13



0.43
1.12
1.85
0.36
4.72



-------
TABLE 4-7.  Continued
Particulates
Region and state
Region VII
Iowa
Kansas
Missouri
Nebraska
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region VIII
Colorado
Montana
North Dakota
South Dakota
Utah
Wyomi ng
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region VII
Iowa
Kansas
Missouri
Nebraska
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Population
(1000's)D

2,896
2,348
4,860
1,565
11,669
5.3

2,670
785
652
690
1,307
424
6,528
3.0

2,896
2,348
4,860
1,565
11,669
5.3
Population
Totalparea density ,, Total emissions
(mi ) (people/mi ) (10J metric tons)

56,290
82,264
69,686
77,227
285,467
7.4

104,247
147,138
70,665
77,047
84,916
97,914
581,927
16.1

56,290
82,264
69,686
77,227
285,467
7.4

51
29
70
20
41


26
5
9
9
15
4
11


51
29
70
20
41


209.1
170.6
171.9
125.9
677.5
8.6

40.4
29.8
33.6
43.1
91.7
171.8
410.4
5.2

209.1
170.6
171.9
125.9
677.5
8.6
Emission State
density emissions
(tons/mi2) (% of U.S.)

3.7
2.1
2.5
1.6
2.4


0.4
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
0.7


3.7
2.1
2.5
1.6
2.4


2.65
2.16
2.18
1.60



0.51
0.38
0.43
0.55
1.16
2.18



2.65
2.16
2.18
1.60


Sulfur Oxides
Emissions State
Total emissions density, emissions
(10Jmetric tons) (tons/mi^) (% of U.S.)

308.2
172.1
1,355.2
51.3
1,886.8
6.8

99.6
189.8
113.5
38.7
198.6
173.5
813.7
2.9

308.2
172.1
1,355.2
51.3
1,886.8
6.8

5.5
2.1
19.4
0.7
6.6


1.0
1.3
1.6
0.5
2.3
1.8
1.4


5.5
2.1
19.4
0.7
6.6


1.11
0.62
4.87
0.18



0.36
0.68
0.41
0.14
0.71
0.62



1.11
0.62
4.87
0.18



-------
                                                           TABLE 4-7.  Continued
Region and state
Region VIII
Colorado
Montana
North Dakota
South Dakota
Utah
Wyoming
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region IX
Arizona
California
Hawaii
Nevada
Guam
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
Region X
Alaska
Idaho
Oregon
Washington
TOTAL
Percent of U.S.
U.S. TOTALS
Populatioi
(1000's)1

2,670
785
652
690
1,307
424
6,528
3.0

2,354
22,294
897
660
85
26,317
11.9

403
878
2,444
3,774
7,499
3.4
220,951
Population
i Total, area density ,
5 (mi^r (people/m/)

104,247
147,138
70,665
77,047
84,916
97,914
581,927
16.1

113,909
158,693
6,450
110,540
212
389,880
10.8

589,757
83,557
96,981
68,192
838,487
23.0
3,620,000

26
5
9
9
15
4
11


21
140
139
6
401
68


1
11
25
55
9

61
Particulates
Emission State
Total emissions density emissions
(10 metric tons) (tons/mi2) (% of U.S.)

40.4
29.8
33.6
43.1
91.7
171.8
410.4
5.2

64.4
235.4
17.5
89.5
4.5
411.3
6.2

23.1
25.2
81.2
112.8
242.3
3.1
7,882

0.4
0.2
0.5
0.6
1.1
1.8
0.7


0.6
1.5
2.7
0.8
21.2
1.1


<0.01
0.3
0.8
1.7
0.3

2.2

0.51
0.38
0.43
0.55
1.16
2.18



0.82
2.99
0.22
1.14
0.06



0.29
0.32
1.03
1.43



Sulfur Oxides
Emissions State
Total emissions density, emissions
(10Jmetric tons) (tons/mi^) (% of U.S.)

99.6
189.8
113.5
38.7
198.6
173.5
813.7
2.9

1,118.2
515.8
56.0
298.2
53.7
2,041.9
9.0

15.6
45.7
39.3
235.7
336.3
1.2
27,834

1.0
1.3
1.6
0.5
2.3
1.8
1.4


9.8
3.3
8.7
2.7
253.3
5.2


<0.01
0.5
0.4
3.5
0.4

7.7

0.36
0.68
0.41
0.14
0.71
0.62



4.02
1.85
0.20
1.07
0.19



0.06
0.16
0.14
0.85



?Source:   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1978b).
^Source:   U.S. Department of Commerce (1979).
The accuracy of these data may not warrant the number of significant figures shown.
 Source:   The World Almanac and Book of Facts 1980 (1980).

-------
particulate emission  in Region  VI.   The  primary metals  and petrochemical industries, along
with fuel combustion contributed most of the sulfur oxides emissions  in  Region VI.
     In other  regions  grain processing (Region  VII)  and mineral products  (Region IX) emitted
large  amounts  of particulate  matter.   Fuel  combustion (Regions II  and VII)  and the primary
metals industry (Region IX) contributed significant amounts of sulfur oxides.
     The quantity and  characteristics (size and  composition)  of particulate matter emissions
from  stationary  sources may  be affected  by several  factors.   Among these are  source type,
operating conditions  and  practices,  fuel  characteristics  (if  the source is a fuel combustion
source), and  type  of emission control equipment, if  any.  The chemical  composition of emitted
particles can  determine possible reactions  that  occur during transport and the final effects
upon  receptors (see Chapters  5  and  6).    Particle size  affects  suspension  time  and transport
distance.   It is also  an  important  factor in  determining  any  possible health  effects (see
Chapters 13,  14, and 15).
     Table  4-8  presents   a  summary  of  particle  size  and  chemical   composition  data  for
uncontrolled  particulate  emissions  from  stationary  sources.    Note  that these data  are  for
uncontrolled emissions.  This  is significant because  control devices exert  strong influence on
the  particle  size  distribution  of  emissions.   Table  4-9  illustrates  that,  for coal-fired
boilers, most control  devices are more  efficient  at  removing  larger particles.   Therefore,
even  though the  total  mass of smaller  particles decreases,  the  percentage increases.   [Refer
to  U.S.  EPA  (1980b)  for  further  discussion on  the  effects of control devices  on emissions
characteristics.]   Therefore,  applying  the particle  size  percentages   shown in  Table 4-8 to
the   emission  quantities   listed  in  Table  4-6   and  4-7  would  probably  result   in  an
underestimation  of  the finer  particle fractions since Tables  4-6  and 4-7 were  arrived at
assuming the application of control devices.
     As  a   further  example, control  devices  have helped  reduce the  mass flow of particulate
emissions  in  California's  South Coast Air Basin by  95 percent or  more from what prevailed
under  uncontrolled  conditions.   However,  over  90 percent  of  the remaining  emissions (both
point  sources  are  miscellaneous area sources) have  particle sizes  less  than 10 pm (Taback et
al., 1979).
     A final  point  with   respect  to  Table  4-8  is  that  the particle  size   and  chemical
composition data represent an  overall  source  category.   Therefore,  in the iron  and steel
industry,  for example,  not all of  the many  different processes emitting  particulate  matter
would  necessarily  have emissions  exhibiting that  exact  characteristics  shown.   The  reader
should refer  to the documents  cited for more detailed information.
     The same  factors  mentioned earlier may affect the  quantity and characteristics of  sulfur
oxide  emissions.   By volume,   over 90 percent  of total  national  sulfur  oxide emissions  are in
the  form of sulfur dioxide, SO-.  Primary sulfates  account for most of the other 10 percent.
Little is   known about  primary  sulfates,  but combustion  of coal and oil  is  thought to be  a
major  source.   Primary sulfates are of  increasing  concern because of their potential  impacts
on visibility, acidic deposition, and health.

SOX4A/B                                       4-21                                     12-17-80

-------
                         TABLE 4-8.   EXAMPLES OF UNCONTROLLED PARTICIPATE EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS'
ro
ro

Particle size data Chemical Composition Data
Source category
Fuel combustion
Utility
Coal
Oil
Industrial
Oil
Gas
Com/Inst/Res
Oil
(weight % less than stated size) Major elements
15 pm 2.5 |jm 1.0 urn and compounds
15-90 5-70 1-15 Al.Ca.Fe.Si,
sulfates.organics
95 70-95 95 Al ,Ca,Fe,Mg,Na(
sulfates.organics
65-95 Al,Fe,Mg,Si,
sulfates.organics
100 Cl.Na.sulfates,
organics
Al .Ca.Mg.Zn,
sul fates
Trace elements
(less than 1% by weight'
As.B.Ba.Be.Cd.Cl.Co.Cr,
Cu.F.Hg.K.Mg.Mn.Na.Ni,
P.Pb.S.Se.Ti.V.Zn.Zr
As,Ba,Br,Co,Cr,Cu,K,
Mn,Mo,Ni,Pb,Se,Sr,Ti,V
As , Ba , Ca , Cd , Co , Cr , Cu , Hg ,
K.Mo.Ni.Ph.Se.Sr.Ti.V.Zr
As,Ba,Cd,Cr,Cu,Hg,K,
Ni.Pb.Sb.C
           Gas
100
Cl.Na.sulfates

organics

-------
TABLE 4-8.   (continued)

Particle size data
Source category
Industrial processes
Metals
Iron and steel
Primary aluminum
Primary copper
Primary lead
Primary zinc
Iron foundries
^s. Mineral products
tio Cement
CO
Asphalt
Lime
Gypsum
(weight % less than
15 urn 2.5 urn
35-99
90 75
20-95
80
90-98
70-95 65-90
80 30
10 1
25-50

stated size)
1.0 pro
40-95
35-45
70


65
5-35
0-30
5
20
Chemical Composition Data
Major elements
and compounds
Al,C,Ca,Cr,Fe,K,Mg,
Mn,Pb,Si,Zn,
sulfates, organics
Al,C,Ca,F,Fe,Na
Cu,Pb,S,Zn
Pb.Zn
Cd,Fe,Pb,S,Zn

Al,C,Ca,Cl,K,Mg,
Na.Si , carbonates,
sulfates
Al.C.Ca.Fe.K.Mg,
Si .sulfates
Ca,Fe,Mg,Se,Si,
carbonates
Al.C.CA.Mg.Na,
Trace elements
(less than 1% by weight)
Ag,As,Br,Cd
Mo,Ni,Rb,Se


Ag.Al ,As,Cd
Si.Te
As,Cd,Se,Te
Cu,Hg,Mn,Sn

Ag,Ba,Cd,Cr
Mo,Ni,Pb,Rb

Ag,As,Ba,Cr

As,Ba,Br,Cd
,Cs,Cu,F,I,
,Sn,Sr,V,Zr


.Hg.Sb.Se,



,Cu,F,Fe,Mn,
,Se,Ti,Zn

,Ti

.Cl.Cr.Cu,
                  sulfates
Fe,K,Mn,Mo,Ni,Pb,Se,
Sr.Y.Zn

-------
                                                    TABLE 4-8.  (continued)
I
ro

Source category
Crushed rock
Petroleum
Particle size data
(weight % less than stated size)
15 jjm 2.5 pm 1.0 |jm
1-2
50-90
Chemical Composition Data
Major elements
and compounds
Ca,Si,P
Asphalt, coke dust,
Trace
(less than
Ba,Cu,Fe,K

elements
1% by weight)
,Mn,Sr

        Chemicals
          sulfuric acid

        Others
          Grain processing

          Pulp and paper
        Solid waste disposal
          Incinerators
90-95
   45
40-95


  2

70-80



 35
                      10-55


                        0
                                                                      sulfuric acid mist,
                                                                      flyash, soot
Sulfuric acid mist
Organics

Ca,Mg,Na,carbonates,
sulfates
        aSources:   Surprenant et al. (1979); Taback et al. (1979); U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
                   (1980c); U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1980d).

         Since a number of references were cited, some characterizing different processes,  discrepancies
         may exist in the ranges shown.

        cElements and compounds listed were included in at least one of the references cited.

-------
4.5.2.1   Fuel Combustion—Stationary  fuel  combustion  includes  all  boilers,   heaters,   and
furnaces.   Utilities,  industry,  and commercial/institutional  and  residential establishments
are the  fuel  combustion  source categories.   In  the utility and  industrial sectors, coal,  and
to  a   lesser  degree,  oil  combustion  contribute  most  of  the particulate and  sulfur oxides
emissions   (see  Table   4-6).    Oil   combustion  causes   most  of   these   emissions  from
commercial/institutional and residential establishments.
     Coal  is  a  slow-burning   fuel  with  a  relatively  high  ash  content.   Coal  combustion
particulates  consist primarily of carbon, silica,  alumina,  and iron  oxide.   See Table 4-9.
Particulate  sulfates and trace elements  are  also  included.  A  large percentage  of the trace
elements  in raw  coal  remain  in  the solid waste or bottom  ash.   Table  4-10 (based on 1974
emissions data)  shows  this.   The  roughly  940,000  metric tons of trace elements emitted to  the
atmosphere  represent about 15  percent of total particulate  emissions.
     Uncontrolled,  the  quantity and particle size distribution of  coal fly ash depend on  the
amount  and  type of  coal burned,  the unit type,  and the ash content  of the coal.   Cyclone  and
pulverized-coal  furnaces,  typically  used  in utility boilers,  discharge  finer particles than
stoker-fired  boilers,  used  mainly by industry.   The  combustion of  low-ash coal produces less
particulate  matter  than the  combustion  of high-ash coal.   High-sodium  lignite  causes less
combustion  particulate formation  than does  low-sodium  lignite (U.S.  Environmental Protection
Agency,  1977).
     In  the combustion  of  most coals (most commonly bituminous),  greater than 90 percent of
the coal  sulfur is  converted  to  gaseous S02 about 1 to 2 percent of  the emitted sulfur oxides
are  in the  form of primary  sulfates (Homolya  and Cheney 1978a;  Homolya and Cheney, 1979).
     Lignite  is  being   utilized  where  it  is  plentiful at  relatively low cost.   The alkali
content  (mostly  sodium) of  lignite ash  has a  major  effect on  the amount of  coal sulfur
retained  in bottom  ash.   A high-sodium  lignite may retain over 50  percent  of the available
sulfur,  while  a  low-sodium  lignite may  retain  less  than  10  percent  (U.S.  Environmental
Protection  Agency,  1977).
     Several  factors can affect   the formation  of primary  sulfates  from coal-fired  boilers.
The higher  excess oxygen levels  commonly  used in  industrial boilers  increase  the oxidation of
S02 to S03  and H2SO.  (Homolya and Cheney, 1978a;  Bennett  and  Knapp,  1978).   Most gaseous  S03
is  hydrated to gaseous  or aerosol H^SO.  before  exiting the boiler stack  (Homolya and Cheney,
1979).   Dirty equipment may  also increase primary sulfate emissions from coal-fired boilers
since  boiler deposits  can act  as  catalysts  in the oxidation  of  SO,,  to sulfates.  Conversely,
the relatively low  flame temperatures used in most coal-fired  boilers  lessen  the  formation of
S03 from S02.
     After  coal,  oil combustion  in  the utility  and industrial  sectors  contributes the greater
amounts  of  emissions.    In  direct contrast  to  coal,  however,  oil  is a fast   burning,  low  ash
fuel.   The  low ash  content results  in  formation  of less particulate matter,  but the  size of
particles  formed  by oil  combustion is  generally smaller  than  of  particles formed by coal


SOX4A/B                                       4-25                                    12-17-80

-------
                           TABLE 4-9.   SIZE SPECIFIC PARTICIPATE EMISSIONS FROM
                                             COAL-FIRED BOILERS3

Control device
ESP
Wet scrubber
Fabric filter

i
PO
^rmv^o- II <^ Fnw-
Inlet size distribution Outlet size distribution Removal Efficiency (%)
(uncontrolled) (controlled)
(Mass percent less than) (Mass percent less than) (at)
15 urn 2.5 urn 15 pm 2.5 (jm 15 urn 2.5 urn overall
15-50 5-20 70-95 15-70 65-99+ 60-95 85-99+
30-95 10-70 80-95 50-90 75-95 50-90 80-95
55-65 20-45 ^80 20-90 -99 -99 -99

i vrtnnnant1 a 1 P *»/•»+• orfinn Anonrw flQftHrM
Based on limited data.

-------
                  TABLE  4-10.   TRACE ELEMENT AIR EMISSIONS VS.  SOLID WASTE:
                               STATIONARY FUEL COMBUSTION SOURCES, AND
      PERCENT FROM CONVENTIONAL
TOTAL (METRIC TONS PER YEAR)3
-ti-
ro

Mr emissions (fly ash)
Element
As
Ba
Be
B
Br
Cd
Cl
Cr
Co
Cu
F
Fe
Pb
Mn
Hg
Ni
Se
Ti
U
V
Zn
Zr

Util
90
88
89
90
84
61
83
84
63
72
83
77
92
89
81
60
85
89
86
63
89
78

Indust
8
9
9
9
13
21
13
11
23
16
13
20
7
10
14
21
13
9
10
20
10
20

Com/Inst
2
3
2
1
2
18
2
5
14
12
2
3
1
1
3
19
2
2
4
17
1
2

Res Total
<1 2
<1 2
<1
<1 4
1 6
<1
2 644
<1 1
<1
<1 2
2 33
<1 154
<1 1
<1 4
2
<1 7
1
<1 56
<1 1
<1 9
<1 2
<1 2
939
,990
,770
240
,990
,080
300
,100
,630
460
,540
,570
,200
,180
,630
50
,350
790
,250
,540
,980
,090
,090
,820
Util
89
83
83
85
0
83
0
75
69
78
0
87
81
98
78
81
76
83
84
84
83
86

Solid waste (bottom ash)
Indust
9
13
12
13
0
14
0
12
9
12
0
9
15
1
20
12
22
13
13
12
13
11

Com/Inst Res
1
2
2
I
0
1
0
5
8
4
0
2
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
1

1
2
3
2
0
2
0
8
14
6
0
2
3
<1
<1
4
1
2
2
2
3
2

Total
12
15

16



5
1
4

1,369
2
12

4

178
4
8
6
17
1,662
,250
,970
740
,240
0
110
0
,040
,920
,280
0
,900
,530
,520
10
,700
370
,700
,510
,450
,890
,240
,370

       sSource:   Suprenant et al.  (1976).

-------
combustion  (see  Table  4-8).   Also,  while coal  combustion  contributes  most  of the  trace
elements  associated with  particulate emissions,  oil  combustion  is  the source  of 50  to 80
percent of  cadmium,  cobalt,  copper,  nickel, and vanadium  emissions  (Suprenant et al., 1976).
     Oil-fired  boilers  generally  convert over  90 percent  of  available  fuel  sulfur to gaseous
S02 emissions.   However,  high  flame  temperatures used in the combustion of oil exacerbate the
formation  of  primary sulfates.   Tests have shown  that  about  7  percent by weight of sulfur
oxide  emissions  from  oil  combustion  is  emitted  as  primary  sulfates  (Homolya  and  Cheney,
1978b).   Increasing excess oxygen and increasing  the oil  vanadium content will  increase the
formation  of  primary  sulfates (Homolya  and  Cheney,  1978b;  Bennett and  Knapp,  1978;  Dietz
et al., 1978).  Vanadium acts as a catalyst in  the oxidation of S02 to S03-
     Low  sulfur oil and  natural  gas  are  the  fuels  typically used for space  heating  in the
commercial/institutional and residential sectors.  Total  emissions are minor compared with the
utility  and  industrial  sectors.   However,   most  commercial/institutional  and  residential
sources are in  areas of high population density and release emissions at or near ground level,
thereby providing for  high population exposure (Suprenant et al., 1979).   Also, emissions are
concentrated primarily during the winter heating season.
     There  has  currently been  a  trend  toward  homeowners  burning coal  or wood  in auxiliary
space  heaters to lower fuel  bills.  Should this trend continue,  the increased emissions from
this sector could significantly affect urban air quality.
4.5.2.2   Industrial Processes—Major  industrial  process  sources  of particulate  and  sulfur
oxide  emissions  include the  metals,  mineral   products,  petroleum,  and chemicals  industries.
Others are grain  processing and pulp and paper  production.   See Table 4-6.
     The  most significant emitters  in the metals  industry are  iron  and  steel,  and  primary
smelting.    The  iron and steel  industry  involves coke, iron,  and  steel  production.  Coking is
the process of heating coal  in a low-oxygen  atmosphere  to  remove volatile  components,  which
are recovered.   Coke is used in the production  of  iron.  Both particulates and sulfur oxides
result  from charging of coal to  the  hot ovens,  door  and  topside  leaks, underfiring,  pushing
(removal  of  hot  coke), and  quenching.    Some  fine  particles consist, at least  partly,  of
condensed organic components.
     Particulate  emission  sources of  iron production include the combustion  gases,  tapping
operations, and blast  furnace  slips  (operations that require  bypassing the  control  device).
The emitted particles are probably all fine particles that either escape the control device or
result  from tapping (see  Table 4-8).   Blast furnace  flue  dust is composed primarily of iron,
silicon dioxide,  and aluminum oxide,  among others.
     Steel  is produced several different ways.   The basic oxygen furnace produces steel from  a
furnace charge  composed of about 70 percent molten pig iron and 30 percent scrap.  A stream of
commercially  pure oxygen  is  used to oxidize impurities, principally carbon and silicon.  The
tremendous  agitation produced by  the oxygen  lancing  produces high  dust  loadings consisting
SOX4A/B                                       4-28                                    12-17-80

-------
mostly of iron and small amounts of fluorides.  Most of  the particles are  less than 5 (jm.  One
source  reports  that the particles contained  80 ppm cadmium, 4600  ppm  lead,  and 45,000 zinc.
     From 1960  to  1975, steel production  in  open hearth furnaces  declined from 90 percent of
the U.S.  total  to  20 percent  (Desy,  1978).   Open hearth furnaces  are being replaced by basic
oxygen  furnaces  which  produce 272 or more metric tons of steel per hour compared to the 27 to
54  metric tons  per  hour typically  produced  in  an  open hearth  furnace.   The composition of
particulate  emissions   is similar  to  the basic oxygen furnace.   Most  of  the emissions before
control are  less than 5 |jm and probably  90 percent are fine particles after control.
     Two  types  of  electric  furnaces, the  arc furnace and the  induction  furnace,  are used to
produce steel.   The arc furnace  is used  to produce high-alloy steel, as well as a considerable
amount  of mild  steel.   Particulate emissions  consist  primarily of oxides of iron, manganese,
aluminum, calcium, magnesium,  and  silicon.  Particulate  fluorides are also emitted.  Emissions
are  primarily fine particles.   The  induction  furnace produces  primarily  specialty and high
alloy steels with no real emission problems.
     The  primary metals industry includes the  smelting  of  copper,  lead,  and zinc, along with
aluminum  production.  Sulfur in  unprocessed copper, lead, and zinc  ores is converted to S02 in
the  smelting processes (U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  1977).   A  relatively  small
portion of the  sulfur is emitted as particulate sulfate  and sulfuric acid.  The bulk of 502 is
formed  in the   roasting,  smelting,   sintering,  and  converting processes  (U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency,  1974).    Particulate  matter  emitted from  the same processes is mostly fine
particles, less  than 2.5 pm  in diameter.
     Aluminum   production    involves  mainly   bauxite   calcining,  reduction,   and  grinding.
Particulate  emissions  are  primarily alumina  with about  25  percent particulate fluoride (U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1977).  Before control, 35 to  44 percent of the particles are
below one micron in diameter.
     Emissions  from  the  mineral  products  industry result  primarily  from the  production of
Portland  cement,  asphalt,  and  crushed rock.   Others  include  lime,  glass,  gypsum,  brick,
fiberglass,  cleaned  coal,   phosphate  rock,   and  potash.   Emission points  such  as crushing,
screening,  conveying,   grinding, drying  or calcining, and  loading  are  common  to most mineral
products  industries.    Fugitive  dust  from  most  of these processes  tends  to  be larger than 15
microns.    However,   drying  and  calcining   produce   relatively  finer  particulates.    The
composition  of  particulate emissions  is  similar to the mineral  being processed.
     More than  30  raw  materials are  used to  make cement.  They can be divided into four basic
categories:    lime  (calcareous),   silica   (siliceous),  alumina  (argillaceous),  and   iron
(ferriferous).   The  kiln and associated clinker  cooler  are potentially the  largest sources of
particulate  and sulfur oxides emissions  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency, 1977).    Kiln
emissions also  include primary sulfates  (Bellinger  et al.,   1980).   Probable  particle  size
distribution and chemical composition are shown in Table 4-8.
 SOX4A/B                                        4-29                                     12-17-80

-------
     Asphalt  concrete  is  a mixture  of aggregate, asphalt  cement,  and  occasionally mineral
filler.  Commonly,  asphalt  concrete is produced in conjunction  with  crushed and broken stone
production  facilities.   The  rotary  dryer  typically  used to  dry and  heat the  aggregate is
potentially  the  largest  particulate  emission  source  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,
1977).
     Emissions  from  the  production  of  crushed  rock  result  primarily  from the  processes
mentioned  earlier.    The  chemical  composition  of particulate  emissions   is  similar to  the
material processed.   The particles emitted are normally relatively coarse.
     The major  sources  of sulfur oxide emissions  in the petroleum industry are the catalytic
cracking  and sulfur  recovery  processes  and  off-gas  flares  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency, 1977); Dickerman et al., 1977).  S02 emissions  from the catalytic cracking process are
emitted during the catalyst regeneration step.
     Major sour gas streams are usually treated in a sulfur plant.   Most sulfur plants utilize
a  modified  Glaus  process  which  consists  of multi-stage oxidation  of  hydrogen  sulfide to
elemental  sulfur.   The  sulfur recovery efficiency of these sulfur plants ranges from 92  to 97
percent  depending  on  the  number  of  catalytic stages.   Sulfur  plant  tail  gas  is  usually
incinerated  so  that most  of the  remaining  sulfur species are oxidized to  S0?.   Some plants
have  installed  tail  gas clean-up systems to  further reduce  S02  emissions.   These units  along
with a sulfur plant can achieve up to 99.8 percent sulfur recovery.
     Minor  off-gas  streams and recovered vapors are  often combusted  in flares.   Most of the
sulfur species present in these vapors are oxidized to S0?.
     A  variety  of  processes  make up  the  chemical  production  industry.   Chemical  process
industries  that contribute significant  amounts of sulfur oxide emissions  are sulfuric acid
plants, elemental sulfur plants, and explosives manufacturing.
     Sulfuric acid  is  manufactured primarily by the contact process.   The  three types of raw
materials  charged  to  sulfuric acid  plants  are  elemental  sulfur,  spent  acid  and hydrogen
sulfide, and sulfide  ores and smelter gases.   The amount of SO,, emissions in acid plant exit
gases  is  an inverse   function  of  the  sulfur conversion  efficiency  of  the process  (U.S.
Environmental Protection  Agency,  1977).  Sulfuric acid  mist is generated  by  the process SOp
absorbers.   The  quantity  and size distributed  of  the  acid mist are dependent  on the type of
sulfur feedstock  used,  the  strength of the acid produced, and the conditions in the absorber.
     The  manufacture  of  TNT  and nitro  cellulose explosives produces  emissions of  SO,, and
sulfuric  acid mist.   A major  raw material  in the  production of these  explosives is sulfuric
acid.  Sulfuric acid concentrators,  sellite exhaust,  and incinerators are  the  major sulfur
oxides sources  in these processes.   Sulfur oxide  emissions may vary considerably depending on
the  efficiency  of  the process  and the  operating conditions  (U.S.  Environmental   Protection
Agency, 1977).
     Particulate  emissions  from  grain processing  typically  result from  handling, cleaning,
drying,  and milling   (U.S.   Environmental   Protection   Agency,   1977).    Grain   processing
particulates are normally coarse, and are composed of the  parent organic material.

SOX4A/B                                       4-30                                     12-17-80

-------
     Chemical wood pulping by the kraft or sulfite processes involves cooking wood chips under
pressure  to dissolve  the  lignin  that binds  the cellulose  fibers,  in  addition  to washing,
milling,  bleaching,  and  drying  (U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  1977).   Particulate
emissions occur  primarily from the recovery furnace  (used to recovery cooking chemicals) and
the  lime  kiln  (lime   is used  in  cooking).   Sulfur  dioxide  emissions  result  mainly  from
oxidation of reduced sulfur compounds in the recovery furnace.
4.5.3   Industrial Process Fugitive Particulate Emissions
     Fugitive dust emissions result from wind erosion of storage piles and unpaved plant roads
and  from   vehicular  traffic  over  plant  roads.   Fugitive  process  emissions   result  from
industry-related  operations  such  as  materials  handling,  loading,  unloading,  and transfer
operations.  Point  sources  controlled incompletely, such  as furnace charging and tapping, and
equipment  that is maintained poorly, such  as  leaking furnaces and coke  oven  doors, are also
fugitive process  emission sources.
     Process  fugitives  are  not emitted  from  a  definable point such  as a stack.   They  are
difficult to collect, measure, and control.  For  a given industry, there are generally a large
number  of  fugitive  particulate emission sources.   For  example,  20  separate sources have been
identified  for foundries (Jutze et al., 1977).   In terms  of total  emissions, however, one or
two of  these sources may  predominate.
     Even  though fugitive  particulate emission  totals may  appear  small when  compared with
totals  from large point  sources, they may  take  on importance because of the concentration of
control  efforts  on  point source emissions.  In  the integrated iron and  steel industry, where
fugitive  particulate  emissions are characterized relatively well,  fugitives  are estimated to
account for   about  10   percent  of  all  uncontrolled  emissions.    However,   since fugitive
particulate emissions are poorly controlled, they account  for greater than 60 percent of total
controlled  emissions  (Spawn,  1979).   Also, in situations where  point  sources are  controlled
well or use high stacks, fugitive particulate emissions exert the primary effect on local air
quality.    Extremely  high  suspended  particulate  levels   have  been  measured  in  areas  where
process fugitives are predominant (Lynn et al., 1976; Lebowitz, 1975).
     Table  4-11  presents estimates of  uncontrolled industrial  process  fugitive particulate
emissions.   Particle  size and composition characteristics are also presented.  Unfortunately,
many  of  the  emission  factors used to  estimate process  fugitives  are  based  on engineering
judgement or extrapolation from similar processes.  Often, there  is little test data available
to  support  these estimates  since process  fugitives  are difficult to measure.  Therefore, the
accuracy of these estimates is questionable.  Also  note  that some of the emissions presented
in  Table  4-11  may have already been accounted for  in Table 4-6  (Section  4.5.2).  This overlap
is due  to using  different references (see Section 4.3).
     As is evident  from Table  4-11,  three broad  categories account  for nearly all  of the
potential process fugitives in the United States.  They are mineral products, food and
SOX4A/B                                       4-31                                    12-17-80

-------
                           TABLE 4-11.   UNCONTROLLED INDUSTRIAL PROCESS
                                 FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS3
                             Annual uncontrolled
                             fugitive particulate
                                  emissions
                    Size
         Source category     (10  metric tons)   characteristics
                                   Major components
         Mineral products
           Crushed rock
           Extraction,
           Surface coal mining
           Portland cement
           Asphalt concrete



           Lime manufacturing

           Concrete batching

         Food and agriculture
           Grain elevators

         Primary metals
           Coke/iron/steel
           Foundries
  730
  700




  100



   50

   30


1,250


  250
  125
10-50%<10 urn
 1-2%<1 urn
50-70%<4 urn



45-70%<5 urn

10-20%<5 urn
Coke mfg:   27-.
<10 um, 15-26%
<2 |jm; iron mfg
1-10%<5 urn;
Steel mfg:   50%
<5 um
50%<15 um
Same as parent
material (important
for toxic minerals
such as asbestos,
beryl Hum, si 1 ica)

Limestone, clay,
shale,  gypsum,
iron-bearing and
siliceous materials

Sand, crushed stone,
limestone, hydrated
1 ime

Limestone, lime

Cement dust
                    Grain dust
Polycyclic "organic
matter, coal dust,
code dust, iron
oxide dust, kish
(graphite material),
metal fume (pri-
marily iron oxide)

Metal oxide fume
Primarily oxides of
silicon and iron),
fine carbonaceous
fume
SOX4A/B
            4-32
                                     12-17-80

-------
                                      TABLE 4-11.   (continued)
                             Annual  uncontrolled
                             Fugitive particulate
                                , emissions
                    Size
         Source category     (10  metric tons)   characteristics      Major  components
           Aluminum
           Copper
           Lead
         Secondary metals
         Wood products

              TOTAL
   60
   40
   15
   10
   10
3,370
50-90%<10 urn
10-50%<5 urn
10-90%<5 urn
80-100%<5 urn
40-90% 10 urn
Particulate fluo-
rides, alumina
(Al 0), carbon
dust, condensed
hydrocarbons, tars

Cu, Fe, S, SiO
from ore concen-
trate; metal fume
consisting of
oxides of As, Pb,
Zn, Cu, Cd

Metal fume consist-
ing of oxides of
Pb, Cd, Zn, Sb

Oxides of A1.Cu.Pb,
Sn.Zn; Oxides of
alkali metals;
A1C1,, NH.Cl.NaCl,
ZnCK; flourides,
and carbonaceous
materials

Sawdust
         aSources:  Taback et al. (1979)
                    Zoller et al. (1978)
                    Jutze et al.  (1977)
SOX4A/B
            4-33
                                                                                      12-17-80

-------
agriculture, and  primary metals.   In the mineral  products industries,  fugitive particulate
emissions  tend  to reflect  the composition  of  the parent  materials.   The  limited  amount of
particle size data indicate that most particles are relatively coarse.
     Grain elevator  operations account for the fugitive particulate emissions in the food and
agriculture industry.   These  emissions consist almost entirely of grain dust from loading and
unloading,  drying and  cleaning  operations,  conveyor belts, and  transfer  points.   Only about
one percs-::-- of these particles are less than 10 urn in size.
     Primary  metals  production  encompasses  six separate  industries.   Fugitive  particulate
emissions  in *nis category result from the handling and transporting of raw materials and from
the  s,neHiMb  and refining of  these  raw materials into their  finished  metal  products.   While
emissions  of  uid  hist type   are  not characterized  well,  emissions of the  second  type often
consist  of fme  metal  fumes.   This  is particularly significant because of  the  quantities of
toxic trace ir^sis than can be concentrated and volatilized in metal melting operations.  Some
cf these U.-ic components of particuiate emissions are presented in Table 4-12.
     The r&T.e.iiirg  t.,o  categories,  secondary metals and wood  products,  account  for less than
one  percer.t  of  the  national  total  of  industrial  process  fugitive  particulate  emissions.
Fugitive raetai  T^me  participates  from secondary metal melting operations  also  include toxic
components.  These are  presented in Table 4-12.
4.5.4  Non-Industrial Fugitive Particulate Emissions
     This  section addresses  the subject of  non-industrial  fugitive  particulate  emissions, or
fugitive dust.   These emissions are caused  by  traffic  entrainment for dust from public paved
and   unpaved   roads,   agricultural   operations,   construction   activities,   surface  mining
operations, and fires.  With the exception of fires, all of these sources may be classified as
open-dust  sources;  that is,  they entail dust entrainment by the interaction of machinery with
aggregate  materials and by the forces of wind on exposed materials.
     A number of factors can  affect the degree of emissions from open sources.   These factors
could  generally  be  classified  under  three  headings:    material,  equipment,  and  climate.
Material   encompasses  such  factors   as  silt  content  and  moisture content.   For  example,
increasing the silt content and decreasing the moisture content of unpaved road material would
probably  result   in more  dust being  generated.   Equipment  factors  generally  refer  to vehicle
wtignt and speed.  For  example, increasing the speed or weight of a vehicle travelling over an
ui.paved  road  would  tend  to  increase  emissions.    Climatic  factors  are wind  speed  and
precipitation.    Increased wind speed and decreased precipitation  would  both tend to increase
emissions  from any open-dust source.
     Estimated U.S. annual particulate emissions from non-industrial fugitive dust sources are
difficult  to  pin down.   As  shown  in Table  4-13, fugitive dust  emissions  from  unpaved roads
tend to  be quite significant.  The two  available  estimates,  however,  vary by almost an order
of  magnitude.   Fugitive  dust from wind  erosion of  cropland  and  construction  activities as
documented by Cooper et al.  (1979) also appears significant.  However, no other estimates with


SOX4A/B                                       4-34                                    12-17-80

-------
                              TABLE 4-12.  TOXIC COMPONENTS OF FUGITIVE (AND STACK) PARTICULATE
                                  EMISSIONS IN THE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY METALS INDUSTRIES3
       Industry	POMb  As   Be   Pb    Cr    Cd    Hq    Se    Aq    Co    Ni    Fluorides

       Primary metals

       1.   Coke                    ++c   +    +     +      +     +          +           +     +
       2.   Iron                                     +                                                 +
       3.   Steel                                    +      +                                          +
       4.   Foundaries                               +      +                      +     +     +
       5.   Aluminum                 +                                                                ++
       6.   Copper                       ++         ++            +          +     +
       7.   Lead                          +         ++            +          +     +
       8.   Zinc                                    ++            +    +

       Secondary metals

4a,      1.   Lead                                    ++
(V,      2.   Aluminum                                                                                  ++
c~"      3.   Copper (brass/bronze)                   ++            +
       4.   Zinc                                     +      +     +                            +
       aSources:   Daugherty and Coy (1979), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1978a), Bohn et al. (1978),
                  Jutze et al. (1977), Steiner (1977), Nelson et al. (1977), and Vandegrift et al.  (1971).

        Polycyclic Organic Matter

        The symbol (+) is used to indicate the presence of a toxic component in the particulate emissions.  If the
        toxic component is present in large quantities (>5 percent by weight), the symbol (++) is used.

-------
                    TABLE 4-13.  ESTIMATED ANNUAL PARTICULATE EMISSIONS FROM
                                NON-INDUSTRIAL FUGITIVE SOURCES
                                            Estimated Emissions
                                           (10  metric tons/year
Source Category
Unpaved roads
Paved roads
Wind erosion of cropland
Agricultural tilling
Construction activities
Minerals extraction
Mineral tailing
Prescribed fires
Cooper et al. (1979) U.S. EPA (1980b)
290 35
7.2 4.7
40
2.9
25
3
0.7
0.4 0.2

         aParticles less than 30 urn in diameter.
          Includes prescribed forest burns and agricultural burning.

which to  compare  are  available.   Total fugitive emissions  range  from approximately 112 x 10
metric  tons  per year  to  369 x 10  metric tons  per  year.   The lower figure  assumes  the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's estimate of fugitive emissions from paved and unpaved roads,
while  the higher  figure  assumes  the  estimate of  Cooper et  al.   Because of  the  disparity
between  comparable  estimates,  the  estimated  emissions  presented  in  Table  4-13 should  be
considered with a degree of caution.
     Information  on  particle size  distribution  is  also  limited.   Some  limited data  are
presented in Table 4-14 but they are representative only of California's South Coast Air Basin
and  should  not  be  extrapolated  to  the   nation  as  a  whole.   Dust  from  unpaved  roads,
agricultural   tilling,  construction,   and  road  building  is  composed  primarily  of  silicon,
phosphorous,  aluminum,  iron,  calcium,  and potassium.  Trace  elements  include barium,  cobalt,
copper, lead, manganese, nickel,  titanium, vanadium,  and zinc (Taback et al., 1979).
     Finally, it  is estimated that fugitive dust emissions  exceed particulate emissions from
stationary point sources in 90 percent of the Air Quality Control  Regions that are not meeting
the ambient  standards  for total  suspended particulates (Carpenter and Weant, 1978).  However,
the impact of  fugitive dust emissions  on populated  areas may  be  lessened  bacause of several

SOX4A/B                                       4-36                                    12-17-80

-------
                 TABLE  4-14.   ESTIMATED PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTIONS FOR SEVERAL
                   NON-INDUSTRIAL FUGITIVE SOURCE CATEGORIES3 IN  CALIFORNIA'S
                                      SOUTH COAST AIR BASIN
                                                 Weight Percent in  Size Range
Source Category
Unpaved road dust
Agricultural tillage dust
Road building and construction dust
Agricultural burning
>10 urn
54
40
36

-------
composition  for diesel  engines are  sensitive  to  many  parameters,  including  vehicle  size,
operating  conditions  (speed,  load),  and  fuel  characteristics.   Normally,  carbon-containing
species  dominate,  including  a  material  similar  to  lubricating oil  (Black and  High,  1978).
     Engine-related particles are  mostly  under 1 |jm in diameter.   For vehicles burning leaded
gasoline,  the  available  data indicate a mass medium  diameter  of  about 0.25 urn (Moran et al.,
1971).   Due to  the  predominance  of  sulfates,  catalyst-equipped  vehicles burning  unleaded
gasoline  emit   smaller  particles  having  a mass  mean diameter of  about 0.05 (jm (Groblicki,
1976).   The  size  distribution of diesel  particulate matter suggests a mass median diameter of
about 0.2  |jm (Dolan and Kittleson, 1979).
     Very  little  data exist  on  non-engine  particulates  from highway  vehicles.   About  40
percent  of particles  from tire wear are less than 10 urn (about 20  percent are less than 1 urn);
they  are  composed  primarily of carbon  (Taback  eta!.,  1979).   Particles from  brake  lining
attrition  are  all  less than 1 urn  and are  composed  mainly of asbestos (80 percent) and carbon
(Taback  et al., 1979).
SOX4A/B                                       4-38                                     12-17-80

-------
         4.6  REFERENCES

         Adams, D. F., S. 0. Farwell, M. R. Pack, and W.  L. Bamesberger.   Preliminary
              measurements of biogenic sulfur-containing  gas emissions  from  soils.   J.
              Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 29:380-383, 1979a.

         Adams, D. F., S. 0. Farwell, M. R. Pack, and E.  Robinson.   Estimates  of
              natural sulfur source strengths.  Presented at the Gatlinburg  Conference
              on Sulfur, Gatlinburg, TN, October 1979b.

         Adams, D. F.  Personal communication  [Telephone  conversation], October 1980.

         Adams, F.,  R. Dams, L. Guzman, and J. W. Winchester.  Background  aerosol
              composition on Chacaltaya Mountain, Bolivia.  Atmos Environ. 11:629-634,
              1977.

         Barringer,  A. R.  AIRTRACE--an airborne geochemical exploration technique.
              _In:  Proceedings of the First Annual William 1. Pecora Memorial
              Symposium, American Mining Congress, Sioux  Falls, South Dakota,  October
              1975.  Geological Survey Professional Paper 1015, U.S. Department of the
              Interior, Washington, DC, September 1977.   pp. 231-251.

         Baylor, E.  R., M. B. Baylor, D. C. Blanchard,  L.  D. Syzdek, and C.  Appel.
              Virus  transfer from surf to wind.  Science  (Washington, DC)  198:575-580,
              1977.

         Beauford, W., J. Barber, and A. R. Barringer.  Heavy metal  release  from plants
              into the atmosphere.  Nature (London) 256:35-37, 1975.

         Beauford, W., J. Barber, and A. R. Barringer.  Release of particles containing
              metals from vegetation into the  atmosphere.  Science (Washington, DC)
              195:571-573, 1977.

         Bennett, L., and K. T. Knapp.  Sulfur and trace  metal particulate emissions
              from combustion sources.  In:  Workshop Proceedings on Priminary Sulfate
              Emissions from Combustion Sources, Vol. 2:   Characterization,  U.S.
              Environmental Protection Agency, Southern Pines, North Carolina, April
              24-26, 1978.  EPA-600/8-78-020b, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
              Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1978.  pp. 165-183.

         Berg, W. W. Jr., and J. W. Winchester.  Aerosol  chemistry of the  marine
              atmosphere.  In:  Chemical Oceanography.  Vol. 7.  2nd Edition.  J. P.
              Riley  and R. Chester, eds., Academic Press  Inc., London,  England, 1978.
              pp. 173-231.

         Black, F.,  and L. High.  Diesel hydrocarbon emissions, particulate  and gas
              phase.  Presented at Symposium on Diesel  Particulate Emissions Measure-
              ments  and Characterization, Ann  Arbor, MI,  May 1978.

         Blanchard,  D. C., and B. C. Parker.   The freshwater to air  transfer of
              microorganisms and organic matter.  In:   The Aquatic Microbial Community.
              J. Cairns, Jr., ed., Garland Publishing,  New York, NY, 1977.   pp.
              625-658.

         Bohn, R., T. Cuscino, and C. Cowherd.  Fugitive  Emissions from Integrated  Iron
              and Steel Plants.  EPA-600/2-78-050.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
              Agency, Research Triangle Park,  NC, March 1978.



SOX4A/B                                        4-39                                     12-17-80

-------
         Bradow, R. L., F. M. Black, J. N. Braddock,  C.  T.  Hare,  M.  Ingalls,  and J.  M.
              Kawecki.  Study of Particulate  Emissions  from Motor Vehicles.   A Report
              to Congress.  Draft Report.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
              Research Triangle Park, NC, 1979.

         Carpenter, B. H., and G. E. Weant, III.   Particulate  Control  for Fugitive
              Dust.   EPA-600/7-78-071, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research
              Triangle Park, NC, April 1978.

         Cooper, D. W., J. S. Sullivan, M. Quinn,  R.  C.  Antonelli,  and M.  Schneider.
              Setting  Priorities for Control  of  Fugitive Particulate Emissions from
              Open Sources.  EPA-600/7-79-186. U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
              Washington, DC, August 1979.

         Curtin, G. C., H. D. King, and E. L. Moiser.   Movement of  elements  into the
              atmosphere  from coniferous  trees in  subalpine forests of Colorado  and
              Idaho.   J.  Geochem. Explor. 3:245-263,  1974.

         Dannis, M. L.  Rubber dust from  the  normal  wear of tires.  Rubber Chem.
              Technol. 47:1011-1037, 1974.

         Daugherty, D. P., and D. W. Coy.  Assessment of the Use  of Fugitive  Emission
              Control  Devices.  EPA-600/7-79-045.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
              Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC,  February 1979.

         Delany, A. C., D. W. Parkin, J.  J. Griffin,  E.  D.  Goldberg, and  B.  E.  F.
              Reimann.  Airborne dust collected  at Barbados.   Geochim.  Cosmochim.  Acta
              31:885-909, 1967.

         Dellinger, B., G. Grotecloss, C. R.  Fortune, J.  L.  Cheney, and J. B.  Homolya.
              Sulfur  Dioxide Oxidation and Plume Formation at  Cement Kilns.   Env.
              Science  and Technology, 14:1244-1249,  1980.

         Desy, D. H.   Iron and Steel.  Bureau of Mines  Mineral Commodity  Profiles  No.
              MCP-15,  U.S. Department of  the  Interior,  Washington,  DC,  July  1978.

         Dickerman, J. D., T. D. Raye, J. D.  Colley,  and R.  H. Parsons.   Industrial
              Process  Profiles for Environmental Use.   Chapter 3:   Petroleum  Refining
              Industry.   EPA-600/2-77-023c, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
              Research Triangle Park, NC, January  1977.

         Dietz, R. N., R. F. Wieser, and  L. Newman.   Operating parameters affecting
              sulfate  emissions from an oil-fired  power unit.  In:  Workshop
              Proceedings on Primary Sulfate  Emissions  from Combustion Sources,  Vol  2:
              Characterization, U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency,  Southern  Pines,
              North Carolina, April 24-26, 1978.   EPA-600/9-78-020b.   U.S.
              Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle  Park,  NC, August  1978.
              pp. 239-270.

         Dolan, D. F., and D. B. Kittleson.   Roadway Measurements of Diesel  Exhaust
              Aerosols.   SAE Paper No. 790492, Detroit,  MI, March 1979.

         Duce, R. A.,  and E. J. Hoffman.  Chemical fractionation  at the air/sea
              interface.  Annu. Rev. Earth Planet. Sci.  4:187-228,  1976.

         Eriksson, E.  The Yearly Circulation of Chloride and  Sulfur in Nature;
              Meteorological, Geochemical and Pedological  Implications.   Part I,
              Tellus,  Vol. 11., 1959; Part II, Tellus,  Vol.  12.,  1960.
SOX4A/B                                       4-40                                     12-17-80

-------
         Fegley, R. W., H. T. Ellis, and J.  L.  Heffter.   Volcanic  contributions to the
              stratospheric  sulfate  layer.   J.  Appl.  Meteor.  19:683-690,  1980.

         Fish, B. R.   Electrical generation  of  natural  aerosols  from vegetation.
              Science  (Washington, DC) 175:1239-1240,  1972.

         Fruchter, J.  S., D. E. Robertson, J. C.  Evans,  K.  B.  Olsen,  E. A.  Lepel,  J.  C.
              Laul, K. H. Abel, R. W. Sanders,  P.  0.  Jackson,  N. S.  Wogman,  R.  W.
              Perkins, H. H. Van Tuyl, R. H.  Beauchamp,  J.  W.  Shade,  J. L.  Daniel, R.
              L. Erikson, G. A. Sehmel, R. N. Lee, A.  V.  Robinson,  0.  R.  Moss,  J.  K.
              Briant,  and W. C. Cannon.  Mount  St. Helens  ash  from the 18 May 1980
              eruption:  chemical, physical,  mineralogical,  and  biological  properties.
              Science  (Washington, DC) 209:1116-1125,  1980.

         Galloway, J.  N., and D. M.  Whelpdale.  An atmospheric sulfur budget for
              eastern  North  America.  Atmos.  Environ.  14:409-417,  1980.

         GEOMET, Incorporated.  Impact of Forestry Burning Upon  Air Quality.   A
              State-of-the-Knowledge Characterization  in Washington and Oregon.
              EPA-910/9-78-052, U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,  Seattle,  WA,
              October  1978.

         Gillette, D.  A.  On the production  of  soil wind erosion aerosols having the
              potential for  long range transport.  J.  Rech.  Atmos.  8:735-744,  1974.

         Goldberg, E.  D.  Rock  volatility and aerosol  composition.   Nature  (London)
              260:128-129, 1976.

         Granat, L., H. Rodhe,  and R. 0. Hallberg.  The  global sulfur cycle.   Ecol.
              Bull. (Stockholm) 22:89-134, 1976.

         Groblicki, P. J.  General Motors Sulfate Dispersion Experiment:   Aerosol
              Sizing Measurements.   GMR-2127, General  Motors Corporation,  Warren,  MI,
              April 1976.

         Henry,  R. C., and G. M. Hidy.  Potential  for  atmospheric  sulfur  from micro-
              biological sulfate reduction.   Atmos. Environ.  14:1095-1103,  1980.

         Hobbs,  P. V., L. F. Radke,  M. W. Eltgroth, and  D.  A.  Hegg.   Airborne studies
              of the emissions  from  the volcanic  eruptions of  Mt.  St.  Helens.
              Submitted for  publication to Science, 1980.

         Homolya, J. B., and J. L. Cheney.   An  assessment  of sulfuric acid  and sulfate
              emissions from the combustion  of  fossil  fuels.   In:   Workshop  Proceedings
              on Primary Sulfate Emissions from Combustion Sources,  Vol.  2:   Character-
              ization.  U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,  Southern Pines,  North
              Carolina, April 24-26, 1978.   EPA-600/9-78-020b, U.  S.  Environmental
              Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,  NC,  August 1978a.   pp.3-11.

         Homolya, J. B., and J. L. Cheney.   Primary Sulfate Emissions from Oil
              Combustion.  U. S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Research Triangle
              Park, NC, 1978b.

         Homolya, J. B., and J. L. Cheney.   A study of primary sulfate emissions from a
              coal-fired boiler with FGD.  J. Air. Pollut.  Control  Assoc.  29:1000-1004,
              1979.
SOX4A/B                                       4-41                                     12-17-80

-------
         Jacko, M. G. , and R. T. Ducharme.  Brake  Emissions—Emission  Measurements from
              Brake and Clutch  Linings from Selected Mobile  Sources.   APTD-1557,  U.S.
              Environmental  Protection Agency, Ann Arbor, MI. March  1973.

         Junge, C. E.  Chemical analysis  of aerosol particles and  of gas  traces  on the t
              Island of Hawaii.  Tellus 9:528-537, 1957.

         Jutze, G. A., J. M. Zoller, T. A. Jansen, R.  S. Amick,  C. E.  Zimmer,  and R.  W.
              Gerstle.  Technical Guidance for Control  of Industrial Process  Fugitive
              Particulate Emissions.  EPA-450/3-77-010.  U.S. Environmental Protection
              Agency, Research  Triangle Park, NC,  March 1977.

         Lawson,  D. R., and  J.  W. Winchester.  A standard crustal  aerosol  as  a
              reference for  elemental enrichment factors.  Atmos.  Environ.  13:925-930,
              1979a.
         Lawson, D. R., and J. W. Winchester.  Sulfur, potassium, and phosphorus
              associations in aerosols  from  South American tropical  rain  forests.
              Geophys. Res. 84:3723-3727, 1979b.
                      J.
         Lee, R. E., Jr., and  F. V. Duffield.  Sources  of  environmentally  important
              metals in the atmosphere.   In:  Ultratrace Metal Analysis  in Biological
              Sciences and Environment, A Symposium, 174th Meeting America! Chemical
              Society, Chicago,  Illinois, August 29-30, 1977.  T. H. Risby, ed.,
              Advances in Chemistry Series  172, American Chemical Society, Washington,
              DC,  1979.  pp. 146-171.

         Lebowitz,  M. F.  Short-term testing  for fugitive  dust effect.   Presented  at
              the  68th Annual  Meeting Air Pollution Control Association, Boston, MA,
              June  15-20,1975.   Paper No. 75-25.4.
         Lovelock, J.  E.  CS9  and the  natural  sulfur cycle.
              248:625-626,  1974.
Nature (London)
         Lovelock, J. E., R. J. Maggs, and  R. A.  Rasmussen.  Atmospheric dimethyl
              sulphide  and the  natural sulphur  cycle.  Nature  (London) 237:452-453.
              1972.

         Lynn, D. A., G.  L. Deane,  R. C. Galkiewicz, and  R. M.  Bradway.  National
              Assessment  of the Urban Particulate  Problem.  Vol.  1:  Summary  of
              National  Assessment.   EPA-450/3-76-024,  U.  S. Environmental  Protection
              Agency, Research  Triangle  Park, NC,  June 1976.

         Maclntyre,  F.  Chemical  fractionation  and sea-surface microlayer  processes.
              In:  The  Seas:  Ideas  and  Observations on Progress  in  the Study of  the
              s¥as.  Vol. 5:  Marine Chemistry.   John  Wiley and Sons.  Inc., New York,
              NY, 1974.   pp.245-299.

         Maroulis, P. J., and A.  R.  Bandy.   Estimate of the contribution of
              biologically produced  dimethyl  sulfide to the global sulfur  cycle.
              Science (Washington,  DC) 196:647-648, 1977.

         McClenny, W. A., R. W. Shaw, R. E.  Baumgardner,  R. Paur,  A. Coleman, R.  S.
              Braman, and J. M. Ammons.  Evaluation of Techniques  for  Measuring
              Biogenic  Airborne Sulfur Compounds:   Cedar  Island Field  Study  1977.
              EPA-600/2-79-004, U.S. Environmental  Protection   Agency, Research
              Triangle  Park, NC,  January 1979.
SOX4A/B
                                              4-42
                         12-17-80

-------
         Miller, M. S., S. K. Friedlander, and G. M. Hidy.  A chemical  element  balance
              for the Pasadena aerosol.  J. Coloid  Interface Sci. 39:165-176, 1972.

         Moorby, J., and H. M. Squire.  The loss of radioactive  isotopes  from the
              leaves of plants in dry conditions.   Radiat. Bot.  3:263-167,  1963.

         Moran, J. B., 0. J. Manary, R. H. Fay, and M. J. Baldwin.  Development of
              Particulate Emission Control Techniques for Spark-ignition  Engines.
              APTD-0949, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Ann Arbor, MI, July
              1971.

         Moyers, J. L., and R. A. Duce.  Gaseous and particulate bromine  in  the marine
              atmosphere.  J. Geophys. Res. 77:5330-5338, 1972a.

         Moyers, J. L., and R. A. Duce.  Gaseous and particulate iodine in  the  marine
              atmosphere.  J. Geophys. Res. 77:5229-5238, 1972b.

         National Academy of Sciences.  Airborne particles.  University Park Press,
              Baltimore, MD, 1979.

         Nemeryuk, G. E.  Migration of salts into the atmosphere during transpiration.
              Sov. Plant. Physiol. 17:560-566, 1970.

         Nelson, K. W., M. 0. Varner, and T. J. Smith.  Nonferrous metallurgical
              operations.  In:  Air Pollution.  3rd Edition.  Vol. IV:  Engineering
              Control of Air Pollution.  A. C. Stern, ed. , Academic Press,  New  York,
              NY, 1977.  pp. 846-887.

         PEDCO.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Utility FGD Survey.
              EPA-600/7-80-29c, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Research  Triangle
              Park, NC, April-June, 1980.

         Radke, L. F., J. L. Stith, D. A. Hegg, and P. V. Hobbs.  Airborne  studies of
              particles and gases from forest fires.  J. Air. Pollut. Control Assoc.
              28:30-34, 1978.

         Rahn,  K. A. Sources of Trace Elements in  Aerosols—An Approach  to  Clean Air.
              Ph.D. Thesis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, 1974.

         Rahn,  K. A.  The Chemical Composition of the Marine Aerosol.   Technical
              Report, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, July 1976.

         Rasmussen, R. A.  Emission of biogenic hydrogen sulfide.  Tellus 26:254-260,
              1974.

         Rasmussen, R. A., and F. W. Went.  Volatile organic material of  plant  origin
              in the atmosphere.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 53:215-220,  1965.

         Robinson, E. , and R. C. Robbins.  Sources, Abundance, and Fate of  Gaseous
              Atmospheric Pollutants.  Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, CA,
              February 1968.

         Robinson, E., and R. C. Robbins.  Emissions, Concentrations, and Fate  of
              Particulate Atmospheric Pollutants.   Stanford Research  Institute, Menlo
              Park, CA, March 1971.
SOX4A/B                                       4-43                                     12-17-80

-------
         Ryan, P. W., and McMahon.   Some  Chemical  and  Physical  Characteristics of
              Emissions  from  Forest  Fires.   Paper  76-2.3,  presented at the 69th Annual
              Meeting of the  Air  Pollution  Control  Association,  Portland,  OR,  June
              22-July 1, 1976.

         Schnell, R. C., and  G. Vali.   Atmosphere  ice  nuclei  from decomposing
              vegetation.   Nature (London)  236:163-165,  1972.

         Schnell, R. D., and  G. Vali.   World-wide  source of leaf-derived freezing
              nuclei.   Nature (London)  246:212-213,  1973.

         Spawn,  P.   Letter  report submitted under  Contract No.  68-02-2687, Technical
              Directive  No. 007.  September  20,  1979.

         Springer,  J. J.  Current and Future Trends  of Exhaust  Emissions from  HD
              Highway Vehicles.   Presentation to Federally Coordinated Program of
              Highway Research and Development, Federal  Highway Administration,  College
              Park,  MD,  October 1978.

         Steiner, B. A., Ferrous  metallurgical  operations.   In:   Air Pollution.   3rd
              Edition.   Vol.  IV:  Engineering  Control  of  Air Pollution.   A. C.  Stern,
              ed.,  Academic Press, New  York,  NY, 1977.

         Stith,  J.  L.,  P. V.  Hobbs,  and L.  F. Radke.   Airborne  particles and gas
              measurements  in the emissions from six volcanoes.   J.  Geophys. Res.
              83:4009-4017, 1978.

         Surprenant, N. , R. R.  Hall, S. Slater, T.  Susa,  M.  Sussman,  and C. Young.
              Preliminary emissions  assessment  of  conventional  stationary  combustion
              systems.   Vol.  II:   Final Report.  EPA-600/2-76-046b.   U.S.  Environmental
              Protection Agency,  Research Triangle  Park,  NC,  March,  1979.

         Surprenant, N., R. R.  Hall, K. T.  McGregor, and A.  S.  Werner.   Emissions
              assessment of conventional  stationary  combustion  systems.   Vol.  1:   Gas
              and Oil-Fired Residential Heating Sources.   EPA-600/7-79-029b.   U.S.
              Environmental Protection  Agency,  Research  Triangle Park,  NC,  May 1979.

         Taback, H.  J.,  A.  R.  Brienza,  J. Macko, and N.  Brunetz.   Fine Particle
              Emissions  from  Stationary and Miscellaneous  Sources in the South Coast
              Air Basin.  Prepared for  California  Air  Resources  Board by KVB,  Inc.,
              February  1979.

         U.S. Department of Agriculture,  Forest Service.   1977  Wildfire Statistics.
              U.S.  Department of  Agriculture, April  1979.

         U.S. Department of Commerce.   Bureau of the Census.  Statistical  Abstract of
              the United States:   1979.   100th  Edition.   U.S. Department of Commerce,
              Washington, DC,  September 1979.

         U.S. Department of Energy.  National Energy Plan  II—Appendix:   Environmental
              Trends and Impacts.  U.S.  Department  of Energy,  May 1979.

         U.S. Department of Energy.  National Environmental  Impact Projection  No.  1.
              U.S.  Department of  Energy,  April, 1978.
SOX4A/B                                        4-44                                     12-17-80

-------
         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Air Quality Planning and
              Standards.   Background Information for New Source Performance Standards:
              Primary Copper, Zinc, and Lead Smelters.  Vol. 1:  Proposed Standards.
              EPA-450/2-74-002a.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Research
              Triangle Park, NC,  October 1974.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Office of Air Quality Planning and
              Standards.   Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors  3rd Edition.
              (Including Supplements 1-7).   Parts A and B.   AP-42, U.S. Environmental
              Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC, August 1977.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  An Assessment of the Health Effects of
              Coke Oven Emissions.   External review draft.   U.S. Environmental
              Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1978a.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  National Air Pollutant Emission
              Estimates, 1940-1976.  EPA-450/1-78-003, U.S. Environmental  Protection
              Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, July 1978b.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Protecting Visibility.
              EPA-450/5-79-008.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, OAQPS, Research
              Triangle Park, NC,  October 1979.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  National Air Pollutant Emissions
              Estimates, 1970-1978.  EPA-450/4-80-002.  U.S. Environmental Protection
              Agency, OAQPS, Research Triangle Park, NC, January 1980a.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  National Emissions Report.
              EPA-450/4-80-005.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, OAQPS, Research
              Triangle Park, NC,  March 1980b.

         U. S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Control techniques for particulate
              emissions from stationary sources (preliminary draft).   U.S.
              Environmental Protection Agency, OAQPS, Research Triangle Park, NC, July
              1980c.

         U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency.  Summary data received from G. Johnson,
              Fine Particle Emissions Information Data System.   U.S.  Environmental
              Protection Agency,  IERL, Research Triangle Park,  NC, September 1980d.

         Vandergrift, A. E., et al.  Particulate pollutant system study.   APTD-0743.
              Prepared by Midwest Research Institute for the U.S.  Environmental
              Protection Agency,  May 1971.

         Vines, R. G., et al.  On the Nature, Properties, and Behavior of Bush-fire
              Smoke.  Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization,
              Australia, 1971.

         Went, F.  W.  Organic matter in the atmosphere, and its possible relation to
              petroleum formation.   Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  USA. 46:212-221, 1960.

         Went, F.  W., D.  E. Slemmons, and H. N. Mozingo.  The organic nature of atmos-
              pheric condensation nuclei.  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.  USA. 58:69-74, 1967.

         Wexler, H.   On the effects of volcanic dust on insolation and weather.  Bull.
              Am.  Meteorol. Soc.  32:10-15,  1951a.
SOX4A/B                                       4-45                                     12-17-80

-------
         Wexler, H.  Spread of the Krakatoa volcanic dust cloud as related to the
              high-level circulation.  Bull. Am. Meteorol. Soc. 32:48-51, 1951b.

         Winchester, J. W., R. J. Ferek, D. R.  Lawson, J. 0. Pilotte, M. H. Thiemens,
              and L. E. Wangen.  Comparison of  aerosol sulfur and crustal element con-
              centrations in particle size fractions from continental U.S. locations.
              Water Air Soil Pollut., in press, 1979.

         World Almanac and Book of Facts 1980.  Grosset and Dunlap Edition, 1980.

         Yamate, G.  Development of  Emission Factors for Estimating Atmospheric
              Emissions from Forest  Fires.  EPA-450/3-73-009, U.S. Environmental
              Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, October 1973.

         Zoller, J., T. Bertke, and  J. Janzen.  Assessment of Fugitive  Particulate
              Emission Factors for Industrial Processes.  EPA-450/3-78-107.  U.S.
              Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park,  NC, September
              1978.

         Zoller, W. H., E. S. Gladney, and R. A. Duce.  Atmospheric concentrations and
              sources of trace metals at the South Pole.  Science (Washington, DC)
              183:198-200, 1974.
SOX4A/B                                        4-46                                     12-17-80

-------
                         5.   ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE

5.1  INTRODUCTION
     This chapter has  two  functions.   One is to show the concentrations of sulfur dioxide and
of particles suspended in the air to which all living things and valuable objects are exposed.
The second is to show how the various sources of air pollutants contribute to these exposures.
     The first goal  is to  demonstrate the concentrations of these two air pollutants in a way
relevant to the effects they might cause.   Measurements of sulfur dioxide, of TSP, and of some
chemical components of particulate material in the ambient air have been made for a long time,
mostly  with  methods and procedures  which have  some imperfections.   In  Chapter 3,  the most
current  information  relative  to  sources of error in measurement are covered in detail.   Here,
only  tho.se  issues which influence  interpretation are  mentioned and  then  only  briefly.   The
reader  is cautioned to consult Chapter 3 for more detail.
     Despite imperfections  in  measurement methods,  state and  local  monitoring  data stored by
EPA is  the  largest  source  of information relative to long-term trends in pollutant concentra-
tions and of the geographical distributions of the pollutant levels.  Therefore, the existing
monitoring data  are  presented first to gain  this overall  perspective with respect to SOp and
particles in that order.
     The pollutant  called  particulate matter is exceedingly complex  both with respect to its
physical properties and chemical  composition.  In Chapter 2 those characteristics of particles
which are generally observed in most atmospheres are covered in detail.  Consequently, in this
section  only those  features  of  chemical  composition  and  physical  size  are  treated  which
influence data  interpretation.   The  reader is directed  to  Chapter  2 for more detail on these
subjects.
     Recently, particle measurements have been collected and analyzed to estimate the relative
contributions of  important  sources.   In this case,  the  complexity  of the particles proves to
be  valuable  since many source types have nearly unique chemical signatures.  Consequently, it
is  often possible to  make  at least  approximate assignments of the  relative  amounts of sus-
pended  particulate  material  derived  from  road  dust,  power  plants, automobiles,  and  other
common  sources  provided that  an adequate description  of the  source signature  is available.
Since  this   technique  is still  new,  only a  few studies  are  available  some  of  which  are
discussed to show the  approximate  source contributions in representative  cases.   For  a more
complete description  of particle emission  factors  and inventories.  Chapter 4  should be con-
sulted.
     Ultimately, the importance of the ambient air measurements of pollutant concentrations is
in  estimating  harmful effects.    When the  effect  considered  is  visibility reduction,  the
important factors  are concentrations  of  light scattering and  attenuating  particles over the
geographical scale of several miles.   In materials damage, concentrations of SOp and of
XD25A/A                                      5-1                                   1-19-81

-------
soiling particles  are important  over  time scales  of months or years.   But  when considering
harmful influences of air pollutants on living things, the important matter is the dose.  Dose
incorporates concentration,  time  and  absorption and the  relationship  among  these parameters.
Throughout  their  lifetime  people  inhale  a  complex  mixture of  gases and particles.   Other
living  things,  vegetation and animals, are also  exposed to the same  complex mixtures, whose
composition varies with  time at any given location because of changing atmospheric conditions
and source  contributions.   The effects of air pollution on health and welfare are function of
dose  delivered  to the  receptor  and the  ability  of  the receptor to  cope with  the resultant
stress.   In humans,  the  stress  experienced  by  a  critical organ  or  receptor tissue  from
particle  inhalation  depends on particle  size, composition, morphology,  acidity or basicity,
and other physical-chemical  properties of the aerosol.   The delivered dose is also a function
of the anatomical features of the  receptor as  well as  manner of  breathing, breathing rate,  and
integrity of bodily defense systems.
     It  is  almost impossible  to  measure directly  the  air pollution dose to  a  population or
even  to  an  individual except  in  the  laboratory.   As  an alternative to direct measurement of
dose,  exposure  can and  often  must be used as an  approximation of  dose for studies  on  air
pollution  risk   and  effects.  The  exposure-response  relationship for  air pollution is most
important  for  establishing  standards.  Unfortunately,  to  extrapolate  from  measurements  of
ambient levels at  a  few  locations to an individual  or population exposure is  a very difficult
task  at present.   The  outdoor  air's  contribution  to  indoor  concentrations is still  being
investigated.  The additional  exposures  to gases and  particles  from  nonoccupational  indoor
sources are not  adequately quantified.
     Indoor air  quality  and activity patterns complicate air pollution exposure  estimates  and
are  discussed  later  in  this  chapter.   First,  the ambient  outdoor  concentrations of  sulfur
dioxide and particulate matter are examined.
5.2  AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS OF SULFUR DIOXIDE
     Ambient concentrations  of sulfur  dioxide are  determined by the  following  factors:   (1)
the  density of  emissions sources;  (2)  the  source characteristics such as stack height,  exit
velocity, and source  strength  (3)  the  local  meteorological conditions (4)  the local  topography
and  surrounding  buildings  (5) the reaction  rate of  sulfur dioxide  in  plumes, and (6)  the
removal  rates  by  precipitation,  deposition at surfaces, and other  reactions.   These factors
interact  in such  a  way   that  in  urban and industrialized areas with  high  densities  of  SO,,
emissions,  the  S0? concentrations  are much  higher  than in  surrounding  rural  areas.   It is
quite  common  to  find gradients  in S0?  concentration within these  industrialized  and  areas,
with  a central   core  area reporting the  highest  S0~  concentrations.   This  pattern  is shown
diagrammatically in Figure 5-1.
     Where  SOp emissions  are dominated by a single or a few point sources, the pattern of S0?
concentrations  could  be  different  from the  pattern  displayed  in  Figure 5-1.   Depending on
XD25A/A                                      5-2                                   1-19-81

-------
<

-------
topography,  meteorology,  and  source  characteristics,  the  concentration  patterns  may  be
asymmetrical  and the  temporal  distribution  may  be  skewed  to  low  mean values  with  a few
intermittent  high peaks.   These differences in concentration patterns may be important to the
effects experienced in exposed human populations.
     Most  urban  areas have experienced dramatic  improvements  in air quality as a  result of:
(1)  restrictions on  sulfur  in  fuel  (2)  better  controls  on  new  and existing sources;  (3)
displacement  of  sources and the building of new sources in less populated regions;  and (4) the
building of taller stacks.
     This  section presents  SCL concentration  data  for  specific  locations and areas  where
levels are  currently  high.   The national  status of SO,, concentrations is reviewed,  along with
trends data.   A  comparison is made between S0?  levels  in six cities  in  the early  1960's and
the  concentration  in  the late 1970's.  Insights on factors that are important determinants of
population exposures are presented in the discussion of diurnal and seasonal  SCL concentration
patterns.   Since S02  can  be measured by  a  variety  of  methods  (see  chapter 3),  a  brief
discussion   of  SCL  monitoring   and  instruments  precedes   the   substantive  sections  on
concentrations.
5.2.1  Monitoring Factors
     The Environmental Protection Agency is now in the process of revising federal,  state, and
local  air  monitoring  networks.   By 1981,  states will be  operating  a selected number of  sites
in  the National  Air Monitoring Station (NAMS) Network.   These sites are to  be located in the
areas  of highest  pollution concentrations  and areas  of high population density.   They  are
designed  to  serve  in  assessing the  trends and  progress  in meeting standards.  By  1983,  the
state  and  local  agencies  are  to  be operating  the  State  and  Local  Air Monitoring  Station
(SLAMS) Network.   This network is designed to be part of each state's implementation plan.   It
is  expected  that this  will mean  fewer  sites than are currently  in  operation; however,  the
effort of  federal  coordination  of  air  monitoring  should  provide  the much-needed  quality
control.   The trend to  reduction  in the number  of stations is already  apparent in  the 1977
sulfur  dioxide data.   There  were  117 fewer  monitoring sites reporting data in 1977  than in
1976  (2365 vs. 2482).   Many  States  terminated  all  or most  of  their  24-hr West-Gaeke bubbler
sampling  in  1978,  and  most  remaining bubbler  stations  are  being  fitted with  temperature
controls  to  avoid  sample degradation (see Chapter 3).  However,  state and  local  agencies,
where  they can,  are relying primarily on continuous monitoring equipment.
     Nationally,  SCL monitoring is not as extensive as TSP monitoring.  In 1978 there were 947
sites  with  continuous  monitoring  equipment and 1298 bubbler sites.   Every state conducted SCL
monitoring.   All  reported  sites  are  considered  to  have  produced useful  information  on
short-term (1 to 24 hour) SCL concentrations.   However, only those sites reporting a specified
number of  hourly or daily observations per year are considered valid in terms of their annual
mean.   EPA's  minimum  criteria  for  a valid  annual  mean   are:   6570  hourly  values from  a
continuous monitor or 5 24-hour values in each quarter from  a  bubbler monitor.
XD25A/A                                      5-4                                       1-19-81

-------
It  is  with  respect to  the number  of  SOp sites  with valid  annual  means that  the national
coverage appears  inadequate.   Only 99 of  the  1298 bubbler sites  (or  7.6  percent) have valid
annual  means  in  1978;   only 385 of  the  947 (or 40.7 percent) continuous sites are considered
valid.   There  are  7 states with no  valid  annual  SOp data for  1978.   EPA  is currently taking
steps  to  improve  the  quality  of  S02 data and increase  the  number of  representative sites
reporting valid data.
     For valid bubbler sites,  the average  number  of 24-hr observations in 1978  was  60.   The
number  of  observations  per  site ranged from  28  to 322.   For the  valid  continuous  sites the
mean number  of observations was 7806 hourly measurements.  This ranged from a minimum of 6578
hr to a maximum of 8755 hr.
5.2.2  Sulfur  Dioxide Concentrations
     Although  there  are  natural  sources of SOp such as volcanoes (see chapter 4), they are of
minor  importance.    Sulfur  dioxide   has  a rather short  half-life in  the troposphere  (see
chapter 6).   Background  levels are often below the monitor's detection limit.   Therefore it is
                                                                 3
not  surprising that the  annual mean  S0? concentration  is 3 ug/m  in some nonurban locations.
     Monitoring in urbanized areas near industrial sources that use sulfur-bearing fuels shows
rather  high  concentrations  of  SO,.   In 1978  the annual  mean concentrations  obtained  by SO,,
bubblers ranged from 3 to 79 |jg/m .   The valid continuous monitors registered 1978 annual  mean
concentrations ranging from 3 to 152  ug/m .
     The  concentration  of  SOp  like that of TSP  is  affected  by meteorological  variables
influencing transport, dispersion,  and removal, as well as by topography and the configuration
of sources.   Spatial and temporal variations in these parameters are reflected in the range of
maximum and 90th percentile concentrations reported across the Nation.   For bubbler sites, the
                                                         3                             3
lowest  24-hr  maximum value reported  by a site was 3 ug/m  and the highest was 907 ug/m .   For
the  valid  continuous  sites  the spread  of  24-hr  maximum values was greater,  ranging  from 10
     3                            3
ug/m   at  one  site  to  2512  ug/m  at another  site.   Among all continuous  sites  reporting in
                                                                     •3
1978, regardless of validity, the extreme 24-hour value was 3931 ug/m .
     Figure  5-2  presents  the  distribution   of  annual  averages  for  all  valid  continuous
monitoring sites  in 1978.   On this time scale, the most commonly measured values are between
                3                                  3
20  and 30  ug/m   with most  values   below  60  ug/m .   Most  monitoring stations  are  situated
specifically to detect higher urban or source-specific  levels of SOp, however,  and the data in
Figure 2 may be judged more nearly representative of high population density areas than of the
bulk of U.S.  land area.  The following section discusses the effect of site location.
5.2.3  Sulfur  Dioxide Concentration By Site and Region
5.2.3.1 Analyses by Various Site Classifications—In this  section the distributions of annual
mean and 90th  percentile concentrations by site descriptors are presented for bubbler and for
continuous methods.   As  with TSP, a  two-descriptor code has been  associated  with each site.
Distributions  for  every  combination  of Type 1 (population, source, background) and for Type 2
XD25A/A                                      5-5                                       1-19-81

-------
   120




   110




   100




    90

ui

M   80

ta




I   7°
O
u
     60
O    50
cc
111
m
5    40

z

     30




     20




     10



      0

             10    20   30    40   50   60    70   80    90   100   110  120  130   140   150  160



                                  ANNUAL AVERAGE CONCENTRATION




Figure 5-2.  Histogram shows annual average sulfur dioxide concentrations for valid continuous sites,

1978.
                                              5-6

-------
(central  city, suburban, rural, remote) will not be presented.  In some cases the designations
are contradictory, such  as  "population-remote" or "background-central  city."   The purpose of
presenting these  distributions is  to  permit  comparison  of  these two  categories of sampling
methods and to examine the SO,, concentrations as a function of location.
     In  Table 5-1  the  cross-tabulation  of  mean  concentrations by  method is  presented for
center-city sites that are primarily either population oriented or source oriented.  The third
and fourth numbers in each cell are the column percentage and total  percentage of sites having
concentrations within the designated range.  Examination of each of these numbers reveals that
bubblers are, on  the average, reporting lower concentrations than the continuous instruments,
an  expected  result  because  of the method  biases  reported in Chapter  3.   In  Table 5-1,  14.4
percent  of the  "population-oriented"  continuous monitors report mean concentrations  above 62
ug/m   while   only  1.6  percent of the  bubblers report these higher concentrations.   Of the
"source-oriented" sites, a higher percentage (7.1 percent) of the bubblers are above 62 ug/m  ,
but  this is   still  less than  the  12.5 percent  of the continuous monitors  in  this category.
5.2.3.2   Regional  Comparisons—Regional  differences  in  S0?  concentrations  are  not striking.
In part, this is the result of the locational dependency of the monitor.  In previous sections
it was  shown  that high S0? levels are found around smelters  in otherwise clean areas.  In the
eastern  and   northern  states,  most  continuous  S0?  monitoring  is  in  urbanized  areas.   Mean
concentrations across  all  continuous  monitors in  Regions  I,  II,  III, IV, and V range from 23
ug/m   to 51   ug/m   (see Table 5-2).  The  maximum  annual  mean among the  valid  sites  in these
regions  ranges  from  59 ug/m  in  Region  I  to  140  ug/m   in  Region  III.    In  the  less
industrialized or  less  populated  regions (VI through X), the mean annual concentration across
all sites in  each region ranges from 8 ug/m  to 40 ug/m .
     Even with the  summary  of the 1978  continuous SO,,  data,  it is difficult  to speculate on
regional differences  in S02 concentrations.  Concentrations are influenced primarily by local
sources.  The locations  of  monitors have clearly not been randomly chosen in each region, nor
have  they  been  systematically  deployed  for  source  population  or  background  sampling.
Therefore, a  better indicator  of  regional  differences  in SO,,  concentrations  and population
exposures can be obtained from examining sulfur emission patterns (see Chapter 4).
     The data base used in compiling Figure 5-3, collected between 1974 and 1976, offers finer
spatial  resolution of national S0? concentrations on a county scale.   The second highest 24-hr
average  S0? concentration  by county is displayed.   Some areas in the west with extremely high
concentrations were  still  problem  areas in the late 1970's (see Table 5-3).  Several  counties
and  cities are still  reporting high concentrations;  however,  one should  not  infer  that the
reported concentration prevails throughout the county.   High readings may exist at one or more
monitoring sites  (for  example, Deer  Lodge  County,  MT),  but  it  is  likely  that  there are
substantial  gradients  across the county,  and almost certainly across  an air  quality control
region (AQCR).
XD25A/A                                      5-7                                       1-19-81

-------
           TABLE   5-1.   CROSSTABULATION OF ANNUAL MEAN  SO, CONCENTRATION BY METHOD  (BUBBLER OR  CONTINUOUS)

                         FOR  POPULATION-ORIENTED AND  FOR SOURCE-ORIENTED CENTER CITY SITES
en
i
oo

Purpose of Site
Annual mean
S09 concentration,
ug/m3
2-7
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
7-18
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
18-33
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
33-62
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
>62
Number of sites
Percent of row
Percent of column
Percent of total
Column total
Number of sites
Percent of total
Bubbler

139
90.3
27.6
17.7

159
83.2
31.6
20.2

106
55.2
21.1
13.5

91
45.3
18.1
11.6

8
16.3
1.6
1.0

503
63.9
Population
Continuous

15
9.7
5.3
1.9

32
16.8
11.3
4.1

86
44.8
30.3
10.9

no
54.7
38.7
14.0

41
83.7
14.4
5.2

284
36.1
Row Total

154


19.6

191


24.3

192


24.2

201


25.5

49


6.2

787
100.0
Bubbler

9
75.0
16.1
8.7

18
64.3
32.1
17.3

12
46.2
21.4
11.5

13
46.4
23.2
12.5

4
40.0
7.1
3.8

56
53.8
Source
Continuous

3
25.0
6.3
2.9

10
35.7
20.8
9.6

14
53.8
29.2
13.5

15
53.6
31.3
14.4

6
60.0
12.5
5.8

48
46.2
Row Total

12


11.5

28


26.9

26


25.0

28


26.9

10


9.6

104
100.0

-------
                                  TABLE  5-2.   CONTINUOUS S02 MONITOR RESULTS BY  REGION.
VD
Region
I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

IX

X

Type
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Valid
All
Number of
sites
22
72
51
87
26
108
100
203
111
254
13
32
13
38
12
49
19
52
18
29
Min.
6665
185
6597
140
6578
94
6678
421
6580
129
6631
1669
6769
334
6741
373
6857
105
6651
625
Number of
observations
per site
Mean Max. s.d.
7519
4582
7540
5815
7562
4381
8305
5754
7640
5512
7443
5461
7540
4676
7739
4694
7952
4973
7854
6158
8416
8416
8697
8697
8638
8638
8755
8755
8715
8715
8452
8452
8325
8325
8624
8624
8638
8638
8677
8677
567
2720
546
2380
670
2534
574
2848
625
2327
607
2072
439
2624
514
2358
507
2525
464
2526
Arithmetic Means
Min. Mean Max.
16
8
15
15
12
7
5
3
7
3
3
3
6
4
3
3
3
3
13
13
33
39
37
41
51
45
23
23
36
37
13
12
31
25
40
34
8
24
34
33
59
138
78
94
140
140
63
77
84
192
31
56
47
82
152
152
29
87
78
78
s.d.
12
23
16
19
23
21
12
13
16
25
7
13
14
20
47
39
6
20
18
17
90th Percent! le
Min. Mean Max.
34
14
35
35
34
14
9
3
10
5
3
3
13
5
3
3
3
3
35
29
65
77
72
78
97
86
54
49
70
73
31
29
62
52
100
89
16
49
90
72
147
340
159
173
282
282
135
180
167
501
69
160
94
155
488
488
48
213
150
150
s.d.
27
52
30
33
46
40
27
29
30
50
19
38
25
41
146
113
12
49
38
38

-------
Figure 5-3. Characterization of 1974-76 national SO2 status is shown by second highest 24-hr average
concentration. (The current 24-hr primary national ambient air quality standard is 365 M9/m^f which
is not to be exceeded more than once per year.)

Source:  Monitoring and Reports Branch, Monitoring and Data Analysis Division, Office of Air Quality
Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
                                               5-10

-------
            TABLE   5-3.  ELEVEN  SO,  MONITORING SITES WITH THE HIGHEST ANNUAL MEAN
                         CONCENTRATIONS IN  1978 (VALID CONTINUOUS SITES ONLY)

Location
Annual Means
ug/m
Maximum 24- hr,
ug/m
Description
      Helena,  Deer Lodge           152
      Co. ,  Montana

      Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania     140

      Helena,  Deer Lodge            95
      County,  Montana
      Magna,  Salt Lake Co.,          93
      Utah
            2512       Rural-mine smelter
             602       Center city industrial

            1450       Rural-industrial
                       1.6 miles east of
                       smelter

             811       Suburban-industrial
Toledo, Ohio
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
Buffalo, New York
Kellogg, Shoshone Co.,
Idaho
Shoshone Co. , Idaho
New York City, New York
Mingo Junction, Ohio
84
79
78
78
77
77
76
915
376
267
294
493
296
329
Center city industrial
Suburban- i ndustr i a 1
Suburban- i ndustri a 1
Suburban- residential
Suburban- industrial
Center city residential
Center city industrial
XD25A/A
5-11
1-19-81

-------
*
5.2.4  Peak Localized SO,, Concentrations
5.2.4.1  1978 Highest Annual Average Concentrations— The reasons for S02 variability have been
mentioned  in  earlier sections.  This  section  examines  the locations with  the  highest annual
averages  and  the  highest maximum  concentrations,  and  analyzes  the  distribution  of  S02
concentration  nationally  by  site  descriptors.   However,  because of  the  differences  in  S02
concentrations between bubbler and continuous monitoring, the distributions by site descriptor
will be treated separately for each method.
     Table  5-3  lists the  annual  mean  and  the maximum  24-hr  concentration for  the  11 valid
continuous  monitoring  sites with the  highest  annual  means in 1978.  The  highest annual  mean
concentration  was  152  ug/m .   This  site  in  Montana  was situated  2  miles  northeast of  a
smelter.   It  also  had  the highest 24-hr  concentration (2512 |jg/m3) of any  valid continuous
monitor.   The  maximum  hour was 7205 ug/m3,  and the second highest hour was 6026 ug/m  at this
site.   Of  the  highest  11  sites,  5  are  associated  with  smelters,  5 are  associated  with
industrialized areas or  towns,  and one, New York  City,  is a densely populated city.   In  New
York City,  S02 emissions from space heating, power plants, and a variety of industrial sources
resulted  in a high annual mean concentration.   Keep in  mind  that these  are  peak reporting
sites;  the urban  sites  do not typify an entire city.   Conversely, there  may  be unmonitored
neighborhoods incurring even higher concentrations.
5.2.4.2    1978 Highest Daily Average Concentrations—About  fifty   monitoring   sites   in  the
United  States  have consistently reported maximum 24-hour  average  S0?  levels  in excess of  300
    o                                                                *-
ug/m   in  recent  years.   Almost all of  these  have very high second and third  highest values
also.   Many of  the sites having  high  daily  averages  are  located near  specific industrial
sources  such as  smelters,  steel  plants and  paper  mills.   In fact  the  highest  SOp values
recorded are from sites specifically located for the purpose of monitoring  community exposures
from  intense  local  sources.   Monitors around smelters have frequently reported 24-hour values
of  1000 to  3000 ug/m , the highest levels in the United States.
     High  24-hour S0? values occur in 17 states encompassing all major regions of the country.
Ten of the  highest sites are  in  Montana,  six  in Wisconsin,  and six  in  Minnesota;  most of
these  are  close to  intense sources.  However, several urban sites and, especially, center-city
sites  in industrialized communities such as Philadelphia, and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, New York,
New York,  Toledo,  Ohio  and Hammond,  Indiana,  sill have  high  maximum  24-hour  values, above
250-300
5.2.4.3   Highest 1-hour S00  Concentrations 1978 NADB Data—Single  hourly SO,  values greater
               3
than  1000  ug/m  (0.4 ppm)  have been measured in about 100 cities and counties in 28  states in
recent  years.   Such  values are  very widespread across the  country;  Maine,  Florida, Montana,
Texas,  Arizona,  and Washington all have  sites  in  this  category.   Of these top 100 sites, all
                                                            3
but 15 also had second  highest values in  excess of 1000 ug/m .
XD25A/A                                      5-12                                   1-19-81

-------
     Hourly measurements this high are comparatively infrequent and for most of these 100 high
sites,   less  than  1 percent  of  hourly values  are in  this category.   But  for a  few sites,
notably those close to metals smelting operations in a few cities, such values are observed up
to 5 percent of the  time.    Highest  1-hour values  are found in  Deer  Lodge County, Montana,
where  several  measurements  over  5000 ug/m  were  recorded in  two sites  in 1978.   Anaconda,
Montana; Miami  and  San Manuel,  Arizona;  Newark, Delaware;  Buffaloe County,  Wisconsin;  St.
Charles County  and North Kansas  City, Missouri,  all  report  at least one value  in  excess of
4000 ug/m3.
5.2.5  Temporal Patterns in  SO^Concentrations
5.2.5.1   Diurnal Patterns—In  some  locations  S0?  concentrations  have  distinct  temporal
patterns.    These patterns  depend on the  variability of  meteorological  factors and  on  the
variability of source emissions.
     Diurnal variations  in  SO-  concentrations  reflect the changing dispersion characteristics
of the lower atmosphere and variations in mixing height.   If emissions are predominantly from
low-level   sources  such  as residential and and institutional space heating, the highest hourly
concentrations will frequently occur at night and in the early-morning hours.  At these times,
low  mixing height   and  decreased  wind speeds  lead to higher concentrations.   During  the day
more vertical  mixing  usually occurs  and wind speeds increase; this results in the dilution of
low-level   emissions.  Figure  5-4  gives the composite diurnal  pattern of hourly concentrations
for  SO,, for  the  month of   December  1978 in  Watertown,  MA.   The pattern just  described is
apparent.
     In locations where S0~  emissions from taller stacks are the major S0? source, a different
diurnal pattern  can occur.    In  these situations,  typical of power  plants  and smelters,  the
highest concentrations  usually  occur  in  the morning hours  just  after sunrise.  Levels can be
almost zero  at night  if the  source is emitting into a stratified region  above a lower level
inversion.    Upon inversion  breakup,  when  heating at  the surface causes  vertical  mixing, an
elevated plume can be mixed  to the ground.   Fumigation conditions lasting from several  minutes
to several  hours can  occur.   Two composite diurnal patterns of hourly S0? concentrations at a
site in Kingston,  TN,  illustrate  this point (See  Figure  5-5).   In January  of 1975, a nearby
1500-MW power  plant was  emitting through nine  stacks less  than 320 ft  high.   In 1978  the
emission had been switched over to two 1000-ft stacks.   Montgomery and Coleman (1975) analyzed
the  effects of  tall  stacks  on  the  peak-to-mean  ratios  for  different averaging  times  and
discussed  the  influence of  inversion breakup.   In essence, even  with  tall  stacks,  inversion
breakup that catches  the plume and brings it  to the surface can  occur.   So the peak-to-mean
ratio  is almost  independent  of stack height.  The  frequency  of occurrences on the other hand
would  most likely be less with taller stacks.
     In Figure 5-5  the  diurnal  plot  of hourly  values  in  Kingston reveals a pattern different
from   that found in Watertown, MA.  The maximum hours occur in midday.  The hourly
XD25A/A                                      5-13                                      1-19-81

-------
o.
a



o
z
LLJ

O
    0.040
    0.030
    0.020
    0.010
                                                 I
                                         10
                                                12     14




                                                  HOUR
16
       18
             20
22
      24
Figure 5-4. Composite diurnal pattern of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for

Watertown, MA, for December 1978.
                                               5-14

-------
    0.050)
i
<
oc
111
o


8

o"
U)
    0.040
    0.030
0.020
    0.010
                                                          JAN 1975
                                          10
                                            12     14



                                              HOUR
16
18
20
                                                                                  22
24
Figure 5-5.  Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for Kingston (TVA site

44-1714-003, "Laddie Village") for January 1975 and 1978.
                                                 5-15

-------
observations  in  January 1978  show a  less  pronounced diurnal cycle.   Some  similarity can be
found in comparing the diurnal pattern of hourly averages for Watertown, Massachusetts (Figure
5-4), and  St.  Louis,  Missouri (Figure 5-6).   In  February,  1977, a major  local  source of S02
was  still   in operation  in  St.  Louis.    The midmorning  and  late  night  maxima  are  again
associated with  diurnal  variations of meteorological factors.   By  February,  1978, the source
had shut down and the SCk levels at the monitoring stations reflect this fact.  The absence of
low-level  stacks  emitting  into a stable layer of air near the surface at night is noticeable.
Concentrations do not build up at night as in the previous year.
     Diurnal  patterns  of   hourly  S02  values  for  the  industrialized   river  valley  town  of
Steubenville,  OH,  are shown  in  Figure 5-7.   In June  of 1976,  a  distinctive  maximum in the
diurnal  pattern  appears.    In  July of 1977  there is no  apparent variation  across the hours.
     In  concluding  this section it can be  said that the variations  in hourly concentrations
are  influenced  by   source  configuration  and  meteorological dispersion.   Therefore,  it  is
difficult  to  generalize  about the diurnal pattern of the hourly concentrations.  It has been
shown  that,  although  there may be some similarities, the daily patterns in S02 concentrations
are  different  for different locations and can change  in time  for a given location.
5.2.5.2    Seasonal  Patterns—Concentrations  of  S02  display  seasonal   variability.    The
variability  is most  pronounced  in areas in which  there is  strong seasonal  variation in the
emission-source  strength or  in  meteorological  conditions.    Obviously,  in urban  areas  where
space  heating is the major source of  S02,  the levels will  be much  higher during the heating
season.   Figure  5-8  illustrates  just  such  situations in Watertown,  MA and  Steubenville, OH.
The  highest monthly mean concentrations occur in the winter months.
     Figure  5-8  also  shows the data  for St.  Louis, Missouri, where the  seasonal pattern is
different.   Here a  local  industrial  source  dominates  S02  concentration  patterns around the
monitor.   The  higher  monthly mean concentrations occur in the months with the higher frequency
of  south winds.   The source  is  to the  south of the  monitoring  station.   Any increase in S0?
concentrations as a result  of the winter heating season is not apparent.
5.2.5.3   Yearly  Trends—The S0?  levels in most urban areas in the United States have improved
steadily since the mid-1960's.   The  trend  of decreasing S02 concentrations  can be resolved
into three distinct periods.  From 1964-69 the improvement was gradual.   In the middle period,
between  1969  and 1972, the  improvement in  most urban areas  was more pronounced.   Since 1973
the  improvement  has  again become slower.   The  1977  EPA trends report  states:  "In most urban
areas,   this  is   consistent  with  the  switch  in  emphasis  from attainment  of  standards  to
maintenance of air  quality; that is, the initial effort was  to reduce pollution to acceptable
levels  followed  by  efforts to maintain air  quality at these  lower levels."  From  1972 through
1977 annual  averaged SO,, levels dropped by  17 percent, or an annual  improvement rate of about
4  percent  per year.   Figure  5-9 summarizes  the annual average S02 concentrations  for 32 urban
NASN stations for the years  1964-71.   In this figure the first two periods are apparent.  In
XD25A/A                                      5-16                                  1-19-81

-------
   0.200
   0.010
           1   2  3  4   5  6   7  8  9   10  11  12  13  14  15  16 17  18 19  20 21  22  23 24

                                               HOUR


Figure 5-6.  Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for St. Louis (city site
no. 26-4280-007, "Broadway & Hurck") for February 1977 and 1978.
                                             5-17

-------
I
    0.080
    0.070
    0.060
O   0.050

K

cc

£   0.040
UJ
O
o
u
 pg
O
0.030
    0.020
    0.010
                                   i—r—i—i—i—i      i       r
                                         _L
                                                        J	L
±
         0     2      4      6      8     10    12     14     16     18     20     22     24


                                                HOURS



Figure 5-7.  Monthly means of hourly sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for Steubenville, OH

(NOVAA site 36-6420-012) for June 1976 and July 1977.
                                              5-18

-------
   0.040
   0.030
a
a.
   0.020
IU
o

o
u
 eg
   0.010
                                    CITY        SITE


                                STEUBENVILLE 36 6420 012


                                ST. LOUIS      26 4280 007


                                WATERTOWN   22 2380 003
                                                                             I	I
              JAN    FEB   MAR   APR   MAY   JUNE   JULY   AUG   SEPT  OCT   NOV   DEC


                                                  MONTH




    Figure 5-8.  Seasonal variations in sulfur dioxide levels are shown for Steubenville, St. Louis, and

    Watertown.
                                               5-19

-------
           1964
                                                       1972
Figure 5-9.  Average sulfur dioxide concentrations are shown for 32
urban IMASN stations.

Source: National Academy of Sciences (1.975).

                          5-20

-------
Figure 5-10  the national trends  in  annual  average S0? concentrations  from  1972-1977 at 1333
sampling sites  are displayed.   In  Figure  5-10,  the diamond  symbolizes  the composite annual
average concentration; the triangle is the median value, while the dots are extreme values and
the thick band covers the 10-90th percentile range.
     Over the  period of  1970-77 SO- emissions  are reported  to  have  decreased only slightly
(EPA,  1978).   In 1970  the  estimated annual  manmade S02  emissions  were  29.8  million metric
tons.  By  1977 this  was reduced only  to  27.4  million metric tons.   The improvement in the
ambient air  quality  levels  for SOp reflects displacement of sources from urban areas to rural
areas, the restriction of sulfur content of fuels used in low-level area sources, the building
of newer sources with taller stacks, and source emissions controls.
     The first  air  quality  criteria document for  sulfur  oxides,  published in 1969, presented
the  frequency  distributions  for  sulfur   dioxide  levels  in  selected American  cities  for
1962-1967  (U.S.  Department of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare,  1969).  The  1960's  data came
from the Continuous Air Monitoring Project  (CAMP), which operated continuous monitors in a few
of  the largest U.S.  cities.   The cities are:  Chicago,  Philadelphia,  St.  Louis,  Cincinnati,
Los  Angeles, and San  Francisco.   Improvements  in  sulfur dioxide  levels  in each  of the six
cities are  demonstrated by  comparing their 1962-1967 data with data for 1977 (Table 5-4).  In
each  city  there is more than one continuous monitor now operating.  The station reporting the
highest levels  in 1977 was used in order not to overemphasize any improvement.  The comparison
is  only  an  approximation because the  locations  of the monitors  and  the  instrumental methods
used were not the same as those reported in the 1969 document.
       TABLE  5-4.  COMPARISON OF FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION OF SO, CONCENTRATION (PPM)
                           DURING 1962-673 AND DURING 1977 .
Frequency Distribution of S00 (ppm)
City
Chicago
Philadelphia
St. Louis
Cincinnati
Los Angeles
San Francisco
Concentrations
Sulfur Oxides
1969.
Year
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
1962-67
1977
from CAMP
document, U
Percentile 30
0.03
0.01
0.03
0.01
0.02
0.005
0.01
0.013
0.01
0.01

stations as reported
.S. Dept. of Health,
50 70 90
0.08 0.17 0.32
0.022 0.032 0.06
0.05 0.09 0.21
0.02 0.04 0.08
0.03 0.05 0.11
0.01 0.03 0.1
0.018 0.03 0.07
0.02 0.025 0.04
0.015 0.02 0.04
0.02 0.02 0.03
0.01 0.03
0.001 0.01 0.01
in Air Quality Criteria
Education, and Welfare,
99
0.65
0.12
0.45
0.23
0.26
0.37
0.18
0.085
0.08
0.05
0.07
0.03
for
NAPCA,
Maximum
0.95
0.25
0.85
0.44
0.72
0.67
0.53
0.29
0.25
0.09
0.17
0.03

    Concentrations from NADB, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1977.
XD25A/A
5-21
1-19-81

-------
                1972
                                                                        90THPERCENTILE
56


48

m
E
Ol
a. 40
z"
g
H
<
C
£ 32
UJ
U
Z
o
o
UJ
D 24
x
o
o
tc
D
"- 16
-J
CO

8
0


I 	 I I I
9























0












c>




A











T
I
•

0








f*m


O



A

T
I











O










O



A


I


















MM

0




A
T








O
A


I
6-



















*-
•*-



• —


c




















. m-iupn^nE AVERAGE
- MEDIAN

•»5TH ocm-ewTii F

— — 10TH PERCENTILE


0 -

—







O






A

<\

\

' —

O


—
A

T
1973
1974         1975


      YEAR
                                                                    1976
                                                                                1977
Figure 5-10. Nationwide trends in annual average sulfur dioxide concentrations from 1972 to 1977 are
shown for 1233 sampling sites.

Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (1978a).
                                        5-22

-------
it
     In each city  the peak concentration has decreased.  In most cities the peak  is less than
one-half of the  earlier values.   The only  exception  is St. Louis, where the earlier peak was
0.72 ppm  and  the  1977 peak was  0.67 ppm.  The  result is  not  unexpected  in  that the earlier
summary is a composite frequency distribution of 5 years of monitoring.
     More stable  indicators  of improved air quality  are  provided by the 50th, 70th, and 90th
percentile  concentrations.   In Chicago,  the 50th percentile  concentration  dropped from 0.08
ppm to 0.022 ppm.  In Philadelphia the levels have improved substantially; the 50th, 70th, and
90th percentile  concentrations are less than one-half the  earlier values.  Modest improvement
is shown for St. Louis and Cincinnati; their 50th percentile concentrations are lower now than
they were  in  the mid-19601s.  The highest  concentrations  occur as frequently in St. Louis as
they did  before,  but in Cincinnati they  occur  less  frequently.  Review of the  St.  Louis S02
data  shows  improved air quality for  most of the city.  The  high concentrations  now reported
are typical of  only a smaller section of the city.  Los Angeles shows improvement in reducing
the  high  concentrations,  but  the  50th percentile  concentration is  actually slightly higher
than it was the previous decade.  Similarly, San Francisco  has  trimmed the peaks, but it has a
very low median value.
     In  summary,  the  frequency of peak  levels has  been  reduced  in most urban  areas.   The
steady  improvement of SO, ambient air quality has been slowed  somewhat in recent years.  Only
                                                                               3
1  percent  of  the sulfur  dioxide  monitoring sites  show levels  above  80 ug/m  ,  the  current
annual  NAAQS.   In 1974 the annual mean sulfur  dioxide standard was  exceeded  in  3 percent of
the monitoring  stations (31 of 1030), compared  with  16 percent in 1970.  In 1977 and 1978, 2
percent  of the  sites  reported violations  of  the  24-hr standard.  In  1974  this  standard was
exceeded  in 4.4 percent of the reporting  stations  (99 of  2241), compared with  11 percent in
1970.  Many of these sites reporting  violations of the 24-hr standard are in remote areas near
large point sources.
5.3  AMBIENT MEASUREMENTS  OF SUSPENDED PARTICULATE MASS
     The  general  character  of matter  designated  atmospheric  suspended  particles has  been
                                                                                  -9
described  in  Chapter  2.    These  particles  range  in  size  from  about 5  x 10  m,  roughly
                                                                                          -4
corresponding  to  agglomerates of  a  few  tens or  hundreds of  molecules,  up to  about 10  m,
specks of material discernable to the human eye.  A useful  division of these particles by size
 into  fine and coarse fractions occurs  in the range of 1  to  2 x 10  m or 1  to  2 micrometers
(um) as was discussed in Chapter 2.
     The  mass  of suspended particles, generally concentrated in particles above about 0.1 |jm,
 is  usually estimated  by  filtration  of  known volumes  of  air.   The  goal of  this filtration
process  is  the  separation  of  the  gas  phase from  liquid  and  solid  condensed  phases  of
atmospheric aerosol.  Thus, the mass  of material accumulated on a filter is taken to represent
the volume  of  aerosol treated, and results are presented in 10  grams,  i.e., micrograms (|jg)
                                                                3
of particulate matter/cubic meter of  aerosol, abbreviated "pgAi ".
XD25A/A                                      5-23                                  1-19-81

-------
     Chapter  3  discusses  some  of  the  complications  of  commonly  used filtration  methods
including retention of reactive  gases  such  as S02 and  HNO,  and loss by  evaporation  of water
and  other  moderately  volatile  liquids.    While  commonly   used  filtering  media are  highly
efficient for collection  of fine  particles,  determining coarse  particle concentrations  has
involved major problems in  sampler design.   Despite  these complications,  which were discussed
in  detail   in Chapter  3,  the  largest  body of  information  on  the  distribution  of  suspended
particulate mass in time  and  space has been  obtained with  the hi-vol or  TSP (total  suspended
particulates)  method.    Routine   monitoring   information  is  available   from  the  National
Aerometric  Data Bank maintained  by EPA for many sites; some are  EPA sites,  many are operated
by state and local  agencies.
     The following discussion  relies mainly  on NADB data;  analyses  are to  be  found in the 1976
and  1977  National  Air  Quality  and Emissions Trends reports,  in Trends in the  Quality  of  the
Nations Air reports in 1980,  and  in the document  "Deputy Assistant Administrator's  Report on
Ambient Monitoring Activities  - Air Portion."  (EPA  1977, 1978a, 1980,  1980a).
5.3.1  Monitoring Factors
     The  accuracy   and precision  of  particulate  monitoring  are  limited  by  three  general
considerations:    (1)   sampling  methods,  including  instrumentation,  analytical  methods,  and
quality assurance;  (2) sampling  frequency;  and (3) location  of monitors.   Chapter 3  discusses
the  first  of  these considerations;  the second and  third   are  discussed  in  this  chapter.
Sampling  frequency affects the  confidence  limits  on  mean  TSP concentrations  and annual  or
seasonal  trends.   It  is  appropriate  to  discuss  this limitation  at  the  beginning of  this
section  before  the 1978  national TSP data base  is  presented.  The  siting  of  TSP  monitors
influences  significantly  the  levels measured,  and hence the interpretation of  data.   These
considerations are presented with examples  in  several  sections of this chapter.
5.3.1.1  Sampling Frequency--In 1978 there were 4105  TSP monitoring  sites  in  the United States
and  its territories that reported data  to the  National  Aerometric Data Bank (NADB) of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.   Of these,  only 2882 had enough observations per quarter  and
per  year  for  the  data  to  be considered valid  for  estimating annual averages.  The  number of
sites reporting valid data range from zero  in  Delaware and American  Samoa  to  318 in Ohio.   The
most populous state, California, had 60 and  New York  had 236.
     The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has  established  a uniform  sampling schedule to
be  followed  by  all  State and  local  agencies.   It  requires a  24-hr  sample  (midnight  to
midnight) every  6th day.    Hence,  in 1 year  there are 60  or 61  possible sampling  days  from
which  to derive  the   mean  value  and  distribution,   and  to  determine attainment of  current
standards.  In 1978 14  percent of all  reporting sites  had  60  or more observations.
     Sampling days are  missed  and samples must be voided for  a variety of  reasons.  Therefore,
a minimum requirement  has  been established  for considering  the data from  any site as valid in
XD25A/A                                      5-24
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
determining an annual  average:   there must be  at  least five observations during each quarter
of a  calender year.   Of  the Federal, State, and  local TSP sites  reporting  data  to NADB, 70
percent met this requirement.
     The distribution  of  observations for the 2882 valid monitoring sites in 1978 is shown in
Figure 5-11.  Ten  (10) percent of these  sites  had less than 47  observations;  50  percent had
more  than  56  observations.   However, 80  percent of  the monitoring sites collected fewer than
60 samples.   Three  percent  of the monitors sampled  at an equivalent frequency of 1 day in 3,
and fewer than 2 percent collected samples at a frequency of 1 day  in 2.
      The current NAAQS for  TSP consists  of an annual geometric mean and a once-per-year daily
value.   Frequency  of monitoring is  a  fundamental  parameter of the air  quality  data used for
comparison with  the standards.   The period of determining an annual average for comparison is
a  calendar year.   If  the number of  24-hr  observations is  less than 365, then  the  true mean
concentration for  the year  can only be  expressed as residing within a  range  of  values.   By
assuming that the  actual  distribution of values is  log normal, then confidence intervals can
be calculated from the geometric mean and the geometric standard deviation.  Figure 5-12 shows
the effect of sample size on the 95 percent confidence  intervals for a hypothetical site whose
                                                     o
true  annual  geometric  mean  is equivalent to  75 pg/m  the current annual standard.  From this
                                                                            3
example we  can  only conclude that the annual  geometric mean is 75 ± 7 M9/m . if the mean for
that  year was determined from a sample size of 61.   Increasing the sampling frequency to 1 day
in  2  reduces the  level  of  uncertainty  so that the annual mean  can be expressed  as  75  ± 3
(jg/m  .
      A  critical  factor in  evaluating compliance with  once-a-year  standards  is  the  effect of
sampling frequency.   Figure 5-11 shows that  in  1978 the majority of valid sites (80 percent)
had fewer  than  60  sampling days.  The sites  with  more frequent sampling had a greater chance
of sampling the  higher concentrations as  Figure 5-12  shows.    Assuming that there are a number
of  days  on which the  observations are above  the standards, the probability of selecting 2 or
more  days  on which standards are exceeded  is a function of sampling frequency.  If there are
10  days above  the  standards,  there  is only  a  slightly  better  than  50 percent  chance of
actually monitoring on 2 of those days given a sampling frequency of 61 out of 365 days.  When
the  sampling frequency is doubled to  122 sampling days, the probability  of  capturing 2 days
out of  10  that  exceed the  standards  increases  to  80 percent.   In  actuality,  samples are not
taken randomly;  they are  taken systematically,  usually at  a rate of once every  6 days.  The
probability  of  capturing the  highest period  is further complicated  in that  the log normal
distribution  of TSP concentrations does not apply  uniformly to all  sites.
      An  additional   complication  occurs   when the  meteorological   regimes  affecting  the  TSP
concentrations  are  considered.   Attainment of  standards may depend on  the  number of "clean"
XD25A/A                                      5-25                                   1-19-81

-------
  1000
   900
   800
   700
   600

<  500
in
5  400
I  300
§  200
u.
CO

O
K
ID
8
o

-------
    95



    90


^

 11  85
 z"
 O
 H

 £  80
O
2
O
   70
   65
                                        ABOVE THE STANDARD
I                                        AREA OF
                                        UNCERTAINTY
                                        BELOW THE STANDARD
                    61    91  122    183

                   NUMBER OF SAMPLING DAYS PER YEAR
                                                        365
 Figure 5-12.  The 95 percent confidence intervals about an annual
 mean TSP concentration of 75 ng/m^ is shown for various sampling
 frequencies (assume the geometric standard deviation equals 1.6).
                           5-27

-------
sampling  days  versus the  number of  "dirty"  sampling  days.   Watson  (1979)  exemplifies  this
problem with  Portland,  OR, TSP  data.  The annual  geometric mean TSP  data show a decreasing
trend  from 1973  through  1975,  with a  significant  increase  in  1976.    If  these  data  are
reexamined  and weighted  by the  meteorological  regimes  actually  sampled in each  year,  the
conclusions are changed.   The  stratified  mean TSP  values  show a large drop in concentrations
occurring between 1974 and 1975,  with the  levels being constant for the year before and  after.
Since  these means are  determined  from a  sample set  varying from  49 samples  in  1974 to 79
samples in  1976, a statistical  test is required to determine whether the means of any year are
significantly  different from those of any  other year.  The 95 percent confidence intervals for
all  stratified means do overlap.  Watson  concludes,  then, that there  is  a reasonable  chance
that the  true  means do not really vary from year to year.
5.3.1.2    Monitor Location—The   choice   of  sampling  location  can   obviously  affect   the
concentrations measured.  Remotely located monitors typically record low concentrations; urban
monitors  characteristically record  higher  concentrations.   The positioning  of  a monitor  at a
chosen  location can also affect measured concentrations.  For example, at a specific location,
the  height of the monitor above the  ground influences sample concentrations.   If the monitor
is  elevated   above  surface sources,  lower  concentrations  of coarser   particles  might be
measured.
     Some studies  indicate that  TSP concentrations decrease with increasing monitor elevation
(Record  and Bradway,  1978; Lioy et al., 1980a,  Pace,  1978),  with distance from a roadway and
with  distance from other  nearby sources.   However,  monitor elevation does not  appear to be
systematically biasing  the national  TSP  data in the  aggregate.  Other siting considerations
are discussed  later.
     The  inferences  drawn  about  air quality levels, trends, and population exposures from the
TSP  data presented in this chapter are made in full knowledge of the following limitations of
TSP  monitoring:   (1)  sampling  sites are not  standardized;  (2)  frequency  of sampling is quite
varied;  (3) the vast majority of sites reporting  have fewer than 60  sampling  days  per year;
(4)  the  frequency of sampling is  not  randomized with respect  to  meteorological  conditions.
(5)  no  spatial averaging is used in  analyzing  or  reporting data;  and  (6)  though  the ambient
air  monitor is stationary,  the  population it  is  intended to represent is  highly mobile  and
spends a  portion of its time indoors.
5.3.2  Ambient Air TSP Values
     The  distribution of  1978  annual  arithmetic  means  for  valid TSP  monitoring  sites is
plotted  in  Figure 5-13.   Half of all the Nation's sites had annual  arithmetic mean values  less
             O                                              «
than 60  ug/m  .  Annual  mean values range  from 9 to 288 ug/m .  Only 14 valid sites had  annual
XD25A/A                                      5-28
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
               I   I  I   I    II
                 90THPERCENTILE
         D    O MEAN
             lilt       II
    0.01     0.1    0.5 1  2    5   10    20  30  40 50 60  70  80   90   95  98  99  99.8 99.9 99.99
                 % OF SITES REPORTING ANNUAL MEAN CONCENTRATION LESS THAN
Figure 5-13. Distribution of mean and 90th percentile TSP concentrations is shown for valid 1978 sites.
                                       5-29

-------
mean concentrations  equal  to or  less  than  16 |jg/m .   These  lower  values are associated  with
remote  monitoring sites.   Two background  sites,  Glacier  National  Park  and Acadia  National
Park,  had  1977 annual  averages of  11 and 21  ug/m3  respectively.   At the  other end  of the
                                                                          O
distribution,  25  percent of sites had annual means  greater than 76 ug/m   and 10 percent  were
greater  than  96  ug/m .   Higher annual  concentrations  are  found  in  many  populated  and
industrialized  areas.    About  30  sites  reported  annual averages  in  1978  above 150  mg/m .
Topping  the  list are  four  central-city  sites  in  commercial,  residential,  or  industrial
settings.   A Phoenix,  AZ,  site (0136) had the highest annual mean of 256 ug/m  ,  followed  by a
 site  in  Calexico,  CA at 201 ug/m   and an industrial site  in  Granite City,  IL,  at 197 ug/m .
      These  extremely  high  annual  TSP  concentrations  are  associated  with  commercial   and
 industrial  locations.   Of  the  top  30  sites,  15  are  industrial.   Many  of  the  higher
 concentrations  (19  of 30)  were found  at central-city locations.  Only four were  classified as
 rural  sites,  most of which are also  residential  areas.   It is also  likely that  arid  climates
 and dusty conditions  in  the vicinity of some monitoring  sites might  lead  to  suspension  of
 surface  material.   However,  it is impossible  to ascertain  the contribution  of fugitive  or
 resuspended  dust  to the  concentrations  measured  at these  30  sites without more  detailed
 analysis.  The  histogram of sites against concentrations (Figure  5-14) shows  that over a third
                                                                        3
 of all monitoring sites had annual mean  values between  40 and  60  ug/m  .   Slightly less  than
                                                        o
 another  third  had  annual averages between 60 and 80 ug/m .
      The distribution of 90th percentile values is also plotted  in Figure 5-13.   To interpret
 this  distribution,  consider that  half of  all  valid monitors had  a  90th percentile  value  in
 excess of 97 ug/m .  For  10 percent  of the monitors, 10 percent of  the observations  exceeded
         3                                                                    3
 160 ug/m .  For one  monitor, 10 percent of the  observations exceeded  600 ug/m .
      Daily,  or  24-hr,  TSP concentrations  have a wide  range.    In  remote areas  such as  the
 Pacific  islands, daily  values  may be as  low  as  a few micrograms  per cubic  meter.   Over  the
                                                            o
 continental United  States, concentrations from  5 to 20 ug/m  are  routinely reported.   In other
 locations,  daily TSP values can exceed 10 times the  levels found in  remote areas,  on  occasion
 exceeding 3000  ug/m  .  Values exceeding 1000 ug/m  are observed  in  remote arid  regions as  well
 as in populated urban areas.   Daily  TSP  levels approaching these  higher values, 500  to  1500
 ug/m  , are frequently associated with  adverse meteorological conditions:   low-level  inversion,
 stagnation, or  high  winds  resuspending surface  material.
      Thirty  valid TSP monitoring sites  report  highest 24-hr values  above  600 ug/m3.    Only  a
 few of these sites are in  the top 30 in annual  average.  In cities  like Topeka, KS,  and Libby,
 MT, which are  not  densely populated  or industrialized, these  high concentrations may result
 from  chance occurrences,  such  as fires or dust storms.  In other cities  like El  Paso, TX, and
 Granite  City,  IL,  which  are industrialized, the  maximum  concentrations are  more likely to be
 related to persistent sources of pollution.
XD25A/A                                      5-30                                   1-19-81

-------
            I            I      I      I      I                              I
            20    40    60    80    100   120   140   160    180   200    220   240   260   280
                                     TSP CONCENTRATION, Aig/mJ
Figure 5-14.  Histogram of number of sites against concentration shows that over one-third of the_sites
had annual mean concentrations between 40 and 60 jug/m^.
                                                5-31

-------
5.3.3  TSP Concentrations by Site and Region
     Ambient TSP  can be simply  considered as arising from  the  participate emission  of  three
broaa source categories:   1)  readily Identifiable  large  point  sources such  as  smoke stacks,
2)   fortuitous sources  such  as dusty  roads and  plowed  fields, 3)   natural   sources.   The
relative  contributions  of these  three  sources are  affected by  meteorological conditions  and
location.   Hence  it  is  not  surprising  to see a  wide variation  in daily  measurements at  a
single  site,  variation  over an  urban area,  or variation  among  regions of the country.   This
section  will,  by illustration,  examine  these differences  in TSP concentrations  by  location.
5.3.3.1   TSP by Site  Classifications--Evidence that fugitive  dust  contributes  significantly to
both  Western  arid sites and many  urban  sites is quite extensive.   Discussion of  the general
influence of  fugitive  dust may be  found  later  in  this  chapter  in the  section on  coarse
particles.
      The general  differences  in annual  TSP  concentration among  locations is seen in  Figure
5-15.   These  differences  reflect  the character  of the neighborhoods  where the  monitors  are
 located.    This  figure  summarizes   the  mean  concentrations  from  154  sites in  14  cities.
 Residential  neighborhoods  in  and  near  cities  have  TSP  levels  between  50 and 70  ug/m  .
 Commercial  sites  have a wider  range  of concentrations  (60  to  110 ug/m ).   Industrial  locations
 generally range between 80 to  150 ug/m .
      The 1978  data  base  also  has  been  analyzed  on  the basis  of  two  additional  sets of
 descriptors.   One description  scheme classifies monitoring sites by their  purpose:  population
 exposures,  source  receptors,  or background sites.   The other scheme  identifies  sites by  the
 amount  of development:   central city, suburban,  rural, or remote.  These  classifications  are
 not mutually exclusive.
      When sites  are  grouped by  descriptors, a distinct weighting  becomes  apparent.  Almost 80
percent of  the sites  are population  oriented; approximately  15 percent  are  source related,  and
 less  than  6  percent are background monitors.  The  distribution  by  development  also  reflects
 its population emphasis.  Of  the total  monitors,  83 percent  are at  either central-city or
suburban sites,  15  percent  are  at  rural  sites,  and 2 percent are at  remote sites.   In  these
data  38  percent  of  the background  sites had median  values less than  or equal  to 27  ug/m  ,
whereas only 4.4 percent of  all  sites had  these low values.   Only  30 percent of the background
                                       3                                      7
sites had  median values  above  44  ug/m  ,  and none  had values  above  97  ug/m ,  whereas  75.5
percent of  source sites had median  values above  44 ug/m .   The pattern is consistent for  the
distribution  of  the  90th  percentiles cross-tabulated by  site  purpose.  Cross-tabulations of
site  median   values  and  site  90th  percentile  values  with  the  development-related  site
descriptors   is   further  confirmation   of  the   influences  of   siting  on   measured  TSP
concentrations.   Rural  and  remote  sites  have  lower median  values  and lower 90th percentile
values.   The  suburban  sites  reflect  the  overall   national  distribution.   The   central-city
category has proportionately more sites  in the higher  concentration ranges.
XD25A/A                                      5-32
                                                                                        1-19-81

-------
I9U
n
.E
a.
g 100
P
K
Z
2 50
8
Q_
n





.^^





















"

_


           RESIDENTIAL
COMMERCIAL
INDUSTRIAL
Figure 5-15. | Histogram of mean TSP levels by neighborhood shows
lowest levels in residential areas, higher levels in commercial areas,
and highest levels in industrial areas.

Source:  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (1976).
                            5-33

-------
5.3.3.2   Intracity Comparisons—Because  of   the  strong   neighborhood   influence   on  TSP
concentrations,   it  is  not   unusual   to   find  considerable  variation  in  peak  and  mean
concentrations across  a community.   It  is instructive  to examine intracity differences because
it illustrates the difficulty  in  estimating  population exposures to TSP.
     Data on the nine  cities having the highest annual TSP concentrations in 1977 are given in
Table  5-5.   Only sites having enough  observations per  quarter to report  an  annual  mean are
used.   Although  TSP  concentrations  in these  cities  were  generally high,  in 1977  the less
developed or  less  industrialized areas in  each city  had  annual  geometric mean concentrations
below  75  (jg/m3,  (currently  the annual  primary  NAAQS), with the exception of Granite City, IL.
The annual mean concentration  for the dirtiest  sites can be two to four times higher than that
for the cleanest sites within  the same  city.
                   TABLE 5-5.   RANGE OF ANNUAL  GEOMETRIC MEAN CONCENTRATIONS IN
                            AREAS WITH  HIGH  TSP CONCENTRATIONS IN 1977
Number
City of sites
Tucson, AZ
Pocatello, ID
Chicago, IL
Granite City, IL
Taos County, NM
Middletown, OH
Cleveland, OH
Youngstown, OH
El Paso, TX
Regional Differences
7
4
25
8
1
3
23
5
14
Number of sites
with annual average
>75 |jg/m
3
3
12
8

2
13
4
10
Annual
rang^,
Mg/m
67-156
65-218
50-170
85-185
168
64-192
48-152
66-172
60-158
in Background Concentrations—It has
Range of
maximum 24- tor
value, M9/m
178-591
344-1371
152-1106
227-485
577
157-707
128-705
163-602
205-691
been demonstrated th
concentrations  can vary  across an  urban  area and  among cities  with different  sources  and
meteorology.   Superimposed  on this  intercity  difference may  be  regional  differences in the
natural or transported fraction of TSP concentrations.    Figure 5-16 shows the contribution of
these  sources  to nonurban levels.   It was  assumed that the global  and local  contributions in
the  average  would be  similar.   The greatest difference among regions is the contribution from
"continental" and transported emissions.   These two categories of particles contribute in such
a  way  that nonurban sites in the West typically report annual geometric means of 15 |jg/m3, in
the  Midwest,  25 Mg/m  ,  and in the East, 35  Mg/m3.   Except for the  Acadia National Park site
(18  Mg/m  ) and  Millinocket  (23 ug/m3),  all  sites  in Maine  had  1977  annual  geometric means
XD25A/A
                                             5-34
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
 z
 O
 LLJ
 O


 1
 0.
    50
    40
30
20
     10
     LOCAL



     TRANSPORTED PRIMARY



     TRANSPORTED SECONDARY



f ~~\ CONTINENTAL




FI*71 GLOBAL
                               • •••••
                               >•••••
                               • •••••
                               I • • • •
                               • • * • «
                WEST
                                MIDWEST
                                             EAST
Figure 5-16. Average estimated contributions to nonurban levels in the

East, Midwest, and West are most variable for transported secondary

and continental sources.


Source: GCA.
                           5-35

-------
 above 30 (jg/m •   Nonurban sites in Wisconsin typically had mean TSP  levels  less  than 25 ug/m •
 Nonurban sites  in  Montana had levels  less  than  20 ug/m  in  1977;  the individual  means  were:
                         33                               3
 Big Horn County, 17 (jg/m  ; Custer County, 15 (jg/m  ; Powder River County,  14 pg/m .
 5.3.3.4  Peak TSP  Concentrations—To  indicate  the severity of TSP ambient  exposures,  the 90th
 percentile concentration of the 24-hr measurements was examined for  all 4008  sites  in  the 1977
 NADB.  The  concentrations  of  TSP and other air pollutants have been widely reported to be log
 normally  distributed   (Larsen,   1971).    This  statistical  relationship,   however,   appears
 inappropriate at the  high and low ends of the distribution (Mage and Ott,  1978).   Because the
 extreme  values  at  the high end are  subject  to wide scatter, the  95th or  99th  percentile was
 found to be  less  representative  of the  severity  of high TSP levels.  The  90th  percentile was
 therefore chosen as  being a more stable indicator, the TSP value which is  exceeded 36  days of
 the year.
      Figure  5-17  shows the number  of AQCR's  whose monitors  have their 90th percentile  TSP
 concentration within  the various categories.  Of  the country's 254 AQCR's,  only  20 reported
 every station with a  90th percentile below 100 (jg/m  .   One hundred and fifty-four AQCR's  had
 90th percentile values in at least one site between 100 to 200 jjg/m .  These data suggest  that
 most of  the U.S.   population  might  experience  ambient TSP concentrations exceeding 100 ug/m
 for at least 36 days of the year.
 5.3.4  Temporal  Patterns in TSP Concentrations
 5.3.4.1    Diurnal  Patterns--TSP    concentrations    vary   with   local   emissions   strength,
 meteorological   conditions,  and the  changes  in the contributions  from background   particles.
 The  particle emissions  loadings  to  the atmosphere  in  general  increase during the  day and
 decrease at  night   The atmosphere undergoes greater vertical mixing during the day, and wind
 speeds near  the surface  increase  as a result.   Greater vertical  mixing coupled with increased
 source emissions cause particle mass loadings to  increase.   At night, decreased mixing and the
 resultant  decreased  surface  winds  permit  settling   of larger  particles.   With increased
 atmospheric  stability,  local  elevated sources  are not  as  likely  to mix to  the ground.   The
 final result is that  diurnal  patterns in TSP  are  frequently  not  pronounced.   Trijonis (1980)
 found no clear  diurnal  trend  in  sub-15 urn particle mass in 6-hour samples  from the St. Louis
 Regional  Air Pollution  Study (RAPS).   Stevens,   et  al. (1980)  have  found  slightly  higher
 daytime  levels  of  sub-15  urn particle mass in  a remote  site in the  Smoky Mountains; however,
 Pierson,  et al.   (1980)   noted   no  significant  diurnal pattern   in  a  forested   region  in
 Pennsylvania.
      It  is  likely   that day-night  patterns  are  somewhat obscured  by averaging times.  Heisler,
 et  al. (1980) found peaks  in light scattering and  in particle  mass  corresponding to  rush hours
 in  Denver in  the winter of  1978; minimum  values were found in  mid-afternoon  corresponding with
 mixing  height maxima.   Unfortunately,  diurnal cycles are  not well  established because the
 standard  sampling procedure for TSP measurements yields  a 24-hr  sample,  midnight to midnight.
XD25A/A                                      5-36                                       1-19-81

-------
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
o o
i- O
t— «""
S,UOOV :
0 90
cc
ffl 80
D
2 70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0













20













184














35 44
              <100
<200
<260
>260
            90TH PERCENTILE TSP CONCENTRATIONS, jug/m3

Figure 5-17. Severity of TSP peak exposures is shown on the basis of
the 90th percentile concentration. Four ACQR's did not report.
                         5-37

-------
 5.3.4.2  Weekly patterns—Since human  activity follows  distinct weekly  cycles,  it is  likely
 that anthropogenic sources  of particles  will  also  have weekly patterns.   The most distinct
 weekly patterns are  weekdays  versus weekends.   Trijonis  et al.  (1980)  have  examined the  St.
 Louis  TSP  and  dichotomous  data base  for weekend-weekday  differences  in  particle loadings.
 They concluded that there  was  only  a slight (-9 percent)  difference between weekend TSP  values
 and weekday values for the average  of five urban sites in St.  Louis.   For three suburban sites
 the  difference  was -5 percent  and for two rural  sites  the difference  was  -12 percent.   The
 urban  difference  was  dominated  by  readings   from  one  monitor  in  a heavily  industrial   and
 commercial  area.
 5.3.4.3  Seasonal  Patterns—Analyzing  temporal  patterns   can  frequently  provide  insight into
 the  nature and  source  of  particulate matter.   Meteorological  parameters affect the generation
 and  dispersion  of particles.   These  parameters  include,  among others,  degree-days,   mixing
 height, ventilation factors,  frequency of  calms and stagnations,  and  precipitation.  There are
 also seasonal  patterns in  some sources emissions.
      Because meteorological parameters are  so  important,  it is  likely  that seasonal patterns
 in  one  area cannot  be  generalized to other  areas.   Trijonis  et  al.  (1980) found a  modest
 seasonal pattern of  higher TSP  concentrations  in  the summer months in St. Louis.   Figure 5-18
 supports this  observation.   It is  a comparison between  the  TSP monthly mean  values  and  the
 data from  dichotomous  sampling.  The really distinct seasonal pattern  is in the fine aerosol
 fraction.    Summer fine-particle  concentrations are twice  as   great  as  winter   values.   As
 discussed  later,  sulfates aerosol  makes  up most  of the fine-fraction particles  and  shows a
 distinct seasonal  pattern.
      To illustrate the geographic   specificity  of  these   seasonal  cycles, 3  years of  monthly
 averaged TSP  data are presented  in  Figure  5-19.   The  data are from  Steubenville,  OH,  an
 industrialized site  in the upper Ohio River Valley.   Each  monthly mean is derived from 20 or
 more sampling days.  The TSP  concentrations are considerably higher than the St.  Louis  values.
 The  months  with the   highest  TSP  in  Steubenville  were March, April,  and May  in  1977,  July,
 August, September, and November in  1978,  and February and June in  1979.  No  clear seasonal
 pattern emerges from  this  3-year period.
 5-3.4.4  Yearly Trends—In  1957,   a  National   Air  Sampling  Network   (NASN)  began  to  operate
 routinely  on  a  national basis.   The U.S.   Public Health  Service, with cooperation from  State
 health departments,  operated  231  urban   and  37 nonurban stations.    Some of  these  stations
 operated every  other year,  so in  a  given year  there  were 143  urban  and  37 nonurban  TSP
 high-volume monitoring  sites in operation.   These sites collected one 24-hr sample  every other
 week for a  total of  26 samples  per year.    In  1977,  over  4000 stations,  most of them in state
 and  local networks,   reported  TSP values to the National  Aerometric Data Bank of the U.S. EPA.
 Not  only has the number of sites greatly  increased,  but  the sampling frequency has been 1 day
 in 6  since  1971.  For some cities there are  now data  for  more  than  20 years of TSP  monitoring.
XD25A/A                                      5-38                                       1-19-81

-------
 100 -
                                                                  TSP
                                                                        —• URBAN


                                                                            SUBURBAN
                                                                        — CRURAL
     -             X.-^-
           1      I      I      1       I      I
    JAN   FEB   MAR   APR   MAY  JUN   JUL   AUG   SEPT   OCT   NOV   DEC
Figure 5-18, Seasonal variations in urban, suburban, and rural areas are shown for four size ranges of
particles.

Source:  Trijonis et al. (1980).
                                            5-39

-------
o
    150
 cc
 t-

 01
 O
 5  100

     50
 s


 5!
        I  I  I  I  I   I  I  I  I  I  I   I  I  I  1  I  I   I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I   I  I   I  I  I  I
 5       JFMAMJJASONDJFMAMJ  JASONDJFMAMJ  JASOND

                   1977                         1978                        1979

                                         YEAR AND MONTH




Figure 5-19. Monthly mean TSP concentrations are shown for the Northern Ohio Valley Air Monitoring

Headquarters, Steubenville, OH. No clear seasonal pattern is apparent.
                                           5-40

-------
Although the  sites  may not be in exactly the same  locations for every city, general trends  in
TSP  concentrations  can  be  obtained.    Figure  5-20  plots  the  annual   geometric mean  TSP
concentrations  for  three  groups  of  cities.   In  1958,   these   five  cities,  classified  as
industrial, had  annual  mean TSP concentrations between 140 and 170 ng/rn3.  By 1974 the annual
mean concentrations  had dropped to between 80 and  110 |jg/m3.  Similarly, three of four cities
classified as moderately  industrialized showed substantial decreases.  Only the Denver station
recorded  an  increase.    The  four cities classified  as   lightly  industrialized  showed   less
overall change.
     Examining  the  expanded  data  set for  TSP  from high-volume samplers  shows  that for  2707
sites,  the  composite median concentration has  remained about  60  ug/m  between 1972 and 1977.
The geometric mean over this period has decreased by approximately 8 percent.  The decrease  in
the 90th  percentile of the annual average  concentrations  is most pronounced over this period
(see  Figure 5-21).    Lowering  the TSP concentrations  in   locations with  very  high levels has
been a  target of State air pollution  control  strategies.   In addition, displacing sources  to
rural  regions,  building  new  sources  with  taller stacks,  converting  to cleaner  fuels,  and
restricting   open   burning  have  decreased  the   number  of  locations  experiencing  annual
concentrations of over  100 ug/m  .
     For  the  period  1970-77  EPA reported  an  almost 50  percent  reduction  in  TSP emissions.
Most  of this  reduction occurred  in the  early 1970's as State air pollution control programs
started many   major emitters  on  compliance schedules.  The  rather modest  composite  overall
reduction of  8 percent  in annual TSP levels may be  explained by the fact that direct emissions
from  stationary sources  contribute  only a  fraction  of the  TSP  loadings  in  the atmosphere.
     Another  perspective  on regional differences is gained from observations of the 1978 data.
Table  5-6  provides  a  statistical summary  for the 50th  and  the  90th percentiles  for valid
monitors.   Region  IX ranks first for  the mean  50th and 90th  percentiles,  followed by Region
VII, Region VI and  Region V.   Regions I and II had  consistently lower values.
     The  column presenting the  standard  deviations of  the mean  values for  the  50th and  90th
percentiles  is  also of  interest.   Smaller  standard deviations  suggest that there  is   more
uniformity  in  reported  concentrations among monitoring sites.  Regions I, II, and IV have  less
variance  among sites  than  other regions.   This  could be  interpreted  as either more  uniform
distribution  of pollution  levels or  more uniformity  and consistency in  placing monitoring
sites.   The  larger  standard  deviations  in other regions,  particularly  in  the West, probably
mean that there  is greater variation in pollution levels.
     There  are  distinct  regional  differences  in  the  trends  of  TSP  concentrations.   The
distribution  of  site means and the actual rate of change in TSP levels differ among regions  of
the country.   These trends are shown in Figures 5-22 and 5-23; it should be realized that the
differences   between  years  and  even  over  the   entire  period  have  not been  tested  for
significance.   Therefore, intraregion and interregion comparisons are presented qualitatively.
XD25A/A                                      5-41                                  1-19-81

-------
                                  TABLE 5-6.   REGIONAL  SUMMARIES  OF  TSP VALUES  FROM VALID MONITORS
en

ro
Number
of sites Region
128
315
300
534
781
294
136
152
89
113
15
9
10
2882
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
Alaska
Hawai i
Puerto Rico
Total0
Median
Minimum
14.0
10.0
27.0
22.0
13.0
12.0
34.0
7.0
16.0
11.0
11.0
25.0
32.0
7.0
Mean
49.2
43.2
59.8
55.3
64.1
65.0
69.7
54.8
76.5
60.3
48.1
39.7
54.3
58.9
Maximum
100.0
114.0
171.0
137.0
189.0
166.0
154.0
164.0
226.0
129.0
94.0
70.0
85.0
226.0

SDa
14.6
15.3
20.3
17.2
22.0
20.9
20.2
32.8
38.0
24.5
22.7
13.7
13.9
22.8
90th percent! le
Minimum
32.0
29.0
52.0
41.0
26.0
37.0
58.0
18.0
37.0
23.0
35.0
40.0
66.0
18.0
Mean
87.3
85.0
105.7
93.5
122.4
110.4
123.6
107.8
133.4
123.6
137.1
63.6
90.7
107.9
Maximum
181.0
286.0
296.0
256.0
383.0
436.0
359.0
412.0
381.1
361.1
250.0
99.0
134.0
436.0

SD°
27.7
30.6
42.1
30.9
42.8
45.8
44.2
64.0
66.0
52.5
68.7
18.9
18.9
44.9
       SD, Standard deviation of the mean.
       Including American Samoa and Guam.

-------
   220

   200

   180

   160

   140

.1  120
0»
j 100

     80

     60

     40

     20

      0
T - 1 - 1 - 1
                       1 - 1
                                                            T—i—i—r

                                                            O BALTIMORE
                                                            NA BIRMINGHAM
                                                            Q CINCINNATI
                                                            A CLEVELAND
                                                            • PHILADELPHIA
                                                            • ST. LOUIS
  HEAVILY INDUSTRIALIZED CITIES

  I    I    I    I    I    I   I    I    I	I    I
         1957
                      1960
                                            1965
                                               VEAR
                                                                 1970
                                                                                  1974
  240

  220]

  200

  180

  160

  140

  120

  100

    80

    60

    40

    20

    0
I    I    I    I    I    I
                                           I
                                                   T    I
                                       O CHATTANOOGA
                                       A DENVER
                                       Q PROVIDENCE
                                       • SEATTLE
                                                                I   1
                                                                    A
                                                                    /
                      I    I    I    I    I    I    I     I    I    I    I
        1957
                     1960
                                          1965
                                                                1970
                                                                                 1974
                                               YEAR
    160

    140

    120

    100

    80

    60

    40

    20

      0
                  T    I    I    \
                                                 I    I    I   I    I    I    I

                                                   O MIAMI
                                                   Q OKLAHOMA CITY
                                                   A SAN FRANCISCO
                                                      WASHINGTON. D.C.
   LIGHTLY INDUSTRIALIZED CITIES

  1    I    I    1   J_  I    J    1    I    I     I    I    I    I    I    I    I     I
          1957
                       1960
                                            1965
                                              YEAR
                                                                  1970
                                                                                   1974
          Figure 5-20.  Annual geometric mean TSP trends are shown for selected NASN sites.
                                               5-43

-------
160
w
-S
en 120
a.
Z 100
o
I "
5 60
O
8 40
a.
f2 20

	 1 	 1 	 1 	 1 	 1 r-

«•*


_ —
- -L J. ? T f ? -
- m m x x m x "
o 6 6666

.^ ^™
i i i i l I .
1972 1973 .1974 1975 1976 1977
YEAR
                      I
                       O
                       A
i
           90TH PERCENT!LE



           75TH PERCENTILE


           COMPOSITE AVERAGE

           MEDIAN
                                  25TH PERCENTILE


                                  10TH PERCENTILE
Figure 5-21. (Top) Nationwide trends in annual mean total suspended
particu late concentrations from 1972 to 1977 are shown for 2707
sampling sites. (Bottom) Conventions for box plots.
                                5-44

-------
                                                  r
                                                  U.S. EPA REGIONS, EASTERN STATES
    160
    140
    120
m   100
REGION 1   -
                                    I
           1972  1973  1974  1975  1976  1977
                         YEAR
                                                       I
                                                             I
                                      I     I       I
                                           REGION 2   -
                                                                                     I
                  1972  1973  1974  1975  1976  1977
                                 YEAR
                                                                                      REGION 3  -
                                                                                                 J
                                                                                                        I
                                                                                                               I
                                                                                                                         J_
1972  1973   1974  1975  1976  1977
               YEAR
                                      160
                                      140
                                      120
                                      100
                                      80
                                      60
                                      40
                                      20
                                      0
                         160
                         140
                         120
                         100
                          80
                          60
                          40
                          20
                          0
    I      t
                     REGION 4   ~
         J	I
                                                                  REGIONS ~
                 160
                 140
                 120
                 100
                 80
                 60
                 40
                 20
                                1972  1973   1974  1975  1976   1977
                                              YEAR
                                        1972   1973  1974  1975  1976   1977
                                                        YEAR
                       Fipira 5-22. Regional trends of annual mean total impended paniculate concentrations, 1972-1977, Eastern states.
                                                                     5-45

-------
                                                         U.S. EPA REGIONS, WESTERN STATES
    160
    140
    120
*|  100
 I   80
 w   60
     40
     20
      0
            T      I     1      I
                         REGIONS -
II      I      I      I      I
                                            I      I      I      I     I
                                                                    REGION? -
                                            I
                                                  II      III
           1972  1973   1974   197S   1976   1977
                        VEAR
                                          1972  1973  1974   1975  1976  1977
                                                         YEAR
                                                                                       I      T     I
                                                                                                                 REGIONS  -
                                                                                                    I      I      I      I
                                      160
                                      140
                                      120
                                      100
                                      BO
                                      60
                                      40
                                      20
                                       0
1972  1973   1974   1975   1976
                YEAR
                                                                                                                                 1977
                         160
                         140
                         120
                         100
                          80
                          60
                          40
                          20
                           0
                      I     I      I      I     T
                                              REGION 9
                    J	I
                                             I	I
                                1972  1973  1974   1975  1976  1977
                                               YEAR
                                                                 1972   1973  1974  1975  1976   1977
                                                                                YEAR
                         Figure 5-23.  Regional trends of annual mean total impended particular concentrations, 1972-1977, Westwn itatm.
                                                                      5-46

-------
     In the Eastern United States, in EPA Regions I and II, the composite average across sites
has decreased from  60  ug/m  to approximately 55 ug/m3.  The distribution of concentrations is
much narrower  in Regions  I  and  II  than it  is in  the  more  industrialized  Regions III, IV,
and V.
     In  Region  III the  composite  average decreased  from  78  to  60 |jg/m3,  with  the  90th
percentile in the distribution of annual mean concentrations decreasing from slightly over 100
                 3
to about  95  (jg/m .   In Region IV the composite average decreased only slightly, from 65 to 60
    3
jjg/m ,  but  has  remained  relatively stable or  has even  increased  slightly since  1975.   In
Region  V  the composite  average  decreased  from 80 to  70 ug/m , and  the  90th  percentile has
                             3
decreased from 100 to 85 ug/m  , reflecting the effectiveness of point source control.
     The Western States  make up Regions VI through X.  In Region VI the composite average has
remained  at  approximately  75 ug/m   and the 90th percentile has increased slightly since 1973,
to about 100 ug/m .  Industrial, utility, and related growth in this area as well as in Region
IV  is  probably  responsible for keeping TSP concentrations from decreasing.  In region VII the
composite  average  has been  almost  constant,  varying  only slightly between 80  and 75 ug/m  .
                                                       3
The 90th  percentile has  varied between 110 and 100 ug/ .   Region VIII shows wide distribution
in  the concentrations.   The  10th  percentile,  at about  20 ug/m ,  is  the lowest  among all
regions.   The  90th percentile,   approximately  100  ug/m ,  is   equal  to  about  the  highest
concentrations in any region.  The composite average has varied over the 6-year record, but is
essentially  the  same,  approximately 80 ug/m ,  in  1977  as it was in 1972.  The background air
quality in the upper States of this  region  (Montana, North and South Dakota, Wyoming) is among
the best  in  the country.  Thus, some of the low levels (20 ug/m  and below) represent some of
the  lowest  background  concentrations  measured  in the  United   States.   The  high composite
average   and  high  90th  percentile  levels reflect  the  impact  of  locating  monitors  near
industrial  sources such  as  smelters and  the  fugitive dust emissions from windblown soils.
                                             3                          3
Region  IX  has a composite average of 100 ug/m  , which is up from 90 ug/m  in the early 1970's.
The  90th  percentile is  also  high,  at  120 ug/m  .   Thus, Region  IX has some  of the highest
                                                                                   3
levels  in the  country.   Region X  has a composite average of approximately 70 ug/m  , which is
up  slightly  from a low  of 60 ug/m   in 1975.   The 90th percentile  varies  between 90 and 100
    3
ug/m  .
     The  overall  trend  in  improvement  from 1972  through 1975 was  followed by  a reversal in
some  regions  in  1976.   Despite  this  short-term  reversal  in 1976,  60  percent  of  the sites
showed  long-term  improvement from 1972 to  1977.   For those sites at which TSP concentrations
violated  the current annual standard, 77 percent showed long-term improvements.   Approximately
25  percent  of  these  sites   reported  their  lowest annual  values  in  1977.    Possibly,  the
short-term reversal in 1976 was due  to  unusually dry weather,  resulting in windblown dust that
may  have  contributed  to  elevated  TSP  levels  throughout  the  Central   Plains,   Far  West,
Southwest, and Southeast.
XD25A/A                                      5-47                                   1-19-81

-------
*
5.4  SIZE OF ATMOSPHERIC PARTICLES
5.4.1  Introduction
     In  Chapter  2,  the general  features  of size distributions  of  atmospheric particles  were
discussed in some detail.   In recapitulation, it should be recalled that atmospheric  particles
tend to  be  more  prevalent in certain particle  size  bands or modes than in others.   Particles
which  have  grown  from  the  gas  phase,  either  because  of  condensation  or   atmospheric
transformation or combustion,  occur  initially as very fine nuclei 0.05 micrometer  or smaller.
These  tend  to  grow rapidly to accumulation mode particles around 0.5 micrometer in size which
are  relatively stable  in the air.  Because  of  their initially  gaseous  origin,  this  range of
particle  sizes   includes   inorganic   ions  such  as  sulfate,   nitrate  and  ammonium   ion,
combustion-formed  carbon,  organic aerosols  from photochemical  conversions plus  a variety of
trace  elements frequently associated with combustion sources.
     Airborne  particles  of soil  or dust  mostly  result  from entrainment by the  motion of the
air  or from other mechanical action and  most of the mass of  these  materials is in  particles
 larger than 5  micrometers.   While the relative amounts of these two particle types are highly
variable  in both time and place,  almost always there is a clearly observable minimum  or gap in
atmospheric mass  distribution  occurring in  the  particle  size  range  of  roughly 1 to  3
micrometers.   In  this  range  there  are  only minor  percentages of the  total mass  and this
material  appears to be overlap from the two major categories.   The larger particles frequently
contain  clay minerals, bits of  local  rocks,  limestone  aggregate from roadways,  fly ash from
power  plants,  and a wide variety of  other substances  ranging  from insect parts,  pollen and
sawdust  to  liquid  globules of acidic smut blown from boiler tubes (Draftz and Severin, 1980),
The  elemental  analysis of  these larger particles is usually  dominated  by  silicon,  aluminum,
magnesium,  calcium  and  iron,  all   components  of  soil  and  of   flyash  (See  Chapter  4).
Therefore,  it  can  be difficult or impossible to assign  particular  sources for this  component
on  the  basis  of elemental  analysis  alone and  frequently  this group  of elements is called
"crustal  material."  (Cahill, T.  A.,  et. al., 1979).
     In  the last  several  years, a general  perception  has been growing that  not  all of the
particulate mass  is  equally damaging to  the  environment  (see Chapter 11).   For this reason a
body of information  on the  mass  of  particulate  material  in various size categories  has been
gradually accumulating  and  is here  summarized.   Furthermore, a national  network  of  sampling
stations  equipped  with  size-selective  sampling  devices is being set up currently.  While some
tabulated data are already  available from  this  network and are summarized  here,   no  detailed
interpretative  analysis  has  been  published  as yet,  nor is  any  chemical   analytical  data
available.   The  analysis  of  monitoring  results  from  the  national  inhalable  particle  (IP)
network must then, wait for subsequent revisions of this document.
     In  the discussion  which follows,  the  concentration of  major  chemical  components of
atmospheric aerosols are organized by  the  size mode or particle category  in which  they are
XD25A/A                                      5-48
                                                                                    1-19-81

-------
*
most frequently  observed.   This is not to say that sulfate  ion, for example,  is  exclusively  a
component  of  fine particles.  Sometimes,  say  in the  vincinity  of  a  cement  manufacturing
facility,  there  can  be  substantial amounts  of coarse  calcium sulfate.   However,  the  rela-
tionship between  size and composition of particles is so general that more reason is  saved by
this organization than by any other.
     Since the finer particles  seem to have less diversity and  since measurements of the  major
anion  components of  this  fraction have  been made for  a long  time,  this  group is discussed
first.  The more complicated coarse fraction  has not been very well defined, indeed may not be
definable  by  chemical  analysis  alone.   There  is considerable  interest in  this  size  range
currently, though, and studies  of these materials  are cited  in  the  second part.
5.4.2  Size Distribution of Particle Mass
     Evidence  from chemical analysis  and physical theory (Chapter 2)  strongly suggests that
atmospheric  aerosols  commonly  occur in  two  distinct  modes.  The fine  or accumulation mode is
attributed to  growth  of particles from the gas phase and subsequent agglomeration.  The coarse
mode  is  made up  of mechanically  abraded  or  ground particles.   Therefore it is not surprising
to  find atmospheric  particle mass  distributed  among  fine and  coarse  particles with a rather
clear  interval of demarcation in  between.
     Unfortunately,  gravimetric data by  size fraction  have been  sparse  until  comparatively
recently.   Furthermore,   most  was  obtained  with  impactors  which  are influenced by particle
"bounce".  (See  Chapter 3)  Several works suggested the existence of a distinct minimum in the
mass-size  distribution  in the  1968-70 time period.   Lee,  et.  al.   (1968) observed only 14% of
the  aerosol  mass between 2 and 4 urn  in 3 samples from  Fairfax,  Ohio.   Lundgren (1970)  found
only  10% of aerosol  mass  in this range in 10 Riverside,  California aerosols samples ranging
                     3
from  47 to  144  ug/m .   O'Donnell  et  al. (1970)  found only  10%  in the 2-4  (jm range in one
Pittsburgh,  Pa.  sample.   Lee and Garanson  (1972)  and Lee,  et.  al.  (1972)  have reported many
impactor  size  distribution for six cities obtained in  1970, all indicating 12-15% of aerosol
mass  between  2-5 urn.   However, many of  these data are clouded by  bounce and  entry losses and
probably are biased toward  low  coarse mode distributions.
     More  recently,  evidence from  electrostatic  sizing equipment  has  confirmed this general
trend.   Figures  5-24 through  5-27 show  the  distribution of particle volume  by size.   These
data differ from mass distributions because particle density (mass/volume) was  not measured as
a  function of size.   Figures   5-24 and  5-25 present  distributions in  and around St. Louis,
Missouri,  for  a  variety  of conditions.   Generally these  distributions  show distinct minimum
values  in the  vicinity of 1-2 urn.
     However,  the  combined influence  of nearby sources and  of  aerosol aging can  produce  major
shifts  in  volume and presumably  mass  distribution.   For example,  Figure  5-25 shows a third,
very fine "nuclei" mode of particles centering around 0.05 urn.   This mode can  be  attributed to
the  presence  of  nearby  automotive traffic.  Also shown in Figure  5-25 is the rather narrow
XD25A/A                                      5-49                                   1-19-81

-------
                  I                  I
         	  BACKGROUND AEROSOLS
                 -  URBAN PLUME INFLUENCED
             ___ BACKGROUND AVERAGE
         	  _._ AUTO INFLUENCED
             _.._ CLEAN BACKGROUND
                                           Dp.M>n

 Figure 5-24.  Linear-log plot of the volume distributions for the four background distributions.
 Notice how much the urban plume adds to the accumulation mode of the background.

 Source: Whitby, 1978.
              ——  LABAOIE POWER PLANT
                        FLUME

              — —— URBAN

              —-^ URBAN AUTO
       30 —
       20 —
       10 —
        0.003      .01
                                             Dp,»im
Figure 5-25.  Linear-log plot of the volume distributions for two urban aerosols and a typical
distribution measured  in the Labadie coal-fired power plant plume near St Louis  Size distri-
butions  measured above a few hundred meters above the ground generally have a rather small
coarse particle mode.

Source:  Whitby. 1978.
                                             5-50

-------
                           0.1
1.0
                                    PARTICLE DIAMETER, urn
10
Figure 5-26.  Incursion of aged smog from Los Angeles at the Goldstone tracking station in the
Mojave Desert in California. Note-the buildup in the accumulation mode.

Source: National Research Council (1979).
                                         5-51

-------
                                     PARTICLE DIAMETER, Aim


Figure 5-27.  Sudden growth of the coarse particle mode due to local dust sources measured at the
Hunter-Liggett Military Reservation in California. This shows the independence of the accumulation
and coarse particle mode.

Source: National Research Council (1979).
                                          5-52

-------
size distribution from  a coal-fired power plant  adding to the fine aerosol burden.  However,
the mass-size distribution from large sources can vary  dramatically among sources depending on
the type and efficiency of control equipment.  (See Chapter 4)
     There can be major shifts in the relative proportions of fine and coarse particle mass as
an aerosol ages  (i.e.  moves With the wind).  Figures 5-26 and 5-27  show dramatic examples of
this phenomena obtained during the 1972 California ACHEX experiment.  In the first case, aged
aerosol is transported  in the wind to the site from the Los Angeles area; during this process
coarse  particles settta out.   In  the  second case,  local  winds stir  up dust  shifting the
distribution toward larger sizes.  (National Research Council, 1979).
     A  summary  of  mass  data calculated  from electrostatic  size disbributions  for several
environments is  shown in Table 5-7.  Here, the dramatic variations in coarse and fine particle
fractions found  in practice are clear.
     More  recently,  a  number of studies  have  been done  with virtual  impaotors  designed to
obtain  mass  samples  of  the  0-2.5  urn  fine  fraction  and  a  2.5-15   pm  coarse  fraction.
Researchers  from EPA's  Environmental  Science  Research  Labs  have  measured coarse  and fine
aerosol mass concentrations  in several  locations.  Dzubay  et al.  (1977)  report on  18 days of
summer  sampling  in St.  Louis, Stevens et al. (1979) report on two months of summer sampling in
Houston, Texas and  Stevens et al., (1980) discuss results of an extensive sampling for a week
in  the Smoky  Mountains.   Courtney et  al.   (1980),  discuss  the early  results  from  winter
sampling  at two  locations in Denver,  Colorado.   Table 5-8 below summarized  their reported
findings.
     In another  short term study, Lewis and Macias, (1980) sampled atmospheric aerosols for 21
                                                                             3
days  in Charleston,  West Virginia.  The  fine  fraction average was 33.4  pg/m   and  the coarse
fraction average was 27.1 ug/m .
     Because  of   the  influence  of  particle size  on a  variety  of adverse  effects including
health, visibility, and soiling (see later effects chapters), EPA is establishing a network of
size-selective particulate monitors.   Ultimately  this grid will  include 250  stations  to be
established  over a  3-year period.  During the period April 1, 1979,  to June 30, 1980, a total
of  94  stations  were  established.  A map  showing current  sampler location is shown in Fig.
5-28.   (EPA,  1981)    Since   dichotomous  samplers  are used  in   this  network,  together  with
Hi-Vols,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  a  general  conception  of the  relationship  between TSP
(0 - ~  60 |jm), dichotomous  total  (Dtotal)  or  "inhalable" particles  mass  (0-15  urn)  and the
fine and coarse  fractions defined above.
     A  total  of  1960 dichotomous  fine  and coarse measurements and  2675 TSP measurements are
now  in this data  base; Hi-Vol  measurements with a  size-selective  inlet  are  now  also being
made.   In this  data  base, daily TSP values range from 33.2 |jg/m  in Litchfield, Connecticut
to 474.4 ug/m  in Dallas, Texas.  Maximum dichotomous sampler values ranged from 28.7 jjg/m  in
Pearl City, Hawaii to 267.5 ng/m  in Rubidoux, California.   (EPA, 1981)
XD25A/A                                      5-53                                  1-19-81

-------
                     TABLE 5-7.   FINE AND COARSE AEROSOL CONCENTRATIONS FROM
                          SOME URBAN MEASUREMENTS COMPARED TO CLEAN AREAS
Concentration ((jg/m )
Location
St. Louis
Los Angeles
Los Angeles
freeway
Denver
Goldstone
Milford, Mich.
Pt. Argue! lo
(seaside)
Condition
Very polluted
Grand Average
Wind from
freeway
Grand average
Clean
Very clean
Marine air
Fine
particles
296.0
37.0
77.0
16.6
1.5
1.03
1.1
Coarse
particles
94.0
30.0
59.0
232.0
3.0
0.82
53.0
                  Calculated from volume distribution using assumed particle
                  density,  Pp = 1 gm/cm

                  Source:   National Research Council, 1979.
XD25A/A
                                             5-54
                                                                                   1-19-81

-------
              TABLE  5-8.   FINE  FRACTION  AND  COARSE  FRACTION  DICHOTOMOUS  SAMPLING
                  BY ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE  RESEARCH  LAB, USEPA  IN 4  LOCATIONS

Location Period
St. Louis Summer

Houston Summer
Denver Winter



Winter
Spring
Smoky Mtns Fall
Days Comments
18 Urban
Rural
28 Urban
19 Urban Site D
Urban Site N
Urban Site D
Urban Site N
19 Urban
28 Urban
7 Remote Day
Remote Night
Concentration o
Fine (|jg/m ) Coarse (ug/m )
29
26
52.2
18.1
25.4
23.2
26.4
26.5
16.1
26.4
22.0
22
15
39.8
22.5
23.4
33.0
26.5
27.1
9.8
6.2
4.9

XD25A/A
5-55
1-19-81

-------
                                                         :     IAKBON  I/»l,oV-S- .fPHILADELPHIAlO
                                                         \ STEUBENVILLE«|1-J?^S  • BALTIMORE 2
                                                               • WASHINGTON. D.C~- ' "

                                                       CINCINNATI*1_  f    J




                                                      J^   '  <
               |o       X
               !    , ^HONOLULU

               !._'.?»».
                                         bNPS ' NATIONAL PARK SERVICE

                                         NUMBERS REPRESENT QUANTITY OF SITES AT EACH LOCATION
Figure 5-28.  Inhalable particulate network sites established as of March 19,1980.
                                          5-56

-------
     Because of  the  limited time period  available  for analysis (April  1979  to  June  1980),  it
would be  unwise  to consider analysis  of this data as  indicative  of geographical on  seasonal
trends  in  particle size.   But some additional general  factors  associated with particle  size
can be  seen  from inspection of  the  data summary in Table  5-9.   (The ratios in the  table are
averages  of  individual  sample pair's ratios,  and  thus will  not  equal  ratios  of the  average
concentrations given.)
     On the  average  the dichotomous total  (D.  .  ,-.  is a fraction of  the  TSP,  but this ratio
varies  widely  across  the country,   from  about  0.4  to  almost  1  in  Portland,  Oregon  and
Litchfield,  Connecticut (5 samples).   However, most  Portland  and  all Litchfield  samples  were
collected  during the  winter months where rainfall or  snow  cover could have materially  reduced
dust levels.
     The  fraction of  fine  and coarse  components   is even more  variable.  The  coarse  mass
fraction  of  the  total  sub-15  urn mass ranges  from  about 1/5 to 2/3  in  this  selected  set and
even higher  for  individual days.  Particularly striking  are the average values  for Dallas and
El  Paso, Texas.   At both sites,  the sub-15  pm  mass was  only about  half the TSP mass.  However,
in  Dallas  only 27% of  this was  in the 2.5-15  uni  range  while in El Paso, 64%  was "coarse".   At
this  point,  it  appears that  much  remains  to  be learned  about  the coarse  fraction and its
contribution to  aerosol mass.
5.5 CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS  OF  FINE PARTICLES
     It is widely recognized  that sulfate,  nitrate,  and ammonium ions, organics, carbon, and
combustion associated metals  are the  major components of fine particle mass.   Unfortunately,
few studies  of aerosol composition have  attempted  material balance and fewer still  have  done
so  with size fractionation.
     Nevertheless, a  great deal has been learned about the chemical and elemental composition
of  airborne  particulate since  the early  experiments  in  the  50s by  Junge  in Frankfurt, Germany,
Roundhill, Massachusetts,  Hawaii,  and various  sites  in Florida (Junge 1952).  The observation
of  Junge  that  sulfate,  ammonium, and nitrate  ions appear  predominantly in the fine particulate
fraction  has been confirmed in  independent field observations,  both in urban and rural areas
(Lewis  and  Macias,   1980; Dzubay  and  Stevens, 1975).    In  analyzing the  St.  Louis,  Mo.,
dichotomous  sampler   data  by  x-ray fluorescence, Dzubay and  Stevens  found  75  percent of the
zinc,  sulfur,  bromine, arsenic, silenium,  and lead  occurred in the  fine particulates,  and  at
least  75  percent of  the silicon, calcium,  titanium,  and iron in  the coarse  fraction  (Dzubay,
1980).
     Studies of  Charleston, W.  Va.  particles,  Lewis  and  Macias  report material balances  of
fine and  coarse  particles accounting  for 69  percent and 60 percent  of  the mass respectively.
Eighty-five  percent   of  the  sulfate and  ammonium ions were in the  fine particles where  they
accounted  for 30 and  12.8 percent  of  the  mass  respectively.   Carbon,  both  elemental  and
organic, was mainly  in the fine aerosol  (61 percent)  where it accounted  for 18.2 percent  of
the mass.

XD25A/A                                      5-57                                 1-19-81

-------
                      TABLE 5-9.  RECENT DICHOTOMOUS SAMPLER AND TSP DATA
                            FROM SELECTED SITES—ARITHMETIC AVERAGES
Location
Northeast
Buffalo, NY
Erie Co. , NY
Litchfield, CN
Philadelphia, PA
Southeast
Birmingham, AL
Midwest
Minneapolis, MN
Cincinnati, OH
Southwest
Dallas, TX
El Paso, TX
Far West
Los Angeles, CA
Portland, OR
Pearl City, HA
No. of TSP f§fAL/ Coarse
observations (jg/m3 (# pairs) pg/m
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTota1
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
TSP
DTotal
28 93.7 0.70 (21) 25.2
40
41 32.8 0.64 (25) 5.1
44
5 18.9 0.86 (1) 6.6
5
102 45.1 0.83 (40) 13.3
109
38 60.8 0.68 (23) 15.0
40
44 50.1 0.61 (26) 15.6
41
51 53.6 0.77 (26) 14.4
48
22 94.9 0.47 (21) 9.8
24
29 86.5 0.51 (7) 46.3
26
43 68.4 0.53 (18) 21.3
50
37 66.7 0.90 (19) 42 3
36
27 33.0 0.43 (11) 7.9
25
Fine Coarse
ug/m3 DTQTAL
25.9 0.50
16.2 0.24
13.3 0.33
22. 5 0.38
24.4 0.38
16.4 0.46
25.2 0.35
24.1 0.27
11.7 0.64
24.6 0.47
22.0 0.60
8.4 0.47

XD25A/A                                      r  np
                                             b  b8                                   1-19-81

-------
*
     Stevens, et  al.  (1978)  have reviewed  size-fraction  analysis for six  sites  including  the
St. Louis  and  Charleston data sets mentioned above, together with New York, Portland, Oregon,
Philadelphia,  and Glendora,  California.   They conclude  that  sulfate  ion  is predominantly a
fine component (70 percent) which usually accounts for 40 percent of the mass of  that fraction
and occassionally up to  50%.   The sulfate must  be present as  ammonium  salts  or as sulfuric
acid  since metallic  sulfate  could be  only 10-30% of the total  at  maximum.  (Stevens et al. ,
1978)
     In  one  site  in  the Great  Smoky  Mountains,  89% of the fine  particle  mass was accounted
for.   (Stevens,  et al., 1980)  Sulfate  accounted  for  61% of the fine particle mass, ammonium
ion 12%,  elemental  carbon 5%, and organic  carbon 10% with a variety of trace elements, mainly
 lead,  accounting for the balance.  In  this study only organic  carbon  was  also a significant
component  of the  coarse particles.
     Studies in  a number of sites  in  California  have produced  similar results.  Flocchini,  et
al.,  1978) and  Cahill,  et al.,  (1977) have reported size  fraction distributions for sulfur
 (presumably sulfate)  in three districts  of  California.  In all areas sulfur was present almost
 exclusively  in the  sub 3.6  urn  fraction.   In  dry  weather,  sulfur  was found  in sub-0.65  urn
 fractions, while  under  humid conditions  the sulfate appeared in  the 0.65 to 3.6 urn cut.
     Since sulfate,  nitrate,  ammonium  ion,   elemental  carbon  and organics  are  the  major
 components of  the fine aerosol, analytical data for them, whether size fractionated or total,
 will be  discussed together in this section.
 5.5.1  Sulfates
     The   term  "atmospheric   sulfates"   describes  a  variety of sulfur  compounds,  including
 ammonium  sulfate,  ammonium   bisulfate,  sulfuric  acid,  calcium  sulfate,  and  a  variety  of
 metal  salts.   Most  of  the historic  data  on atmospheric concentrations  of sulfates is based
 on the  water-soluble extract  of TSP  filters and  measurements  of the sulfate ion.   These
 measurements were subject to artifact  formation on  the  glass  fiber filters used in the early
 NASN  measurements.   For a complete discussion  of  these  issues   see Chapter 3.  In general,  it
 is now  accepted  that pre-1974  or -1975 TSP sulfate measurements  using the traditional  glass
                                                                  3
 fiber  filters may have  overestimated sulfates by as much as 2 ug/m   in areas where ambient  S0?
 concentrations were high.
     The range of annual average TSP sulfate concentrations is  from less than 1  |jg/m  in some
                           3
 states to almost 20  ug/m  in  urban  industrial  areas of  the Northeast.  For  24-hr average
 concentrations,  sulfate  concentrations have  ranged from  near  zero  to  more  than  80 ug/m .
     Sulfate,  particularly ammonium  sulfate,  appears  to  account  for the  majority  of fine
 particle  mass  in many  locations  (Dzubay,  1980; Stevens  et al.,  1980; Watson, 1979; Flocchini
 et al.,  1978; Stevens et al., 1978; Pierson et  al., 1980).  Although some of this material  may
 be emitted  directly  from sources,  the  majority  appears  to  be secondary,  i.e.,  formed  by
 chemical  reactions  in  the  atmosphere   (Friedlander,  1973;  Grosjean  and  Friedlander, 1975).
 XD25A/A                                       5-59                                   1-19-81

-------
Spatial and temporal variations.  The  spatial  distribution of sulfate  concentration for  1974
is  displayed  in  Figure 5-29.   Figure 5-29(a) presents  the annual  average concentrations.  An
area having an annual average of more than 15 (jg/m3 extends from the lower Ohio Valley through
the upper  Ohio  Valley,  including major portions of Kentucky,  West Virginia, Ohio, and western
Pennsylvania.  The  areas with  annual  averages exceeding  10  ug/m  include  almost all  of the
United States east  of  the Mississippi,  except for the South Atlantic States and the upper New
England areas.
                                                              O
     Through  the central  Midwest area,  values of 4 to  9 ug/m  are reported.  The high values
seen  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  States  may  originate  from local  smelters and  coal-fired  power
plants.  The  Far Western States and the  Pacific Northwest experience  annual  sulfate levels
below 2  to 3 ug/m3, except for  the  Los  Angeles area.  The Los Angeles levels are not shown in
this  figure,  but a  1975 National Academy  of  sciences  report  on air  quality  and stationary
source emission controls  indicates that  they are between  7 and  13 ug/m  (National Academy of
Sciences, 1975).
     Seasonal variations  in sulfate concentrations are shown in Figures  5-29(b)  and 5-29(c)
for the  winter  months  and  the  summer months.  The area of elevated sulfate  greatly expands
during the  summer months.   As  demonstrated by several  regional  studies  on atmospheric sulfate
transport,   sulfate   concentrations  can  be  elevated  over large  geographical  regions  under
certain  meteorological  conditions (Eliassen,  1978;  Lyons and  et  al., 1978;  Perhak,  1978;
Whelpdale,  1978).  This  is  support  for  the transport  and conversion beyond the source regions
of sulfur  dioxide emissions.   It is  clear from these  contour  maps  of high sulfate levels that
a  large  portion  of  the  U.S.  population  is  exposed to  annual  sulfate  concentrations  in the
                                 3
ambient air of more  than 10 ug/m .   In  view of the  increasing sulfur  dioxide  emissions from
increased use of coal  throughout the United States, particularly in the South Central States,
the area of maximum sulfate levels  might expand  and  shift to the lower Ohio  Valley area and
the Southeast.
     In a large-scale study of atmospheric sulfate in  eastern  Canada, Whelpdale (1978) reports
                       3
mean levels of 10  ug/m  over southern Ontario.   The  mean  levels of sulfates dropped to less
than 2.5 ug/m above the 49th parallel.   Figure  5-30  displays  these values for the period of
study.   During  episodic conditions  that affect  primarily  and  lower Great  Lakes  region, the
24-hr concentrations have been  reported  as high as 40 to 50 ug/m3.   These episodic conditions
are associated  with the position of a  high-pressure  cell  over eastern  Canada  with southwest
flow occuring on the back side of the high pressure.   This synoptic situation favors transport
of  sulfur  dioxide  and  sulfates  from  the  high  sulfur  dioxide  source  regions  of  the
industrialized Northeastern United States.
     Recently new  information  on the  interrelationship of sulfur  dioxide,  nitrogen dioxide,
ozone, TSP,  sulfates,  and nitrates  has  become available from large-scale regional study.  The
Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI)  Sulfate Regional Experiment (SURE) involves  intensive
monitoring  from  some  54 rural  stations and an  aircraft sampling  program.  The  area  being

XD25A/A                                      5-60                                   1-19-81

-------
Figure 5-29. Contour maps of sulfate concentrations for 1974 are
shown for: (a) annual average; (b) winter average; (c) summer
average.

Source:  National Research Council, (1978a).
                        5-61

-------
                                         FORT CHIMO   I
                     CANADIAN SHIELD
ARMSTRONG •
                                       ~~ 3.If LAWRENCE
                                      3 3 •  fl   RIVER
                                                                            ATLANTIC OCEAN
             5 ^ / MOUNT FOREST ( •   ^ONTARIO

              MICHIGAN
 UNITED STATES
                                                                             SCALE

                                                                         I  I   I   I   I
                                                                         0    100   200 Ml
    Figure 5-30. Intensive Sulfate Study area in Eastern Canada shows the geometric mean of the
    concentration of particulate soluble sulfate during the study period. Units are micrograms of
    sulfate per cubic meter.
    Source: Whelpdale (1978).
                                        5-62

-------
studied is 2400  x  1840 km; it extends  from Kansas to the Atlantic coast and from mid-Alabama
to southeastern Canada (see Figure 5-31) (Hidy et al., 1979).
     Mueller et  al.  (1979) reported on the  earlier  SURE data collected in  1974 and 1975 and
presented the  preliminary results of an  intensive field study made  during  July 1977 through
February  1978.   Using the limited  historic  data base, they  indicate  that  the  rural stations
experience a frequency of occurrence of 24-hour average sulfate concentration similar to that
observed around large metropolitan areas such as New York City.  As seen in Figure 5-32, 24-hr
                            3
values  greater  than 10 ug/m  occurred  in  approximately half the data, and  the  occurrence of
24-hr sulfate levels exceeding 20 ug/m  was about 10 to 12 percent.
                                                 3
     Based  on  concentrations  of 10 to 20 ug/m   as an  indicator  of elevated  exposure,  the
average  concentrations  over  the  entire  SURE  network  area  were  estimated   by  a  linear
interpolation procedure with  a resolution of 80 x 80 km grids.  Episodes of elevated sulfates
are  extensive;  during  an  episode in early August 1977, the area where sulfate levels exceeded
        3                                    2
20  ug/m  expanded  to  more than  500,000  km .   Two regional  episodes  occurred  in January and
early  February  1977.   In August,  39  percent  of  the sulfate values exceeded  10  ug/m  ;  in
January the  figure was 30 percent; five percent of the values exceeded 20 ug/m .  In October,
                                          3
20  percent  of  the  values  exceeded 10-ug/m , and less than 1 percent of the values exceeded 20
     3                                                                   3
ug/m .  Figure 5-33 shows the estimated number of days exceeding 10 ug/m ,  for August 1977 and
January-February  1978.   In  August, almost  the entire  Northeast  had at  least  10  days  with
                                            3
sulfate concentrations  greater  than 10 ug/m .   The area having 20 or more days with more than
        3
10  ug/m   involved  Ohio, West Virginia, Maryland, Pennsylvania, and New York.  By contrast, in
the  winter months  the  area of prolonged elevated sulfate concentrations shifts toward the West
and  Southeast.   The upper Ohio Valley remains high, and an increase in the number of days with
                 3
more than 10 ug/m  also occurs over Tennessee, Alabama, and Georgia.
     Studies of seasonal variations have reported elevated concentrations in the  summer months
(Hitchcock,  1976;  Hidy et al. ,  1978).   The summer monthly mean concentrations  of sulfate in
some regions can  be  twice those  for  the winter  months.   The seasonal variation in sulfate
concentrations  in  southeastern  and  midwestern  cities is less distinct than  the variation in
New  York City or Los Angeles (see Figures 5-34 and 5-35).  Presently,  it is generally reported
that elevated  summertime   sulfate  concentrations are the result of  increased homogeneous and
heterogeneous oxidation of anthropogenically produced S0?.  However, oxidation of biologically
produced  hydrogen  sulfide  has  been  offered  as  an  explanation   for  some   high  sulfate
concentrations in  isolated areas.
     Lavery et al.  (1979) postulate the existence of two meteorological conditions that result
                                                                                     3
in   regional  accumulation  of  particulate  sulfate  concentrations  above  20   ug/m   in  the
Northeastern United States:
              The  first regime consists of cases where widespread stagnation occurs
              with a large high pressure area slowly moving eastward over the
              midwestern and eastern United States.  Zones of polluted air collect over
              areas within 100-300 kilometers of high sulfur  dioxide emissions sources.
              These zones  maintain themselves over periods of one to four days in warm,
XD25A/A                                      5-63                                  1-19-81

-------
Figure 5-31.  Map of SURE regions shows locations of ground
measurement stations.

Source: Hidy et al. (1979).
                         5-64

-------
    100
     50
01
a


O
8
UJ
D
V)
V)
20
      10
         O RIVERHEAD, NY (champs)

         A BRONX, NY (champs)

         D ROCKPORT. (iur.1)

         • SCR ANTON (sure I)
                                                                                               O
                                                                     RANGE OF OCCURRENCE
                                                                     FOR SURE I AND NYC
                                                                     CHAMP STATIONS
                                                                   I	I
                                                                          I	I
        0.01
                                    10
                                             30
                                              50
80   90  95
                                                                               99
                                                                                99.8
                                                                                              99.9
  Figure 5-32. Cumulative plots show the frequency of sulfate concentrations in the SURE region on
  the basis of the 1974-75 historical data.

  Source: Mueller et al. (1979).
                                            5-65

-------
Figure 5-33. Map shows the spatial distribution of number of days
per month that the sulfate concentration equaled or exceeded
10 ng/m^. Station data were extrapolated according to r'2.
(A) January-February 1978 (31 days); (B) August 1977 (31 days).

Source: Mueller et at. (1979).
                            5-66

-------
    200

    190

    180

    170

    160

    150

ui   140
D
4

Z
UJ
s

4
    130

    120

     110

    100

     90

     80

     70

     60

     50

     40

     30

     20

     10

      0
           I    I    I    I    I   I    I    I    I    I    I   I
                        •SO2 AMBIENT LEVEL
            I    I    I   I    I    I    I    I     I   I    I    I
                            567


                                MONTH
                                         8   9   10  11   12
   Figure 5-34. 1977 seasonal patterns of SC>2 emissions and 24-hr
   average SO2 and SO4 ambient levels in the New York area are
   normalized to the annual average values.

   Source:  Lynn et al. (1975).
                                 5-67

-------
   300
  250
>
  200
oo

g
00
I 150
in
 CM

8 100
   so
                            I  R   I    II    I   I
          I   I   I    I   I    I   I   I    I   III
                                                      30
                                                      20
     m
10   30
    'c
     I-
     •n
     >
                                                           <
                                                           m
         JAN   MAR    MAY   JUL    SEP    MOV
 Figure 5-35. Monthly variation in monthly mean of 24-hr average
 sulfate concentration at downtown Los Angeles is compared with
 monthly mean 1973 Los Angeles County power plant SC>2
 emissions.

 Source: Hidy et al. (1978).
                           5-68

-------
         moist air, with light winds, around the southern and western parts of the
         high pressure area.   The second regime appears to be conducive to long-range
         (greater than 500 km) sulfate transport and involves a channeling of air flow
         between the west side of the Appalachian Mountains and weak cold fronts
         approximately oriented west-southwest to east-northeast and traveling
         south-eastward.  The channeling appears to be combined with capped vertical
         mixing associated with subsidence around the frontal system.  These episodes
         can last up to four days.
Urban variations.  The  preceding discussion  of spatial and temporal variations of sulfate was
derived for  the  most part from widely spaced rural monitoring stations.   It is of interest to
note  spatial variations  on  the  much  smaller scale  of  a  metropolitan  area.   The  sulfate
measured  on  this   scale  may  consist  of a  natural  background  component,  a  long-distance
transported component, a component formed locally in the atmosphere, and/or an artifact formed
on  the  filter.   Hidy  et  al.  (1978)  compare urban sulfate  distributions  from  the  previously
reported works of  Lynn et al. (1975) for  the  New York City area, and Kurosaka (1976) did the
same  of  the Los  Angeles area.   These  areas differ  in meteorology  and  climate,  but  the
population and total sulfur dioxide emissions are similar.
     The population  density  of New York City  is  greater  than that of Los Angeles  (See Table
5-10).  In addition, the emission patterns are dissimilar.  As seen in Figure 5-36,  there is a
significant  difference in sulfate  concentrations across  the  New  York  urban area, with  the
highest values  observed in a  strip  from  Staten Island northeast into Brooklyn.  This  may be
biased by the wintertime emissions; in summer,  fairly uniform sulfate concentrations have been
found in  the New York metropolitan area.   The highest concentrations of purely sulfur dioxide
emissions  are  in eastern New  Jersey, Staten Island,  Brooklyn, and  the  high-density  areas of
Manhattan.   Within  a distance of 10 to 50 km  from the sources of  highest S0?  concentration,
the  sulfate concentrations  have  decreased  by 30  to  40  percent  from  their maximum  values.
     As shown in Figure 5-37, the mean annual average concentrations derived from 24-hr values
in  Los  Angeles  show a  relatively  uniform  distribution  across the  Los Angeles  basin  area.   A
weak  maximum is  seen  in  the area  near  Burbank, and  another maximum may  occur in the  San
Bernardino  area.   The areas  of major sulfur dioxide  emissions are El Segundo  and  Long Beach
areas  and  Fontana.   A pattern  similar  to  New  York is  found  in  the  Los  Angeles area;  at
distances exceeding 50 km from the areas of highest concentration, the sulfate levels drop off
significantly.
     Spengler and  Dockery  (1979)  have  measured  sulfates  in  particles  less  than  3.5  urn is
diameter  using  a network  of 10  to  12 sites  in each of six cities for periods of up to 2
years.  Analysis of  variance shows no significant variation among  sites within the cities of
Topeka,  KS;  Portage,  WI;  Kingston, TN;  and Watertown, MA.  Some slight variations occur among
the sites  in  St.  Louis, and significant variations occur among the sites in Steubenville,  OH.
Only the Corondolet  area  of  southeast St.  Louis was monitored, not the entire city.   There is
a coke  plant and  a  lead pigment plant nearby, which causes  large  S0«  gradients and  perhaps
also sulfate gradients.  In Steubenville,  the TSP  and S0? values near the river are
XD25A/A                                       5-69                                   1-19-81

-------
                       TABLE 5-10.   SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF POLLUTION IN THE
                                  NEW YORK AND LOS ANGELES AREAS
Parameter
Surface area considered,3 km
Population estimate (1970)2
Population density, no./km
S0? emissions, tons/yr ?
S02 emission density, kg/km /yr
Maximum temperature, C
Minimum temperature, °CC
Relative humidity, %e
Normal precipitation, cm
Mean wind speed, m/sec
Mixing height, ?nr
Ventilation, m /sec
S02, ug/m ?_ 3 h
Water- soluble sulfate (SO/ ), ug/ni
N02, ug/m \ 3
Water-soluble nitrate (NO, ), ug/m
o3> ug/m3 n J
Total particulate mass concentration (ISP)
less sulfate and nitrate, TSPM, ug/m
Los Angeles
21,000
9,000,000
430
238,000
10,300 .
22.8 (5.5)a
10.8 (4.6)
50.2 (17.0)
36
3.3 (1.4)
849 (472)
2690 (2160)
12.5 (19.9)
10.1 (7.9)
83.9 (44.3)
9.1 (7.7)
52 (34)

64.5 (27.4)
New York
17,000
12,000,000
710
266,000
14,200
15.0 (7.4)
9.3 (8.4)
59.6 (16.5)
106
5.8 (2.3)
1290 (906)
7460 (6200)
42.9 (45.0)
8.9 (5.7)
67.6 (36.0)
2.6 (2.1)
20 (22)

40.4 (19.9)
          Greater metropolitan areas; Los Angeles, South Coast Air Basin; New York, tri-
         . state metropolitan area.
          Based on EPA Air Quality Control Regions.
          .Annual mean of daily maximum or minimum hourly temperature.
          Numbers in parentheses are standard deviations.
         ^Annual mean of daily minimum humidity.
          Annual mean of noon wind speed at surface.
         ^Defined by annual mean of daily midday radiosonde sounding.
          Annual mean of 24-hr averaged values, 1974-75; Los Angeles, seven stations,
          New York, four stations (see Hidy et al.,  1977b for details).

         Source:  Hidy et al. (1978).
XD25A/A
5-70
                                                                                        1-19-81

-------
   13
      NEW JERSEY
                                           I   I  I  I   I  J
Figure 5-36. Map shows annual mean 24-hr average sulfate levels in
micrograms per cubic meter in the New York area, based on 1972
data from Lynn et al. (1975). Squares are locations of three CHAMP
site stations. The fourth station is at the tip of Long Island about
160 km from Manhattan.

Source: Hidy et al. (1978).
                               5-71

-------
 VENTURE CO.1
                   I     I     I
                        10    20
                       ,krn|>:  v
              CIRCLED NUMBERS: STATION DATA
              ^:  CHAMP STATIONS : ,
              O :  UNCERTAIN BECAUSE OF DISCREPANCIES
                  BETWEEN AGENCY ANALYTICAL METHODS
Figure 5-37. Distribution of annual average sulfate concentration in micrograms per cubic meter in the
greater Los Angeles area is based on 1972-74 data.

Source: Kurosaka (1976).
                                           5-72

-------
approximately twice the  concentrations 5 km to  the  west of the  river.   For sulfates in this
size range the  pattern is similar and  the  gradient  is not as pronounced, but the differences
among sites are significant.
     An  attempt has been  made to explain  the  variability  in sulfate data  for  both the Los
Angeles  area  and  the  New York City  area by means of  stepwise  linear  regression.   Table 5-11
displays  the  three principal  independent variables  and the r values  associated  with them in
explaining the  variance  of the daily sulfate concentrations.  The results are very consistent
in  both  areas  except  for Vista,  CA,  a community about 100 miles  southeast of  Los Angeles.

                TABLE 5-11.  PRIMARY  RANKING OF VARIABLES FOR CORRELATING AIRBORNE
                SULFATE  IN TWO CITIES BASED ON A STEPWISE LINEAR  REGRESSION OF
                    15 VARIABLES FROM CHAMP AND  RELATED MONITORING STATIONS

A. Los Angeles area


Variable
1
2
3
Correlation
coefficient (R)
Garden
Anaheim Grove

0, 0,
TSPM T5PM
RH RH

0.71 0.77
West
Covina

0,
TSPM
RH

0.79

Glendora

TSPM
RH
0,
3
0.79
Santa Thousand
Monica Oaks

0, TSPM
DP DUI
KM Kn
TSPM 0
X
0.79 0.72

Vista3

T .
o
Rfi

0.56
       B.  New York
                            Brooklyn  Queens  Bronx  Riverhead, L.I.
Variable
1
2
3
Correlation
coefficent (R)

TSPM
RH
0,
3
0.60

TSPM
RH
0,
3
0.63

TSPM
o
Rf\

0.54

TSPM
RH
o
3
0.62
       .Located 50  km north of San Diego and 16 km inland from the coast.
       °RH, Relative humidity.
        OX, 1-hr daily maximum ozone value.
       Source:  Hidy et al. (1978).
     The  results  indicate that  the most  important  variables are the  24-hr ozone level, the
 midday  relative humidity, and  the  total  mass concentration, minus  the  sulfate  and nitrate
 fraction.   Hidy  et  al.   (1978)  also  suggest  that  these  three  factors  are  important in
 determining the daily  variations  of sulfate concentrations.   The ozone or  oxidant levels are
 an  indication of  photochemical  oxidation, the  relative humidity  is  an  indication  of  water
 content of  the  air mass,  and TSP  is an indication of reactions  involving particulate matter.
XD25A/A
5-73
1-19-81

-------
     The  local  sulfur dioxide concentrations  did  not enter into the  correlation sequence as
one of  the three  principal  variables.   The  findings of Spengler  et  al.  (1979) appear quite
consistent with these  findings  since the only city with a significant spatial variation among
sites for sulfates also  had  a variation  among sites  for  the  respirable  particles and TSP.
5.5.2  Nitrates
     Nitrate  aerosols  make up  a  varying  amount  of  the  total   suspended  particulate matter.
Although  widely reported  to  be significantly  less  than  the  sulfate fraction, nitrates never-
theless  represent  an  important constituent.   Most nitrates  in the atmosphere  are  formed in
gas-to-aerosol  reactions,  principally  involving   nitrogen  dioxide  and  nitric  oxide.   These
reactions  may yield  nitric   acid  (gas  or aerosols), ammonium  nitrate,  sodium  nitrate,  and
lesser amounts  of  other  compounds.   A minor  fraction  of  the nitrate aerosols measured in the
atmosphere can be attributed to wind erosion of soil and resuspension of fertilizers (National
Research  Council,  1978).   These  sources  may be more  important  locally near fertilizer plants
or transfer facilities, as well as munition factories.
     Measurement  of particulate  nitrate  has  proven  especially difficult  (see Chapter  3).
Analytical methods  for aerosol  nitrate analysis do not differentiate among particles contain-
ing neutral ammonium  nitrate,  sodium nitrate, and nitric acid.   It is  therefore impossible to
estimate  the  relative  quantities  of neutral and acid  nitrates  in  the  aerosol.   The reader is
cautioned  that  most of  the  literature  values  cited  below  probably should be  taken as  total
nitrate,  gaseous HNO.,  +  particulate nitrate.   It  would  be  incorrect to interpret the data as
particulate nitrate.
     Mean  nitrate  aerosol  concentrations from urban and nonurban NASN  sites are summarized in
Figure 5-38 and 5-39, respectively.   The annual average concentrations  shown are in micrograms
per cubic  meter,  as measured  from high-volume samples.   Concentrations  in urban air are sub-
stantially higher than those in nonurban air.   Although year-to-year variations are substantial,
both  urban and nonurban  averages  show  upward  trends.   These trends  are  consistent with  the
increase  in  emissions of nitrogen dioxide.   A zone of high urban  concentrations  exceeding 4
ug/m  extends  eastward from  Chicago through the industrialized Northeast through Pennsylvania
to  the   Philadelphia  area.    Other  zones of  high  nitrates   are  found  in  southern  Louisiana,
around Birmingham,  AL, and near Little Rock,  AR.   In general,  a zone of high urban nitrates 3
(jg/m  and  larger extends up from southeastern Texas through  the Midwest and across through the
Northeast.  Of  course, a major emission source may cause high  nitrate gradients  in the area
surrounding.    For  example, a  study  in  Chattanooga  (Helms  et al.,  1970;  National  Academy of
Sciences,  1977) showed an  average nitrate concentration of  48.9 ug/m  for a site close to the
Volunteer  Army Ammunition  Plant.    This  is more  than  three times  the NASN  maximum station
average  for 1965  (13.5 |jg/m  ).   This station  average was 15 to 20  times  higher than that of
the four other Chattanooga sites presumably  not   influenced directly  by  the  munitions plant.
                                             o
Their averages  ranged from 2.4  to   3.8  ug/m  .   While  the  artifact phenomenon  may discredit
the absolute values, the ratios among sites have more credibility.

XD25A/A                                      5-74                                   1-19-81

-------
Figure 5-38. Map shows U.S. mean annual ambient nitrate levels in micrograms per cubic meter.




Source: Akland (1977).
                                    5-75

-------
Figure 5-39. Mean nitrate concentrations in micrograms per cubic meter were measured at nonurban
sites by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (unpublished data).

Source: National Research Council (1979).
                                          5-76

-------
*
     It  is  obvious from  these figures  that the  data  base is  quite  incomplete for the west
coast.   No data are reported for the Los Angeles area, nor  for the  large metropolitan areas  of
San Francisco, Seattle, and Portland.
     A few studies have sought information on nitrate concentrations by composition and parti-
cle  size.   Orel  and  Seinfeld (1977)  compared the  formation,  sizes, and  concentrations  of
ambient  sulfate  and  nitrate particles.  Unlike  sulfuric  acid,  the nitric acid  that is formed
tends to  remain  in the gaseous phase,  although it may be  an important component of acid pre-
cipitation.   The EPRI SURE  Project (Kneip  et  al.,  1979)  reports nitrate ion  concentrations
one-tenth  the  concentration of sulfate  ions.   The monthly  mean values for August and October
                            3
1977 are  less than 0.6 (jg/m   ammonium nitrate  at three  locations  across the Northeast.  On a
 few occasions the daily levels exceded 1.5 ug/m .
     Data  from  the  sulfate  and  nitrate data base  of  the California Aerosol Characterization
 Experiment  are  reported by Appel  et  al.  (1978).   Summer measurements  for  1972 and 1973 from
 five fixed  and  one mobile site  indicate that the mass median diameter  for  nitrates  is between
 0.3 and 1.6 urn.  Twenty-four-hour  averaged concentrations of nitrate ion varied across the  Los
 Angeles basin,  from a low of 4  ug/m   in Dominguez Hills to a high of  31 ug/m  in the eastern
 community  of  Rubidoux.   In contrast  to  sulfate,  the diurnal pattern  for  nitrate often has a
 maximum  during  the morning  close  to  the maximum for  gas-phase  nitrogen oxides.   The authors
 concluded  that the  ratios of ionic  constituents  and  ambient  ammonia  levels  suggested that
 ammonium salts were the principal  form of sulfate and  nitrate.
     Until  recently such high nitrate levels were not  suspected in other regions  of  the United
 States.   However,  the  Environmental  Protection Agency has  just  completed the first analysis
 from  a dichotomous particle  sampling program  in Denver, CO.  The  24-hr nitrate levels, pri-
                                                    3
 marily in the fine  fraction, often exceeded 10 |jg/m  (Courtney et al.,  1980).
     Japanese workers have  been  investigating atmospheric  nitrates  for some time.  Kadawaki
 (1977)  has  found a bimodal  distribution  of  nitrates in  the Nagoya  area of Japan.   Submicron
 particles (0.4 to 0.6 urn in diameter) are ammonium  nitrate; whereas the coarse particles (3 to
                                                                                             3
 5  urn  in  diameter) are sodium nitrate.   Background  nonurban levels as  low  as 0.8 to 0.9 \ig/m
 on the outer islands  of Japan have been reported  (Kito, 1977).  Maximum average concentrations
                                                                    3
 in the city of Kawasaki were reported to be as high as nearly 7 ug/m   (Terabe, 1977).
     In  summary,  our knowledge  of nitrates  in the atmosphere is  rather limited.   No compre-
 hensive  data  set  exists.   The  NASN  measures  nitrate ion every  12th day  at  relatively  few
 sites;  spatial  and  short-term  temporal  variations  cannot be discerned.   In fact, there  are
 many  cities  for  which no  measured values  of  nitrates  have  been  reported.   Furthermore,
 historic  data before 1977 are  in doubt because of  the  artifact formation  on  the filters.
 There  is  some  evidence  that ammonium nitrate  is  in the  fine fraction,  while the artifact is
 predominantly in  the  coarse fraction.  There are spatial patterns in  nitrate  concentrations.
 Cities tend to  have  higher  levels of nitrates than do  rural  regions.   Some studies indicate
XD25A/A                                      5-77                                   1-19-81

-------
that  localized  areas may have  substantially  higher nitrate levels.  This  raises the concern
that  available  data  on  nitrate  concentrations  may  underestimate  the  actual  population
exposure.    In  the  near future,  new  sampling  and  analysis techniques  should substantially
expand our knowledge of nitrate aerosols,  nitric acid, and other nitrogen compounds.
5.5.3  Carbon and Organics
     A  variety of  carbon-containing compounds often account  for  a substantial,  but highly
variable,  portion of fine particle mass.   Elemental carbon, which is emitted from a variety of
combustion  sources,  is a significant  component also, usually accounting for  10-20%  of urban
aerosol mass.
     Particles emitted from combustion sources frequently have fuel-derived organic substances
sorbed on their surfaces (see chapter 4)  and such  components are commonly found in atmospheric
particles.   Very much  greater  concentrations  are  found associated with high ozone levels.   It
is  now widely  believed that this material  is  formed by chemical reactions  in  the atmosphere
which  produce  compounds  of  lower volatility than  their  precursor  molecules.   These processes
are discussed in more detail in Chapters  2 and 6.
     In addition to the organic species accounting for aerosol  mass, there are also present in
the  particles  very much  smaller amounts  of polynuclear aromatic  hydrocarbons,  components of
special  interest  because  several  are  known to  be  carcinogenic.   One  of  these  compounds,
benzo(a)pyrene is conventionally measured in NASN  TSP samples.   A complete discussion  of these
substances  is  contained  in  the Polycyclic Organic Matter  document  (Santodonato et al., 1979)
to which the reader is referred.
     Several comprehensive  reviews of  airborne-organic particulate matter can be found in  the
following references:   (National Academy  of  Sciences, 1972; Duce,  1978; Daisey,  1980;  Hahn,
1980;  Lamb  et  al.,  1980).   Other related  publications include National Academy of  Sciences
(1976), Perera and Ahmed (1978), and  Grosjean (1977).
5.5.3.1   Physical Properties of  Particulate Organics—Many  atmospheric  organic  compounds  are
distributed  between  the vapor  and  particulate phases  of  the  aerosol  (De Wiest  and Rondia,
1976;  Krstulovic  et al.,  1977; Cautreels  and  Van  Cauwenberghe,  1978)  and  presumably,  this
distribution can vary  with  temperature.   Because  of this volatility, there can be substantial
losses  of  low  molecular weight  compounds  during sampling  (Cautreels  and  Van Cauwenberghe,
1978;  Krstulovic  et al.,  1977;  De Wiest and Rondia,  1976;  Katz and Chan,  1980;  Schwartz et
al., 1981).  At  the high temperatures found in combustion  sources, larger proportions of  the
emitted organic compounds will  be present in the  vapor phase.   These compounds will  condense
on  the surface of  particulate matter as  the  emissions cool  and,  thus,  be enriched  at  the
surface.  Natusch and  co-workers (1976)  have found  that this  occurs when PAH is emitted from
power  plant  stacks.   Such  surface enrichment can  affect the biological  impact of POM.  While
there  is the possibility that POM may exist as particles formed by self-condensation,  most POM
is probably absorbed on the surface of other particles, much of it presumably with soot
SOX5C/I                                      5-78                                      1-19-81

-------
particles (Thomas et  al.,  1968).   The effect of the substrate upon which POM is adsorbed upon
the  chemical  and  biological   reactivity of  these  compounds  is  almost   entirely  unknown.
Korfmacher  and co-workers  (1980) have  recently reported  that  photodegradation of  some PAH
compounds proceeds  much  more slowly when the compounds are adsorbed on coal fly ash than when
adsorbed on other substrates such as silica gel.
     The  distribution of  organics between  vapor and  particulate phases  is  also  profoundly
influenced  by  chemical  reactions  in  the  atmosphere.   Grosjean and  Friedlander (1975) found
that during  photochemical  oxidant incidents organic substances are converted from volatile to
relatively non-volatile  species.  In this process the fraction of  organic mass in the particle
phase (relative to  the gas) can grow from very low values, 1 percent or so,  to about 6 percent
of the vapor and particle total.
     While  both  mass and size  distribution  of organic substances  in  particles  is  clouded by
their volatility, there  have been some attempts to establish the fine/ coarse ratios.   Some of
the  heavier polycyclic  components are   known  to be  predominantly fine particle  components
(Mueller et al., 1964; De Maio and Corn,  1966; Kertesy-Saringer et al., 1971; Pierce and Katz,
1975;  De Wiest,  1978; Van  Vaeck  and  Van Cauwenberghe, 1978,  1980).   In  Los Angeles  oxidants
incidents,  virtually all the  organic particles  are  smaller  than 2.5 (jm  (Schuetzle  et al.,
1975; Mueller  et  al., Hidy et  al., 1975).   Van Vaeck and Van Cauwenberghe (1978) report that
aliphatic  hydrocarbons  and  carboxylic acids are  predominantly  (90 percent) in fine particles
in  European  samples.   Since in general,  organic  compounds  are distributed  disproportionately
in  the  fine fraction aerosols, it is  not surprising to see that  they represent an important
fraction  of  the  mass. Organic substances  are  estimated to  be between 25 and  47% of the fine
particulate  fraction  in the U.S. (Steigerwald,  1975).   However,  there  are also  reports  of
significant  fractions  of  organic  substances  in  coarse particles  in both  urban  and rural
samples  (Stephens  et al.,  1980; Hidy  et al.,  1980).   It appears  there is  much  to be learned
about the size distribution of organic particles.
5.5.3.2  Carbon and Total Organic Mass—There are limited historical data on the mass fraction
of  elemental  carbon  in  atmospheric aerosols  in history but very  recent  work is contributing
information in this area (Rosen et al.,  1980; Novakov, 1980; Wolff et  al., 1980; Huntzicker et
al.,  1980;  Stephens and  McClenny,   1980;  Lewis  and  Macias,  1980;   Stevens  et al.,  1980).
Techniques  currently  employed detect  both  organics  and  carbon  by  optical absorption  and
selective combustion  techniques.
     Novakov (1980) reports elemental and organic carbon in over 1000  samples collected from a
variety of urban sites.  In New York City, the principle species present was elemental carbon,
accounting  for two  thirds  or more of the carbon  mass; the  balance  was  organic.   In Denver
about 60  percent  was elemental carbon,  while  in Los Angeles about 70 percent was organic and
the balance elemental carbon.
SOX5C/I                                      5-79                                       1-19-81

-------
     Wolff et al.  (1980), using a somewhat different technique, reported carbon concentrations
in 10 U.S.  locations.   "Apparent"  elemental carbon was  reported  to range from 1.1 ug/m  in a
remote South Dakota  location  to 13.3 ug/m3 in New York City.   These values covered a range of
4 to 11 percent of the TSP.
     Stevens et  al.  (1980),   Stevens  and McClenny  (1980)  and Lewis  and Macias  (1980)  have
reported total  carbon values of 8.4 ug/m3 (14 percent of DTOTAL) in Charleston, West Virginia,
while in  the Great  Smoky Mountains only  1.1  ug/m3  (3 percent of DTO-|-AL) was elemental carbon
and 3.4 ug/m  (12 percent of DTnT..) was organic carbon.
     The  mass   of  organic  substances  present  in  atmospheric  aerosols  was  at  one  time
approximated by   solvent-extraction  with  benzene  in  routine NASN  hi-vol  samples.   Other
solvents have also  been  used  in such determinations.   Unfortunately,  such determinations were
terminated  in  1970  and  except  for  a  few  intensive  studies  (Daisey,  1980;  Grojean  and
Friedlander, 1975); Wesolowski  et  al., 1980) there has been no extensive data base on organic
extractables covering the past ten years.
     Some typical values for particle number and mass concentrations of organics are listed in
Table 5-12.  The organic fraction of the mass concentration as measured by the benzene-soluble
component  is also  listed, with  the  benzo(a)pyrene fraction for comparison.*   In  the organic
fraction,  a variety  of  organic compounds  have  been identified,  including some  materials
classified  as PAH  (Corn,  1968).   However, the  identified  fraction  represents only 10% of the
organic  components  of the urban aerosol.  Although the  total  aerosol  number concentration is
often  very large in cities, the mass  concentration  varies less and rarely  exceeds  about 200
    3
ug/m   in the United States.  The benzene-soluble  fraction of this is about  10-20  percent of
the total  mass,  and the concentration of  benzo(a)pyrene  is  far lower.   Even in remote areas,
there is a  contribution of organic material.
     A  limited  number  of samples have  been  collected  in  unpolluted  atmospheres.  Levels  in
remote  areas  and in  marine air  for  the ether-soluble fraction of  organic particulate matter
have been  as  low as 0.51 (0.18-0.84)  ug/m  STP.  Marine air with a continental  influence had
averages of 0.93 (0.48-1.38) ug/m  STP and continental air 1.2 (0.69-1.71) ug/m3 STP.  Similar
concentrations  have  been  observed  at  Barrow,  Alaska,   a  remote site   in  the  Arctic,  for
cyclohexane- and dichloromethane-soluble POM (Daisey et al., 1981).
     Variations in the concentration of organic particulate matter by location, meteorological
conditions,  season and  by time of  day  have  been  observed  repeatedly  (Hidy et  al.,  1975;
Gordon,  1976;   Calvert,   1976).   By  way  of  illustration,  Figure  5-40  shows the  differing
contributions of the organic fraction in samples obtained in two cities in southern California
(National  Academy  of Sciences,  1972).    In  both  instances,  however,  the  organic fraction
represents  a sizeable portion of total  suspended particulate material.
*The  benzene-soluble extract  is  not necessarily  equivalent to  the  total amount  of organic
material in the sample, but it is taken to be representative of such a fraction.

SOX5C/I                                      5-80                                    1-19-81

-------
            TABLE  5-12.   TYPICAL VALUES  OF  AEROSOL CONCENTRATION FOR DIFFERENT
                            GEOGRAPHIC  AREAS (ANNUAL AVERAGES)3

Number of ,,
Location particles/cm
Nonurban
Continental
General
California
Oregon
Colorado
Indiana
Maine
New York
So. Carolina
Maritime

General
Pacific offshore
Oahu, Hawaii
Urban
Continental
General
Los Angeles
Portland
Denver
Minneapol is
Chattanooga
New York
Greenville, S.C.
Maritime
Honolulu, Hawaii
San Juan, Puerto
Rico

103 -
103 -
•3
HT -
-
-
-
-


103 -
^3 :



103-
103 -
•)
103-
103 -
-
-
-

103 -

—
4

w4
4.
104





A
104
lO/i
10^


104
104
o
103
103




104


Mass
concen-
tration (m),
|jg/m

20 - 80
39
47
14
39
18
29
40


-
19 - 14§
10 - 49


>100
93
72
110
70
105
105
76

40

77
Benzene
soluble
fraction,.of m,

1.1 - 2.2
2.8
0.9
1.1
2.1
1.2
1.8
2.7


H
1.5 - 6.lJ
0.7 - 6.3d


7
12.5
6.6
9.0
6.1
6.9
3.9
7.4

2.3

6.9
Benzo[a]pyrene
fractiog of m,

-
0.48
0.09
0.11
0.25
0.12
0.25
0.43


-
-
~


-
1.87
2.60
2.52
1.18
4.18
3.63
7.49

0.59

1.42
        Data based on 1969 National Air Surveillance Network observations,  except for
        maritime data.
       3Aitken nuclei
       "Geometric means.
        Short-term data.
SOX5C/I
5-81
1-19-81

-------
       S04= (4%)


        NOJ (5%)
                      (WATER (16%)
                                                       ORGANICS (43%)
             10
                         20
            30
                                                 40
                                                              50
                                                                          60
 PASADENA, 9/20/72; TWO HOUR SAMPLE OVER 1200-1400 PST; LOW OXIDANT, TOTAL
 MASS CONCENTRATION, 79 ,ug/m3.
               NH4+ (10%)


               WATER (10%)


                    0= (13%)
                                ORGANICS (24%)
                                   1NOJ (26%)

                                    I  I  I   I
                            II
             10
20
                                     30
                                                 40
                                                              50
                                                                          60
 POMONA, 10/24/72; SAMPLES FROM 1200-1400 PST; MODERATE OXIDANT, TOTAL MASS
 CONCENTRATION, 178/ug/m3.

Figure 540. Calculated distribution of aerosol constituents for two aerosol samples
taken in the Los Angeles basin.
                                       5-82

-------
     A pattern of elevated wintertime concentrations of participate organics has been observed
in  NYC  and  in Mainz,  West Germany.   Winter samples  in  Mainz of  ether-extractable organic
                            3                                               3
material  averaged  27   [jg/m  for  TSP  concentrations  averaging 150  ug/m .    Winter samples
collected in  February,  1977 in  NYC had a total extractable organic fraction of 22 MS/m3 f°r a
                        3                                            3
TSP  average  of 96  ug/m •   The August,  1976  levels  were  13.3 ug/m  for a TSP average  of 86
(jg/m3 (Kneip et al.  , 1979).
     A  1971  study  of  Colucci  and Begeman  is an  example of a  more  detailed  short-term urban
survey  of PAH than  is  available for  NASN.   From  1964 to 1965, these investigators found that
the concentrations of benzo(a)pyrene and benz(a)anthracene were 4 1/2 times greater in central
Los  Angeles  than  at two suburban sites.   However,  the suburban site downwind of the downtown
area  (on  the  average)  appeared to  have  systematically higher  benzo(a)pyrene concentrations
than  the  upwind  site.   Daily concentrations  reported  in  the  Los Angeles area ranged from 0.1
     3                 3
ug/m  to  over 10 pg/m , depending on the season.   Benz(a)anthracene concentrations were 1 1/2
times   larger  than  the   benzo(a)pyrene  concentrations.    Annual   average  benzo(a)pyrene
concentrations were similar to the NASN data  for downtown Los Angeles.   The PAH concentrations
increased substantially in winter.   Benzo(a)pyrene concentrations were  higher at  night,  in
contrast  with those  of  other  pollutants.    All  pollutants were higher  on weekdays  than  on
weekends.   Benzo(a)pyrene  concentration was  found to be correlated with  carbon monoxide and
lead  concentrations, with  coefficients ranging from 0.6 to 0.9.  Benzo(a)pyrene concentration
was  also related significantly to that of hydrocarbon vapors, oxides of nitrogen, and vanadium
(a  nonautomotive pollutant).  Despite the strong relation to lead, the statistics in the study
failed  to  reveal   a  clear identification  of benzo(a)pyrene emissions  with  automotive  or
stationary combustion sources.
      Trends  of BaP  concentrations  as measured at  34  NASN  urban sites are displayed in Figure
5-41.   It  is indeed  encouraging to see the steady  decline  in  BaP concentrations  that has
occurred  since the  mid-601s.   The 90th percentile  of quarterly measurements  has been reduced
dramatically  from near  7  ng/m  to less than  2 ng/m .   These changes reflect both controls and
shifting  of sources.  Incomplete  combustion  of fossil  fuels., especially  coal,  is  a primary
source  of  BaP.   Major point  and  area  sources  include  residential  coal-fired  furnances,
coal-fired   utilities   and  industrial   boilers,  coke   ovens,  petroleum  refineries,  and
incinerators  (see  Chapter  4).  Shifts  away from  coal for  residential,  commercial,  and light
industrial   use   have   made  a  substantial  contribution  to  the  reduction  of  urban  BaP
concentrations.  To a lesser extent  the  control  of particulate emissions  has  also  helped to
lower concentrations.
      The  national trends  in benzene-soluble  particulates and  BaP as  reported by Faoro (1975)
may  not be  true  everywhere.    Indeed,  specific  organic fractions  may show  opposite trends.
Daisey  (1980) discusses BSD trends  for  NYC; annual  averages  for  the  NY  University station,
normalized to  account  for year-to-year meteorological variations, are reported in Table 5-13.
SOX5C/I                                      5-83                                    1-19-81

-------
    10
     •
8   4
O.
£
                                                           . 90 PERCENTILE OF
                                                            QUARTERLY
                                                            MEASUREMENTS

                                                           • 50 PERCENTILE OF
                                                            QUARTERLY
                                                            MEASUREMENTS
                                                    ^.	
              I        I       I
            1966     67     68      69      70      71

                                        TIME, year
72
73
               74
                      75
Figure 5-41.  Benzo(a)pyrene seasonally and trends (1966 to 1975) in the 50th and 90th
percentiles for 34 NASN urban sites.

Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1979.
                                         5-84

-------
            TABLE  5-13.   ANNUAL AVERAGES OF ORGANIC FRACTIONS IN TOTAL SUSPENDED
                  PARTICULATE MATTER,  NEW YORK CITY3,  DISPERSION NORMALIZED

Year
1968
1969
1977 - 1978
TSP,
M9/ni
95.7
129
59.8
Organic fraction
|jg/m
10.2
10.8
8.8C
Persent organics
in TSP
10.6
8.4
14.7




       aNYU Medical Center Station
        Total of non-polar (benzene-soluble) and polar (acetone-soluble) organics
       cRespirable (<_3.5 |j) organics only
        Daisey, 1980.

Although TSP had  decreased  by 40% between  1968  and  1978,  the POM fraction had  not decreased
proportionately.
5.5.3.3  Chemical Composition of Particle Organics.   Particulate organic matter has often been
fractionated by means  of acid-base extractions followed by colume  chromatography  (Hueper,  et
al.,  1962;  Tabor,  et al.,  1958;  Hoffmann and Wynder,  1977;  Asahina,  et  al.,  1972).   The
composition data  reported by Hoffmann and Wynder (1977), Table  5-14,  for Detroit  particulate
matter  is  fairly  typical  and presents  a view  of  the general  proportions  of  various  broad
classes  of  compounds  which  are  present.   Hoffmann and  Wynder (1977)  found  that the  PAH
containing fraction was principally responsible for the tumorigenic  properties of POM in mice.
     Specific classes  of compounds which have been identified to date in the  organic fraction
of  airborne  particulate  matter  include polyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, aromatic and aliphatic
hydrocarbons,  aza-arenes,  aliphatic  and aromatic aldehydes  and ketones, quinones,  phenols,
polyols, phthalic  acid  esters,  sulfur heterocyclics, aryl and  alkyl  halides,  chlorophenols,
nitro compounds and alkylating  agents (Hoffmann and Wynder,  1977;  Daisey,  1980; Lamb et al.,
1980).  Of all  the airborne organic compounds the most  information exists for the classes of
polycyclic organic matter (POM).   The greatest attention has been focused on the subclasses of
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons  (PAH) and  the polycyclic  heterocyclic  compounds  such as the
aza-arenes, because many of  the  compounds   in  this  class are potent  carcinogens  on animals.
Some  of  the   compounds  identified  in  POM  are  pyrene,  benzo(a)pyrene,   benzo(e)pyrene,
benz(a)anthracene, perylene, chrylene, chrysene, coronene, fluorathane, benzo(ghi)perylene and
alkyl derivations of these compounds (Sawicki et al., 1962; Sawicki  et al., 1965).
SOX5C/I                                      5-85                                    1-19-81

-------
                         TABLE 5-14.  COMPOSITION OF THE ORGANIC FRACTION
                       OF AIRBORNE  PARTICULATE MATTER COLLECTED IN DETROIT  '

         Fraction                                     Percent of Total Extractable
                                                            Organic Matter

         Aliphatic Hydrocarbons                                 48.3
         Aromatic Hydrocarbons                                   3.6
         Neutral Oxidized Hydrocarbons                          20.8
         Acidic Compounds                                       14.8
         Basic Compounds                                         0.55
         Insolubles                                             10.8

         aFrom Hoffman and Wynder,  1977.
          Included polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
          3/|jg/m  annual average Benzene-soluble organics.
          TSP not reported.

     Benzo(a)pyrene was  one  of  the earliest compounds  in  this  mixture of organic matter than
was  identified and  then routinely measured.  Some measurements for benzo(a)pyrene in the U.S.
date to  the early  fifties.   Sawicki and  co-workers in the sixties  extracted the identified
many organic compounds.  Today there is a renewed effort, using more sophisticated tecnhiques,
and  attempting  to answer  the many questions still  remaining on the  biological  significance,
variations and concentrations,  specific  source contributions,  and the  reactivity  of airborne
organic matter.
     In  1972,  the National Academy of  Science  published an extensive report  on  the biologic
effects of airborne matter, entitled, Biologic Effects of Atmospheric Pollutants:   Particulate
Polycyclic Organic Matter.   According to the report, emission source data for airborne organic
substances  are  generally expressed  in  terms of  estimated BaP emissions.   Benzo(a)pyrene is
used as  a  surrogate  for  detecting the presence  of airborne  organic pollutants  because it
appears to  be  a  prominent  constituent of POM.   BaP  is also a known animal  carcinogen, and the
best documented of  all  the polycyclic organic compounds (National  Academy of Sciences, 1972).
BaP  cannot  be  regarded as  a perfect indicator of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in the air,
nor of their carcinogenic properties; however,  because better data  are generally not
SOX5C/I                                      5-86
                                                                                     1-19-81

-------
available, BaP  is  presently used as an  indicator  of the potential carcinogenicity of general
air pollution (Bridbord, et al., 1976).
     Despite  much  work on certain  subfractions  of  POM,   such  as  the  polycyclic  organic
fraction,  other  compound  classes  such  as  the  oxidized  hydrocarbons  remain  relatively
unexplored.  Sawicki  (1976) has  estimated that "over 99% of the organic pollutants in the air
have never been determined."
     Classes of biologically  active compounds other than  PAH  and  related polycyclic organics
have been  identified in airborne particulate matter.  This includes alkylating agents Kneip et
al., 1979; Agarwal  et al., 1980) N-nitrosamines (Kneip et al., 1979) nitro derivatives of PAH
(Jager,  1978)  and  the  compounds responsible  for  the mutagenic activity of  POM  in  the Ames
assay  (Kneip,  et  al.,  1979; Talcott and  Wei,  1977; Pitts et al.,  1977; Daisey et al., 1979).
In addition, there may also be unstable compounds present in the aerosol, such as epoxides and
lactones  (Van Duuren, 1972) which are of  significance to human health but which decompose upon
collection  by  conventional  sampling   techniques.   There  is  a  need   to  identify  specific
compounds  such as these, to evaluate their significance to human health and to determine their
sources  and  concentrations in  the ambient  atmosphere.   There  is  also a  need  to  identify
sampling  artifacts  and  develop  improved sampling  techniques  for  organic compounds  in the
aerosol.
     In  photochemical  incidents,  volatile hydrocarbons are converted to very large quantities
of  5-7   carbon  bifunctional  carboxylic  acids.   (Schuetzle,  et  al., 1975;  Grosjean  and
Friedlander,  1975;  Cronn,  et al. ,  1977).  Schuetzle,  et  al.  (1975) in  a  1972 ACHEX  incident
report  that  alkanes and  alkyl  naphthalenes  account  for  1.5-3  percent of the  fine  particle
mass,  and bifunctional  compounds  amounted  to  about 11  percent.   In   addition  to  glutoric,
adipic  and pimelic  acids,  the  corresponding  hydroxy carboxylic acids  and  a  variety  of their
nitrate  and nitrite  ester  derivatives were reported.
     Cronn, et  al.  (1977), confirmed those findings  in  a series of sub  3.5  urn  samples taken
during  the 1973 California Air Characterization  Experiment.   These authors  found  levels of
organics  up  to  65  (jg/m    out  of  a  fine particle loading  of  230 ng/m •   These substances
included  small  amounts of alkanes, alkyl naphthalenes  and piperidines  (up  to  12 yg/m ) and
much larger quantities of  C,.-C7 dicarboxylic acids, hydroxy-acids and amides.
                                                                                   3
     Grosjean and Friedlander (1975) have found organic extractables up to 141 pg/rn  during an
incident  in 1973 and 1/2 to 1/3 of  this mass was polar organics.  These organics together with
ammonium  sulfate  and  nitrate   accounted for  95  percent of  the  secondary aerosol  during
photochemical  incidents.   Therefore,  there  is substantial evidence that organic particles can
be influenced in a very major way by photochemistry.
5.5.4  Metallic Components  of Fine  Particles
     It  is useful   to  study not  only  the chemical  but also  the elemental  composition of the
particles.  Many  trace  elements  are known to be toxic and can act as catalysts in atmospheric
reactions.  Table 5-15 indicates the mean and maximum concentrations of  several elements  found

SOX5C/I                                      5-87                                    1-19-81

-------
                                  (ABU  5-l!i   COMPARISON  OF  IIKUAN AND NONUHtiAN ANNIIAI AVI RAGI CONU NI KA1 IONS
                                                        (OK SULCII.U MtlAlS, 1'J/U 1974
                  Be0
                     NIT
                             	Cd

                             IJ    NU
                                             tr
                                                          Co
l-e
                                          U    NU
                                                       U     NU     U    NU
                                                                                                Mil
                                                                                                   NU
_ NJ _

U     NU    U
                                                                                                                             NU
                                                                                                                                            NU
1970
Maximum 2.9 ' .24
Arithmet-
ic mean LDC
Std. devi-'
ation 0.2
1971
Maximum 0.7
Arithmet-
ic mean 0. 1
Std. devi-
ation 0. 1
l'J72
Maximum 10
Arithmet-
ic mean
Std. devi-
ation
i
1973
Maximum

LD

LI)

.03

.24

.01

.03

LD

LD

--


LD
Arithmet- i
ic mean
Std. devi-
LD LO

ation j
1974
Maximum
Arithmet-
ic mean
Std. devi-
ation

0.2

LD

—

LD

LD

--



.099 .0001 .130 .075 ; 014 LD (14.2 1.62 i 5.83 1.471

.003 .0001 ; .008 .003

.007

.295

.004

.016

.112

.002

.007


.032

.001

.003

.077

.002

.005

--

.0001

.0001



.0001

.0001

--


.0001

.0001

—

.0002

.0002

—

.011

.171

.009

.014

.143

.006

.010


.228

.007

.015

.073

.006

.006


.009

.061

.004

.007

.039

.002

.004


.066

.003

.009

.009

.002

.002


LD LD

.001 i --

.085

.001

.003

.042

LD

.002


.027

.001

.002

.029

LD

LD

LD

--

LD

LD

--


LD

LD

--

LD

LO

.001 --
I

1.7 .38

1.3 .27

16.0

2.1

1.6

6.4

1.2


2.80

.51

.38

1.15

.25

.8 .22


6.9

1.1

.8

6.2

1.1

1.19

.19

.18

.69

.24

.71 17
f
1.19 .088

.80

6.31

1.23

.87

6.88

1.13

.78


5.83

.92

.64

4.09

.89

.57


.190

1. 134

.047

.155

1.048

139

.169


.939

.110

.149

.534

.111

.111


2.10

068

.07 .015

.12

.013

1.95 .102

.08 .018

.11

.86

.04

.06


.56

.04

.05

.35

.04

.04


.015

.046

.007

.009


.030

.004

.005

.033

.006

.007


.2/7

.015

.028

.347

.015

.028

.268

.011

.023


.439

.014

.037

.639

.009

.029

.097

,005

,014

.083

.003

.011

.082

.004

.012


.280

.011

.037

.026

.002

.004
i

.26

.05

.03

.51

.04

.05

48

.04

.03


.23

.04

.03

.22

.04

.03


.093

.013

.011

.069

.017

.020

.092

.027

1.222

.052

.116

1.325

.041

. 108

.858

.022

.022


.084

.028

.021

.066

.020

.017

.056


.393

.016

112

.008

.019

.209

.007

.024

.205

.004

.019


.035

.002

.034 .005

.248 , .023

.019 ! .002

.037


.004

/expressed  in  ng/m
 U=urban
 NU=nonurban
cLD=less than  detectable

Source:  G. Akland,  1976.

-------
*
in urban and nonurban areas in the U.S. from 1970 to 1974.  In general the trace elements tend
to be  enriched in  urban aerosols  (Table  5-16) because  of the  concentrations  of  industrial
sources and greater fuel combustion.  As Table 5-17 indicates, they are not homogeneously dis-
tributed among  the  various particle size fractions.  There is also spatial variability in the
composition of  the  aerosol,  as indicated by  Table  5-18.   These  intercity differences reflect
the difference  in industries and types of fuel used in these urban areas.
     Hi-vol filter samples from the NASN have been routinely analyzed for certain metals going
back  to the  early  1960s.   The  data for  certain metals  for  the  year 1965-1974  have been
summarized in an E.P.A.  report (Faoro and McMullen, 1977).  This  report presents the composite
national and  regional  trends for nine trace metals.  These are the fuel-related metals--lead,
vanadium,  nickel,  and  titanium--and  the industry-related  metals—cadmium,  chromium,  copper,
iron,  and  manganese.   These trends were  derived from samples collected from  92  urban and 16
nonurban NASN hi-vol stations.
     The instrumental techniques for detecting metals changed in  1970, significantly improving
the  lower  sensitivity of the  detection.  This  report,  in addition to two  others  (EPA,  1976)
and  (Akland,  1976) describes  the methods  used  and the  implications to  trends  analysis.   In
general,  the  data  presented  here serves  as  an  indication  of the  changes in  atmospheric
concentrations  of  various  metals  occurring in different regions  of the country.   For the most
part  the trends are  consistent with  changes  in emission  patterns  due to  industrial source
control  and changes in  fuel use.
     Similar  to trends  in  urban  TSP  concentrations,  metals concentrations  have  declined in
most,  urban  areas,  with  the exceptions of copper, titanium, and possibly chromium.   Table 5~19
summarizes metal  trends and possible causes for these trends.  Both beryllium and cobalt have
such  very  low concentrations that trends cannot be  identified with any certainty.   Trends in
other   metals,  such  as  vanadium  and  nickel,  parallel   air  pollution  control  regulations
mandating  the  use  of  low sulfur  fuels.   There  has  been a  drop   in  vanadium and  nickel,
particularly  in the  Northeast, because the desulfurization  process  of  petroleum also removes
these  impurities.  Titanium, on the other hand,  may have increased due to the rise in coal use
by utilities.  Decrease  in iron, manganese, and  cadmium concentrations are probably related to
reduced  particulate emissions  from  steel  plants  and  related   industries and  from improved
incineration  or the practice  of  sanitary  landfill  instead of  incineration.  No  trends were
apparent for copper, but it is felt that the high concentrations  are a result of contamination
from the commutators of  the high volume samplers.
5.5.4.1   Lead—The  seasonal  patterns  and  trends  in  the  quarterly-averaged  urban  lead
concentrations  are  displayed  in Figure 5-42.   The  national  composite 50th percent!le of lead
concentrations  has  decreased  from  about 1.1 ug/m   i'n 1971  to  0.84 ug/m   in 1974.   This is
about  a  24  percent  decrease.   This decrease  is  attributed to the decrease in lead content in
gasoline and particularly the decrease in premium gas sales since 1970.   The premium gas has a
higher  lead content  than regular gas.   Lead  content  of gasoline will continue to decrease in

SOX5C/I                                      5-89                                    1-19-81

-------
             TABLE 5-16.  RATIOS OF URBAN (U) TO SUBURBAN (S) CONCENTRATIONS IN AIR,
                                      CLEVELAND, OHIO, AREA
           Element  U/S
          Antimony
          Chloride
         Beryllium
          Chromium
            Cobalt
           Bismuth
6.9
6.5
6.1
5.6
3.4
3.3
                 Element  U/S
  Mercury
     Iron
  Cadmium
   Sodium
Magnesium
Manganese
  Calcium
3.0
2.8
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.2
2.0
     Element      U/S

    Silicon, tin  1.8
Copper, vanadium  1.8
        Aluminum  1.7
            Zinc  1.6
         Arsenic  1.4
        Selenium  1.3
         Bromine  1.2
                                             X = 2.8
         Source:  Report of the ECE Task Force on Fine Particulate Pollution.
                  Task Force of the Economic Commission for Europe's Working
                  Party on Air Pollution Problems.
                  Organization, December 1977.
                                Geneva,  World Health
SOX5C/I
                         5-90
                                                                                       1-19-81

-------
                TABLE 5-17.   CORRELATIONS OF CHEMICAL CONTENT WITH PARTICLE SIZE



                       a) Predominant Particle Size for Various Substances

         Normally fine       Normally coarse       Normally bimodel       Variable

         Sulfates
         Organic (con-
         densed vapors)

         Lead

         Arsenic

         Selenium

         Hydrogen ion

         Ammonium salts

         Soot
Iron, calcium

Titanium


Magnesium

Potassium

Phosphate

Silicon

Aluminum
Chloride

Nitrate
Nickel

Tin


Vanadium

Antimony

Manganese

Zinc

Copper
               b) Ratios of Element Distribution Between Fine and Coarse Particles

                   (St.  Louis Urban Aerosol, 18-day average, Aug.-Sept., 1975)
                Predominantly fine
                     Predominantly coarse
Element Fine/coarse
Sulfur 8.90
Lead 3.67



Element
Ca 1 c i urn
Silicon
Iron
Potassium
Titanium
Fine/Coarse
0.09
0.13
0.29
0.33
0.55

         Source:   Miller, F.  J.  et a!., 1979.

                  Dzubay, T.  G.  et al., 1977.
SOX5C/I
                5-91
                                                                                       1-19-81

-------
               TABLE  5-18.   PARTICULATE  ANALYSES  FROM SELECTED URBAN LOCATIONS

Suspended particulates
Antimony
Beryl lium
Bismuth
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobolt
Copper
Iron
Manganese
Nickel
Tin
Titanium
Vanadium
Zinc
Atlanta,
Georgia
97.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.017
0.002
0.000
0.04
1.2
0.06
0.007
0.02
0.03
0.001
0.52
Birmingham,
Alabama
142.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.008
0.005
0.000
0.06
1.7
0.15
0.004
0.01
0.03
0.003
1.09
Baltimore,
Maryland
146.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.003
0.018
0.000
0.06
0.8
0.08
0.034
0.01
0.01
0.071
0.34
Albuquerque,
New Mexico
120.
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.001
0.000
0.07
a
0.03
0.000
0.01
0.01
0.001
0.00

          Not  analyzed.



         Arithmetic mean values for 1966 expressed as micrograms per cubic meter.



         Copyright by the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1970.



         Source:  Corn, M. 1976.
SOX5C/I
5-92
                                                                                        1-19-81

-------
                    TABLE 5-19.   TRENDS IN REPORTED URBAN METAL CONCENTRATIONS
                                    AND THEIR POSSIBLE CAUSES
             Metal
Observed trends
     Possible causes
         Fuel  combustion-related'
          metals:

          Beryllium

          Lead


          Nickel


          Titanium


          Vanadium
         Industry-re1ated
          metals:

          Cadmium
          Chromium

          Cobalt

          Copper


          Iron



          Manganese
Unknown

Down last 5 years


Down


Up


Down
Down



No trend

Unknown

No trend


Down



Down
Lower lead content in
gasolines after 1969

Reduction of Ni in residual
oils

Increasing use of coal in
electric utilities

Reduction of V in residual
oils
Controls in metal industry
and improved incineration
practices

Unknown
Contamination from hi-vol
commutator

Improved incineration or waste
burning practices, fuel switch-
ing, controls in steel industry

Controls in metals industry
Source:   Faoro and McMullen, 1977.
SOX5C/I
         5-93
                                                                                       1-19-81

-------
    3.0
    2.0
<
tr.
o

o

i   1-°
UJ
                               I
I        I       I       I
                                                 I
               66
                       67
68
                                                              72
                                        73
                                       74
                                      69       70     71


                                           TIME, year



Figure 5-42. Seasonal patterns and trends in quarterly average urban lead concentrations.


Source:  Faoro, R.B. and T.B. McMullen, 1977.
                                                                                      75
                                               5-94

-------
the  future  because  of  increased  use  of unleaded  gasolines in  the  new  cars  equipped with
catalytic converters.  This national decrease is not experienced equally in various regions of
the  country,  due to differences  in  growth rate and vehicle  miles travelled.   These results,
however, should  be  used with caution because  of  the relatively small number of stations used
in  determining  the trends.  A  NASN  location in downtown  Los  Angeles  experienced  the highest
lead concentrations, averaging  between  4 and 5 ug/m  until 1971;  the concentrations decreased
                3
to  about 2  ug/m  in 1974.  Again  the  reduction of lead content in gasoline and the increased
use  of  lead-free  gasoline may  have contributed  to  this  decline,  but  also the  decrease  in
vehicle miles travelled  in downtown  urban areas has contributed to this downward trend.   There
is  some evidence that the rural sites have shown either stable or  slightly  increasing patterns
in  ambient air  lead content.
5.5.4.2  Vanadium and Nickel — Figure 5-43 shows,  for the five broad geographical areas of the
United  States,  the  90th percentiles of  the  annually  averaged vanadium concentration.  It can
be  seen that the  Northeast has  substantially  higher vanadium  concentrations  than any other
area of the United States.  Over this 10-year record the concentrations of vanadium decreased
                          3                     3
74  percent, from 0.35 |jg/m  in  1969  to 0.09 ug/m   in 1974, most of this drop occurring between
1971  and 1972.   The  slight increas'e apparent  in  the  South is caused mainly by two  or three
stations  showing relatively  high  readings  in  1972-74;  this  is  not characteristic  of other
sites  in the region.  For both  vanadium  and nickel, pronounced and regular  high winter and low
summer  seasonal  variations in both the 50th and 90th percentiles occur in the Northeast.  This
is  shown in Figure 5-44.  These variations  are attributed to the metal contents in the fuels
used  for space  heating.   The  decrease  in  the  50th and 90th  percentiles  of  these two metals
reflects the  decrease  in the sulfur content in petroleum used in  this area.  This decrease is
exemplified by  the  approximately 70 percent decrease in the sulfur content of residual oil in
the New York  City/Westchester County area since  1979.   The vanadium concentrations are shown
to  decrease between 70 and 80  percent over the  same  time period at the  New  York City NASN
site.
     Trends  in  the  50th  percentile  of the  annual  averages  for  metals  associated  with
industrial  sources   in  urban  areas   are  shown  in   Figure  5-45.    Chromium  and  copper
concentrations  remained  fairly  steady   over the  ten-year period,  but,  as noted  before,  the
copper  concentrations are suspect because of contamination.  Iron  and manganese  show declines,
especially  during  the  1970-74  period.   Beryllium, cadmium, and cobalt  levels  were below the
level  of detectability  for the  methods used, and hence cannot  be reliably reported.
5.5.5   Acidity of Atmospheric Aerosols
     Along  with  size and chemical composition, the acidity of fine atmospheric  aerosols is an
important property.  Measurement of  acidity by titration is preferred to pH measurements (June
and Scheich,  1971).   Measurements to date of  the  strong acid content of atmospheric aerosols
have  indicated  that it is quite  variable.   Around certain  sources such  as  cement and lime
kilns,  the  airborne  particles may be basic whereas around other sources such as sulfuric acid
plants  and coke plants  the particulate emissions may be very acid.
SOX5C/I                                      5-95                                     1-19-81

-------
    0.10
a,



O


<
cc
o

o
u

s


o
    0.01
   0.001
              -.-
    A  \  /'  /   \"^-

   /  \  v/  /     v
   •    •        *

  I    \


/     \   if.
          \   /  /\
          •   •  •   \
                         — X
                                                                \

                                               •
                     — — — NORTHEAST (29 SITESt



                     -- _ SOUTH (15 SITES)



                     _ . — WEST (15 SITES)


                     __.._ NORTH CENTRAL (14 SITES)



                     — ••— MIDWEST (19 SITES)
                    I     I      I      I
                  I      I      I     I      I
                   1965    66
67    68
                 69   70    71




                 TIME, year
                                                            72    73
                                        74
Figure 5-43.  Regional trends in the 90th percentile of the annual averages for vanadium. (A indi-

cates value below lower discrimination limit.)




Note:  1971-1974 90th percentile below lower discrimination limit - 0.003 = ng/m3.




                                              5-96

-------
      0.800
                  1965  66    67     68    69    70    71     72    73    74
      0.150
  m



   {
      0.100
   UJ
   o

   O
   o
   u
   z
      0.050
                   1     I      I      f
                                                    90th PERCENTILE     	
                  1965  66    67    68     69   70    71    72     73   74


                                         YEAR



Figure 5-44.  Seasonal variation in quarterly averages for nickel and vanadium at

urban sites in the northeast.
                                          5-97

-------
       0.1
 ,1

 a.
U

O
u
_l

2
UJ
5
       .01
      .003





      .002




     .0008





     .0004
                                                         "(IRON VALUES SHOULD BE MULTIPLIED BY

                                                         10 IN ORDER TO BE IN pg/m* UNITS)
                                                      b(TREND PATTERN IS PROBABLY INFLUENCED BY

                                                      INTERNALLY GENERATED COPPER FROM THE

                                                      SAMPLING DEVICE)
                                                      - -\

                                        /s

                                      /    V
                                                \
                                      \/
                                                   \
IRON*


COPPERb


MANGANESE


CHROMIUM


CADIUM
                      65    66    67    68    69     70    71     72    73    74



                                                    YEAR




Figure 5-45.  Trends in 50th percentile of  annual averages for metals associated with metal industry

sources at urban sites. (A indicates value below lower discrimination limit.)
                                                      5-98

-------
     Weak  and strong  acids  exist in  the  atmosphere  in  both gaseous  and participate  form.
Organic acids  have  been reported by  Ketseridis  et al.  (1976), in  rural  and urban and marine
                                     3            3
atmospheres ranging  between 0.3 ug/tn   to 10  ug/m .   Nitric acid is present  in the atmosphere
in concentrations ranging  from < 1 to  nearly 40 ppb (Spicer,  1977).   Vapor-phase HC1 may be
present  (Rahn  et  al.,  1979)  although  quantitative  data  are  sparse.   These  organic and
inorganic  gases   can  condense or  be  absorbed on particles either  i_n situ  or  during filter
sampling.
     Most of the  strong acid  found in aerosol particles is chemically  associated with the fine
particulate   sulfate   aerosol  mass.    Charlson  et  al.  (1978)  and  others  cite  numerous
measurements  of  approximate  chemical  balance   between  ammonium  cations and sulfate anions.
Thus the  major form of sulfate  is  ammonium sulfate (that is,  sulfuric acid  fully neutralized
by  ambient anmonia.   However, on  occasion  urban and rural aerosols can  be acid.   Brosset et
al.  (1976),  Brosset  (1978),  Hitchcock et  al.  (1980),  Cobourn et  al.  (1978),  Pierson et al.
(1980),  Lioy  et  al.  (1980),  Leaderer and Tanner (1980),  Stevens et al.  (1979), and Tanner et
al. (1977, 1979)  have all demonstrated  that strong acid in the  form of ammonium bisulfate and,
less frequently H9SO., may  exist at significant  levels  in the ambient  atmosphere.  Strong acid
                              3
levels equivalent to > 15 (jg/m  of .sulfuric acid  have been observed for periods > 6 hr.
      In  urban atmospheres  sulfate anion  usually  appears primarily  in the  form  of ammonium
                                   +    2-
 sulfate or ammonium bisulfate  (NH. /SO.    molar ratios between 1 and 2) as reported by Lioy et
 al.  (1980)  for New York City, Leaderer and Tanner (1980) for New Haven and New York City, and
 Cobourn  et  al.  (1978)  for St.  Louis.   Presumably  this  greater extent  of  neutralization of
 urban sulfate  aerosols  is due  to additional ammonia  sources  in urban areas, although it may be
 due   in part  to  analytical  interferences  from coarse,  basic  particles  such  as  resuspended
 cement dust present in  large amounts  in urban aerosols.
      On  the  basis of  recent  experimental  and  theoretical work,  Huntzicker  et al.  (1980)
 indicate  that  sulfate aerosol  more acidic than  (NH.)HSO. should occur only when  SOp is being
 oxidized  rapidly and where the ratios of [SO,,] to [NH3J are  high or when the equilibrium vapor
 pressure  of  NH,  over the partially-neutralized H-SO.  droplet  exceeds the ambient NH, partial
 pressure.  The situation is more complicated in ambient aerosols in which partial ly-ammoniated
 sulfate  is  present  in  mixtures with nitrate,  carbonaceous  and other aerosol  components in
 solid or liquid  form  which  may  affect  its neutralization  rate.   In particular,  some  data
 (Tanner,  1980a)   suggest  that  the degree  of mixing  in  the  "well-mixed" boundary  layer is
 inadequate to  prevent vertical stratification of strong  acid  levels since ammonia is largely
 emitted (and  nitric  acid largely  removed  by  dry  deposition) at the earth's surface.  Further
 information on the vertical  distribution  of strong  acid  and related species is needed before
 emission and neutralization rates  may be used to predict  acid levels in urban areas.
      Cobourn et  al.  (1978)  demonstrated that acid aerosol episodes could occur  in urban areas
 as suggested by Tanner  et al.  (1977,  1979) and Brosset (1978).   Cobourn et al. (1978), using  a
SOX5C/I                                      5-99                                       1-19-81

-------
continuous  sulfate  monitor  to  distinguish  sulfuric  acid  species  from  ammonium   sulfate,
recorded  two  acid  aerosol  episodes of  three  days or  more duration  in  St.  Louis, Mo.   Both
episodes were reported to have occurred simultaneously with a regional haze, one  in July  1977,
the  other in February  1978.   They  ascribe  the city occurrence of  H2$04 to conditions  where
atmospheric ammonia concentrations are exceptionally low (ammonia is temporarily  depleted from
the  atmosphere).
     The  temporal  variations of  the  acid  fraction  of   the  sulfate  aerosol  in St.  Louis
displayed patterns  similar  to those reported by  Cunningham and Johnson (1976) in Chicago and
Tanner  (1980b)  for  the New York area.   The aerosol acidity often changed drastically within a
few  hours.   Cobourn et al.  (1978)  noted  a  diurnal  pattern with highest  acid  levels  in mid-
afternoon and lowest at  night.   Leaderer and Tanner (1980), taking 6-hour samples,  reported
increased aerosol acidity in the 12 noon to 6 p.m. samples taken at High Point, New Jersey and
Upton,  Long  Island  (west  and east of New York City, respectively), compared to other sampling
times.  At this time the relative contribution of S02 oxidation chemistry, temporal variations
in  NH, and  SCL  emission  rates, diurnal  variations  in turbulent  mixing rates,  and  varying
height  of the mixing layer to the diurnal patterns are not known.   Dzubay (1980) observed that
while  sulfur and  lead dominated  the  fine  particles  they were  insignificant in  the coarse
particles.  The  similar composition of the rural  and urban aerosols indicated that the  urban
was  transported to the rural.
     Measurements of  acidity in Eastern  U.S.  aerosol  samples  indicate that  strong acids are
present more  frequently and  in  larger amounts  in rural  and  semi-rural   samples than in the
urban   samples.    Pierson  et  al.   (1980)  report  12-hour  concentrations  of  hydrogen  ions
                                      3
expressed as  HUSO,  as  high as 17 (jg/m  in the Allegheny mountains of Pennsylvania in July and
August  1977.   It  is  likely  that  strong acid concentrations  were substantially  higher for
periods less than 12 hours.
     Lioy et  al.  (1980)  and Leaderer et  al.  (1980)  characterized the aerosol  acidity in the
region  surrounding  New York City during the summer of 1977.  The samples taken at High Point,
                                                            o
N.J.  (west -  northwest  of NYC) were more  acidic  (17.8  pg/m ,  6-hr average max. hydrogen ions
expressed as  H,,S04) than  samples  taken  in  New Haven,   Conn,  and Brookhaven,  N. Y.   on  Long
Island east of New York City.
     Part of  the period  studied by Lioy  et al.  (1980)  was coincident with  the research of
Pierson et  al.  (1980).   Using  the combined  data set in conjunction with  air  parcel  trajec-
tories  and haze  analyses  Lioy et al.  (1980) suggested the presence of a regional  acidic  aero-
sol  distribution  which  encompassed  an area at  least  200 miles  in diameter  during the period
August 3-9,  1977.
5.6  COARSE PARTICLES IN AIR
5.6.1  Introduction
     In Chapter  2 and  in  earlier sections  of this  chapter  it was shown that air in cities
usually contains large amounts of particles larger than  1-3 urn in size.   Particles larger than

XD25B/E                                      5-100                                    1-19-81

-------
*
10-20 urn  tend  to settle out of  air suspension under the force of gravity.  Yet in many areas
these very large dust particles are also present in substantial quantity.  The material we are
describing  is  the  dust on window  ledges,  the stuff which makes  things  dirty.   In Chapter 11
you will  see  that  that at least  the  smaller sizes of these coarse particles can be deposited
in human airways where they might contribute to adverse effects on health.  So coarse particle
mass  contributions are  substantial  and important  in the  context  of air  pollution effects.
     The composition and sources of coarse particles are not as thoroughly studied as those of
fine  particles.   One  reason  is  they  are  more  complex.   For  example, it  is  possible  to
recognize  dozens of particle  types  in ambient air samples; these  range from soil particles,
limestone  road aggregate,  flyash and  oil soot to cooking oil droplets,  pollen, wood ashes and
even  instant  coffee  (McCrone,  1968;  Draftz and Severin, 1980).  Man's  industry and activity
stirs  up  dust, quite a lot of dust in arid climates.  Unfortunately, the chemical composition
of  many kinds  of  coarse particles can  be  very similar, at least  as  determined by elemental
analysis.   Consequently,  much  of the  evidence on large particle composition has been attained
from deductions  based on microscopical examination.
5.6.2   Elemental Analysis of Coarse Particles
     Measurable  elements  which constitute  the major portion of coarse particle mass in cities
are silicon, aluminum, calcium, and iron (Akselsson et al., 1975; Lewis  and Macias, 1980; Camp
et  al., 1978;  Stevens et al., 1980;  Dzubay,  1980;  Stevens et al., 1978; Cahill et al., 1977;
Hardy,  1979; Trijonis et al.,  1980).   Although these elements do exist in the fine fraction to
a minor degree,  they are everywhere substantially enriched in the coarse  fraction.
     Occurrence  of some elements  in  coarse particles is very much  time and place dependent,
though, and Table  5-20 shows  some  data  illustrative  of this point.  There  appear to  be sub-
stantial  differences across the  country in  the  fraction of these  elements  occurring in the
coarse  particles.   The presence  of local  sources dominates both the mass  and composition of
coarse  particles.   However,  Cooper and Watson  (1980)  have  graphically  demonstrated the simi-
 larity  in  elemental  distribution  for a variety  of coarse particle  sources as  Figure 5-46
 shows.   Here,  the most that can  be said is that  rock  grinding  operations produce remarkable
 similar coarse particle elemental compositions, whether the mechanical  action is intentional
or  incidental  to  other  activities.   Cement dust and  limestones  (not  surprisingly)  also have
 similar elemental  composition  (Draftz, 1979).
     Even  greater  evidence  of localized influence  on  coarse particle  concentrations can be
seen with other elements.   In the  Smoky Mountains, titanium and chlorine are greatly enriched
 in  the coarse  particles (Stevens et  al.,  1980)  while in St. Louis, titanium is mainly a fine
particle  component and chlorine is about evenly distributed between coarse and  fine particles
(Stevens  et al.,  1978;  Akselsson et  al.,  1975).   In the case of  titanium  the  presence of  a
large  coal-burning power plant plume  over the city greatly influenced the fine  particle tita-
nium  (Winchester  et  al.,  1980).   Chlorine  appears  to have  its origins  in  fine automotive
XD25B/E                                       5-101                                           1-19-8]

-------
TABLE 5-20.   COARSE PARTICLE SILICON,  ALUMINUM,  CALCIUM,  AND IRON

Location
Charleston, WV

Smoky Mountains,
TN
u, New York, NY
i
i — »
o
Philadelphia, PA
St Louis, MO
Portland, OR
Glendora, CA
St. Louis, MO
Dates
08/25 -
9/14/76
05/11 -
05/19/77
09/21 -
09/26/78
02/77
03/77
12/75
02/77
03/77
08/-
09/76

Coarse
Mass
27.1
43
5.6
42.6
17.5
NA
27.6
NA
28.0
pg/m
Si
2.8
7.7
0.50
2.0
1.8
4.3
2.8
1.0
4.5
3
Al Ca
1.1 0.96
NA 2.2
0.20 0.32
0.84 1.15
0.64 0.94
8.7 1.9
1.2 0.76
0.3 0.44
1.2 2.8
coarse/fine
Fe
0.59
1.4
0.12
0.96
0.69
1.0
0.95
0.36
1.2
Si
6.8
7
15
5.6
7
10
31
5.3
10
Al
15
NA
10
6.5
13
4.4
5.6
>6
6
mass ratios
Ca
9.7
7.4
20
3.2
6
16
11
4.5
21
Fe
4
4
4
2.5
3.2
3
5.0
3
4.4
Reference
Lewis and Mac i as
1980
Camp et
1978
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Stevens
et al.
Dzubay,
al.,
, 1980
, 1978
, 1978
, 1978
, 1978
, 1978
1980

-------
    100
   10.0  -
tt   1.0
UJ
cc
s
   0.10  -
   0.01
    100
   10.0  -
    1.0  -
    0.10 -
    0.01
SOIL
Si
AlT

-Na
mmm



-




S
\
f^n



Mn
Fe


Lr
~™
—

Zn
                                                 100
                                             -  10.0
               -  0.10 -
                                                0.01
Si
_ AJ
Naj

""
ROCK CRUSHER
__


s
\
Ca
ft



Mn
\/_Cr|
Fe


—

Cu
100
10.0
1.0

0.10
n m
Si
- ^J



r

ASPHALT PRODUCTION
Fe —

S

Cl
Ca
A



Mn


Lr
—

NiCuZn
                          100
                         10.0
                      g   1.0
                         0.10
                         0.01
     Si

•/I
 Naj
                                            COAL FLY ASH
                                            Ca
                                                      Fe
                                        Cl
                                                    Mn
                                                                 Pb
                                                         NiCu
                 Figure 5-46. Elemental composition of some coarse particle components.


                 Source:  Cooper and Watson (1980).
                                               5-103

-------
particles at  inland  sites (Winchester et al., 1980) but in coarse sea-salt particles near  the
coast (Hardy, 1979; Draftz, 1979).
     Organics and  carbonates  sometimes  can be found in substantial quantities in coarse aero-
sols.   For  example,  De  Wiest (1978) found  30-50  percent of extractable  organics  in 2-10 urn
particles.   Lewis  and Macias (1980)  found 40 percent of the carbon  (presumable mostly organ
ics)  in dichotomous  coarse  fractions in Charleston,  WV,  while  Stevens  et  al.  (1980) found
about one third  of the organics  in  the  coarse fraction in the Smokey  Mountains.   Mueller et
al.  (1970) was able to differentiate between carbonates and elemental  carbon by acid evolution
of  C02  but this technique,  unfortunately, has not been applied  to coarse particle analysis.
Considering that calcium carbonate has  often  been  found  as  a major component of urban coarse
particle  samples (Graf et al.,  1977; Draftz, 1979), it is surprising that direct analysis  for
carbonate has not been reported.
     As mentioned  previously, most water-soluble inorganic ions  are  found in fine fractions.
5.6.3   Evidence from Microscopical Evaluation of Coarse Particles
     Efforts to understand the importance of coarse particles in air have been hampered by the
inability of  simple  chemical  analyses (so very successful with fine particles) to reveal much
of  their  nature.   However,  estimates of mass  balances have suggested for  a  long time that
these locally-generated  coarse particles  must constitute a substantial part  of the suspended
particle burden.
     As an  example,  the  most recent data from the  Environmental  Protection Agency network of
dichotomous samplers and hi-vols  could  be interpreted as demonstrating significant amounts of
particles greater  than 15 urn in  the  air  if  the difference between D.  . ,  and TSP is taken as
representing  super-coarse particles.   Table 5-21   displays  some   of  these data  for selected
sites for illustrative purposes.   It is clear  that most  sites  have two thirds or more of the
TSP  in  coarse  and  super-coarse  particles.   For  the more  arid and dusty parts of the country,
rough estimates  of this  kind and common  sense have suggested to  pollution  control officials
that TSP must be dominated by locally generated coarse particles.
     Since  these  larger objects  can be  readily inspected with an optical microscope,  a sub-
stantial  body  of information has been  accumulated by visually  inspecting  particle samples,
such as hi-vol filters or impactor stages.   The largest  of  these studies involved evaluation
of  300  filters from  14 U.S.  cities (Bradway  and Record, 1976).   Table 5-22 presents composite
analyses for all  filters from each of the cities.  A wide variation was found in these filters
ranging from  virtually all  dust   in Denver and  Oklahoma City to mostly dust with considerable
fly  ash and  soot  in  most of the  industrialized cities.  Chattanooga was anomolous in that ex-
tremely large  amounts  of plant materials  were found, including pollen, fibers,  fragments of
leaves and other tissues.
XD25B/E                                      5-104                                    1-19-81

-------
                 TABLE  5-21.   RELATIVE AMOUNTS OF FINE,  COARSE,  AND SUPER-COARSE
                                   PARTICLES AT SELECTED SITES


Phoenix, AZ
El Paso, TX
Dallas, TX
Portland, OR
Los Angeles, CA
Akron OH
Philadelphia, PA
Hartford, CN

Fine
<2.5 urn
34
16
26
32
36
49
51
34
Weight percent
Coarse
2.515
6
51
10
64
31
26
32
32

Super-coarse
>15(jm
60
33
64
4
33
25
17
34

            Note:   The term 'super-coarse'  refers to the difference between the
                   total dichotomous sample concentration and the Hi-Vol  TSP
                   concentration.

     Similar  investigations  were  combined with emissions  inventory,  modelling,  and  control
studies in Phoenix, Arizona,  in 1977 (Richard et al., 1977,  1977a,b,c;  Graf et al., 1977).   In
that city 90  percent  of the TSP was  found to be mineral dust  apparently  entrained in air by
automotive traffic  over 1100 miles of  unpaved  roads in the area  and  by  intense construction
activities  in that  rapidly  growing  desert  city.   Suck  et al.  (1978,  1979)  found  through
meteorological modeling that very  little  motion of this coarse particulate  matter occurs in
the wind.   Since wind velocities are characteristically low, agricultural  influences are minor
and coarse particles stay more or less where they are generated.
     Microscopic  evaluations  of Miami  and St.  Louis  particles have  been conducted  both on
total  filter  samples  and on impactor  plates  (Draftz,  1978, 1979; Draftz  and Severin, 1980).
In  Miami  calcite  (calcium  carbonate) was  the  principle component  of the  coarse particles.
There  was  evidence that a small  part of  the  calcite was  recrystallized from  ocean spray.
However, most of  the  calcite  appeared to  be roadway aggregate suspended  in the air.  There
were also significant  quantities  of halite (NaCl)  and  of  other trace elements characteristic
of sea salt.
     The general  picture from  these studies  is that  coarse  particles  are  contributed  from
numerous local sources  and  vary dramatically from place to place.   It is likely that  dust and
XD25B/E
5-105
                                                                                      1-19-81

-------
         TABLE 5-22.   14-CITY  STUDY -  MICROSCOPICAL  IDENTIFICATION OF COARSE PARTICLES
Wt. % of Component
Location
Oklahoma City
Denver
Miami
St. Louis
Washington, DC
Baltimore
Birmingham
Phi ladelphia
Providence
Seattle
San Francisco
Cincinnati
Cleveland
Chattanooga
Minerals
88
81
79
75
70
69
66
64
64
60
52
51
51
36
Combustion
products
8
7
9
21
23
25
22
33
22
27
29
44
40
35
Biological
material
1
1
1
>1
5
3
2
1
1
3
3
1
1
16
Miscel laneous
(rubber tire
debris)
4
11
12
4
2
3
10
2
13
10
16
4
8
13

XD25B/E
5-106
                                         1-19-81

-------
roadway aggregate  suspended by traffic  is  a substantial source  of  coarse particles.   But  in
some  areas,  industrialized  cities  especially,  there  is  still  some  evidence  of combustion
source contributions.
5.6.4  Fugitive Dust
     A variety  of  terms have been applied to the coarse particles suspended in the air by the
action of  machinery or  traffic.   The most  common  of these is  fugitive  dust  and the actions
which produce  these  particle emissions are  frequently called "non-traditional" sources.  This
terminology refers to  the fact that  no  one  readily identifiable and controllable source pro-
duces  stirred-up  dust.   Essentially  all  of man's  motions,  amplified  many-fold by machinery,
are responsible for the manmade component of this material.
     The wind alone can be a major source when velocities are high and the soil aggregates are
small.  For example,  Gillette (1978) has estimated soil  fluxes for six  test  soils  in a wind
tunnel.  He concluded  that windspeed and crust  play major roles in wind entrainment.   A sur-
face  crust  effectively  eliminated   fine  particle  entrainment  and  greatly  reduced  coarse
particle entrainment.
      In those  areas  where unpaved roads are common (e.g.,  the mountain  states, the Southwest
and  the Northern  Great Plains),  it  is  clear that car and truck traffic  can be a major source
(See  Chapter 4  and Carpenter and  Weant, 1978).   In  large industrial plants, truck traffic over
access roads can be a  major  source (Cowherd  et al.,  1979).
      Wilson et  al.  (1979) found  that car  and truck traffic produced large amounts of dust  on
unpaved mining roads  in  Northeastern Minnesota.   Particle  sizes were mainly  in  the  6-30  um
range near the  roadway, but  large particles  were found at about 1/5 the roadside level 400-500
meters downwind.  There was  visual evidence  of dust  coating roadside foliage and gusts of wind
caused major  short-term pulses in particle  concentrations downwind of the road.  Davidson and
Friedlander  (1978)  have  quantified deposition of  coarse  particles on  Avena, the  common
wild-oat grass  of the  far west.   Dry  deposition  on  the stems of such plants was reported to  be
a  significant removal  mechanism for particles larger than about 7 um.
      Reentrainment of  road dust  has  been found  a major source of coarse particles in central
business  districts  (CBD).   In  a study  of   several  sites  in  Philadelphia,  Record and Bradway
(1978)  concluded  that   entrainment  of  dust   from  roadways  contributed  the  majority   of
street-level  coarse  particles  and  very significant  levels  at  rooftops,  11  meters  above the
street.   Rainfall,  if  there was enough  of  it,  reduced  the dust  levels significantly, e.g.
about  20  percent.    However,  attempts to  flush  the street with  water redistributed the fine
particles and increased the  observed  coarse  particle level.
      In  a study  of one  site in Massachusetts,  Record et  al.  (1979) found  coarse particle
levels  highly  correlated  with  traffic volume  as  shown  in  Figure 5-47.    In  this study very
large  contributions  of roadway salt, used  for  winter snow control, were found in the coarse
particles.
XD25B/E                                       5-107                                     1-19-81

-------
                                           COARSE PARTICULATES
                                 8     10     12     14    16



                                 TIME OF DAY (START HOUR)
18
      20
22   24
                                                                                            a
                                                                                            a.

                                                                                           §
                                                                                           u

                                                                                           O
                                                                                           O
Figure 5-47.  Diurnal  variation of particulate  concentrations and Plymouth  Avenue traffic volume at

Fall River, Mass., during March through June (weekdays only),  shows contribution from  reentrained

particles.
                                           5-108

-------
*
     Yocom  et  al.  (1981) estimated by  analysis  of a variety  of  records,  the contribution of
fugitive dust  to  area-wide  particle burdens in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania.  He found both
industrial sources and roadways to be significant contributions, though in widely varying pro-
portions.   In  the  12 study sites, roadway  dust  contributed from a low of 4 percent to a high
of 45 percent of annual geometric mean TSP.  In most sites 15  to 20 percent of these particles
came from  traffic.   Industrial  fugitive particle emissions were much more significant in this
area, although  the  general  range was similar, 5  to 40 percent of  the  annual  level.   In most
sites,  industrial  fugitive dust  contributed  20  to 30 percent of the  TSP,  outrunning roadway
dust by about  30  percent.   These  two  sources together with  the general  area background ac-
counted  for 80  to 90 percent of the TSP burden in Allegheny county.
5.6.5   Summary
     The  wind,  traffic,  construction,  mining, and general industrial  activity  are the major
causes  of coarse particles suspended in the air.   Dry climates, intense construction activity,
lack of  paving, salt from icy streets or the sea can all be contributing factors.  The quanti-
tative  assignment  of particular kinds of  sources  to  the coarse and fine particle burdens has
been addressed  in  a cursory and  introductory  fashion in this  section.   In the next part, more
formal  systems  for this source apportionment will be addressed.
5.7  SOURCE-APPORTIONMENT OR SOURCE-RECEPTOR MODELS
     For quite  a long time, the goal of quantitatively assigning the contributions of particle
sources  to  levels  breathed by people or  otherwise  causing ill effects has been pursued.  Re-
cently,  Cooper  and  Watson (1980) and Gordon (1980) have reviewed the current status of calcu-
 lational  systems  or models  to  estimate source contributions  to  exposure.   Cooper  and Watson
have described  a  number of these methods  in  a hierarchical sense and Figure 5-48 shows their
analysis  of related types  of  models  capable  of yielding  at  least  semi-quantitative informa-
tion.   Several  of  the  microscope-based conclusions were discussed in the previous section and
the  work of Yocom (1981) is basically  an example of series analysis.   However, the chemical
mass balance and multivariate models have been used quite effectively recently and a few exam-
ples  of  these  approaches  are  cited  below.   The  results from  3  cities  will  be  presented:
St.  Louis,  MO;  Denver,  CO;  and Portland,  OR.  These  examples  will  help to  show the contrast
the  fractional  contribution of particular matter from different sources.
     In  analyzing  the  St.  Louis  Regional Air  Pollution  Study  (RAPS)  dichotomous sampler data
by  x-ray  fluorescence,  Dzubay  and Stevens  (1975)  found  75  percent  of  the  zinc,  sulfur,
bromine,  arsenic,  silenium,  and  lead  occurred  in the  fine  particulates,  and at  least  75
percent  of  the silicon,  calcium, titanium,  and  iron in the  coarse  fraction  (Dzubay, 1980).
Using  groupings of  elements  to  represent  sources,  Dzubay has postulated  the sources making
fractional  contributions  to two-month   summer  mean  concentrations   at  several  dichotomous
locations in St. Louis.  Approximately 50 to 70 percent of the concentration of  fine particles
is made  up of ammonium sulfates.  The next  largest identifiable source is motor  vehicle
XD25B/E                                      5-109                                    1-19-81

-------
OPTICAL
     MICROSCOPIC
      METHODS
ISEM
     AUTOMATED
         SEM
ENRICHMENT
  FACTORS
TIME SERIES
 ANALYSIS
                     CHEMICAL
                        MASS
                     BALANCE
SPECIAL SERIES
   ANALYSIS
                          ADVANCED
                     MULTIVARIATE DATA
                      ANALYSIS METHODS
            Figure 5-48. Types of receptor source apportionment models.

            Source: Cooper and Watson (1980).
                                5-110

-------
emissions,  followed  by shale  and other  sources.   The  overwhelming  majority of the  ammonium
sulfate is  associated  with the fine fraction.  Similarly, in the urban core  where a number of
the  monitors  were  located,  the  automobile  component was  strongly associated  with  the  fine
fraction.
     Pace and  Meyer  (1979) separated the  fractional  constituents  of the St.Louis dichotomous
data  to  demonstrate  the  relative  contributions  of   sources  to  the  urban   and  non-urban
concentrations  (see  Figure 5-49).  As  might be  expected,  the  vehicle  emission component is
much smaller  in the rural samples  than  it is in the urban  samples.   The sulfate fraction in
the  non-urban  sites  makes up a  larger  proportion of  the toal fine particulate mass than  does
the  sulfate  fraction   in the  urban  samples.   The  crustal component  and  the nondescribed
components  remain  about the same in both  sets of data.   Looking at the coarse fraction, it is
interesting to  note that  the crustal component is much larger in the urban sites than  it is in
the  non-urban sites.
     The  monthly  averages  of  size fractionated  Denver aerosol  mass  are   compared  for  two
months, January and May,  1979 by Dzubay (1980).  The sulfate component is smaller than in St.
Louis  and  the  motor vehicle component is  larger  (see Figure 5-50).  The winter concentrations
were higher for both the  fine and  coarse  fraction.   Much of this difference appears  to be in
the  excess  carbon  and  nitrate component.   The coarse fraction contained road  salt particles in
the  winter.   In Denver samples,  unlike eastern aerosol   samples, the summer sulfate concentra-
tions  appear  to be lower  than  in winter.   The asterisks (*) indicate that some or all of the
component could be due to excess carbon.   In this  case "excess carbon"  is  determined by the
amount  of  carbon observed less the amount predicted.   In the winter, the carbon concentration
                                  3
in  the  fine fraction was  17 ug/m .   It was not  determined  for  the coarse  fraction.   In  May,
                                      o
the  unfractionated carbon was 7.2 ug/m .   Wood burning and auto exhaust are believed to be the
important carbon sources  in Denver.
     Chemical-element  balance  techniques  were applied to TSP and  fine fraction aerosols  col-
lected  in  Portland,  Oregon,  in a year  long study.   Cooper et al.  (1979) describe the experi-
ment and results.   Figure 5-51  summarized  the  resulting  source  allocation.   As  in  several
other  findings,  soils  and road dust are  important  components of TSP.  What  the study did re-
veal was  that  burning  vegetation was the  second most important source, contributing almost 15
percent  of  the  TSP  mass  and 20  percent of  the  fine  particle mass.   Sulfate is not  the  most
abundant component of  the  fine particle mass.  In fact,  it is measured to be  only 8 percent of
the  mass,  fourth  after   auto  exhaust,   volatilizable  carbon   and  aerosols  from  vegetation
burning.  The  study points to  the  importance of residential wood  burning  as contributing to
ambient aerosol concentrations.
     Studies  resolving the source  components are great benefits  to  resolving the fractional
contribution  of  local  versus  distant sources.   Resolution of this  question  may  await  the
application of  receptor modeling  to other  cities  and other regions of the country.
XD25B/E                                      5-111                                     1-19-81

-------
                  FINE
                (33
COARSE
(27 /Lig/m3)
                                RAPS URBAN SITES
                               (103, 105,106,108, 112)


                        •2-MONTH AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS
                 FINE
               (28 ftg/m3)
                                RAPS NON-URBAN SITES
                                (115, 118,120, 122, 124)
 COARSE
 (21 /ug/m3)
Figure 5-49.  Source contributions at RAPS sites estimated by chemical element balance.

                                     5-112

-------
           FINE FRACTION
COARSE FRACTION
                                      T 05%
                                       EFUSE 0.2%
                                        LT 1%
                                      LIMESTONE
                                    >.   05%
                                    ^HALE 22%
                            (NH4)2SO4 2.6%

                            - NO3 03%
                             T 1%
                             REFUSE 0.6%
                                                                                LIMESTONE 2.6%
              JANUARY
   JANUARY
    27 ng/m3
                         (NH4)2S04
                             O3 0.2%
                              0.3%
                            'REFUSE 0.8%
                            SALT 03%
                            LIMESTONE 1.2%
                            'SHALE 7%
                MAY
                                                                                 IOTOR VEHICLES 5%

                                                                                  (NH4)2SO4 3%
                       N03
                       T  1%
                       REFUSE
                       SALT 05%
                     LIMESTONE 7%
                                                                 MAY
                                                               16//g/m3


Figure 5-50.  Monthly averages of size fractionated Denver aerosol mass and composition for January and May.
1979. The components labeled by (*) and by (T) are discussed in the text.
                                             5-113

-------
                          SOIL AND ROAD DUST
                                739.0%)
                   VOLATILIZABLE
                   CARBON (8.1%)
                                                                              TOTAL
                                                                        NONVOLATILIZABLE CARBON
                                                                        ""        (22%}
                                 RESIDUAL OIL
                                    (0.8%)
             MARINE
              (3.8%)
      SOIL AND ROAD DUST
  NONVOLATIZABLE CARBON
          (4.0%)

     PRIMARY INDUSTRIAL (3.0%) '
       •STEEL PRODUCTION (1.0%)
       •ALUMINUM PRODUCTION (0.72%)
       •HOG FUEL BOILERS (0.48%)
       •SULFITE PROCESS (0.39%)
       •CARBIDE FURNACE,CO (0.6%)
                                                        VOLATILIZABLE
                                                           CARBON
                                                            (13.7%)
      UNIDENTIFIED (21.3%)
         (NH4,H2O,etc)
                                                                   (NH4. H2O),etc)
RIMARY INDUSTRIAL (4.9%)
  CARBIDE FURNACE7CO (2.0%)
  ALUMINUM PRODUCTION(1.35%)
  STEEL PRODUCTION (0.94%)
  HOG FUEL BOILERS (0.22%)
  SULFIDE PROCESS (0.18%)
  SULFITE PROCESS (0.18%)
  FERROMANGANESE PRODUCTION
      (0.18%)
                                        FINE
          RESIDUAL OIL
             (1.4%)
MARINE (3.2%)
Figure 5-51.  Aerosol source  in downtown  Portland, annual  stratified arithmetic average. Does not
include the 17%, on the average, of material collected with the standard hi-vol sampler which was not
collected  and characterized with the ERT-TSP sampler.  Volatilizable and non-volatilizable carbon are
operational definitions which approximately correspond to organic and elemental carbon, respectively.
                                             5-114

-------
*
5.8  FACTORS INFLUENCING EXPOSURE
5.8.1  Introduction
     To  this  point only outdoor  concentrations of S02 and  particles  have been considered  in
the  discussion.    Outdoor  concentrations  are  of  major  concern  in estimating  air pollution
effects on visibility, ecological and materials damage.   However, people spend the majority  of
their  time  inside buildings  or  other enclosures;  they breathe mostly  indoor air and, there-
fore,  indoor  concentrations  dominate average exposure.   To  the  extent that  indoor concentra-
tions are different from the  outdoors, population exposures  are different  from those estimated
by outdoor monitors.
     In the United States our population  is highly mobile.   Many persons in their daily travel
pass through  areas of both high  and low pollution levels within a city.  Others work or play
outdoors  to  a greater degree than the general  population.   Therefore, individual exposures  to
S02 and particles  vary more widely than measurements from stationary outdoor monitors suggest.
(Spengler, et al., 1978).
     Furthermore,  individual  variations  in respiratory anatomy, illness or smoking habits can
exert  important influences on the  dose  of a pollutant retained by  individuals  receiving the
same  exposure.   For  example, Cohen, et  al.  (1979) found that  smokers  retain test particles
longer  than  non-smokers.  Figure 5-52 presents the  results of a study of 12 subjects,  3  of
whom were smokers.   Ten months following  exposures  to a  known quantity of metallic dust, the
non-smokers  had cleared 85  to 95  percent of  the  dust  from  their  lungs.   At  the same time
smokers  had  retained about half  of their original dose.   Unfortunately,  there  are few other
studies which can  help in understanding these individual  variations.
     In  this  section the two major  factors  which  influence human exposure to SOp  and parti-
cles,  indoor  exposures  and  activity variations,  are  presented because  they  are important  in
understanding  health  effects.  First  the systematic  differences  between indoor and  outdoor
concentrations of  S0~, fine and coarse particles are discussed.  Then the  limited evidence for
varying exposures  of  individuals  depending on their activities is presented.
5.8.2  Indoor Concentrations  of SO,,
     Indoor concentrations of S02 are invariably  lower than outdoors,  usually by a factor  of
2.   (Spengler  et al., 1978;   Spengler et  al.,  1979).   Since indoor sources of S02 are usually
negligible,  virtually all  S0?  indoors originated outdoors.   Lower  indoor concentrations are
commonly  attributed  to  S02   removal  by  contact with  wall  coatings, furniture,  flooring and
carpets,  air conditioning filters and the  like.
     S0?  removal inside chambers and rooms  has been  shown  to be a function of the material
present  and  the  relative  humidity.   Cox  and Penkett  (1972)  measured the decay  rate of SO-,
inside  containers.   Reaction rates  were found to  be first  order  in  S02>  and irreversible
absorption  occurred  on  the  walls.   The  removal  rates were  very  sensitive  to  the relative
humidity.  As  relative  humidity  increased,  so did  S02  removal, approaching a maximum value
XD25B/E                                      5-115                                    1-19-81

-------
100
  10
                   I    I     I     I     I    I    I     I     I     I
                       4         6         8        10




                       POST INHALATION, months
12
  Figure 5-52.  Smoking impairs long-term dust clearance from the lungs.



  Source:  Cohen, et al. (1979).
                               5-116

-------
slightly above  80 percent  RH.   (Cox  and  Penkett,  1972).   Spedding studied  SCL sorption by
indoor  surfaces  (Spedding and  Rowlands,  1970;  Spedding,  1970;  Spedding  etal., 1971).  The
surface finish  on wallpaper  affected sorption  rates  of  SO^.   Conventional wallpaper  showed
better  uptake than  PVC wallpaper.   Hard woods  sorbed  S02 better and to  a greater depth than
did  softer  woods.    S02  sorption  was  also  measured  for   leather  surfaces.   The  rate  of
absorption seemed to be influenced by the tanning process and the dyes used.
     Walsh et al.  (1977) measured  sorption  of S02 by typical  indoor  surfaces including wool
carpets, wallpaper,  and paint.   Absorption rates, as  measured  by deposition velocities, were
lower  for  carpets   with  an  acidic  pH  than  those  which  were  either  neutral   or  alkaline.
Sorption  of  S02 appeared  to  be  irreversible.   When   carpets  were  preexposed  to  an  S02
concentration equivalent  to  27  years of exposure  at  30 |jg/m3, the amount  of S02 uptake was
reduced by a factor of three.   Fresh emulsion paints had the  highest  deposition velocity or
S02  absorption  rates,  and  vinyl  wallpaper  had the lowest.   It  was concluded  that the most
effective  sorbing  materials   likely   to  be  present  inside homes  are cellulose  wallpaper,
furniture  fabrics, and wool carpets.
     Therefore, most studies  report lower levels of SOp  indoors than outdoors.
     Anderson (1971)  reports  that indoor S02 concentrations average 51 percent of the outdoor
concentrations  over a 7.5-month period of  paired 24-hr sampling inside and outside a single
room.   The correlation coefficient was only 0.52  (Anderson,  1971).   Biersteker et al. (1965)
analyzed  over  800 paired samples  from  the  living rooms  and exteriors of  60 Rotterdam homes.
Indoor  S02  levels   averaged  20  percent  of  the  outdoor  levels,  and  were  lower  for  newer
homes  than older homes.   This may  imply  longer  air  turnover  times in the newer  homes or a
"fresher"  surface  area  for   S02  absorption  (Biersteker  et al.,   1965).   Weatherly  (1966)
measured S02 and smoke levels inside  and outside  a building in central London in early 1960.
Indoor  S02 levels were  always lower than the  corresponding  ambient  conditions,  averaging 40
percent.   Spengler  et al. (1978,  1979)  reported on paired SO, monitoring inside and outside
                                                                                             3
some  75 homes  in six  cities.   Figure 5-53  displays  the annual  S02 concentration  in (jg/m
averaged  across  each  community's  indoor/outdoor network  of  monitors (May  1977-April  1978).
The cities are:   Portage, WI; Topeka, KS; Kingston and Harriman, TN; Watertown, MA; St. Louis,
MO;  and Steubenville,  OH.   Where  ambient  levels  were  high,  the  indoor  concentrations were
30-50  percent of the ambient  levels.  In Kingston,  many of the  indoor  levels were  less than
the minimal detectable level  and were averaged  in as zeros.  This was not done for Portage and
Topeka, where ambient  levels  were very low; hence the indoor S02  levels in these cities appear
to be reduced by only 20  percent of the outdoor concentrations.
     The seasonal indoor/outdoor pattern for each city depends on the S02 sources in each city
and the use  of  air conditioning.  These differences can be seen by comparing the monthly mean
indoor  and outdoor S02 concentrations for Watertown and  Steubenville, as shown in Figures 5-54
and 5-55.   In Watertown,  S02  is primarily derived from sulfur-laden fuels.  The ambient  levels
XD25B/E                                      5-117                                    1-19-81

-------
 CM
o
e/3
    60
    50
    40
    30
    20
    10
fc^l OUTDOOR





I   | INDOOR





    *p<0.05
           1

                                                                  1
                                                                  I
                                                                  I
PORT.*
TOPE.*     KING.
                                             WAT.*
                                           ST.L.*
STEU.*
Figure 5-53. Annual sulfur dioxide concentrations averaged across each community's

indoor and outdoor network (May 1977 — April 1978).



Source:  Spengler et al., 1979.
                                  5-118

-------
 CM

 g
108

 96

 84

 72

 60

 48

 36

 24

 12

  0
              I   I   I

            WATERTOWN
T~l   I    I    T
T~l    I   I    I    I    I

    O INDOOR

    D OUTDOOR
        -    I    I   I   I
             NOV DEC JAN FEBMAR APR MAYJUN JUL AUG SEP OCTNOVDEC JAN FEB MAR APR

                1976                        1977                          1978

Figure 5-54.  Monthly mean SOo concentrations averaged across Watertown's indoor and outdoor
network (November 1976 - Apriri978).

Source:  Spengler et al. (1980).
                                      5-119

-------
  E    60  —
  s
 O
 VI
              NOV DEC JAN FEBMAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC JAN FEE MAR APR


                1976                        1977                             1978



Figure  5-55. Monthly mean SOo concentrations averaged across Steubenville's indoor and outdoor
network (November 1976 - Aprin978).


Source: Spengler (1980).
                                          5-120

-------
rise in the winter as more residual and distillate oil is used for space heating.  The  indoor/
outdoor ratios  become small  because homes  are sealed more  tightly.   In  the summer,  ambient
levels decrease,  but  the indoor/outdoor ratio  approaches  unity  because of increased ventila-
tion.   In Steubenville,  the  summer SO,,  levels are  not  substantially  reduced  from winter
values, since  residential and commercial  space  heating  is not the primary  source  of SCL in
this  area.   Yet  the  reduced  indoor  levels  continue  since more air  conditioning  is used in
Steubenville  (50 percent of  homes samples).   Even  in the non-air-conditioned homes, summer
levels are reduced by 30  to 40 percent.
     While most  information  supports the idea  of  lower  indoor S02 concentrations, exceptions
are  known.   Yocom et al. (1971)  found  one  home, heated by a leaky coal furnace, in which the
indoor S02 level was periodically  ten times the  outdoor level.  Bierstecker et al. (1965) have
also  found leaking flue gas contributions indoors.
      However,  the principal   body of evidence  suggests  that  indoor exposures  are  about half
that  found  outdoors.   Consequently,  highest  exposure  levels are  likely  to be  incurred by
people who spend time outdoors near  local S0? sources.
5.8.3  Particle  Exposures Indoors
5.8.3.1   Introduction--AvaiTable  data  on  indoor  particle  levels  were  collected by  a wide
variety  of  measurement  procedures  ranging   from  dustfall  to  condensation  nuclei  counting.
Earlier in  this  chapter and  in  chapter  3  it was noted that  the  various  particle measurement
procedures  have  definite particle size  biases.  For  example, dustfall and TSP mass measure-
ments are dominated by coarse  particles while light scattering and nuclei  counting, on the one
hand, and smokeshade and  coefficient of haze  on  the other are better measures of fine particles
and  particulate  carbon mass (one  fine particle  component),  respectively.
      Evidence  from this  variety of techniques  has  produced a consistent  view  of  indoor and
outdoor particle concentrations  and  sources,  and this  view  is presented below by separate con-
sideration  of coarse  and fine particle studies.  Table 5-23  summarizes  available  studies by
particle measurement technique.
5.8.3.2   Coarse Particle Concentrations Indoors—Particles  larger  than 5  or  10 urn  tend to
settle  from  the  air and  two  studies  using  dustfall  collection  techniques  suggest these
particles  are greatly  reduced indoors.   Whitby et al.  (1957)  studied dustfall  in offices,
laboratories  and homes.   Average indoor dustfall was only  15  to  20  percent  of the outdoor
level.   No  significant  differences were  found  among  residential   or  business  locations.
Schoffer  et  al.  (1972)  found  indoor  dustfall about 1/8  outdoor  values  in  a study  of 30
residential  sites in  four  cities.  There was   little correlation between  indoor and outdoor
levels.  Dustfall was higher  in  homes where windows were open.
      Yocom   et   al.  (1971)  studied  TSP  in  public   buildings,  offices   and  homes   using   a
scaled-down  version of  the  high-volume sampler.   As mentioned  previously the mass  of such
filter  samples  contains  both  coarse and  fine  particle fractions.  Indoor levels  were about
XD25B/E                                      5-121                                    1-19-81

-------
TABLE 5-23.   SUMMARY OF INDOOR/OUTDOOR (I/O) PARTICULATE MATTER MONITORING STUDIES BY METHOD
Method Author
Dustfall3 Whitby et al.
(1957)
Schaefer et
al. (1972)



Total sus- Yocom et al.
pended par- (1971)
ticujate
en mass
i
i — •
ro
ro




Smoke Whitby et al.
(1957)


Goldwater
et al.
(1961)

Location
Minneapol is

Chicago,
Washington,
Atlanta,
Austin-San
Antonio
Hartford, CT









Minneapol is

Louisvi 1 le

New York



Bui Iding
type
Residential
Lab & office
Residential




Public



Office


Residential


Lab & office
Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Lab & office

Residential

Number Month
of or
sites season
12 Annual
30
Mar.-
Aug.



2 Summer
Fall
Winter

2 Summer
Fall
Winter
2 Summer
Fall
Winter




12 Feb.-
Mar.
18 Feb.-
Mar.
Sampl ing
period







12 hr
12 hr
12 hr

12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr
12 hr








Mean
Indoor
0.54
0.47
0.44




59
58
63

53
31
42
62
53
43
42
46
101
121
149

164

Outdoor
2.86
2.86
3.48




111
119
277

108
50
122
67
77
97
74
74
124
124
263

179

Number
of I/O
samples ratio
0.19
0.16
26 0.12




0.53
0.49
0.23

0.49
0.60
0.35
0.94
0.69
0.44
0.57
0.62
0.81
0.98
12 0.57

18 0.91


-------
TABLE 5-23 (continued).
Method










T
^
0
j

Respirable .
participates



Particle
counts




Author
Jacobs et al.
(1962)
Weatherly
(1960)
Biersteker
et al.
(1965)
Berdyev
et al.
(1967)

Anderson
(1972)
Binder et al .
(1976)



Parvis
(1952)
Ishido
et al.
(1956)

Bui Iding
Location type
New York Residential

London Office

Rotterdam Residential


Dushambee Residential
1st floor
U.S.S.R. Residential
2nd floor
Arhus, Classroom
Denmark
Ansonia, CT Smoking
homes
Non-
smoking
homes
Italy Residential

Osaka Apartment



Number
of
sites
17

1

60


1

1

1

11

9


5

1



Month
or
season
Apr.-
May
Jan.-
Mar.
Winter


Summer

Summer

Sept.-
Apr.
Sept.-
Dec.
Sept.-
Dec.



March
May
June
Nov.
Samp 1 i ng
period


1 hr

24 hr






24 hr

24 hr

24 hr




24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
24 hr
Mean
Indoor
239

195

153


1270

660

27

132

93


45.7
1000
1287
978
738
--
Outdoor
226

205

184


960

960

34

58

58


97.6
1036
1528
1047
752
1897
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
17 1.06

0.95

800 0.84


8 1.32

9 0.60

150 0.81

11 2.28

9 1.60


0.47 CN
0.97 PC
0.84
0.91
0.98
--

-------
TABLE 5-23 (continued).
Method Author Location
Ishido Osaka
(1959)


Jacobs New York
et al.
(1962)
Megaw England
(1962)
Lefcoe and
Inculet (1975)
in
i
•-Coefficient Whitby et al. Minneapolis
*> of haze9 (1957)
Louisville

Carey et al. Cincinnati
(1958)
Shephard Cincinnati
(1959)










Number
Building of
type sites
Apartment
Residential
Hospital
School
Office & lab
Homes

Test building

Homes
(AC & ESP)


Residential
Lab & office
Residential
Lab & office
Residential

Residential











1
1
1
1
12
18

1

2









9
9
9
9




9
9
9
9
Month
or Sampling
season period









Annual







Oct.-
Dec.
Jan.
Feb.
Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Oct.
Nov.
Dec.
Mean
Indoor
706
662
1611
2382
424
705



510d
156e


0.6
1.0
2.4
2.8
2.1

2.2
2.0
1.6
1.6
--
0.8
0.8
1.3
0.8
1.5
1.7
1.8
Outdoor
619
678
1595
2346
481
472



227d
59e


1.05
1.05
2.6
2.6
3.8

2.7
2.3
1.8
1.7
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.5
0.9
1.1
1.5
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
1.14
0.98
1.01
1.02
0.88
1.49

5 0.66

1.46
2.60


0.57
0.95
0.92
1.06
0.55

0.86
0.89
0.85
0.94
—
0.88
1.00
1.63
0.80
1.15
0.89
1.06

-------
                                                    TABLE 5-23 (continued).

Building
Method Author Location type
Yocom et al. Hartford, Public
(1971) CT

Office


Homes


Number
of
sites
2


2


2


Month
or Sampling
season period
Summer
Fall
Wi nter
Summer
Fall
Winter
Summer
Fall
Winter

Mean
Indoor
0.32
0.33
0.36
0.29
0.20
0.37
0.41
0.28
0.32


Outdoor
0.36
0.34
0.51
0.41
0.26
0.54
0.42
0.30
0.39
Number
of I/O
samples ratio
0.90
0.97
0.69
0.70
0.78
0.88
0.98
0.93
0.82

tn
i
ro
in
.Measured as g/m /month.
 Measured as |jg/m  .
.Measured as  number/cm  .
Particles >0.3 urn.
,Particles >0.5 urn.
 Particles >1.0 urn.
                                                                                       Measured as COH/000  linear ft.

-------
half outdoor  levels on  the  average.   In summer and  fall,  private homes had almost  the same
interior daytime  TSP values  as those  found  outside  although night interior  levels were much
lower  than outside.   In  the  same  study  it  was  shown that  indoor/outdoor  ratios in  air
conditioned office  buildings differed seasonlly.  In  summer and winter indoor TSP was  about
half the outdoor  values,  but in fall  when  increased  volumes of  outdoor make  up air were used
in air conditioning, indoor and outdoor TSP  values  were about equal.
     Yocom et al.  (1970)  also obtained some cascade  impactor size distributions of indoor and
outdoor particles  in  six structures  in the  Hartford,  Connecticut area in the  fall  and winter.
The mass of particles  larger than 2.5 urn was  always  greater outdoors than  indoors.   However,
the mass of sub-2.5 urn particles was  mostly greater  indoors than outdoors and the  indoor/out-
door  ratio varied  from  0.63 to 2.6.    In a subsequent  report,  Yocom et al.  (1971)  reported
substantially increased  organic particle  levels  indoors, confirming  similar findings  by  Gold-
water  et  al.  (1961).  This  result was  attributed to smoking and cooking,  indoor activities
which could also increase fine particle mass.
     Alzona et  al.  (1979)  have reported elemental  analyses for  calcium and  iron,  normally
coarse particle components,  and for  zinc, lead and bromine, components of fine  particles.   In
these  studies,  an  experimental room  was  cleared of  airborne  particulate  matter  and  then
allowed to come  to equilibrium under  controlled penetration of  outdoor  ambient air.   Experi-
ments were carried  out with windows "cracked" open  and wide  open,  and  with windows  and/or room
surfaces covered  with plastic  sheets.   Filter samples  drawn  throughout the experiment were
analyzed  by  x-ray  excitation  for  elements of  known outdoor origin (Fe,  Zn,  Pb,  Br,  Ca).
Within several hours,  equilibrium  was  reached  in which the  indoor/outdoor ratio was typically
0.3 (see Tables  5-24 and 5-25).  On  the basis  of the indoor/outdoor  element ratios, they con-
clude  that remaining  indoors  with doors and  windows partially  closed  reduces outdoor  dust
exposure by two-thirds.   The indoor/outdoor ratios for coarse  particle components  calcium and
iron were  lower  than for the fine particle  components, zinc, lead and bromine.   Therefore,  it
appears that tracer components of coarse particles  do not penetrate any of these structures  as
readily as the fine components.
5.8.3.3  Fine Particles Indoors--In addition to the cascade  impactor  studies mentioned earlier
in  conjunction with the  coarse particle discussion,  there have been  several recent reports  of
sub-3.5 urn particle mass measurements  indoors and outdoors.
     Binder et al.  (1976) used high  volume  air samplers outdoors and personal samplers equip-
ped with a 3.5  (jm  cut-off device.  The  personal monitors were carried by school  children who
spent  60 to 80  percent of their time  indoors.   In homes where there were smokers, the indoor
fine particle mass was almost twice the outdoor TSP.
     Spengler and  Dockery have measured  indoor  and  outdoor levels of  sub-3.5  urn  particulate
mass using cyclone-equipped membrane  filter  samplers.   Six cities were studied each with 10 to
15 monitoring sites (Spengler, 1979b;  Dockery and Spengler,  1979b; and Dockery,  1979).  Figure
XD25B/E                                      5-126                                          1-19-i

-------
                       TABLE 5-24.   MEASUREMENTS IN PRINCIPAL ROOM OF STUDY
Case
J
K
L
M
N
P
Number
of runs Conditions
3
2
I
2
6
3
Normal
Plastic over windows
Window wide open
Window cracked open
All surfaces plastic covered
All but windows plastic covered
I/O
Ca
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
10
10
52
20
02
10
Fe
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
17
15
81
16
12
15
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
Zn
52
71
93
69
24
58
Pb
0.
0.
1.
0.
0.
0.
49
17
2
55
15
57
Br
0.33
0.17
1.0
0.53
0.20
0.32
         Source:  Alzona et al. (1979).
                     TABLE 5-25.  MEASUREMENTS IN VARIOUS CLOSED ROOMS

Number
Number of
Case of runs Type of room windows Ca
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
Average
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3

10 m2,
50 m2,
30 m2,
20 m2,
20 m2,
new univ.
old univ.
bedroom,
bldg.
bldg.
tight home
attic, tight home
bedroom,
leaky home
Chevrolet Vega
Datsun
20 m2,
20 m2,
1 O m
(except A)
440
old chem.
new univ.
old univ.


lab
bldg.
bldg.

0
2
8
2
2 0.05
6
6
(3) 0.08
3 0.15
(3) 0.10
0.10
Fe
<0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
1
33
27
10
33
27
09
13
54
17
24
I/O

Zn Pb
- <0.
0.
0.
0.36 0.
0.
0.
0.21 0.
0.37 0.
0.55 0.
0.52 0.
0.41 0.
1
25
70
40
47
41
12
31
47
49
42


Br
<0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
1
43
58
29
22
36
24
25
58
33
36
     Source:  Alzona et al. (1979).
XD25B/E
5-127
1-19-8]

-------
5-56 presents  annual  average  values  for all sites  in  the  six cities.  In  all  cities except
Steubenville,  Ohio,  the indoor  fine  particle level  was higher than  outdoors.   Steubenvil le,
and industrialized community,  also  had the highest  annual average  outdoor  level.   Table 5-26
presents arithmetic averages  for all  homes in this  study stratified  by numbers of smokers in
the household  (Dockery, 1979).  It is apparent that in the absence of  smoking,  indoor and out-
door levels  of fine  particle mass are  almost  the  same.   However, smoking contributes very
significantly  to  indoor  levels.   With  two  or  more  smokers  in  the  household,  indoor fine
particle mass  is  about three  times outdoor  levels.   Figure  5-57 presents monthly  values  for
fine particle  mass for all  sites stratified by smoking.   The  monthly trends  for smoking house-
holds  are  consistently  higher than  for  non-smokers over a  period of  more than  two  years.
                                                                                   3
Dockery (1979) has calculated that a one pack/day smoker contributes  about  18  |jg/m  to inside
fine particle  moss,   and this level   is  increased  by the use of  air conditioning,  presumably
                                    o
because of recirculation, to 43 ug/m .

           TABLE 5-26.  RESPIRABLE PARTICULATE CONCENTRATIONS OUTDOORS  AND  INDOORS
                                    BY AMOUNT OF SMOKING3
Location
Outdoor
Indoor, no smokers
Indoor, 1 smoker
Indoor, 2+ smokers
Number of
homes
74
38
22
9
Number of
samples
2598
1328
712
323
Mean concentra-
tion, ug/m
22.3
24.0
42.8
74.5
Standard
deviation of
home means
12.7
11.4
22.2
37.9
       Data averaged across network of samples in six communities for 1977.

     Dockery and  Spengler  (1979)  have also reported that indoor sulfate (a  fine particle com-
ponent)  levels  are nearly  the same  as  outdoor except  that  gas cooking stoves  can  increase
                       3
levels by  about  1 ug/m .   Yocom et al.  (1971) have also shown that  lead indoor/outdoor ratios
are  greater  than TSP  ratios.   Taken with  the previously mentioned  Alzona (1979) study,  it
appears  that  most  fine  particle  components  analyzed  are found  in  high proportion  indoors.
     A number  of studies have  reported  indoor measurements  of smoke shade or  coefficient  of
haze, both estimates  of fine particle carbon.  Whitby  et  al.  (1957), Shephard et al.  (1958),
and  Weatherly  (1966)  have  all  found smoke  shade  values  inside  and outside buildings  to  be
XD25B/E
5-128
                                                                                      1-19-81

-------
     50
w


 s
 o."
 oc
 5
     40
     30
     20
     10
     OUTDOOR




I  I INDOOR




     »p<0.05




             PORT.'
          TOPE.*
KING.
WAT.*
                                                             ST.L.*
                                                          STEU.
Figure 5-56. Annual respirable particulate concentrations averaged across each community's

indoor and outdoor network (May 1977 — April 1978).


Source:  Spengler et al.  (1980).
                                         5-129

-------
O
V)
12
11
10
 9
 8
 7
 6
 5
 4
 3
 2
 1
 0
                                                               O  OUTDOOR
                                                               Q  INDOOR, NO SMOKERS 	
                                                               A  INDOOR, ALL SMOKERS
             NOV  DECJAN FEBMARAPRMAYJUN JULAUG  SEP OCT NOVDEC JAN FEBMAR APR
               1976                         1977                             1978

  Figure 5-57. Monthly outdoor and indoor (by smoking) respirable sulfate concentrations averaged
  across six-city network (November 1976 —April 1978).
  Source:  Spengler et al. (1980).
                                         5-130

-------
*
nearly equal.   Goldwater et  al.  (1961)  found indoor  smoke  about 75  percent  of the outside
levels in  30  New York sites, but that difference was not significant.  Jacobs (1962) found no
indoor/outdoor differences  in a follow-up New York study.  Anderson  (1972) found nearly equal
and  highly correlated smoke  values  in  a classroom in Denmark.  Biersteker et  al.  (1965), on
the  other  hand,  found no correlation between indoor and outdoor smoke in a winter study of 60
homes  in  Rotterdam,   whitby et al.  (1957) and Yocom et al. (1971) both report that indoor co-
efficient  of haze values are  much closer to outdoors than either dustfal1  or TSP.  Apparently,
the  fine carbon particles measured by these techniques effectively penetrate buildings.
     The  similar conclusion  is  reached in  indoor-outdoor  light scattering  studies.   Since
scattering of  visible light  is caused  by  the narrow range of particles from about 0.4 to 0.7
urn,  measurements using this technique provide another index of fine particle mass.  Indoor and
outdoor  light scattering  values were  found  to be  the same  and  highly  correlated  in  Japan
(Ishido,  1959;  Ishido et al.,  1956), in Italy (Pan/is, 1952; Romagnol, 1961), and in New York
(Jacobs et al., 1962).
     Therefore,  fine  particles  readily penetrate buildings and occur inside to about the same
extent  as  outdoors.   Indoor  activity adds  incrementally  to outdoor levels  and, frequently,
somewhat  higher  levels of fine particles  are observed  indoors.   Smoking  adds very materially
to  indoor  levels.
5.8.4  Monitoring and Estimation of  Personal  Exposures
     In   previous   sections  of  this  chapter,  the   spatial   and   time-variations  in  the
concentrations of S0? and of  fine and coarse  particles and their components are summarized for
both outdoor  and indoor exposures.  However,  looking  forward  to health effects summarized in
Chapters  11-14,  there is still one  element of exposure remaining for discussion.  In addition
to  the particle concentrations measured by  long  integrating time  monitors,  i.e.,  long-term
doses  of  pollutants,  people  are exposed  to  short-term high  concentrations.   Unfortunately,
sufficient data do  not exist  to establish the relative importance of  concentration and time of
exposure.   There is,  however, evidence  (cited  in Chapter 12) for gaseous SOp and for particles
as  well,   that long-term  exposures  can cause adverse health effects.   There  is  also evidence
that a short  burst of pollutant  exposure  can cause adverse health effects.  Therefore, these
peaks  in  exposure  are likely to be  important and there is some evidence that peaks occur both
indoors  and outdoors.  For example, earlier  in  this  chapter it was  noted that high levels of
S0?  occur  periodically  close to intense sources.   Obviously, people passing  through  such an
area,  even though they are  not resident there,  receive a high  short-term  dose.   On roadways
particle  concentrations  tend to be  very  high because  of resuspension of road dust.   Clearly,
travelers  experience  such  concentrations  at least  for  the  time  they  are in  traffic.   As
pointed out earlier in this section, an  individual's daily activities, the places visited, and
activities in the home all play a role  in that person's exposure.
     For  example,  Spengler  et  al. (1980)  have  followed an individual's daily exposure with a
portable  particle   monitor  and  correlated these  measurements  with  activities.   Figure 5-58
shows
XD25B/E                                       5-131                                    1-19-81

-------
1
o
o
o
o
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
 80
 60
 40
 20
            I    I   I   I    I    I    I   I   I    I   I   I    I    I   I   I   I    I    I    I   I   I   I
       12  1   2
   MIDNIGHT
                   • INDOORS
                   • IN TRANSIT
                   O OUTDOORS
CAFETERIA, SMOKING SECTION
                      BEHIND SMOKING DIESEL TRUCK
                            COMMUTING
                           BEDROOM
                                                               WELL-VENTILATED KITCHEN
            I    I   I   I    I    I
                                                             OUTSIDE CIGAR SMOKER'S
                                                             OFFICE
                                 CAFETERIA. NONSMOKING
                                 SECTIS.DEWALK.COMMUTING
                                      BUS EXHAUST
                                 SUBURBS IN
                                       VEHICLE
                                        CITY
               STREET*
            SUBURBS. OUTDOOR
    LIBRARY, UNOCCUPIED CAFETERIA
        I    I   I    I   I   I
  CITY. OUTDOORS
I    I   I   I    I
             LIVING
             ROOM
      SUBURBS    —
     JOGGING
  LIVING ROOM    —
    J   J    I    I
                       56   7   8  9  10  11  12   1   ;
                         A.M.                 NOON

                                           TIME OF DAY
                                             5   6
                                               P.M.
78    9  10  11  12
                             Figure 5-58. Personal exposure to respirable particles.
                                                  5-132

-------
time series  plots  of participate material concentrations to which James Repace was exposed on
October 16,  1979.   Sharp peaks are evident in traffic, in indoor smoking areas and in his own
home, particularly  in  the kitchen.   Obviously, controlling outdoor air pollutant levels would
have  little  influence on his  exposure  to short-term doses of  particles  except for roadways.
There  have  been  other   recent  reports  of  statistical  studies of  the  relationships  among
personal, indoor and outdoor particle concentrations.
     In a personal monitoring  study designed to test the relationships between outdoor concen-
trations  and personal  exposures,  and  to estimate  activity-concentrations, Spengler  et  al.
(1980a)  collected 12-hour  respirable  particulate samples  for  15 days  on  45  individuals  in
Topeka,  KS.   The  correlations  between personal  and  indoor  concentrations and  the  outdoor
levels  were  less than 0.2.   Correlation  of  men's exposures to  the  indoor concentrations  was
0.5  and  of  women's  exposures to  indoor concentrations  was  0.7.   The  correlation  between
exposures of husbands  and wives was 0.5.  The mean  personal  concentrations were 2 and a half
times the mean outdoor level.  It was apparent that somewhere in the person's daily activities
he/she  was  experiencing higher  concentrations  than  those  outside.   Passive  smoke  exposure
accounted for a  significant portion of  this additional exposure.  Figure 5-59 plots the histo-
grams of  concentrations  for both volunteers who reported no passive smoke exposure during the
                                                                                         2
day  and  those  who  reported  some  exposure  to passive  smoke.   The means  were 20 M9/m  f°r
non-smoke-exposed  samples vs.  40 ug/m   for smoke-exposed samples.
      In  Figure  5-60 the  daily  mean  concentrations  for  all   outdoor,  indoor,  and  personal
samples  are  presented.   There is the suggestion  that the variation in outdoor concentrations
causes  variations  in indoor and personal concentrations.  However,  variations  in indoor con-
centration cause considerable  variance  in individual  exposures.
      As  an  alternative to direct measurement  (monitoring), typical  personal exposures may be
estimated  on the basis  of  information  on indoor and outdoor concentrations  and human activity
patterns.
      The  exposure  to particles and gases that  one experiences will be ultimately determined by
location  and activity.   Certainly,  locational and activity patterns are  very  complex in  our
society.  They  are functions  of age, sex, social, economic, and educational factors.   While a
limited data base  exists  on activity patterns  within our population and on the distribution of
smokers,  housing stock,  and  various  other building factors, an  exhaustive  discussion is  not
appropriate  for  this document.
      Time  budget studies of  the United  States  population indicate  that on the  average,  90
percent  of   an  individual's  time is spent indoors.   Between  5  and 10 percent  of  the  time is
spent  in transit  in a  vehicle.   Considering  these  figures,  the indoor  environment  is very
important in determining the time weighted average exposure.
      However, the  time weighted average is only one measure of pollution exposure.  Time spent
outdoors  is  variable.   The time outdoors varies  by  the time of day, by time of year, between
regions  of   the  country  and  among different categories of people.   Therefore,  in the concern

XD25B/E                                      5-133                                     1-19-81

-------
20
18
~ 16
c
u
£ 14
a
z"
O 12
H
.E POPULA
oo o
a.
1 6
to
4
2
n



—
—
^_
—

—
Tl








—

































i —









NONSMOKING EXPOSED
	
— '







—






— -
-H





_




— i
— i
r—
'
i Minn r-i rJ
               10   15  20  25   30   35  40   45  50  55   60   65  70   75   80  85  90   95

                       NORMALIZED MEAN FINE PARTICLE CONCENTRATION
                                         (<3.5yum)
14
i 12
o
0)
Q.
z 10
o
< 8
S 6
0
a.
3 4
a.
S
55 2
o
—
	



—

—



—
nfld
^^^^




























SMOKING EXPOSED
H











^^













































—•















— '


^^™ |HMH
~~ 1 	 1
nrinnn^^
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95
                        NORMALIZED MEAN FINE PARTICLE CONCENTRATION
                                          (<3.5 pun)
Figure 5-59.  Normalized distribution of personal (12-hour) exposure samples
exposed and smoke exposed samples.
Note: Normalized mean fine particle concentration =•

Source:  Spengler et al. (1980a).
                                                   concentration,
average concentration,
                          3) for non-smoke


                           x 100
                                          5-134

-------
^

a.

z
o
t-
  z
  UJ
  u

  o
  o
  o

  t-
  GC
  EC

  Z.
  v>
  u
  cc

  z
     40
     35
      30
25
     20
      15
10
         O PERSONAL


            INDOOR


         A OUTDOOR
          I   I
                                          I    I     I    I   I	I
         Th  Sa   Tu  Th  Sa    Tu Th  Sa   Tu  Th  Sa   Tu  Th Sa    Tu Th  Sa    Tu



         WEEK1     WEEK 2      WEEKS       WEEK 4       WEEKS      WEEK 6    WEEK 7



 DAILY AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS FOR THE ENTIRE GROUP OF 46 SUBJECTS IN THE TOPEKA STUDY


                                                                    «%

Figure 5-60. Daily mean indoor/outdoor and personal concentrations (/ng/m°) of respirable parti-

cles. Daily means averaged over 24 homes and outdoor locations and up to 46 personal samples.

Samples collected during May and June 1979.



Source: Spengler et al. (1980a).
                                        5-135

-------
for indoor pollution,  we  should not lose sight  of  the fact that short-term peak ambient con-
centration may be the important component of exposure.
     Much work  remains to  be  done on  personal  exposures  to  gases and particles.   Based on
current understanding, the following qualitative statements can be made:
     1.   Depending on  spatial  gradients  in ambient air, personal  exposures  to  SO,, should be
less than the outdoor concentrations.
     2.   Depending on  activity times  and building characteristics, the  longer-term exposure
could be less than half the ambient concentrations.
     3.   For  estimates of  personal  exposure  to  particle mass  concentration,  the  ambient
measurement  appears  to be  a poor  predictor.   While  ambient concentrations  exert  an effect,
personal activities and indoor concentrations cause personal  exposures to  vary substantially.
     4.   Tobacco smoke is an important contributor to indoor and personal  exposures.
     5.   Personal exposures to the components of suspended particulate matter that is of out-
door  origin  and  contained  in  the micron  and  submicron  size fraction may  be estimated  by
ambient measurements.   The  smaller size particles of toxic trace elements  (V, Cd,  Ni, Br, Se,
etc.)  and  some organic  and inorganic  compounds  (SOT,  NO,) which are exclusively  of outdoor
origin penetrate the indoor environment in a predictable way.   Outdoor  measurements of primary
and  secondary  fine   fraction   aerosols  in  non-industrial!'zed  communities  may prove to  be
adequate  to  characterize  population  exposures  and trends.  This  last  statement  assumes  no
important  indoor  sources for  this typical  outdoor component.  This question certainly needs
verification and quantification in field studies.
5.9  SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS AND EXPOSURE
     The purpose  of  this  chapter  is to document  the  existing concentrations  of sulfur oxides
and particulate material  in the environment.   Since the damage  caused by  these pollutants to
man and  other  living things and to valuable objects varies with time,  place and other circum-
stances, a wide variety of exposure conditions are relevant for these pollutants.
     Sulfur  oxide  concentrations  in the air have been markedly reduced over the past 15 years
because of fuel  sulfur restrictions,  control  technology implementation on  major  sources, and
redistribution  of power plant  exhaust  to  regions  outside cities  through  the use  of taller
stacks.   There are  still   some areas  with very high S09  concentrations  though,   and hourly
                            3
values  of  4000  to 6000 |jg/m  are  rather  common near large smelters.  In  about 100 U.S. loca-
tions, maximum  hourly  values above 1000 ug/m   are  found,  but much of  the  nation is basically
in compliance with  the current National Ambient  Air Quality  Standard  for  sulfur dioxide.  In
the last  two years S02 has  resumed an  upward trend because of increasing  use of  high sulfur
coal.
     After a downward trend from 1970 to 1974, total suspended particulate  material concentra-
tions  have changed  very little in  recent years  despite  major reductions  in stationary source
emissions  inventories.   Dusty  arid regions of  the country still  have high  TSP as do indus-
trialized  cities  in  the east and  far west.   Ninetieth percentile values of  24-hour TSP (the

XD25B/E                                      5-136                                     1-19-81

-------
values which are  exceeded 10 percent of  the  time) are above 85  ug/m   in every region of the
country except Alaska.   Regional  mean TSP values range from about 50 ug/m3 in EPA Region I to
77 ug/m  in EPA Region IX.
     Ambient air  particles  exist  in two distinct size ranges, fine particles below about 1 urn
and coarse  particles  above  about 3 |jm.   Rather  little mass is in intermediate sizes.  Except
that both  sizes  are captured on  filters,  the  two kinds have very little in common.   Fine and
coarse particles  differ  in  origin,  chemical composition, geographical  distribution and physi-
cal behavior.
     Fine  particles are  composed mainly of  sulfate,  nitrate,  and ammonium  ions  and organic
substances  from  atmospheric photochemical  conversions, and of carbon,  organics,  and metallic
components  directly emitted from  combustion sources.  Sulfate in its  acidic and neutral  form
is  the principal component, often  accounting  for 40 percent of  fine  particle  mass.   Sulfate
and  nitrate ions are  present  in high  concentrations during both summer and winter episodes
                                                                             o
over very  large  sections of the  Eastern  U.S.   This  area experiences 10 ug/m  or greater sul-
fate levels for  one or two  periods  up  to a month or more every year.   The affected region is
so  large  in scope that no  real background levels of fine particles are available for measure-
ment east  of the Mississippi.   Sulfate and fine particle levels are nearly the same in cities
and  in rural  areas.    Southern   California  experiences  high levels of  sulfate and  nitrate,
particularly during photochemical incidents.   In that area high  levels of fine organic aero-
sols are also found, often  exceeding 100 ug/m .
     Toxic  organics and  metals are mainly emitted from  combustion and industrial  sources and
their  concentrations  are highest in cities.  Trends  in these fine particle components  have
been  mostly down because  of  control measures  taken, such as  lead reductions  in  gasoline.
     Coarse particles  in air are stirred up by the wind and by machinery.  Since these parti-
cles settle fairly  rapidly, they tend to  be  high close to sources.   In most cases the coarse
particles  account for 2/3  of  TSP  in dry regions  like  Phoenix,   Oklahoma  City,  El  Paso,  or
Denver in the summer.   The  overwhelming cause of high TSP is local dust, but in industrialized
cities  there is  evidence that  large  contributions of soot, fly  ash,  and industrial  fugitive
emissions are also  present.
     Coarse particles  are  mainly composed of  silica,  calcium carbonate,  clay minerals, and
soot.   Chemical  constituents  found  in this, fraction  include the elements  silicon,  aluminum,
potassium,  calcium  and iron together with other  alkaline  earth  and transition elements.   Or-
ganics are  also found  in  coarse particles although their source is unknown.
     Much  of this coarse material is road  dust  suspended by traffic action and street levels
of  resuspended dust can be  very  high.   Traffic  on unpaved roadways can generate huge amounts
of  dust  which deposits  on   vegetation and  can  be resuspended by wind  action.   Rain  and snow
cover  can   reduce these  emissions,  but one  study suggests  that  salting  of  roadways  can  be a
major  source  of  winter  TSP.  Industrial  fugitive emissions can be  even  greater  sources of
XD25B/E                                      5-137                                    1-19-81

-------
coarse particles, particularly from unpaved access roads, construction activity, rock crushing
and cement manufacturing.
     The problem of tracing existing levels of particles to sources is being solved in part by
a   number   of  calculational   methods   generally  categorized  as   source   apportionment  or
source-receptor  models.   The  results   from  chemical element  balance calculations or  factor
analysis are  available  now for several cities.   Apportionments for these cities are presented
as  examples  of results  to be expected in the future by application of these powerful  methods.
     Although  outdoor concentrations  of  pollutants  can be measured at  particular  sites,  our
highly mobile population can  be exposed to either higher or lower values than community moni-
tors show.   Indoor  values of S0? tend  to  be  lower than outdoor  levels  because  walls,  floors
and  furniture absorb S02-   Indoor  particle  levels  can be high  because of  smoking,  cleaning
operations,  or just  people's  activities.   Exposure  of  individuals to sulfur oxides  and  par-
ti cu late material can vary more than community monitors  show.
XD25B/E                                      5-138
                                                                                      1-19-81

-------
*
5.10  REFERENCES

Agarwal, et al., 1980

Akland, (1976).

Akland, (1977).

Akselsson, R.,  C. Orsinc, D.  L. Meinert, T.  B. Johansson,  R.  E.  Van  Grieken,  H.  C.  Kaufman,  K.
     R.  Chapman, J.  W.  Nelson,  and J. W.  Winchester.    Application  of proton-induced  x-ray
     emission  analysis  to the St.  Louis regional  air  pollution  study.   In:   Advances  in  X-Ray
     Analysis.   Vol.  18,  W.   L. Pickles, C.  S.  Barrett, J. B.  Newkirk,  and C.  0.  Ruud,  eds. ,
     Plenum Press, New York,  NY,  1975.  pp.  588-597.

Alzona, J. ,  B.  L.  Cohen, H.  Rudolph, H. N.  Jow and J. 0.  Frohliger.   Indoor-outdoor  relation-
     ships  for  airbourne  particulate  matter of  outdoor origin.   Atmos.  Environ.  13:55-60,
     1979.                                                                           ~~

Anderson (1971).

Anderson,  I.   Relationships  between  outdoor  and  indoor  air  pollution.    Atmos.   Environ.
     6:275-278,  1972.

Appel, B.  R. , E. L.  Kothny,  E.  M.  Hoffer,  G. M.  Hidy, J. J. Wesolowski.  Sulfate  and nitrate
     data   from  California   Aerosol   Characterization   Experiment  Environ.   Sci.   Technol.
     12:418-425, 1978.

Asahina, S. J.  Andrea, A. Carmel, E.  Arnold, Y. Bishop, S. Joshi,  0. Coffin,  and S. S.  Epstein.
     Carcinogenicity  of organic fractions  of particulate pollutants  collected in New York City
     and administered subcutaneously to infant mice.   Cancer  Res.  32:2263-2268,  1972.

Benson,  F.  B. ,  J.  J.  Henderson,  and D. E.  Caldwell.   Indoor-Outdoor Air Pollution  Relation-
     ships:   A  Literature  Review.    AP-112,  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research
     Triangle  Park, NC, August 1972.

Berdyev,  Kh.  B. , N. V. Pavlovich,  and  A.A.  Tuzhilina.  Effect  of motor vehicle exhaust  gases
     on atmospheric pollution in  dwelling  and in a main street.   Gig.  Sanit.  32:424-426,  1967.

Biersteker, K.,  H.  de Graaf,  and  C.A. G. Nass.  Indoor air pollution in  Rotterdam homes.   Int.
     J. Air Water Pollut. 9:343-350,  1965.

Binder, R. E.,  C.A. Mitchell,  H.  R.  Hosein,  and A. Bouhuys.   Importance  of the indoor  environ-
     ment in  air pollution exposure.  Arch.  Environ. Health 31:279,  1976.

Bradway, R. M.,  and F. A. Record.   National  Assessment of  the Urban  Particulate Problem.   Vol.
     II - Particle  Characterization.  EPA-450/3-76-025, U. S. Environmental  Protection Agency,
     Research  Triangle Park,  NC,  July 1976.

Bridbord,  K., J. F.  Finklea, J.  K. Wagoner, J.  B.   Moran,  and P.  Caplan.  Human  exposure  to
     polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons.  I_n:  Carcinogenesis:  Volume  I:  Polynuclear  Aromatic
     Hydrocarbons:  Chemistry, Metabolism and Carcinogenesis, a Symposium,  U.S. Environmental
     Protection  Agency  and  Battelle  Columbus  laboratories,  Columbus,  Ohio,  October 1975.   R.
     Freudenthal and  P. W. Jones, eds., Raven Press, New York, NY, 1976.  pp.  319-324.

Brosset et al.  (1976)
XD25C/E                                       5-139                                    1-19-81

-------
Brosset,  C.   Water-soluble  sulphur compounds  in aerosols.   In:   Sulfur  in  the Atmosphere,
     Proceedings  of  the  International  Symposium,  United   Nations  Environmental   Program,
     Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977.  Atmos. Environ. 12:25-38, 1978.

Cahill, et al. (1977)

Cahill, T. A., et al., 1979.

Calvert,  J.   G.    Hydrocarbon   involvement  in  photochemical  smog formation  in  Los Angeles
     atmosphere.  Environ. Sci. Techno!. 10:256-262, 1976.

Camp,  D.   C. , A.  L.  Van Lehn,  and B.  W.  Loo.   Intercomparison  of Samplers  Used  in  the
     Determination  of Aerosol  Composition.   EPA-600/7-78-118,  U.  S.  Environmental Protection
     Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC, July 1978.

Carey, G.  C.  R., J. J. Phair, R. J. Shephard, and M. L. Thomson:  The effects of air  pollution
     on human health.  Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 19:363-370, 1958.

Carpenter, B.  H. ,  and G. E. Weant, III.  Particulate Control  for Fugitive Dust. EPA-600/7-78-
     071, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1978.

Cautreels, W., and K. Van Cauwenberghe.  Experiments on the distribution of organic pollutants
     between  airborne particulate  matter  and the  corresponding  gas phase.   Atmos.  Environ.
     12:1133-1141, 1978.

Charlson,  R.  J. ,  D.  S.  Covert,  T.  V.  Larson,  and A.  P.  Waggoner.   Chemical  properties of
     tropospheric  sulfur  aerosols.   _In:   Sulfur  in  the  Atmosphere,   Proceedings of  the
     International  Symposim,  United  Nations Enviornmental  Program, Dubrovnik,  Yugoslavia,
     September 7-14,  1977. Atmos.  Environ.  12:39-53, 1978.

Cobourn,  W.   G. ,  R.  B.  Husar,  and J.  D.  Husar.   Continuous  i_n  situ monitoring  of ambient
     particulate  sulfur  using  flame  photometry  and  thermal  analysis.   In:   Sulfur  in  the
     Atmosphere,  Proceedings  of  the  International  Symposium,  United Nations  Environmental
     Program,  Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September  7-14,  1977.   Atmos.  Environ.  12:89-98,   1978.

Cohen,  D. ,  S. F.  Arai,  and J.  D.  Brain.   Smoking impairs  long-term  dust clearance  from  the
     lung.  Science  (Washington, DC) 204:514-517, 1979.

Colucci, J. M., a nd  C.  R. Begeman.  Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons and other pollutants in
     Los  Angeles  air.    Iji:   Proceedings  of the  Second  International  Clean Air   Congress,
     International  Union of Air  Pollution Prevention Associations,  Washington,  DC,  December
     6-11,  1976.   H.  M.  Englund  and W.  T. Berry, eds., Academic Press,  Inc.,  New York,  NY,
     1971. pp. 28-35.

Cooper,  D.  W. ,   J.   S.  Sullivan,  M.   Quinn,  R.  C.  Antonelli,  and  M.   Schneider.   Setting
     Priorities for  Control of Fugitive Particulate Emissions  from Open Sources.  EPA-600/7-79-
     186,  U.   S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency, Research  Triangle Park, NC,  August  1979.

Cooper, J.  A., and  J.   G.  Watson, Jr.    Receptor  oriented methods  of air particulate  source
     apportionment. J. Air Pollut.  Control. Assoc. 30:1116-1125, 1980.

Corn,  M.   Aerosols  and  the primary  air pollution  -  nonviable particles:  their occurrence,
     properties,  and  effects.   In:  Air Pollution. Vol.  I:   Air Pollutants, Their Transforma-
     tion and Transport.   A.  C. Stern, ed. ,  Academic  Press, New York, NY, 1976.  pp. 78-168.

Corn, M.  Nonviable particles in the air.   In:  Air Pollution.  Vol.  I:  Air Pollution and its
     Effects.  A.  C.  Stern,  ed. ,  Academic  Press, 2nd Edition.  New York,  NY, 1968, pp.  47-94.
XD25C/E                                      5-140                                    1-19-81

-------
Courtney, W. J., J. W. Tesch, R. K. Stevens,  and T.  G.  Dzubay.   Characterization of the Denver
     aerosol between  December 1978 and December  1979.   Presented at the  73rd  Annual  Meeting,
     Air Pollution  Control  Association, Montreal Quebec,  Canada,  June  22-27, 1980.   paper no.
     80-58.1.

Cowherd, C. ,  Jr.,  R.  Bonn,  and  T.  Cuscino,  Jr.   Iron and  Steel Plant Open  Source  Fugitive
     Emission  Evaluation.   EPA-600/2-79-103,  U.  S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research
     Triangle Park, NC, May 1979.

Cox, R.  A.  and S.  A.  Penkett.   Effect of relative  humidity  on  the disappearance of ozone and
     sulphur dioxide  in contained  systems.  Atmos. Environ. 6:365-368,  1972.

Cronn,  D.  R. ,  R.  J.  Charlson,  R.  L.  Knights, A. L. Crittenden, and B.  R. Appel.   A survey of
     the molecular  nature of  primary and secondary components of particles in urban air by high-
     resolution mass  spectrometry.  Atmos. Environ.  11:929-937,  1977.

Cronn,  et al. (1978).

Cunningham,  P.  T. ,  and  S.  A.  Johnson.   Spectroscopic observation of  acid  sulfate in  atmos-
     pheric particulate samples.   Science (Washington,  D.C.)  191:77-79,  1976.

Daisey,  J.  M. ,  I.  Hawryluk,  T.  J.  Kneip,  and F.  Mukai.   Mutagenic activity  in  organic
     fractions  in airborne particulate matter.   In:   Proceedings:  Carbonaceous Particles  in
     the Atmosphere,  National Science Foundation and Lawrence Berkeley  Laboratory,  University
     of California,  Berkeley,  California,  Marcy 20-22,  1978.    T.  Novakov,  ed. ,  LBL-9037,
     University  of California,  Lawrence  Berkeley Laboratory,  Berkeley, CA, June 1979.   pp.
     187-192.

Daisey,  J.  M. ,  R.  McCaffrey, and  R.  A.  Gallagher.   Particulate organic matter and polycyclic
     aromatic hydrocarbons  in the  Arctic aerosol.  Atmos.  Environ. 1981.   In press.

Daisy,  J. M.  Organic compounds  in urban aerosols.   In:  Aerosols:  Anthropogenic and  Natural,
     Sources and  Transport,  Proceedings of a Conference,  New York Academy of Sciences and Air
     Pollution  Control Association,  New  York, New York,  January  9-12,  1979.   Ann  N.Y. Acad.
     Sci. 338:50-69,  1980.

Davidson,  C.   I.,   and  S.   K.  Friedlander.    A filtration  model  for aerosol  dry  deposition:
     application   to  trace   metal   deposition  from   the  atmosphere.   J.    Geophys.   Res.
     83:2343-2352,  1978.

De  Maio,  L. ,  and M.  Corn.   Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons associated with  particulates in
     Pittsburgh air.   J. Air  Pollut. Control  Assoc.  16:67-71, 1966.

De  Wiest,  F.   Any  factors  influencing  the  dispersion  and  the transport of heavy hydrocarbons
     associated with  airborne particles.  Atmos. Environ.  12:1705-1711,  1978.

De  Wiest, F., and D.  Rondia.  Sur  la validite des determinations du benzo(a)pyrene  atmospheric
     pendant les  mois d'ete.  Atmos. Environ.  10:487-489,  1976.

Dockery, (1979).

Dockery, D.  W.,  and  J. D.  Spengler.   Indoor-outdoor relationships of  respirable sulfates and
     particulates.  Atmos.  Environ., in press, 1981.

Dockery, D. W., and J. D. Spengler.  Personal  exposure  to  respirable particulates and  sulfates
     vs. ambient  measurements.   Presented  at the 70th Annual  Meeting, Air Pollution Control
     Association,Toronto, Canada,  June  1977.
XD25C/E                                       5-141                                    1-19-81

-------
Draftz,  R.   G.   Aerosol  Source  Characterization  Study  in  Miami,  Florida:   Microscopical
     Analysis.   EPA-600/3-79-097,  U.  S.   Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle
     Park, NC, September 1979.

Draftz,  R.  G. ,  and  K.  Severin.  Microscopical  Analysis of Aerosols Collected in St.   Louis,
     Missouri.   EPA-600/3-80-027,  U.  S.   Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Triangle
     Park, NC, February 1980.

Duce,  R.  A.   Speculations  on the budget  of particulates in  vapor  phase non-methane organic
     carbon in the global troposphere.  Pageo. 116:244-273, 1978.

Dzubay,  T.  G.  Chemical-elemental  balance method  applied  to dichotomous  sampler data.   In:
     Aerosol; Anthropogenic and Natural  Sources and Transport,  Proceedings  of a Conference,
     New  York Academy of Sciences and Air  Pollution  Control  Association, New York, New York.
     January  9-12, 1979.  Ann, NY.   Acad.  Sci. 338:128-144, 1980.

Dzubay,  T.  G. ,  and  R.  K.  Stevens.   Ambient air analysis with  dichotomous  sampler and x-ray
     fluorescence spectrometer.  Environ.  Sci. Technol.  9:663-668, 1975.

Dzubay,  T. G. ,  R.  K. Stevens,  and C.  M.  Peterson.   Application of the dichotomous sampler to
     the  Characterization  of Ambient Aerosols.   J_n:  X-Ray  Fluorescence  Analysis  of Environ-
     mental  Samples.   T. G.  Dzubay,  ed.,  Ann Arbor Science Publishers,  Inc.,  Ann Arbor, MI,
     1977, pp. 95-106.  (1-35)

Economic  Commission  for Europe's Working Party  on  Air  Pollution Problems.   ECE Task Force on
     Fine  Particulate  Pollution.   World  Health Organization,  Geneva,  Switzerland,  December
     1977.

Eliassen, A.  The  OECD study of long range transport of air pollutants:  Long range transport
     modelling.   In:   Sulfur  in  the Atmosphere, Proceedings  of the International Symposium,
     United   Nations  Environmental   Program,  Dubrovnik,  Yugoslavia,   September   7-14,  1977.
     Atmos.  Environ.  12:479-487, 1978.

EPRI,  (1979).

Faoro,  R.  B.   Trends in concentrations of  benzene-soluble  suspended particulate  fraction  and
     benzo(a)pyrene.  J. Air  Pollut.  Control Assoc.  25:638-640,  1975.

Faoro,  R.  D.  , and T. B. McMullen.  National Trends in Trace Metals in Ambient Air, 1965-1974.
     EPA-450/1-77-003,  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1977.

Flocchini, R. G. ,  T. A. Cahill, R.  A.  Eldred,   L.  L. Ashbaugh,  and J.  B. Barone.  Sulfur size
     distribution by  season and site  in California.   Presented at the 71st Annual  Meeting,  Air
     Pollution Control  Association, Houston, TX, June 25-30, 1978.  Paper no. 78-39.6.

Friedlander,  S.  K.    Chemical  element balances  and identification  of  air pollution sources.
     Environ. Sci. Tech. 7:235-240, 1973.

GCA

GEOMET,   Incorporated.   Indoor-Outdoor  Pollution  Levels:    A  Bibliography.    EPRI  EA-1025,
     Electric Power  Research  Institute, Palo Alto,  CA, March 1979.

 EOMET,  Incorporated.  The  Status  of Indoor  Air  Pollution  Research  1976.  EPA-600/4-77-029,
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Research Triangle Park, NC, May 1977.

Gillette,  D.  A  wind  tunnel  simulation  of  the  erosion of  soil:   effect  of soil texture,
     sandblasting,  wind speed,  and  soil  consolidation  on  dust  production.   Atmos. Environ'
     12:1735-1743, 1978.

XD25C/E                                      5-142                                    1-19-81

-------
Goldwater,  L.  J. ,  A.  Manoharan,  and  M.  B.  Jacobs.   Suspended participate  matter, dust  in
     "domestic" atmospheres.  Arch.  Environ.  Health  2:511-515,  1961.

Gordon, G. E.  Receptor models.  Environ.  Sci.  Technol.  14:792-800,  1980.

Gordon,  R.  J.    Distribution  of  Airborne  Polycyclic  Aromatic Hydrocarbons  throughout  Los
     Angeles.  Environ. Sci.  Technol.  10:370-373,  1976.

Graf,  J. ,  R. H.  Snow, and  R.  G.  Draftz.   Aerosol   sampling  and analysis -Phoenix,  Arizona.
     EPA-600/2-77-015, U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Washington,  DC, 1977.

Grosjean,  D.  Aerosols.   In:   Ozone and Other  Photochemical  Oxidants.  National  Academy  of
     Sciences, Washington, DC,  1977.  pp. 45-125.

Grosjean,  D.,  and S.  K.  Friedlander.   Gas-particle  distribution  factors  for organic  and  other
     pollutants  in the  Los  Angeles  atmosphere.   J.  Air Pollut.  Control Assoc.  25:1038-1044,
     1975.                                                                        ~~

Hahn,  J.   Organic  constituents  of  natural  aerosols.   In:   Aerosols:   Anthropogenic  and Natural
     Sources and  Transport,  Proceedings of  a  Conference,  New York Academy  of  Sciences and  Air
     Pollution Control  Association,   New York,  New York, January 9-12, 1979.   Ann. N.Y.  Acad.
     Sci.338:359-376.  1980.

Hardy,  K.  A.    Aerosol  Source Characterization  Study  in  Miami,   Florida:    Trace Element
     Analysis.   EPA-600/7-79-197-,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Reserach  Triangle
     Park, NC, September  1979.

Heisler, S.  L., R. C.  Henry,  J.  G. Watson, and G.  M.  Hidy.  The 1978  Denver Winter  Haze Study.
     Vol  II  -  Final   Report.   Environmental  Research  and  Technology, Inc., Westlake  Village,
     CA, March 1980.

Helms,  G.  T. , J.  H.   Southerland,  K.  R.  Woodward,  I. J.  Hindawi,  D.  H.  Coventry, and  C.  D.
     Robson.   Chattanooga,  Tennessee --  Rossville,  Georgia.    Interstate  Air Quality Study,
     1967-1968.   APTD-0583,   U.S.  Department of Health,  Education,  and Welfare, National  Air
     Pollution Control Administration,  Washington, DC,  October  1970.

Henderson  et al.,  (1973).

Hidy et al.  (1980).

Hidy,  G.  M. , B.  R. Appel, R. J. Charlson, W.  E. Clark,  S. K. Friedlander,  D.  H.  Hutchison,  T.
     B.  Smith, J.  Suder,  J.  J.  Wesolowski,  and K.  T.  Whitby.  Summary of the California
     aerosol  characterization experiment.    J.  Air Pollut.  Control  Assoc.  25:1106-1114,  1975.

Hidy,  G.  M. , P.  K. Mueller,  and E.   Y. Tong.   Spatial  and temporal  distributions  of  airborne
     sulfates  in  parts of  the  United States.  In:   Sulfur  in  the Atmosphere, Proceedings  of
     the   International  Symposium,.   United  Nations  Environmental  Program,  Dubrovnik,   Yugo-
     slavia, September 7-14,  1977.   Atmos. Environ.   12:735-752,  1978.

Hidy,  G.  M. , P.  K. Mueller,  V.  Dio, and  K.  C. Detor.  Study and implementation of  the Sulfate
     Regional  Experiment (SURE).   Proc.,  4th  Symposium on Turbulence  and Diffusion and  Air
     Pollution, AMS,  Jan. 1979.

Hitchcock, D. R.   Atmospheric sulfates  from  biological  sources.   J.  Air Pollut.  Control Assoc.
     26:210-215, 1976.

Hitchcock, D.  R. ,  L.  L.  Spiller,  and W. E.  Wilson.   Sulfuric acid aerosols and HC1 release in
     coastal atmospheres:   evidence  of rapid  formation of sulfuric  acid particulates. Atmos.
     Environ. 14:165-182, 1980.

XD25C/E                                       5-143                                   1-19-81

-------
*
Hoffmann,  D.,   and  E.   L.  Wynder.   Organic  Particulate  Pollutants—Chemical   Analyses  and
     Bioassays  for  Carcinogenicity.    In:   Air  Pollution.   A.  C.   Stern,  ed. ,  3rd  edit.,
     Academic Press, Inc., New York, NY, 1977.  pp. 361-455.

Hollowell, 1977.

Hueper,  W.  C. , P.  Kotin, E.  C.  Tabor, W.  W.  Payne,  H.  Falk, and  E.  Sawicki. Carcinogenic
     bioassays on air pollutants.  Arch. Pathol. 74:89-116, 1962.

Huntzieker, J.  J. ,  R.  A. Gary,  and  C-S.   Ling.   Neutralization of  Sulfuric acid aerosol  by
     ammonia.   Environ.  Sci. Techno!.  14:819-824, 1980.

Ishido,  S.  Variations  in indoor and outdoor dust intensities.  Bull. Dept.  Home Econ. ,  Osaka
     City University  6:53-59, 1959.

Ishido,  S. ,  K. Kamada,  and  Nakagawa:   Free  dust particles  and  airborne microflora.   Bull.
     Dept. Home Econ., Osaka City Univ. 21:31-37, 1956.

Jager,  J.  Detection and  characterization  of nitro  derivatives of  some  polycyclic  aromatic
     hydrocarbons  by fluorescence quenching after  thin-layer  chromatography:  application  to
     air pollution analysis.  J. Chromatogr. 152:575, 1978.

Jacobs, M. B., L.  J. Goldwater, and A.  Fergany:  Comparison of suspended particulate matter  of
     indoor and outdoor  air.  Int. J.  Air Water Pollut. 6:377-380, 1962.

Junge,  C.   Die Konstitution  der atmospharischen aerosole.  Ann. Meteorol.  5 (Beiheft)  1-55,
     1952.

Junge,  C.  and G.  Scheich.  Determination  of  the acid content  of  aerosol particles.    Atmos.
     Environ.  5:165-175,  1971.

Kadawaki, S.  Size distribution and chemical composition of atmospheric particulate nitrate  in
     the Ngoya area.  Atmos. Environ.  11:671-675, 1977.

Katz,  M. ,  and  C.  Chan.   Comparative distribution of eight polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons  in
     airborne  particulates  collected  by  conventional  high-volume  sampling  and   by   size
     fractionation.  Environ. Sci. Technol. 14:838-843, 1980.

Kertesz-Saringer,  M. ,   E.  Meszaros,  and  T.  Varkovni.   On  the  size  distribution  of  carbon-
     containing particles  in urban air.  Atmos. Environ. 5:429-431, 1971.

Ketseridis, G. , J.  Hahn,  R. Jaenicke,  and  C.  Junge.   The organic constituents of atmospheric
     particulate  matter.   Atmos. Environ. 10:603-610, 1976.

Kito,  T.   Survey  of air  pollution  on  outlying islands:  An attempt  to collect the background
     data as to urban air  pollutions.    Kuki Seijo 15:10-21, 1977.

Kneip,  T.  J. ,  M.  A. Leyko, M.  T.  Kleinman, M. Lippmann, and J. M. Daisey.   Organic matter  in
     New  York  City TSP:   comparisons  of seasonal  variations and  relationships  to  source
     tracers.    |n:   Proceedings:   Carbonaceous Particles  in  the Atmosphere, National  Science
     Foundation   and  Lawrence  Berkeley  Laboratory,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,
     California,  March  20-22,  1978.    T.  Novakov,  ed. ,  LBL-9037, University  of California,
     Lawrence Berkeley  Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, June 1979.  pp. 79-83.

Korfmacher, W. A., E. L. Wehry, G. Mamantov, and D. F.  S. Natusch.  Resistance to photochemical
     decomposition  of  polycyclic  aromatic  hydrocarbons  vapor—adsorbed on  coal  fly  ash
     Environ.  Sci. Technol. 14:1094-1099, 1980.
XD25C/E                                       5-144                                    1-19-81

-------
Krstulovic, A. M., D. M. Rosie, and P. R. Brown.   Distribution  of  some  atmospheric polynuclear
     aromatic hydrocarbons.  Am.  Lab. 9:11-12,14,16-18,  1977.

Kurosaka,  D.   Sulfate  Concentrations  in the South  Coast  Air Basin.  DTS-76-1, California  Air
     Resources Board, Sacramento, CA, January 1976.

Lamb, S.  I.,  C.  Petrowski, I.  R.  Kaplan,  and B.  R.  T.  Simoneit.   Organic compounds  in  urban
     atmospheres:  a  review of distribution, collection and  analysis.  J. Air. Pollut. Contr.
     Assoc. 30:1098-1115,  1980.

Larsen,  R. I.   A Mathematical Model for  Relating  Air  Quality Measurements  to Air Quality
     Standards.   AP-89,  U.S.   Environmental  Protection Agency,  Research Trinagle Park,  NC,
     November 1971.

Lavery,  T.  F. ,  G. M. Hidy, R.  L. Basket, and J. Thrasher.  Occurrence  of  long-range transport
     of  sulfur  oxides in  the  northeastern  United  States.   Proc.,  4th  Symposium  on Turbulence
     Diffusion and Air  Pollution  AMS, Reno, Nevada,  Jan. 15-18,  1979.

Leaderer,  B.  P., R.  L.  Tanner, and T.   H.  Holford.   Diurnal  variations,  chemical  composition
     and relation to  meteorological variables of the summer aerosol in  the New  York sub-region.
     Atmos Environ.,  submitted, 1980.

Lee,  R.  E. ,  Jr.,  and  S.  Goranson.   National air surveillance cascade impactor  network.   I.
     Size  distribution  measurements  of  suspended  particulate  matter  in  air.   Environ.  Sci.
     Techno!. 6:1019-1024,  1972.

Lee,  R.  E. ,   Jr. ,   R.   K.  Patterson,  and  J.  Wagman.   Particle-size  distribution  of  metal
     components  in urban  air.   Environ.  Sci. Technol.  2:288-290, 1968.

Lee,  R.  E. ,  Jr., S.   S.  Goranson,  R.  E.  Enrione,  and G. B. Morgan.   National Air  Surveillence
     cascade  impactor network.  II.  Size distribution measurements of  trace metal  components.
     Environ. Sci. Technol. 6:1025-1030, 1972.

Lefcoe,  N.  M. ,  and I.  I.  Inculet.  Particulates in  domestic  premises:  II. Ambient levels  and
     indoor-outdoor  relationships.  Arch. Environ.  Health ^0:565-570, 1975.

Lewis,  C.  W. , and E. S. Macias.  Composition of size-fractionated aerosol in Charleston, West
     Virginia.   Atmos.  Environ. 14:185-194, 1980.

Lioy,  P.  J.,  P.  J.  Samson,   R.  L.  Tanner,  B. P.   Leaderer,  T.  Minnich, and W.  Lyons.  The
     distribution and transport of sulfate "species" in the  New York metropolitan area during
     the 1977 summer  aerosol study. Atmos.  Environ.  14:1391-1407, 1980.

Lioy, P. J. ,  R.  P. Mallon,  and T. J. Kneip.  Long-term trends in total  suspended  particulates,
     vanadium, manganese,  and  lead at near street level  and elevated  sites in New York  City.
     J.  Air Pollut.  Control Assoc. 30:153-156, 1980a.

Lundgren,  D.  A.   Atmospheric  aerosol composition  and concentration  as a  function of  particle
     size  and of time.  J.  Air Pollut. Control Assoc.  20:603-608, 1970.

Lynn, D.  A.,  B.  S.   Epstein, and  C. K. Wilcox.  Analysis of New York  City  Sulfate  Data.   Final
     Report.  EPA Contract No.  68-02-1337,  GCA Corp., Bedford,  MA, 1975.

Lyons,  W.  A.,  J.  C.  Dooley,  Jr.,   and K.  T.  Whitby.   Satellite  detection  of  long  range
     pollution transport and sulfate aerosol haze.   In:  Sulfur in the  Atmosphere,  Proceedings
     of  the   International  Symposium,   United   Nations  Environmental   Program,  Dubrovnik,
     Yugoslavia,  September 7-14,  1977.   Atmos. Environ.  12:621-631, 1978.
XD25C/E                                       5-145                                    1-19-81

-------
Mage, D. T. ,  and W.  R. Ott.   Refinements  of the lognormal  probability  model  for analysis  of
     aerometric data.  J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc. 28:796-798, 1978.

Maunsell, K.   Concentration of airborne spores in dwellings under normal conditions  and under
     repair.   Int. Arch. Allergy Appl.  Immunol. 5:373-376, 1954.

McCrone, W.  C.  Morphological analysis  of particulate pollutants.  I_n:  Air Pollution.   Second
     Edition.   Volume  II:    Analysis,  Monitoring, and Surveying.  A.  C.  Stern, ed. ,  Academic
     Press, Inc., New York,  NY, 1968.   pp. 281-301.

McFadden, J.  E., J. H. Beard, III.,  and D. J. Moschandreas.  Survey of Indoor Air Quality Health
     Criteria  and Standards.  EPA-600/7-78-027, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,  Research
     Triangle  Park, NC, March 1978.

Megaw, W. S.   The penetration of  iodine into buildings.   Int. J. Air Pollut. 5:121-128,  1962.

Miller,  F.  J. , D.  E. Gardner, J.  A. Graham, R.  E.  Lee, Jr., W. E. Wilson, and J. D.  Bachman.
     Particle  Size  Considerations  for  Establishing  a Standard  for Inhaled Particles.   Draft.
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research  Triangle Park, NC, January 1979.

Montgomery  and Coleman  (1975).

Moschandreas,   D.  J. ,   J.   W.  Winchester,  J.  W.   Nelson,  and  R.  M.  Burton.    Fine   particle
     residential  indoor air pollution.  Atmos.  Environ. 13:1413-1418, 1979.

Mueller  et  al.   1964.

Mueller, P.  K. , G.  M.   Hidy,  T.  F.   Lavery,  K.  Warren, R.  L. Bassett.  Some early results from
     the Sulfate Regional  Experiment (SURE).   Proc. 4th Symposium on Turbulence Diffusion and
     Air Pollution, AMS, Reno, Nevada,  Jan.  15-18, 1979, pp. 322-329.

Mueller, P.  K. , R.  W.   Mosely, and L.  B.  Pierce.   Carbonate and noncarbonate carbon  in atmos-
     pheric particles.   Li:   Proceedings  of  the  Second  International  Clean  Air  Congress,
     International  Union of Air Pollution Prevention,  Associations,  Washington, DC,  December
     6-11,  1970.  H.M.  Englund  and W.  T.  Beery,  eds.,  Academic Press,  Inc.,  New York, NY,
     1971.  pp.  532-539.

Mueller, P.  K. , R.  W.   Mosley, and L.  B.  Pierce.   Chemical  composition of Pasadena aerosol  by
     particle  size  and time  of  day.   IV.   Carbonate  and noncarbonate  carbon  content.   J.
     Colloid  Interface  Sci.  39:235-239, 1972.

NAS, 1980.

National  Academy of  Sciences.   Air Quality  and  Stationary  Source Emissions Control.   Serial
     No. 94-4,  U.S.  Senate,  Committee on Public Works. Washington, DC, March 1975.

National  Academy  of Sciences.   Airborne Particles.   University Park  Press,  Baltimore, MD,
     1979.

National  Academy of Sciences.   Nitrates:    An  Environmental  Assessment.   National Academy  of
     Sciences,  Washington,  DC, 1978.

National Academy of  Sciences.  Nitrogen Oxides.   National  Academy  of  Sciences, Washington, DC,
     1977.

National  Academy of Sciences.   Particulate  Polycyclic  Organic Matter.   National  Academy  of
     Sciences,  Washington,  DC, 1972.
XD25C/E                                       5-146                                    1-19-81

-------
National Academy  of Sciences.   Vapor-Phase Organic  Pollutants.   National  Academy of Sciences,
     Washington, DC, 1976.

National  Research  Council.   Sulfur  Oxides.   National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington,  DC,
     1978a.

Natusch,  D.   F.   A.    Characterizations  of  atmospheric  pollutants  from  power  plants.    Jji:
     Proceedings of the Second Federal Conference on  the Great  Lakes,  1975.  Great  Lakes  Basin
     Commission, Ann Arbor, MI, 1976.  pp. 114.

NBS, Groff (no date)

Novakov, T., 1980.

O'Donnell, H. ,  T.  L.  Montgomery, and M. Corn.   Routine assessment of  the  particle  size-weight
     distribution of urban aerosols.  Atmos. Environ. 4:1-7, 1970.

Orel, A., and J. Seinfeld.  Nitrate  formation  in atmospheric aerosols.  Environ.  Sci. Technol.
     11:1000-1007,  1977.

Pace, T. G.  Impact of vehicle-related particulates  on particulate concentration  and  rationale
     for siting  hi-vols  in the vicinity of  roadways.  U.  S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Research Triangle Park, NC, April 1978.

Pace, T.  G. ,  and E. L. Meyer,  Jr.   Preliminary characterization of  inhalable particulates in
     urban  areas.   Presented  at  the 79th Annual Meeting,  Air  Pollution Control Association,
     Cincinnati, OH, June 24-29, 1979.  paper  no. 79-47.2.

Parvis,  D.   Condensation  nuclei in  the air of artificially  heated environments.  Annali  del la
     Sanita Publica 13:1569-1581, 1952.

Perera,  F. P. and A. K. Ahmed.  Respirable particulates:  impact  of airborne fine particulates
     on  health  and the environment.  New  York:   Natural  Resources Defense Council,  Inc.,  New
     York, NY, October 1978.

Perhak,  R. M.  Sulfate regional experiment in  northeastern United States:  the "SURE" program.
     In:   Sulfur  in the Atmosphere,  Proceedings of  the International  Symposim, United Nations
     Environmental  Program, Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, September 7-14, 1977.

Pierce,  R.  C., and M.  Katz.   Dependency of polynuclear  aromatic hydrocarbon  content on  size
     distribution of atmospheric aerosols.  Environ.  Sci. Technol. 9:347-353, 1975.

Pierson,  W.  R. ,  W.  W. Brachaczek,  T.  J.  Truex,  J. W. Butler,  and  T.  J. Korniski.  Ambient
     Sulfate  Measurements on  Allegheny  Mountain and the question  of atmospheric  sulfates  in
     the  northeastern  United  States.   In:  Aerosols:  Anthropogenic and  Natural  Sources  and
     Transport,  Proceedings  of a  Conference,  New York Academy  of  Sciences  and  Air  Pollution
     Control  Association, New York,  New  York, January 9-12, 1979.   Ann  N.Y.  Acad.  Sci.  338:
     145-147, 1980.

Pitts, J. N., Jr.,  D. Grosjean, T. M. Mischke, V. F.  Simmon, and  D. Poole.  Mutagenic activity
     of  airborne particulate organic  pollutants.  Toxicol. Lett.  1:65-70,  1977.

Rahn, K.  A.,  R.  D. Borys, E.  L.  Butler,  and  R. A.  Duce.  Gaseous and particulate  halogens in
     the New York City atmosphere.   Ann. N.Y.  Acad.  Sci. 322:143-151,  1979.

Record,  F.  A.,  and R.  M. Bradway.   Philadelphia Particulate Study.   EPA-903/ 9-78-003,  U.  S.
     Environmental  Protection Agency, Philadelphia,  PA, June 1978.
XD25C/E                                       5-147                                    1-19-81

-------
Record, F.  A.,  K.  W.  Whiltsee, Jr.,  and R.  M.  Bradway.   Program  to measure,  analyze,  and
     evaluate  total  suspended  particulates  (TSP)  in  Massachusetts.   GCA-TR-79-44-G,   dtA
     Corporation, Bedford, MA, September 1979.

Richard,  G.   An  Implementation  Plan for  Suspended Particulate  Matter  in the  Pheonix Area.
     Vol.  IV -  Control  Strategy Formation.  EPA-450/3-77-021d, U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, June 1977c.

Richard, G. , and  R.  Tan.   An Implementation Plan for Suspended Particle Matter in the Phoenix
     Area.  Vol.  I  -  Air Quality Analysis.  EPA-450/3-77-021a, U. S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, November 1977.

Richard,  G. ,  J.  Avery.  and  L.  Baboolal.   An  Implementation  Plan  for  Suspended Particulate
     Matter in  the  Phoenix Area.  Vol.  Ill  -  Model Simulation of Total  Suspended Particulate
     Levels.   EPA-450/3-77-021c,  U.  S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Research  Triangle
     Park, NC, August 1977a.

Richard, G., R.  Tan, and J. Avery.   An  Implementation Plan for Suspended Particulate Matter in
     the  Phoenix  Area.   Vol.  II - Emission Inventory.  EPA-450/3-77-021b, U.  S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research Triangle  Park, NC, December 1977b.

Romagnol,  G.   Studies  on the climatic conditions in  some  elementary classrooms  of Novara.
     Italian Rev. Hyg. 21:410-419, 1961.

Rosen,  H. ,  A.   D.  A.  Hansen, R. L.  Dod,  and T. Novakov.   Soot  in  urban  atmospheres:   deter-
     mination by  an optical absorption  technique.   Science (Washington, DC) 208:741-744, 1980.

Santodonato, J. ,  P.  Howard, D.  Basu, S.  Lande, J.  K. Selkirk, and P. Sheehe.  Health Assess-
     ment  Document  for Polycyclic Organic Matter.  EPA-600/9-79-008,  U.S.  Environmental  Pro-
     tection Agency, Research Triangle  Park, NC, December 1979.

Sawicki,  E.   Analysis  of  atmospheric  carcinogens and their cofactors.   In:   Environmental
     Pollution  and  Carcinogenic  Risks.   Proceedings of a  Symposium,  International  Agency  for
     Research on Cancer  and  French  National  Institute  of Health  and Medical  Research, Lyon,
     France,  November 3-5,  1975.   C.  Rosenfeld and W.  Davis, eds.,  IARC Scientific Publica-
     tions  No.  13,  INSERM Scientific Publications  No. 13, French National Institute of Health
     and Medical  Research  (INSERM), Paris, France,  1976.  pp. 297-354.

Sawicki,  E.   The Genotoxic  Environmental  Pollutants.   Paper presented  at the  Symposium in
     Management of  Residuals  from Synthetic Fuels Production, Denver, CO, May 25, 1976.

Sawicki,  E. ,  S.  P.  McPherson, T. W.  Stanley,  J.  Meeker,  and W.  C. Albert.   Quantitative com-
     position of  the  urban atmosphere  in  terms of polynuclear aza  heterocyclic compounds  and
     aliphatic  and  polynuclear  aromatic  hydrocarbons.   Int. J.  Air Water  Pollut. 9:515-524,
     1965.

Sawicki,  E. ,  T.  R.  Hauser, W. C.  Elbert,  F.  T. Fox, and  J.  E.  Meeker.   Polynuclear aromatic
     hydrocarbons:   Composition  of  the atmosphere in  some  large American  cities.   Am.   Ind.
     Hyg. Assoc.  J. 23:137-144,  1962.

Schaefer,  V.  S. , V.  A.  Mohnen, and V.  R.  Veirs:   Air  quality of  American  homes.   Science
     (Washington, D.C.) 175:133-175, 1972.

Schuetzle,  D. ,   D.  Cronn,  A.  L. Crittenden,  and  R.  J.  Charlson.   Molecular  composition of
     secondary aerosol and  its possible origin.  Environ.  Sci. Technol. 9:838, 1975.

Schwartz, G, J.  M.  Daisey, and  P.  J.  Lioy.   Effect of sampling duration on the  concentration
     of particulate organics collected on glass fiber  filters.   Am.  Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc. J. ,  in
     press.

XD25C/E                                      5-148                                    1-19-81

-------
Seisaburo, S., K. Kiyoko, and N. Tatsuko.   Free  dust  particles  and airborne microflora.   Bull.
     Dept. Home Econ., Osaka City Univ. 4:31-37,  1959.

Shephard,  B.  J.   Topographic  and  meteorological   factors   influencing  air  pollution  in
     Cincinnati.   AMA Arch. Ind. Health 19:44-54,  1959.

Shepherd, M. B., G. C. R. Carey and, J. J.  Phair:  Critical  evaluation  of  a filter-strip  smoke
     sampler used in domestic premises.  AMA Arch. Ind.  Health  17:236-252,  1958.

Spedding, D. J.   Sorption of sulphur  dioxide  by indoor suraces --  II.  Wood.  J.  Appl.  Chem.
     20:226-28, 1970.

Spedding, D.  J., and  R.  P. Rowlands.   Sorption of  sulphur dioxide  by indoor surfaces  --  I.
     Wallpapers.   J. Appl. Chem. 20:143-146, 1970.

Spedding, D.  J. , R.  P.   Rowlands,  and J.  E.  Taylor.   Sorption of sulphur dioxide by indoor
     surfaces — III.  Leather.  J. Appl. Chem.  21:68-70, 1971.

Spengler, J.  D.   Factors influencing exposure.   Presented  at  the  Specialty Converence on the
     Proposed  SO  and Particulate  Conference on  the Proposed  SO   and Particulate  Standards,
     Air Pollution Control Association, Atlanta,  GA,  September  17-T.9, 1980.

Spengler,  J.  D. ,  and  D. W.  Dockery.   Long term  measurements  cf respirable  sulfates  and
     particles  inside and outside  homes,  Paper  2413,  1979  Electro Professional  Program,  New
     York, NY, April 25,  1979.

Spengler, J.  D. , B.  G.   Ferris,  Jr.,  D.  W.  Dockery, and F. E. Speizer.   Sulfur dioxide  and
     nitrogen  dioxide  levels  inside and outside  homes and  the implications on health effects
     research.  Environ.  Sci. Technol. 13:  1276-1280,  1979.

Spengler, J.  D. ,  D.  W. Dockery,  M.  P.  Reed, T.   Tosteson, and  P.  Quinlan.   Personal exposures
     to  respirable  particles.    Presented  at the 73rd Annual   Meeting,  Air Pollution Control
     Association, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, June  22-27,  1980a.   Paper no.  80-61.5b.

Spengler, J.  D. ,  D.  W. Dockery, W. A. Turner, J.  M.  Wolfson, and  B. G. Ferris, Jr.  Long-term
     measurements  of  respirable  sulfates  and  particles  inside   homes.   Atmos.  Environ,  (in
     press), 1980.

Spicer,  C.   W.   Photochemical  atmospheric  pollutants  derived  from  nitrogen  oxides.   Atmos.
     Environ.  11:1089-1095, 1977.

Steigerwald,  B.  J.   Particulate  control   strategy.    Office  of  Air  Quality  Planning  and
     Standards,  EPA,  memo to Roger Strelow, Asst. Administrator for Air and Waste  Management,
     July 2, 1975;  submitted  by EPA  to  the Subcommittee,  House  Committee on Interstate  and
     Foreign Commerce.

Sterling, T.  D. , and  D.  M.  Kobayashi.   Exposure to pollutants  in enclosed  "living spaces."
     Environ. Res. 13:1-35, 1977.

Stevens,  R.  K. ,  and  T.  G.  Dzubay,  G.  Russwurm, and  D.  Rickel.  Sampling  and analysis  of
     atmospheric sulfates and  related species.   _In:   Sulfur in the  Atmosphere, Proceedings of
     the International Symposium, United Nations  Environmental  Program, Dubrovink,  Yugoslavia,
     September 7-14, 1977.  Atmos.  Environ. 12:55-68,  1978.

Stevens,  R.  K. ,  R.  J.  Paur,  C. W.  Lewis,  T.  G.  Dzubay, and W. J. Courtney.   Houston aerosol
     characterization:   EPA measurements.   In:    Proceedings  of  a  Specialty  Conference,  Air
     Pollution Control  Association, Houston,  Texas,  October  14-17, 1979.   E.  R.  Frederick,
     ed., Air Pollution Control Association, Pittsburgh, PA, 1979.   pp. 212-220.


XD25C/E                                      5-149                                  1-19-81

-------
Stevens, R.  K. ,  T.  G.  Dzubay, R. W. Shaw, Jr., W. A. McClenny, C. W. Lewis, and W.  E.  Wilson.
     Characterization  of  the aerosol  in the  Great  Smoky Mountains.   Environ.  Sci.  Techno I.
     14:1491-1498, 1980.

Suck,  S.  H. ,  E.  C.  Upchurch, and  J.  R.  Brock.  Dust Transport  in  Maricopa County,  Arizona.
     EPA-600/3-79-082,  U.  S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Research  Triangle  Park,  NC,
     September 1979.

Suck,  S.  H. ,  E.  C.  Upchurch, and  J.  R.  Brock.  Dust transport  in  Maricopa County,  Arizona.
     Atmos. Environ. 12:2265-2271,  1978.

Tabor,  E.  C. ,  T.  E.  Mauser, J.  P.  Lodge,  and R.   H.  Burttschell.  Characteristics of  the
     organic  particulate  matter  in the atmosphere  of certain  cities.   AMA Arch.  Ind. Health
     17:58-63, 1958.

Talcott,  R. ,  and E.  Wei.   Airborne mutagens bioassayed in  Salmonella  typhimurium.   J.  Natl.
     Cancer Inst. 58:449-451, 1977.

Tanner,  R.  L.   An ambient .experimental  study  of phase equilibrium in the atmospheric  system:
     aerosol  H+,  NH.+, SO.  ,  N00--NHn(q), HN00(q).   Presented at the 180th National  Meeting,
aerosol H+, NH4+,  SO.^  ,  NO-—NH-Cq),  HN03(g).
American Chemical Society, Las Vegas, NV, Augus
                                                ugust 24-29, 1980a.

Tanner, R. L.  Sulfur and nitrogen compounds in urban aerosols.  Ijj:  Aerosols:  Anthropogenic
     and  Naturan  Sources  and  Transport,  Proceedings  of a  Conference,  New  York,  New York,
     January 9-12, 1979.  ANN. N.Y. Acad. Sci.  338:39-49, 1980.

Tanner, R.  L. ,  R.  Cederwal 1, R.  Garber,  D.  Leahy,  W.  Marlow, R.  Meyers,  M.  Phillips, and  L.
     Newman.  Separation  and  analysis of airborne  sulfate  at ambient concentrations.  Atmos.
     Environ. 11:955-966, 1977.

Tanner,  R.  L. ,  W.  H.  Marlow,  and  L.  Newman.   Chemical  composition  correlations  of   size
     fractionated  sulfate in New York City aerosol.  Environ.  Sci.  Technol.  13:75-78, 1979.

Terabe, M.   Air pollution  in Japan:   present state area  trends.   Kuki  Seizo 15:1-10, 1977.

Thomas, J.  F. ,  M.  Mukai, and B.  D.  Tebbens.   Fate of airborne benzo(a)pyrene.  Environ.  Sci.
     Technol. 2:33-39,  1968.

Trijonis,  J. ,  J.  Eldon,  J.  Gins,  and G. Berglund.   Analysis of  the  St.  Louis RAMS  Ambient
     Particulate  Data.    Vol.   I   -   Final  Report.    EPA-450/4-80-006a,  U.  S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency, Research  Triangle Park, NC, February 1980.

U.S. Department  of Health, Education & Welfare.  Public Health Service.  Air Quality Criteria
     for Sulfur Oxides.  AP-50, U.S.  Department of  Health,  Education, and Welfare, Washington,
     DC, 1969.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   Deputy Assistant  Administrator's  Report  on  Ambient
     Monitoring  Activities—Air  Portion.  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency,  Washington
     DC, 1980a.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.    Inhalable  Particulate Network:   Operations  and  Data
     Summary.  Draft.   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  Environmental Monitoring Systems
     Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1981.

U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency.  National Air Quality,  Monitoring and Emissions Trends
     Report, 1977.   EPA-450/2-78-052, U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency, Research Triangle
     Park, NC, December 1978a.
XD25C/E                                      5-150                                    1-19-81

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  National Air Quality  and  Emissions Trends  Report,  1976.
     EPA-450/1-77-002,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency,   Research  Triangle  Park,  NC,
     December, 1977.

U.S.  Environmental   Protection  Agency.   Office  of Air  Quality  Planning and  Standards.    Air
     Quality Data.   1978 Annual Statistics.   EPA-450/4-79-037.   November 1979.

U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency.   Trends in  the  Quality of the Nation's Air--A Report to
     the  People.  OPA16/9,  U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency, Office  of Public Awareness,
     Washington, DC, October  1980.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1970.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1972.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1974.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  1976.

Van  Duuren,  B.  L.    Epoxides,  hydroperoxides,  and peroxides   in  air pollution.   Inter. J.
     Environ. Anal.  Chem. 1:233-241, 1972.

Van  Vaeck,   L.,  and   K.   Van  Cauwenberghe.   Cascade  impacted measurements   of  the   size
     distribution  of  the  major   classes of organic  pollutants in  atmospheric particulate
     matter.  Atmos. Environ. 12:2229-2239,  1978.

Van  Vaeck,  L. ,  and  K.  Van  Cauwenberghe.   Differences  in particle size distributions on  major
     organic  pollutants  in  ambient aerosols  in urban,  rural  and  seashore areas.   Environ.  Sci.
     Techno 1. 13:1494-1502, 1980.

Walsh,  M. ,  A.  Black, and A.  Morgan.   Sorption of  S0?  by typical  indoor sources including wool
     carpets, wallpaper, and  paint.  Atmos.  Environ. 11:1107-1111, 1977.

Warren  Springs  Laboratory.  British Standard 1747, Part 2.   Stevenage, G. B. , 1964.

Watson, J.  G.,  Jr.   Chemical  Element Balance Receptor  Methodology for  Assessing the Sources of
     Fine  and Total  Suspended Particulate Matter  in Portland, Oregon.  Ph.D. Thesis, Dept. of
     Chemistry, Oregon  Graduate Center, Beaverton, OR, 1979.

Weatherly,  M.  L.   Air pollution  inside the  home in symposium on plume behavior.  Int. J.  Air
     Water  Pollut. 10:404-409, 1966.

Weatherly,  1960.

Wesolowski, et  al.,  1980.

Whelpdale,  D.  M.    Large  scale   atmospheric   sulfur studies   in  Canada.    Atmos.  Environ.
     12:661-670,  1978.

Whitby,   K.   T.   The   physical   characteristics   of   sulfur aerosols.   In:   Sulfur  in  the
     Atmosphere,  Proceedings  of   the  International Symposium,   United  Nations  Environmental
     Program, Dubrovnik,  Yugoslavia,  September 7-14,  1977.  Atmos.  Environ. 12:135-159,  1978.

Whitby, K.  T. ,  A. B. Algren,  R.  C. Jordan,  and J. C. Annis.  The ASHAE airborne dust  survey.
     Heat.  Piping Air Cond. 29:185-192, 1957.

Whitby, T.  K. , and  B.   Cantrell.   Atmospheric Aerosols  —  Characteristics and  Measurements.
     Intl.  Conference  on   Environmental  Sensing  and  Assessment (ICESA)  (75CH1004-1),  1975.


XD25C/E                                       5-151                                   1-19-81

-------
Wilson, J.  C. ,  K.  T. Whitby, V.  A.  Marple,  and J. E. McCormack.  Characteristics  and  origins
     of coarse particles in the air of northeastern Minnesota.  Particle Technology Laboratory
     Publication No. 390, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, April 1979.

Wilson,  M.  J.  G.    Indoor  air  pollution.   Proc.  R.  Soc.  London  Ser. A.  300:215-221,  1968.

Winchester  et al. (1980).

Wolff, G. T., P. J.  Groblicki, S. H. Cadle,  and R. J. Countess.  Particulate Carbon at  Various
     Locations  in  the  United States.   GMR-3459, General  Motors  Research  Laboratories, Warren
     MI, October 1980.

Yocom, J.  E.,  E.  T. Brookman, R.  C.  Westman,  and 0. Ambardar.  Determining the contributions
     of traditional  and  non-traditional sources of particulate matter.  J. Air Pollut.  Control
     Assoc. , 1981.   (in  press).

Yocom, J.  E. ,  W.  L. Clink, and W. A. Cote.  Indoor/outdoor air quality relationships.  J. Air
     Pollut. Control Assoc. 21:251-259, 1971.
XD25C/E                                      5-152                                    1-19-81

-------